Survey
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
2010 AB 1 ABCD springer.com Springer NEWS Apress AIP Press American Institute of Physics Birkhäuser Copernicus Current Medicine Friends of ED Humana Press Lavoisier-Intercept Physica Verlag Springer-Praxis The Royal Society of Chemistry Springer Wien NewYork Steinkopff Verlag Vieweg ? l i a m e y b Want this to the monthly now Subscribe s E-Newsletter: ok Library Bo books y r a r b i l / m o HTML. xcel, and E F, D springer.c P in log f this cata content o e th ll a t e G J A N UA R Y 2010 ABCD springer.com Notice of Price Changes Springer announces that as of April 15, 2009 a new price list for print books will take effect. The list of price changes will be posted for download from springer.com/booksellers st i l e c i r p ne w NT E M E C N ANNOU 014161x springer.com/librarybooks Contents Author Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II Title Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VII Proceedings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Apress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Architecture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Arts/Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Biomedicine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Business/Economics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Earth Sciences/Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Education. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Environmental Sciences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 General Science. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Life Sciences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Management/Business for Professionals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Materials Science. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Medicine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Philosophy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Physics/Astronomy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Each eBook subject collection (12 collections for English-language/ International titles) is designated by its own icon. The icon appears next to each title, indicating its subject group. I II Author Index A 36 Adhikari et al., Developing Better MultiDatabase Mining Applications (Adv. Inf. Processing) 52 Aguiar, Animation and Performance Capture Using Digitized Models (Cognitive Syst. Monogr. 5) 52 Ahmed, Pipelined ADC Design and Enhancement Techniques (Analog Circuits and Signal Processing) 36 Ahuja (Eds), Robust and Online Large-Scale Optimization (LNCS 5868) 85 Allison (Eds), Taphonomy (Topics Geobiology 32) 2nd ed. 23 Alon (Eds), Visions in Mathematics Towards 2000 – GAFA 2000 (Modern Birkhäuser Classics) 125 Alperson-Afil/Goren-Inbar, The Acheulian Site of Gesher Benot Ya’agov Volume II (Vertebrate Paleobio./Paleoanthrop.) 108 Alston et al., Persistence Pays (Natural Resource Management and Policy 34) 52 Anastassiou, Fuzzy Mathematics: Approximation Theory (Studies in Fuzziness 251) 1 Anderson (Eds), Retinal Degenerative Diseases (Advs. Exp. Med. & Bio. 664) 125 Andreopoulos (Eds), International Criminal Justice 74 Anisimov/Izyumov, Electronic Structure of Strongly Correlated Materials (Spr. Ser. SolidState Sc. 163) 36 Anna (Eds), Researching Learning in Virtual Worlds (Human-Comput. Interaction) 119 Annetta et al., V-Learning 37 Anshakov/Gergely, Cognitive Reasoning (Cognitive Technol.) 94 Anthes et al., Animal Behaviour: Evolution and Mechanisms 53 Antolovic, Radiolocation in Ubiquitous Wireless Communication 114 Arnold (Eds), Applied Technology and Innovation Management 94 Atkinson (Ed), Vector Biology, Ecology and Control 1 Attarian (Ed), Clinical Handbook of Insomnia (Current Clinical Neurology) 2nd ed. 23 Axler (Eds), A Glimpse at Hilbert Space Operators (Operator Theory 207) B 37 Badr et al., Emergent Web Intelligence: Advanced Semantic Technologies (Adv. Inf. Processing) 53 Bajd et al., Robotics (Microproc. Intelligent Syst. Eng. 43) 94 Balasubramanian (Eds), Carbon Nanotubes (Methods in Molecular Biology 625) Springer News 1/2010 89 Balzter (Ed), Environmental Change in Siberia (Adv. Global Change Res. 40) 95 Bang (Eds), Statistical Methods in Molecular Biology (Methods in Molecular Biology 620) 53 Bangash, Earthquake Resistant Buildings 33 Barber, Building WPF and Silverlight Applications 54 Barber, Elasticity (Solid Mechan. Appl. 172) 3rd ed. 24 Barbu, Nonlinear Differential Equations of Monotone Types in Banach Spaces (Spr. Monogr. Math.) 74 Barker, b-Quark Physics with the LEP Collider (Spr. Tracts Mod. Physics 236) 95 Barnes (Eds), Genetic Variation (Methods in Molecular Biology 628) 31 Barnett/Dobson, Analysing Seasonal Health Data (Statistics for Biology and Health) 125 Baugher (Eds), Archaeology and Preservation of Gendered Landscapes 74 Beaurepaire (Eds), Magnetism and Synchrotron Radiation (Springer Proceedings in Physics 133) 54 Beck Fl./Carro, Dynamic Reconfigurable Architectures and Transparent Optimization Techniques 89 Bell (Eds), Security and Environmental Sustainability of Multimodal Transport (NATO Science C) <hard> 89 Bell (Eds), Security and Environmental Sustainability of Multimodal Transport (NATO Science C) <soft> 12 Berger (Ed), Cancer and Energy Balance, Epidemiology and Overview (Energy Balance and Cancer 2) 24 Berger, Geometry Revealed 81 Bernardini/Tonon, Bounding Uncertainty in Civil Engineering 54 Besdo, Elastomere Friction (Lecture Notes in Applied and Computational Mechanics 51) 81 Bhushan (Ed), Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology. 3rd ed. <with DVD> 134 Bielefeld (Ed), Basics Career Start (Basics) <Set> 134 Bielefeld (Ed), Basics First Year Architecture Set (Basics) <Set> 126 Bille (Eds), The Anthropology of Absence 1 Bilo et al., Forensic Aspects of Pediatric Fractures 21 Bodiford McNeil/Hembree-Kigin, ParentChild Interaction Therapy (Issues Clin. Child Psych.) 2nd ed. 75 Bonitz (Eds), Introduction to Complex Plasmas (Spr. Ser. Atom. Phys. 59) 55 Bouchon-Meunier (Eds), Foundations of Reasoning under Uncertainty (Studies in Fuzziness 249) 47 Boyadjiev, Theoretical Chemical Engineering 55 Bradley (Eds), Mechatronics in Action 2 Brodsky, Pediatric Neuro-Ophthalmology. 2nd ed. springer.com/booksellers 24 Broué, Introduction to Complex Reflection Groups and Their Braid Groups (Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1988) 55 Brox et al., Fuzzy Logic-Based Algorithms for Video De-Interlacing (Studies in Fuzziness 246) 108 Brunner, Flexible Shift Planning in the Service Industry (Lecture Notes Economics 640) 95 Buchwalow/Böcker, Immunohistochemistry: Basics and Methods 56 Buehler (Eds), The DARPA Urban Challenge (Spr.Tracts in Adv.Robotics 56) C 2 Cagle/Allen, Frozen Section Library: Pleura (Frozen Section Library 3) 12 Calviello (Eds), Dietary Omega-3 Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids and Cancer (Diet and Cancer 1) 25 Campbell et al., Modeling and Simulation in Scilab/Scicos with ScicosLab 4.4. 2nd ed. 37 Cao et al., Domain Driven Data Mining 56 Cao, Optimal Models and Methods with Fuzzy Quantities (Studies in Fuzziness 248) 108 Carlberg, Monetary and Fiscal Strategies in the World Economy 21 Carney/Edinger, Insomnia and Anxiety (Series Anxiety/Rel. Disorders) 130 Carnielli/Pizzi, Modalities and Multimodalities (Logic Epistemology Unity 12) 47 Cársky (Eds), Recent Progress in Coupled Cluster Methods (Challenges and Advances in Computational Chemistry and Physics 11) 118 Casti, Mood Maters 75 Celletti, Order and Chaos in Celestical Mechanics (Astronomy Springer Praxis Books) 119 Chan (Eds), Revisiting The Chinese Learner (CERC Stud.Comp.Educat. 25) 43 Chang (Ed), Transactions on Edutainment III (LNCS 5940) 2 Chaudhuri/Ondo, Movement Disorders in Clinical Practice 50 Chauvin (Eds), Transition Metal Complexes of Neutral eta1-Carbon Ligands (Topics in Organometallic Chemistry 30) 38 Chbeir (Eds), Emergent Web Intelligence: Advanced Information Retrieval (Adv. Inf. Processing) 109 Chen (Eds), Semantic eScience (Annals of Information Systems 11) 114 Cheng et al., Postponement Strategies in Supply Chain Management (ISORMS 143) 56 Chesi (Eds), Visual Servoing via Advanced Numerical Methods (LNCIS 403) <with online files/updates> 3 Chiappelli (Ed), Evidence-Based Practice Toward Optimizing Clinical Outcomes 13 Chittur (Ed), Microarray Methods for Drug Discovery (Methods in Molecular Biology 632) springer.com/librarybooks Author Index Springer News 1/2010 13 Cho (Ed), Supportive Cancer Care with Chinese Medicine 3 Cho (Eds), Moyamoya Disease Update 75 Christensen (Eds), Planetary Magnetism (Space Sci. Ser. of ISSI 33) 89 Ci/Yang, Desertification and its Control in China 96 Clark (Ed), Matrix Metalloproteinase Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology 622) 2nd ed. 21 Cleveland (Eds), Substance Abuse Recovery in College 116 Closa et al., Patent Law for Computer Scientists 57 Coello Coello (Eds), Advances in MultiObjective Nature Inspired Computing (SCI 272) 57 Cohen (Eds), Speech Processing in Modern Communication (Springer Topics in Signal Processing 3) 57 Colinet (Eds), Pattern Formation Interfaces (CISM 513) 96 Conboy (Eds), Protocols for Adult Stem Cells (Methods in Molecular Biology 621) 47 Crabb et al., Concepts in Transition Metal Chemistry <with DVD> <hard> 47 Crabb et al., Concepts in Transition Metal Chemistry <with DVD> <soft> 48 Crabb et al., Metals and Life <hard> 48 Crabb et al., Metals and Life <soft> 13 Craft (Eds), Diabetes, Insulin and Alzheimer’s Disease (Alzheimer’s Dis.) 14 Cunningham (Eds), Comparative and Veterinary Pharmacology (Handb. Exp. Pharm. 199) 14 Cutsuridis (Eds), Hippocampal Microcircuits (Springer Series in Computational Sciences 5) <with CD> D 3 Dallenbach-Hellweg et al., Atlas of Endometrial Histopathology. 3rd ed. 76 Damnjanovic/Milosevic, Line Groups in Physics (Lecture Notes in Physics 801) <online files/updates available> 58 David/Alla, Discrete, Continuous, and Hybrid Petri Nets. 2nd ed. 14 Davies (Ed), Vaccine Adjuvants (Methods in Molecular Biology 626) 33 DeHaan, Beginning Oracle SQL 25 Della Sala, Geometric properties of non-compact CR manifolds (Theses 14) 96 Demidchik (Eds), Ion Channels and Plant Stress Responses (Signaling and Communication in Plants) 38 Deng/Maly, 3-Dimensional VLSI 58 Dhillon, Mine Safety (Spr. Ser. Reliability Eng.) 38 Dignum (Eds), Agents for Games and Simulations (LNAI 5920) 119 Dill (Eds), Public Policy for Academic Quality (Higher Educat. Dynam. 30) 97 Dion (Ed), Soil Biology and Agriculture in the Tropics (Soil Biology 21) 130 DiSilvestro, Human Capacities and Moral Status (Philosophy Medicine 108) 39 Doberkat, Stochastic Coalgebraic Logic (Monographs Theoret.Computer Science) 31 Dodge, The Concise Encyclopedia of Statistics 58 Dolgui/Proth, Supply Chain Engineering 59 Dong et al., Emerging Techniques in Power System Analysis 59 Duan et al., On and Off-Chip Crosstalk Avoidance in VLSI Design 97 Duncan (Eds), The Welfare of Domestic Fowl and Other Captive Birds (Animal Welfare 9) E 97 Economou (Ed), Protein Secretion (Methods in Molecular Biology 619) 59 Eerkens, The Nuclear Imperative (Topics in Safety 16) 2nd ed. 4 Ehrenfeld et al., Anesthesia Student Survival Guide 109 Ehrgott (Eds), Trends in Multiple Criteria Decision Analysis (Int. Ser. Operations Res. 142) 109 Eiselt/Sandblom, Operations Research 15 Everitt (Eds), Calorie Restriction, Aging and Longevity F 4 Faletra et al., Atlas of Real Time 3D Transesophageal Echocardiography 98 Favareau, Essential Readings in Biosemiotics (Biosemiotics 3) 25 Filippov, The Versatile Soliton 110 Floyd, Interest Rates, Exchange Rates and Word Monetary Policy 4 Fogarty (Eds), Peripheral Endovascular Interventions, 3rd Edition. 3rd ed. 33 Fouche, Accelerated VB 2010 126 Francisco, Collective Action Theory and Empirical Evidence 82 Frey/Khan, Handbook of Thin Film Technology 130 Frigg (Eds), Beyond Mimesis and Convention (Boston Stud. Phil. Science 262) 48 Frimmel (Eds), Nanoparticles in the Water Cycle 85 Furumai (Eds), Advanced Monitoring and Numerical Analysis of Coastal Water and Urban Air Environment (cSUR-UT Series 3) G 39 Gabbrielli/Martini, Programming Languages (Undergraduate Topics in Computer Science) 60 Gaura (Eds), Wireless Sensor Networks:Deployments and Design Frameworks III 44 Gavrilova (Eds), Transactions on Computational Science VI (LNCS 5730) 60 Gebotys, Security in Embedded Devices (Embedded Systems) 60 Geem, Recent Advances In Harmony Search Algorithm (SCI 270) 5 Giardino (Eds), A Practical Guide to the Evaluation of Child Physical Abuse and Neglect. 2nd ed. 110 Gilles, The Cooperative Game Theory of Networks and Hierarchies (Theory,Decistion Library C 44) 15 Giuliani (Eds), Antimicrobial Peptides (Methods in Molecular Biology 618) 85 Gökcekus (Eds), Survival and Sustainability (Environmental Earth Sciences) 98 Gorb (Ed), Functional Surfaces in Biology <Set> 61 Gorman (Eds), Feedback Control Systems for Micro- and Nano-Scales (MEMS Reference Shelf) 26 Graf, Introduction to Hyperfunctions and Their Integral Transforms 39 Griffiths(Eds), Agent-Based Service-Oriented Computing (Adv. Inf. Processing) 15 Grobmyer (Eds), Cancer Nanotechnology (Methods in Molecular Biology 624) 116 Grover, The European Court of Human Rights as a Pathway to Impunty for International Crimes 22 Gruszka (Eds), Handbook of Individual Differences in Cognition (Plenum Ser. Human Except.) 110 Guerrero, Excel Data Analysis 61 Gulati/Khatri, Hardware Acceleration of EDA Algorithms 62 Guo/Wang, Stochastic Distribution Control System Design (Advances in Indust. Control) 5 Gupta, Microskin Grafting for Vitiligo 62 Gusev (Eds), Advanced Materials and Technologies for Micro/Nano-Devices, Sensors and Actuators (NATO Science B) <hard> 62 Gusev (Eds), Advanced Materials and Technologies for Micro/Nano-Devices, Sensors and Actuators (NATO Science B) <soft> 62 Guzzella/Onder, Introduction to Modeling and Control of Internal Combustion Engine Systems. 2nd ed. H 76 Haake, Quantum Signatures of Chaos (Spr. Ser. Synergetics 54) 3rd ed. 26 Hacon/Kovács, Higher Dimensional Algebraic Geometry (Oberwolfach Sem. 43) 77 Haghighipour (Ed), Planets in Binary Star Systems (Astrophys. Space Sci. Libr. 366) 26 Hairer et al., Solving Ordinary Differential Equations I (Spr. Ser. Computat. Math. 8). 2nd ed. IV Springer News 1/2010 Author Index 126 Hall, An Historical Analysis of Skin Color Discrimination in America 63 Hanazawa (Eds), Brain-Inspired Information Technology (SCI 266) 120 Harman (Eds), Reforming Higher Education in Vietnam (Highter Education Dynamics 29) 98 Harris (Ed), Cholesterol Binding and Cholesterol Transport Proteins: (Subcellular Biochemistry 51) 35 van der Hart, Practical Clojure 63 Harvey et al., Emerging Space Powers (Springer Praxis Books) 86 Havskov/Ottemoller, Routine Data Processing in Earthquake Seismology <with DVD> 99 Hawksworth (Ed), Management and the Conservation of Biodiversity (Topics in Biodiversity and Conservation 10) 99 Hawksworth (Ed), Methods and Practice in Biodiversity Conservation (Topics in Biodiversity and Conservation 11) 27 Hendrix/G.-Tóth, Introduction to Nonlinear and Global Optimization (Springer Optimization and Its Applications 37) 63 Henzler, Time-to-Digital Converters (Spr. Ser. Adv. Microelectr. 29) 114 Hevner/Chatterjee, Design Research in Information Systems <with CD-ROM> 111 Hirsch, Monopsonistic Labour Markets and the Gender Pay Gap (Lecture Notes Economics 639) 6 Höhne, VOXEL-MAN 3D-Navigator <DVD> 6 Holzman et al., Pediatric Anesthesiology Review 99 Homma (Eds), New Frontiers in Respiratory Control (Advs. Exp. Med. & Bio. 669) 86 Hopley (Ed), Encyclopedia of Modern Coral Reefs (Encyclopedia Earth Sciences Series) <hard> 86 Hopley (Ed), Encyclopedia of Modern Coral Reefs (Encyclopedia Earth Sciences Series) <eRef> 86 Hopley (Ed), Encyclopedia of Modern Coral Reefs (Encyclopedia Earth Sciences Series) <print+eRef> <Set> 6 Hörmann/Verse, Surgery for Sleep Disordered Breathing. 2nd ed. <with DVD> 131 Horton (Eds), Ethical Questions and International NGO’s (Libr. Ethics, Applied Philos. 23) 131 Houkes/Vermaas, Technical Functions (Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 1) 64 Hu (Eds), Control: Three Decades of Progress 64 Huang (Ed), Robust Computing with Nanoscale Devices (Lecture Notes Electrical Engineering 58) 64 Huang, Portfolio Analysis (Studies in Fuzziness 250) 132 Huber (Eds), Degrees of Belief (Synthese Libr. 342) 82 Hull, Solid Electrolytes: Materials, Properties and Applications I 1 11 Iannotta, Investment Banking 120 Ifenthaler (Eds), Computer-Based Diagnostics and Systematic Analysis of Knowledge 16 Ilg (Eds), Dynamics of Visual Motion Processing <with DVD> 65 Iordache, Polystochastic Models for Complexity (Understanding Complex Systems) 90 Issar (Ed), Progressive Development (Environmental Science and Engineering) J 16 Jain, The Handbook of Biomarkers 77 Jaksch/Clark, Cold Atoms in Optical Lattices 86 Jana (Eds), Impact of Climate Change on Natural Resource Management 16 Jandial (Ed), Frontiers in Brain Repair (Advs. Exp. Med. & Bio. 671) 100 Jansson et al., Genetics and Genomics of Populus (Plant Genetics and Genomics: Crops and Models 8) 120 Jeffries (Eds), An Introduction to Medical Teaching 43 Jensen (Ed), Transactions on Petri Nets and Other Models of Concurrency III (LNCS 5800) 127 Jiang (Eds), Geospatial Analysis and Modelling of Urban Structure and Dynamics (Geojournal Libr. 99) 65 Jones, The Regularized Fast Hartley Transform (Signals Communication Technology) 115 Jones/Tamiz, Practical Goal Programming (ISORMS 141) 100 Jose (Ed), Agroforestry for Ecosystem Services and Environmental Benefits (Advances in Agroforestry 7) K 65 Kacprzyk (Eds), Uncertainty Approaches for Spatial Data Modeling and Processing (SCI 271) 40 Kalmanek (Eds), Guide to Reliable Internet Services and Applications (Computer Comunications Networks) 87 Kämpf, Advanced Ocean Modelling 34 Kaplan, iPhone Application Sketch Book 48 Karachalios, Erich Hückel (1896-1980) (Boston Stud. Phil. Science 283) 17 Kazanietz (Ed), Protein Kinase C in Cancer Signaling and Therapy (Current Cancer Research) 34 Kelsey, Social Networking Spaces 121 Khine (Eds), New Science of Learning 77 Khrennikov, Ubiquitous Quantum Structure 17 King (Ed), RT-PCR Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology 630) 2nd ed. 40 Kizza, Ethical and Social Issues in the Information Age (Texts Comp. Sc.) 4th ed. springer.com/booksellers 31 Kneib (Eds), Statistical Modelling and Regression Structures 78 Kokhanovsky, Light Scattering Reviews 5 (Springer Praxis Books) 100 Kole (Eds), Transgenic Crop Plants <Set> 101 König (Eds), Prokaryotic Cell Wall Compounds 111 Koslowski (Ed), Elements of a Philosophy of Management and Organization (Studies in Econ.Ethics,Philosophy) 41 Koster (Eds), Graphs and Algorithms in Communication Networks (Texts in Theoret. Computer Science) 90 Kostianoy (Eds), The Aral Sea Environment (The Handbook of Environmental Chemistry 7) 101 Kovalchuk (Eds), Plant Epigenetics (Methods in Molecular Biology 631) 17 Kristoffersson (Eds), Quality Issues in Clinical Genetic Services 90 Kümmerer (Ed), Green and Sustainable Pharmacy 7 Kurzrock (Eds), Targeted Cancer Therapy (Current Clinical Oncology) L 82 Lacroix (Eds), Introduction to Frustrated Magnetism (Spr. Ser. Solid-State Sc. 164) 87 Lahoz (Eds), Data Assimilation 66 Lakshminarayanan/Aghav, Modelling Diesel Combustion (Mech. Eng. Ser.) 66 Landrus, Leonardo da Vinci’s Giant Crossbow 112 Landstrom, Pioneers in Entrepreneurship and Small Business Research (Int.Studies in Entrepren. 8) Corr. print. 66 Lee (Eds), Software Engineering Research, Management and Applications 2009 (SCI 253) 49 Lees (Eds), Photophysics of Organometallics (Topics in Organometallic Chemistry 29) 112 Leeuwen, Urban-Rural Interactions (Contributions to Economics) 115 Lehmann, The Dynamics of International Information Systems (ISIS 23) 121 Leikin (Eds), Learning Through Teaching Mathematics (Math Teacher Educat. 5) 41 Lemos (Eds), Architecting Dependable Systems VI (LNCS 5835) 7 Levin (Eds), A Public Health Perspective of Women’s Mental Health 127 Liberman (Ed), The Long View of Crime: A Synthesis of Longitudinal Research 27 Lin/Bai, Probability Inequalities 127 van Lindert (Eds), Local Development in Latin America (Geo Journal Library 97) 67 Liu (Eds), Securing Wireless Communications at the Physical Layer 67 Liu et al., Reliability of Microtechnology 121 Lovat (Eds), International Research Handbook on Values Education and Student Wellbeing 115 Low Kim Cheng, Negotiation Success in Asia springer.com/librarybooks Author Index Springer News 1/2010 112 Lu (Ed), Science & Technology in China: A Roadmap to 2050 41 Lu/Pan, Digital Preservation for Heritages (Advanced Topics in Science and Technology in China) 8 Murofushi/Kaga, Vestibular Evoked Myogenic Potential 123 Murphy (Eds), Coteaching in International Contexts (Cultural Studies of Science Education 1) M N 113 Mac an Bhaird, Resourcing Small and Medium Enterprises (Contributions to Management Science) 35 MacDonald, Beginning ASP.NET 4.0 in C# 2010 34 MacDonald, Beginning ASP.NET 4.0 in VB 2010 101 Mainous III (Eds), Management of Antimicrobials in Infectious Diseases (Infectious Disease) 2nd ed. 132 Manninen (Eds), The Vienna Circle in the Nordic Countries. (Vienna Circle Inst. Yearbook 14) 67 Martínez Mozos, Semantic Labeling of Places with Mobile Robots (Spr.Tracts in Adv. Robotics 61) 78 Matarrese (Eds), Dark Matter and Dark Energy (Astrophys. Space Sci. Libr. 370) 122 Mattheou (Ed), Changing Educational Landscapes 91 Mays (Ed), Ancient Water Technologies 78 McComas (Eds), Interstellar Boundary Explorer (IBEX) 81 Meier (Eds), Polymer Membranes/ Biomembranes (Ads. Polymer Science 224) 18 Mense (Eds), Muscle Pain: Diagnosis and Treatment 18 Mense (Eds), Muscle Pain: Understanding the Mechanisms 122 Meyer, Gender and Sexual Diversity in Schools (Explorations of Educational Purpose 11) 87 Miall, The Geology of Stratigraphic Sequences. 2nd ed. 7 Millichap, Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder Handbook. 2nd ed. 102 Min (Eds), RNA Interference (Methods in Molecular Biology 623) 113 Miron, The Geography of Competition 42 Mistrik (Eds), Collaborative Software Engineering 68 Mitchell, Image Fusion 79 Mittemeijer, Fundamentals of Materials Science (Graduate Texts in Physics) 102 de Mol (Eds), Surface Plasmon Resonance (Methods in Molecular Biology 627) 68 Mohammadpour (Eds), Efficient Modeling and Control of Large-Scale Systems 8 Motasaddi Zarandy (Eds), Diseases of the Inner Ear 42 Mou, Machine-based Intelligent Face Recognition 35 Mukhtar, WPF Projects 102 Nagai (Eds), The Biology of Krüppel-like Factors 91 Navarra/Simoncini, A Guide to Empirical Orthogonal Functions for Climate Data Analysis <with online files/updates> 49 Nielsen (Ed), Food Analysis (Food Sc. Txt.) 4th ed. 113 Niemes/Schirmer, Entropy, Water and Resources 103 Noakes (Eds), Chinese Fishes (Developments in Environmental Biology of Fishes 28) 103 Nõges (Eds), Assessment of the ecological status of European surface waters (Devel. Hydrobiology 209) 132 Noland, Imagination and Critique (Philosophical Stud.Culture 19) 8 Norman (Ed), Preventive Dermatology 116 Noussia, Confidentiality in International Commercial Arbitration O 83 Oktyabrsky (Eds), Fundamentals of III-V Semiconductor MOSFETs P 103 Papageorgiou (Eds), Chlorophyll a Fluorescence (Adv. Photosyn. Respir. 19) 49 Parkin (Ed), Metal-Metal Bonding (Structure and Bonding 136) 128 Passas, Controlling Terrorist Financing 83 Patterson/Bailey, Solid-State Physics. 2nd ed. 88 Pearce/Pearce, Oceanic Migration 18 Pedraz (Eds), Therapeutic Applications of Cell Microencapsulation (Advs. Exp. Med. & Bio. 670) 9 Peng, Hepatic Caudate Lobe Resection <with CD> 19 Perbal (Ed), CCN proteins in health and disease 32 Perrett, A SAS/IML Companion for Linear Models (Statist./Comp.) 128 Pickering, Women at the Border 79 Piel, Introduction to Plasma Physics 133 Pielke, Presidental Science Advisors 68 Popov, Contact Mechanics and Friction 27 Positselski, Homological Algebra of Semimodules and Semicontramodules (Monogr. Mat. 70) 28 Profeta et al., Option Prices as Probabilities (Springer Finance) 9 Pryor (Eds), Gastrointestinal Bleeding V R 19 Ramos (Eds), Pseudomonas 122 Rauner (Eds), Rediscovering Apprenticeship (Technical, Vocational Educ. 11) 83 Razumovsky/Yakovlevich, Interferenceoptical Methods of Deformable Solid Body Mechanics (Foundations Engineering Mechanics) 19 Reichenbach/Bringmann, Müller Cells in the Healthy and Diseased Retina 88 Reimold/Gibson, Meteorite Impact. 3rd ed. 88 Reitner (Eds), Encyclopedia of Geobiology (Encycl. Earth Sci.) <hard> 88 Reitner (Eds), Encyclopedia of Geobiology (Encycl. Earth Sci.) <eRef> 88 Reitner (Eds), Encyclopedia of Geobiology (Encycl. Earth Sci.) <print+eRef> <set> 42 Revesz, Introduction to Databases (Texts Comp. Sc.) 91 Reviews of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology Volume 204 92 Reviews of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology Volume 205 104 Rhoads (Ed), miRNA Regulation of the Translational Machinery (Progress in Molecular and Subcellular Biology 50) 28 Ribes/Zalesskii, Profinite Groups (Erg. Math. 40) 2nd ed. 69 Ritter (Eds), Human Centered Robot Systems (Cog. Syst. Monograph. 6) 32 Robert/Casella, Introducing Monte Carlo Methods with R (Use R) 9 Rodriguez-Galindo (Eds), Retinoblastoma (Pediatric Oncology) 10 Rustemeyer (Eds), Kanerva’s Occupational Skin Diseases. 2nd ed. <hard> 10 Rustemeyer (Eds), Kanerva’s Occupational Skin Diseases. 2nd ed. <eRef> 10 Rustemeyer (Eds), Kanerva’s Occupational Skin Diseases. 2nd ed. <Print+eRef> <Set> S 123 Safa Dei, Teaching Africa (Explorations of Educational Purpose 9) 10 Saha, Basics of PET Imaging. 2nd ed. 43 Schalk/Mellinger, Introduction to BrainComputer Interfacing Using BCI2000 28 Schlaudt (Eds), Louis Couturat -Traité de Logique Algorithmique (Publications des Archives Henri Poincaré / Publications of the Henri Poincaré Archives) 84 Schoenherr/Vancso, Scanning Force Microscopy of Polymers (Springer Laboratory) 69 Schumann (Eds), Applications of Neural Networks in High Assurance Systems (SCI 268) 10 Schumpelick (Eds), Hernia Repair Sequelae VI Springer News 1/2010 Author Index 104 Seckbach (Eds), Microbial Mats (Cellular Origin 14) 104 Seckbach (Eds), Red Algae in the Genomic Age (Cellular Origin 13) 105 Seckbach (Eds), Seaweeds and their Role in Globally Changing Environments (Cellular Origin 15) 29 Sefrin-Weis, Pappus of Alexandria: Book IV of the Collection (Sources and Studies in the History of Mathematics and Physical Sciences) 79 Sekimoto, Stochastic Energetics (Lecture Notes in Physics 799) 69 Sengupta (Eds), Instabilities of Flows: With and Without Heat Transfer and Chemical Reaction (CISM Courses and Lectures 517) 29 Seydel, Practical Bifurcation and Stability Analysis (IAM 5) 3rd ed. 11 Shah et al., Breast Imaging Review 29 Shen, Algorithms and Programming (Springer Undergraduate Texts in Mathematics and Technology ) 2nd ed. 105 Sioud (Ed), RNA Therapeutics (Methods in Molecular Biology 629) 124 Smart (Ed), Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research (Higher Education Theory 24) 124 Smart (Ed), Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research (Higher Education: Handbk. 25) 70 Sommer, Project Management for Building Construction 133 Sonvilla-Weiss (Ed), Mashup Cultures 40 Spaccapietra (Eds), Journal on Data Sematics XIV (LNCS 5880) 117 Sparka, Jurisdiction and Arbitration Clauses in Maritime Transport Documents (Hamburg Studies 19) 80 Stanev, High Energy Cosmic Rays (Astronomy Springer Praxis Books) 2nd ed. 105 Stansly (Eds), Bemisia: Bionomics and Management of a Global Pest 117 Stemmler, The Role of the Ocean in Global Cycling of Persistent Organic Contaminants (Hamburg Studies 18) 92 Steyn (Eds), Air Pollution Modeling and its Application XX (NATO Science C) <hard> 92 Steyn (Eds), Air Pollution Modeling and its Application XX (NATO Science C) <soft> 20 Steyn-Ross (Eds), Modeling Phase Transitions in the Brain 92 Stroo (Eds), In Situ Remediation of Chlorinated Solvent Plumes (SERDP/ESTCP Environmental Remediation Technology) 70 Szczerbicki (Eds), Smart Information and Knowledge Management (SCI 260) T 70 Tenne (Eds), Computational Intelligence in Expensive Optimization Problems (Adapt. Learning Optm. 2) 117 Tiess, General and International Mineral Policy 71 Tong (Eds), Advanced Flip Chip Packaging 118 Triebel, Theory of Function Spaces I (Modern Birkhäuser Classics) 118 Triebel, Theory of Function Spaces II (Modern Birkhäuser Classics) 106 Troeva (Eds), The Far North: (Plant and Vegetation 3) 11 Trüeb (Eds), Aging Hair U 80 Ungar, Hyperbolic Triangle Centers (Fundam. Theor. Physics 166) V 80 Vaas (Ed), Beyond the Big Bang (Frontiers Collect.) 93 Van Staden (Eds), Local Governments and Climate Change (Adv. Global Change Res. 39) 30 Varga, Matrix Iterative Analysis (Spr. Ser. Comp. Math. 27) 2nd ed. 71 Vega (Eds), Parallel and Distributed Computational Intelligence (SCI 269) 71 Venkatesh/Murthy, An Analytical Approach to Optical Burst Switched Networks 44 Verbauwhede (Ed), Secure Integrated Circuits and Systems (Series on Integrated Circuits and Systems) 44 Vince, Introduction to the Mathematics for Computer Graphics (Undergraduate Topics in Computer Science) 3rd ed. 128 Vinod (Ed), Advances in Social Science Research Using R (Lecture Notes in Statistics 196) 20 Viola Magni (Ed), Detection of Bacteria, Viruses, Parasites and Fungi (NATO Science A) <hard> 20 Viola Magni (Ed), Detection of Bacteria, Viruses, Parasites and Fungi (NATO Science A) <soft> 61 von Gleich et al., Potentials and Trends in Biomimetics W 45 Wallgrün, Hierarchical Voronoi Graphs 45 Wang, Coverage Control in Sensor Networks (Communicat./Networks) 106 Wang/Yang, MicroRNA Expression Detection Methods 50 Wareing, HACCP 50 Wayne/Holloway, Atmospheric Chemistry springer.com/booksellers 45 Weber, Semantic Methods for Execution-level Business Process Modeling (Lecture Notes in Business Information Processing 40) 30 Wesseling, Principles of Computational Fluid Dynamics (Spr. Ser. Computat. Math. 29) 129 Wikström et al., Assessing Key Criminological Ideas 76 Wolschin (Ed), Lectures on Cosmology (Lecture Notes in Physics 800) X 5 Xia (Eds), Acupuncture Therapy for Neurological Diseases Y 106 Yadav (Eds), Climate Change and Management of Cool Season Grain Legume Crops 72 Yang, Fault Tolerant Control Design for Hybrid Systems (LNCS 397) 84 Yi (Eds), Composite Materials Engineering 84 Yin et al., Microstructure, Property and Processing of Functional Ceramics 72 Yoshimura, System Design Optimization for Product Manufacturing Z 107 Zahran, Climate – Vegetation: (Plant and Vegetation 4) 124 Zajda (Ed), Globalisation, Ideology and Education Policy Reforms (Globalisation, Comparative Education and Policy Research 11) 107 Zehr (Ed), Cotton (Biotechn. Agricult. 65) 72 Zelinka (Eds), Evolutionary Algorithms and Chaotic Systems (SCI 267) 73 Zeng, Medical Image Reconstruction 46 Zeng, Quantum Private Communication 30 Zermelo, Collected Works/Gesammelte Werke (Schrift. Math.-naturw. Klasse 21) 51 Zhao et al., The Boundary Theory of Phase Diagrams and Its Application 73 Zhu, Virtual Decomposition Control (Spr.Tracts in Adv.Robotics 60) springer.com/librarybooks A 33 Accelerated VB 2010 125 The Acheulian Site of Gesher Benot Ya’agov Volume II 5 Acupuncture Therapy for Neurological Diseases 71 Advanced Flip Chip Packaging 62 Advanced Materials and Technologies for Micro/Nano-Devices, Sensors and Actuators 85 Advanced Monitoring and Numerical Analysis of Coastal Water and Urban Air Environment 87 Advanced Ocean Modelling 57 Advances in Multi-Objective Nature Inspired Computing 128 Advances in Social Science Research Using R 39 Agent-Based Service-Oriented Computing 38 Agents for Games and Simulations 11 Aging Hair 100 Agroforestry for Ecosystem Services and Environmental Benefits 92 Air Pollution Modeling and its Application XX 29 Algorithms and Programming 31 Analysing Seasonal Health Data 71 An Analytical Approach to Optical Burst Switched Networks 91 Ancient Water Technologies 4 Anesthesia Student Survival Guide 94 Animal Behaviour: Evolution and Mechanisms 52 Animation and Performance Capture Using Digitized Models 15 Antimicrobial Peptides 126 The Anthropology of Absence 69 Applications of Neural Networks in High Assurance Systems 114 Applied Technology and Innovation Management 90 The Aral Sea Environment 125 Archaeology and Preservation of Gendered Landscapes 41 Architecting Dependable Systems VI 129 Assessing Key Criminological Ideas 103 Assessment of the ecological status of European surface waters 3 Atlas of Endometrial Histopathology 4 Atlas of Real Time 3D Transesophageal Echocardiography 50 Atmospheric Chemistry 7 Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder Handbook B 1 34 134 10 35 34 33 105 1 30 80 102 51 81 74 63 11 33 Beyond Mimesis and Convention Beyond the Big Bang The Biology of Krüppel-like Factors The Boundary Theory of Phase Diagrams and Its Application Bounding Uncertainty in Civil Engineering b-Quark Physics with the LEP Collider Brain-Inspired Information Technology Breast Imaging Review Building WPF and Silverlight Applications C 15 Calorie Restriction, Aging and Longevity 12 Cancer and Energy Balance, Epidemiology and Overview 15 Cancer Nanotechnology 94 Carbon Nanotubes 19 CCN proteins in health and disease 122 Changing Educational Landscapes 103 Chinese Fishes 103 Chlorophyll a Fluorescence 98 Cholesterol Binding and Cholesterol Transport Proteins: 107 Climate – Vegetation: 106 Climate Change and Management of Cool Season Grain Legume Crops 1 Clinical Handbook of Insomnia 37 Cognitive Reasoning 77 Cold Atoms in Optical Lattices 42 Collaborative Software Engineering 30 Collected Works/Gesammelte Werke 126 Collective Action Theory and Empirical Evidence 14 Comparative and Veterinary Pharmacology 84 Composite Materials Engineering 70 Computational Intelligence in Expensive Optimization Problems 120 Computer-Based Diagnostics and Systematic Analysis of Knowledge 47 Concepts in Transition Metal Chemistry 31 The Concise Encyclopedia of Statistics 116 Confidentiality in International Commercial Arbitration 68 Contact Mechanics and Friction 64 Control: Three Decades of Progress 128 Controlling Terrorist Financing 110 The Cooperative Game Theory of Networks and Hierarchies 123 Coteaching in International Contexts 107 Cotton 45 Coverage Control in Sensor Networks D Basics Career Start Basics First Year Architecture Set Basics of PET Imaging Beginning ASP.NET 4.0 in C# 2010 Beginning ASP.NET 4.0 in VB 2010 Beginning Oracle SQL Bemisia: Bionomics and Management of a Global Pest Author Title Index Springer News 1/2010 78 56 87 127 132 89 VII 1 14 Design Research in Information Systems 20 Detection of Bacteria, Viruses, Parasites and Fungi 36 Developing Better Multi-Database Mining Applications 13 Diabetes, Insulin and Alzheimer’s Disease 12 Dietary Omega-3 Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids and Cancer 41 Digital Preservation for Heritages 58 Discrete, Continuous, and Hybrid Petri Nets 8 Diseases of the Inner Ear 37 Domain Driven Data Mining 54 Dynamic Reconfigurable Architectures and Transparent Optimization Techniques 115 The Dynamics of International Information Systems 16 Dynamics of Visual Motion Processing E 53 Earthquake Resistant Buildings 68 Efficient Modeling and Control of Large-Scale Systems 54 Elasticity 54 Elastomere Friction 74 Electronic Structure of Strongly Correlated Materials 111 Elements of a Philosophy of Management and Organization 38 Emergent Web Intelligence: Advanced Information Retrieval 37 Emergent Web Intelligence: Advanced Semantic Technologies 63 Emerging Space Powers 59 Emerging Techniques in Power System Analysis 88 Encyclopedia of Geobiology 86 Encyclopedia of Modern Coral Reefs 113 Entropy, Water and Resources 89 Environmental Change in Siberia 48 Erich Hückel (1896-1980) 98 Essential Readings in Biosemiotics 40 Ethical and Social Issues in the Information Age 131 Ethical Questions and International NGO’s 116 The European Court of Human Rights as a Pathway to Impunity for International Crimes 3 Evidence-Based Practice Toward Optimizing Clinical Outcomes 72 Evolutionary Algorithms and Chaotic Systems 110 Excel Data Analysis F Dark Matter and Dark Energy The DARPA Urban Challenge Data Assimilation Decentralized Development in Latin America Degrees of Belief Desertification and Its Control in China 72 Fault Tolerant Control Design for Hybrid Systems 106 The Far North: 61 Feedback Control Systems for Micro- and Nano-Scales 108 Flexible Shift Planning in the Service Industry VIII 49 1 55 16 2 98 83 Food Analysis Forensic Aspects of Pediatric Fractures Foundations of Reasoning under Uncertainty Frontiers in Brain Repair Frozen Section Library: Pleura Functional Surfaces in Biology Fundamentals of III-V Semiconductor MOSFETs 79 Fundamentals of Materials Science 55 Fuzzy Logic-Based Algorithms for Video De-Interlacing 52 Fuzzy Mathematics: Approximation Theory 24 127 23 124 41 90 91 40 69 Human Centered Robot Systems 80 Hyperbolic Triangle Centers I 68 132 95 86 Gastrointestinal Bleeding Gender and Sexual Diversity in Schools General and International Mineral Policy Genetic Variation Genetics and Genomics of Populus The Geography of Competition The Geology of Stratigraphic Sequences Geometric properties of non-compact CR manifolds Geometry Revealed Geospatial Analysis and Modelling of Urban Structure and Dynamics A Glimpse at Hilbert Space Operators Globalisation, Ideology and Education Policy Reforms Graphs and Algorithms in Communication Networks Green and Sustainable Pharmacy A Guide to Empirical Orthogonal Functions for Climate Data Analysis Guide to Reliable Internet Services and Applications H 50 HACCP 22 Handbook of Individual Differences in Cognition 16 The Handbook of Biomarkers 82 Handbook of Thin Film Technology 61 Hardware Acceleration of EDA Algorithms 9 Hepatic Caudate Lobe Resection 10 Hernia Repair Sequelae 45 Hierarchical Voronoi Graphs 80 High Energy Cosmic Rays 26 Higher Dimensional Algebraic Geometry 124 Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research 124 Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research 14 Hippocampal Microcircuits 126 An Historical Analysis of Skin Color Discrimination in America 27 Homological Algebra of Semimodules and Semicontramodules 130 Human Capacities and Moral Status Image Fusion Imagination and Critique Immunohistochemistry: Basics and Methods Impact of Climate Change on Natural Resource Management In Situ Remediation of Chlorinated Solvent Plumes Insomnia and Anxiety Instabilities of Flows: With and Without Heat Transfer and Chemical Reaction Interest Rates, Exchange Rates and World Monetary Policy Interference-optical Methods of Deformable Solid Body Mechanics International Criminal Justice International Research Handbook on Values Education and Student Wellbeing Interstellar Boundary Explorer (IBEX) Introducing Monte Carlo Methods with R Introduction to Brain-Computer Interfacing Using BCI2000 Introduction to Complex Plasmas Introduction to Complex Reflection Groups and Their Braid Groups Introduction to Databases Introduction to Frustrated Magnetism Introduction to Hyperfunctions and Their Integral Transforms An Introduction to Medical Teaching Introduction to Modeling and Control of Internal Combustion Engine Systems Introduction to Nonlinear and Global Optimization Introduction to Plasma Physics Investment Banking Ion Channels and Plant Stress Responses iPhone Application Sketch Book springer.com/booksellers 93 Local Governments and Climate Change 127 The Long View of Crime: A Synthesis of Longitudinal Research 28 Louis Couturat -Traité de Logique Algorithmique M 40 Journal on Data Sematics XIV 117 Jurisdiction and Arbitration Clauses in Maritime Transport Documents 42 Machine-based Intelligent Face Recognition 74 Magnetism and Synchrotron Radiation 99 Management and the Conservation of Biodiversity 101 Management of Antimicrobials in Infectious Diseases 133 Mashup Cultures 44 Mathematics for Computer Graphics 30 Matrix Iterative Analysis 96 Matrix Metalloproteinase Protocols 55 Mechatronics in Action 73 Medical Image Reconstruction 49 Metal-Metal Bonding 48 Metals and Life 88 Meteorite Impact 99 Methods and Practice in Biodiversity Conservation 13 Microarray Methods for Drug Discovery 104 Microbial Mats 106 MicroRNA Expression Detection Methods 5 Microskin Grafting for Vitiligo 84 Microstructure, Property and Processing of Functional Ceramics 58 Mine Safety 104 miRNA Regulation of the Translational Machinery 130 Modalities and Multimodalities 25 Modeling and Simulation in Scilab/Scicos with ScicosLab 4.4 20 Modeling Phase Transitions in the Brain 66 Modelling Diesel Combustion 108 Monetary and Fiscal Strategies in the World Economy 111 Monopsonistic Labour Markets and the Gender Pay Gap 2 Movement Disorders in Clinical Practice 3 Moyamoya Disease Update 19 Müller Cells in the Healthy and Diseased Retina 18 Muscle Pain: Diagnosis and Treatment 18 Muscle Pain: Understanding the Mechanisms K N 10 Kanerva’s Occupational Skin Diseases 48 115 99 121 24 92 21 69 G 9 122 117 95 100 113 87 25 Springer News 1/2010 Title Index 110 83 1 25 121 78 32 43 75 24 42 82 26 1 20 62 27 79 111 96 34 J L 1 21 76 66 78 76 Learning Through Teaching Mathematics Lectures on Cosmology Leonardo da Vinci’s Giant Crossbow Light Scattering Reviews 5 Line Groups in Physics Nanoparticles in the Water Cycle Negotiation Success in Asia New Frontiers in Respiratory Control New Science of Learning Nonlinear Differential Equations of Monotone Types in Banach Spaces 59 The Nuclear Imperative springer.com/librarybooks Author Title Index Springer News 1/2010 O Q 88 Oceanic Migration 59 On and Off-Chip Crosstalk Avoidance in VLSI Design 109 Operations Research 56 Optimal Models and Methods with Fuzzy Quantities 28 Option Prices as Probabilities 17 Quality Issues in Clinical Genetic Services 46 Quantum Private Communication 76 Quantum Signatures of Chaos P 29 Pappus of Alexandria: Book 4 of the Collection 71 Parallel and Distributed Computational Intelligence 21 Parent-Child Interaction Therapy 116 Patent Law for Computer Scientists 57 Pattern Formation at Interfaces 6 Pediatric Anesthesiology Review 2 Pediatric Neuro-Ophthalmology 4 Peripheral Endovascular Interventions 108 Persistence Pays 49 Photophysics of Organometallics 112 Pioneers in Entrepreneurship and Small Business Research 52 Pipelined ADC Design and Enhancement Techniques 75 Planetary Magnetism 77 Planets in Binary Star Systems 101 Plant Epigenetics 7 A Public Health Perspective of Women’s Mental Health 81 Polymer Membranes/Biomembranes 65 Polystochastic Models for Complexity 64 Portfolio Analysis 114 Postponement Strategies in Supply Chain Management 61 Potentials and Trends in Biomimetics 29 Practical Bifurcation and Stability Analysis 35 Practical Clojure 5 A Practical Guide to the Evaluation of Child Physical Abuse and Neglect 115 Practical Goal Programming 133 Presidental Science Advisors 8 Preventive Dermatology 30 Principles of Computational Fluid Dynamics 27 Probability Inequalities 28 Profinite Groups 39 Programming Languages 90 Progressive Development 70 Project Management for Building Construction 101 Prokaryotic Cell Wall Compounds 17 Protein Kinase C in Cancer Signaling and Therapy 97 Protein Secretion 96 Protocols for Adult Stem Cells 19 Pseudomonas 119 Public Policy for Academic Quality R 53 Radiolocation in Ubiquitous Wireless Communication 60 Recent Advances In Harmony Search Algorithm 47 Recent Progress in Coupled Cluster Methods 104 Red Algae in the Genomic Age 122 Rediscovering Apprenticeship 120 Reforming Higher Education in Vietnam 65 The Regularized Fast Hartley Transform 67 Reliability of Microtechnology 36 Researching Learning in Virtual Worlds 113 Resourcing Small and Medium Sized Enterprises 1 Retinal Degenerative Diseases 9 Retinoblastoma 91 Reviews of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology Volume 204 92 Reviews of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology Volume 205 119 Revisiting The Chinese Learner 102 RNA Interference 105 RNA Therapeutics 53 Robotics 36 Robust and Online Large-Scale Optimization 64 Robust Computing with Nano-scale Devices 117 The Role of the Ocean in Global Cycling of Persistent Organic Contaminants 86 Routine Data Processing in Earthquake Seismology 17 RT-PCR Protocols S 32 A SAS/IML Companion for Linear Models 84 Scanning Force Microscopy of Polymers 112 Science & Technology in China: A Roadmap to 2050 105 Seaweeds and their Role in Globally Changing Environments 44 Secure Integrated Circuits and Systems 67 Securing Wireless Communications at the Physical Layer 89 Security and Environmental Sustainability of Multimodal Transport 60 Security in Embedded Devices 109 Semantic e-Science 67 Semantic Labeling of Places with Mobile Robots 45 Semantic Methods for Execution-level Business Process Modeling 70 Smart Information and Knowledge Management IX 34 Social Networking Spaces 66 Software Engineering Research, Management and Applications 2009 97 Soil Biology and Agriculture in the Tropics 82 Solid Electrolytes: Materials, Properties and Applications 83 Solid-State Physics 26 Solving Ordinary Differential Equations I 57 Speech Processing in Modern Communication 81 Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology 75 Stability and Chaos in Celestial Mechanics 95 Statistical Methods in Molecular Biology 31 Statistical Modelling and Regression Structures 39 Stochastic Coalgebraic Logic 62 Stochastic Distribution Control System Design 79 Stochastic Energetics 21 Substance Abuse Recovery in College 58 Supply Chain Engineering 13 Supportive Cancer Care with Chinese Medicine 102 Surface Plasmon Resonance 6 Surgery for Sleep Disordered Breathing 85 Survival and Sustainability 72 System Design Optimization for Product Manufacturing T 85 7 123 131 47 118 118 18 38 63 44 43 43 1 00 50 109 Taphonomy Targeted Cancer Therapy Teaching Africa Technical Functions Theoretical Chemical Engineering Theory of Function Spaces Theory of Function Spaces II Therapeutic Applications of Cell Microencapsulation 3-Dimensional VLSI Time-to-Digital Converters Transactions on Computational Science VI Transactions on Edutainment III Transactions on Petri Nets and Other Models of Concurrency III Transgenic Crop Plants Transition Metal Complexes of Neutral eta1Carbon Ligands Trends in Multiple Criteria Decision Analysis U 77 Ubiquitous Quantum Structure 65 Uncertainty Approaches for Spatial Data Modeling and Processing 112 Urban-Rural Interactions X Title Index V 14 94 8 25 132 73 23 56 Vaccine Adjuvants Vector Biology, Ecology and Control Vestibular Evoked Myogenic Potential The Versatile Soliton The Vienna Circle in the Nordic Countries. Virtual Decomposition Control Visions in Mathematics Visual Servoing via Advanced Numerical Methods 119 V-Learning 6 VOXEL-MAN 3D-Navigator W 97 The Welfare of Domestic Fowl and Other Captive Birds 60 Wireless Sensor Networks:Deployments and Design Frameworks 128 Women at the Border 35 WPF Projects Springer News 1/2010 springer.com/booksellers springer.com/librarybooks Medicine Springer News 1/2010 R. E. Anderson, University of Oklahoma, Oklahoma City, OK, USA; J. G. Hollyfield, Cleveland Clinic Foundation, Cleveland, OH, USA; M. M. LaVail, USCF School of Medicine, San Francisco, CA, USA (Eds.) H. P. Attarian, Loyola University, Stritch School of Medicine, Chicago, IL, USA; C. Schuman, Cambridge Health Alliance, Malden, MA, USA (Eds.) Clinical Handbook of Retinal Degenerative Diseases Insomnia Laboratory and Therapeutic Investigations This is the proceedings of the XIIIth International Symposium on Retinal Degenerations, which will be held in Emeishan, Sichuan, China on September 18 - 23, 2008. The themes will include “Molecular and genetic mechanisms in photoreceptor degeneration”, “Age-related macular degeneration”, “New diagnostic techniques for retinal degenerations”. “Neuroprotection in the prevention of retinal degeneration”, “Gene therapy and the correction of gene defects”, as well as other emerging topics that may develop over the next few months. The goal of the second edition of the Clinical Handbook of Insomnia is to update and expand on the previous edition by presenting the latest developments in the field of insomnia and by involving more thought leaders from around the world. Over the past 4 years there has been an increasing amount of data regarding the pathophysiology of insomnia and there have been significant advancements in its treatment with FDA approval of 4 new medications for it and the development of several others that are going to be available in the next 5 years. Fields of interest From the contents Ophthalmology Target groups Scientists, researchers, ophthalmologists Discount group MR Defining Insomnia.- Epidemiology of Insomnia.Physiologic Basis of Insomnia.- Differential Diagnosis of Insomnia.- Insomnia in primary care practice with a special focus for the midlevel practitioner.- Behavioral Insomnias of Childhood: Assessment and Treatment.- Insomnia in Teens Garcia.- Insomnia in Pregnancy.- Menopausal Insomnia.- Sleep and Aging: Insomnia in the Geriatric Population.- The Primary Insomnias.- Psychophysiological Insomnia.- Idiopathic Insomnia.- Paradoxical Insomnia.- Sleep Hygiene.Insomnia in Medical Disorders.- Insomnia in Neurological Diseases and Disorders.- Insomnia in Psychiatric Disorders.- Circadian Rhythms and Insomnia.- Insomnia Secondary to Sleep Related Breathing Disorders.- Insomnia as a Presenting Symptom of Sleep Related Movement Disorders, Hypersomnias and Parasomnias. Fields of interest R. A. Bilo, Center for Forensic Medical and Behavioral Sciences, Utrecht, Netherlands; S. G. Robben, University Hospital Maastricht, Maastricht, Netherlands; R. R. Rijn, Academic Medical Centre, Amsterdam, Netherlands Forensic Aspects of Pediatric Fractures Differentiating Accidental Trauma from Child Abuse Fractures are a common finding in children and it is estimated that 2.1% of all children will suffer at least one fracture before the age of 16. With young children in particular, the question may arise if this is related to child abuse. The aim of this book is to help physicians involved in child abuse cases to interpret radiological findings in light of the forensic circumstances under which they occurred. The authors present up-to-date literature related to the mechanisms underlying non-accidental cases of trauma. In this book not only the radiological findings in child-abuse are discussed, but more importantly, these findings are analyzed from a forensic perspective. Careful attention is paid to evidence regarding reported trauma mechanisms and their clinical outcome; for example, can a fall from a couch result in a femoral fracture, and if not, where is the supporting evidence? Features 7 Comprehensive overview of the etiology of pediatric fractures 7 Combining forensic medicine and pediatric radiology 7 An insight into child abuse-related fractures Fields of interest Imaging / Radiology; Forensic Medicine; Pediatrics Neurology; Internal Medicine; General Practice / Family Medicine Target groups Target groups Discount group Neurologists and family practice physicians Clinicians and practitioners MR Discount group MC Medicine Springer Protocols 1 Medicine Due January 2010 Due January 2010 2010. Approx. 825 p. 100 illus. (Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology, Volume 664) Hardcover 2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 370 p. 19 illus., 4 in color. (Current Clinical Neurology) Hardcover 2010. XII, 300 p. 203 illus., 36 in color. Hardcover 7 approx. $189.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-1398-2 7 approx. $99.50 ISBN 978-1-60327-033-5 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-3-540-78715-0 Due March 2010 Springer News 1/2010 Medicine 2 M. C. Brodsky, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN, USA Pediatric NeuroOphthalmology Due to the generous representation of the afferent visual system within the brain, neurological disease may disrupt vision as a presenting symptom or as a secondary effect of the disease. Conversely, early developmental disturbances of vision often disrupt ocular motor control systems, giving rise to complex disorders such as nystagmus, strabismus, and torticollis. The signs and symptoms of neurological disease are elusive by their very nature, presenting a confounding diagnostic challenge. Neurological medications and neurosurgical treatments can produce neuroophthalmological dysfunction that can be difficult to distinguish from disease progression. Affected patients may experience substantial delays in diagnosis, and are often subjected to extensive (and expensive) diagnostic testing. Scientific articles pertaining to specific disorders are scattered throughout medical subspecialty journals. These children continue to “fall through the cracks” of our medical education system. Features 7 The only comprehensive textbook in the area of pediatric neuro-ophthalmology, providing complete coverage for both the expert and those in training From the contents The Apparently Blind Infant.- Congenital Optic Disc Anomalies.- The Swollen Optic Disc in Childhood.- Optic Atrophy in Children.- Transient, Unexplained, and Psychogenic Visual Loss in Children.- Ocular Motor Nerve Palsies in Children.- Complex Ocular Motor Disorders in Children.- Nystagmus in Children. Fields of interest Ophthalmology; Neurology Target groups Neuro-ophthalmology practitioners and residents/ fellows, pediatric ophthalmology practitioners and residents/fellow, general ophthalmologists P. T. Cagle, Weill Medical College of Cornell University, The Methodist Hospital, Houston, TX, USA; T. C. Allen, University of Texas Health Science Center at Tyler, TX, USA K. Chaudhuri, King’s College, London, UK; W. G. Ondo, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, TX, USA Movement Disorders in Frozen Section Library: Pleura Clinical Practice Frozen sections are diagnosed by the pathologist while a patient is undergoing surgery, often under general anesthesia, for the purpose of rapid diagnosis which may be used to make immediate treatment decisions or to confirm that diagnostic tissues have been sampled for further study. As a result, frozen section diagnosis is often a highly demanding situation for the pathologist who must render a diagnosis quickly and is a basis for critical decisions to the surgeon. In addition to the need for rapid recall of differential diagnoses, there are many pitfalls and artifacts that add to the risk of frozen section diagnosis that are not present with permanent sections of fully processed tissues that can be examined in a more leisurely fashion. Most standard pathology textbooks, both general and subspecialty, largely ignore the topic of frozen section. Features 7 Well illustrated 7 Concise handbook 7 Site specific Contents Preface.- Diffuse Malignant Mesothelioma.- Metastatic Cancers.- Other Primary Neoplasms of the Pluera.- Pleuritis and Pleural Plaque.- Uncommon Non-neoplastic Lesions of the Pleura.- Benign Reactive Proliferations versus Malignancy.Suggested Reading.- Index. Fields of interest Pathology Target groups Surgical pathologists, pathology residents and fellows Discount group MR Movement disorders are a complex group of disorders spanning all aspects of neurological illnesses and ranging from conditions characterised by too little movement (hypokinesis) to those where movement is excessive (hyperkinesis). Diagnosis is based mostly on observation and examination rather than radiology and serological assessments. The classic example would be Parkinson’s disease, while other movement-related problems, such as tremor, chorea, dystonia, myoclonus, hemiballism and tics, occur in a range of inherited, druginduced and sporadic disorders. Genetics plays an important part in the genesis of several conditions characterised by various movement disorders, such as Huntington’s disease, dystonic conditions and myoclonus. Somatisation from psychologically determined conditions can also manifest as movement disorders. Finally, sleep may be affected by movement disorder and a typical example would be restless legs syndrome. Features 7 A concise but comprehensive overview of the diagnosis, treatment and management of common and rarer movement disorders from two key international movement disorder experts 7 Clinically focussed and accessible it will provide a practical guide to the assessment of these complex disorders where diagnosis relies on examination and observation rather than radiology and serological assessments Fields of interest Neurology; General Practice / Family Medicine; Emergency Medicine Target groups Family practioners, critical care and emergency doctors, neurologists in training and consultant neurologists, specialist nurses and allied health professionals Discount group Discount group MR MR Medicine springer.com/booksellers Medicine Medicine Due February 2010 Due March 2010 2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 565 p. 370 illus., 185 in color. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 40 p. 125 illus. in color. (Frozen Section Library, Volume 3) Softcover 2010. Approx. 100 p. 15 illus. in color. Softcover 7 approx. $225.00 ISBN 978-0-387-69066-7 7 approx. $79.95 ISBN 978-0-387-95985-6 7 approx. $36.50 ISBN 978-1-84996-064-9 Due February 2010 springer.com/librarybooks F. Chiappelli, UCLA School of Medicine, Los Angeles, CA, USA (Ed.) Evidence-Based Practice Toward Optimizing Clinical Outcomes B. Cho, T. Tominaga (Eds.) Moyamoya Disease Update Health care is witnessing an explosion of fundamental, clinical and translational research evidence. The emerging paradigm of evidencebased health care rests on the judicious integration of the patient needs/wants, the provider’s expertise, and the best available research evidence in the treatment plan. The purpose of this book is to discuss the promise and the limitations of incorporating the best available evidence in clinical practice. It seeks to characterize and define how best available research evidence can be used in clinical practice and to what respect it applies to current public health issues. Moyamoya disease (MMD) is characterized by bilateral stenosis or occlusion of the distal internal carotid artery bifurcation, including its proximal branches, and an abnormal vascular network (moyamoya vessel) in the vicinity of the arterial occlusions. It is predominant in the age group less than 10 years and the most common pediatric cerebrovascular disease in East Asia but has also been found over all age groups and globally through recent advances in diagnostic imaging. The clinical presentation of MMD usually includes repeated transient ischemic attacks in children and intracranial hemorrhage in adults. The benefit of surgery for the ischemic type of MMD has been established. As much information about MMD has been accumulated for almost 10 years since publication of monograph “Moyamoya Disease” in year 1986 by Jiro Suzuki(ed), and then lastly in year 2001 by Ikezaki and Loftus(eds), it is time to update knowledge of MMD. Features Features Coeditor: X. M. Caldeira Brant, N. Neagos, O. O. Oluwadara, M. H. Ramchandani 7 Most current and most recent research information on evidence-based dentistry 7 Definition and application in clinical practice with integration to public health issues 7 Valuable guidelines for clinical providers 7 Sound background material 7 Critical Guidance with appropriate tools Fields of interest Medicine/Public Health, general; Public Health/ Gesundheitswesen; Dentistry Target groups Medicine Springer News 1/2010 7 Providing the latest knowledge of Moyamoya Disease Field of interest Neurosurgery Target groups Neurosurgeons Discount group MR G. Dallenbach-Hellweg, Heidelberg, Germany; D. Schmidt, Referenzzentrum Gynäkologie, Mannheim, Germany; F. Dallenbach, University of Ulm, Germany Atlas of Endometrial Histopathology The prime purpose of this atlas is to help the pathologist find, classify and differentially diagnose the changes he is observing. Information on the daily changes during the menstrual cycle and how to date them is essential for recognizing changes caused by abnormal endogenic and iatrogenic hormonal stimuli in functional endometrial disturbances. To provide their patients with the proper hormonal therapy, gynecologists cannot rely on blood samples only because of the constantly fluctuating hormonal levels. A precise functional diagnosis of the endometrial biopsy is the most accurate and best means for assessing hormonal action. Numerous microphotographs explain in detail how to recognize the normal and pathological changes that can develop in the endometirum. The subject of endometritis and the complex endometrial neoplasms and their precursors, with their differential diagnosis as well as their clinical prognosis are covered in detail. Features 7 Comprehensive, yet concise reference for the practicing pathologist 7 Hands-on guide to the precise diagnosis of physiological and pathological changes to the endometrium 7 Updated, revised and expanded new edition with high quality illustrations Contents Specialists at all levels working in the field of of clinical dentistry, clinical medicine and clinical veterinary science Introduction.- Technical Remarks.- Normal Endometrium.- Metaplastic Changes.- Circulatory Disturbances.- Iatrogenic Changes.- Endometritis.- Neoplasms.- Gestational Changes. Discount group P Fields of interest Pathology; Gynecology Target groups Pathologists, gynecologists, researchers in oncology, reproductive medicine, epidemiology, and molecular genetics Discount group P Medicine 3 Medicine Medicine Due May 2010 Due February 2010 Due February 2010 2010. XX, 264 p. 50 illus., 40 in color. Softcover 2010. Approx. 350 p. Hardcover 3rd ed. 2010. X, 220 p. 287 illus., 150 in color. Hardcover 7 approx. $69.95 ISBN 978-3-642-05024-4 7 approx. $259.00 ISBN 978-4-431-99702-3 7 approx. $219.00 ISBN 978-3-642-01540-3 Springer News 1/2010 Medicine 4 springer.com/booksellers J. M. Ehrenfeld, R. D. Urman, S. Segal, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA F. F. Faletra, S. De Castro, N. G. Pandian, I. Kronzon, H. Nesser, S. Yen Ho Anesthesia Student Survival Guide Atlas of Real Time 3D Transesophageal Echocardiography Peripheral Endovascular Interventions A Case-Based Approach Anesthesia Student Survival Guide: A Case-Based Approach is an indispensable introduction to the specialty. This concise, easy-to-read, affordable handbook is ideal for medical students, nursing students, and others during the anesthesia rotation. Written in a structured prose format and supplemented with many diagrams, tables, and algorithms, this pocket-sized guide contains essential material covered on the USMLE II-III and other licensing exams. The editors, who are academic faculty at Harvard Medical School, summarize the essential content with 32 informative and compelling case studies designed to help students apply new concepts to real situations. Pharmacology, basic skills, common procedures and anesthesia subspecialties are covered, too, with just the right amount of detail for an introductory text. The unique book also offers a section containing career advice and insider tips on how to receive good evaluations from supervising physicians. Features 7 Concise, affordable pocket reference 7 Complete resource for students of anesthesiology 7 Sample cases and review questions after each major chapter From the contents How to be a “Star” Student, Career Options, and the Match.- History of Anesthesia and Introduction to the Specialty.- Pharmacology Principles.Pharmacology of Intravenous Agents.- Pharmacology of Inhalational Agents.- Pharmacology of Local Anesthetics. Field of interest Anesthesiology Target groups Medical students, junior residents in anesthesia, nurse anesthetists, non-anesthesia residents, nursing students, RNs, EMTs This atlas provides a comprehensive description of normal anatomy of the internal structures of the heart (natives valves, interatrial septum, left atrial appendage, left atrium etc..) as seen by this revolutionary ultrasound technique. Normal TEE cardiac structures are described and compared with the corresponding anatomical specimens focusing on the fundamental as well as the details of the cardiac structures, providing a detailed understanding of the anatomy that has not previously been possible with either real-time transthoracic echocardiography (TTE) or reconstructed 3D TEE imaging technology. The atlas contains a large number of challenging cardiac pathology cases observed in clinical settings and based of the combined experience of five outstanding institutions in Europe and United States. Each case is accompanied by a brief presentation and discussion of the value of the imaging modality to effective diagnosis. Features 7 The first book to provide a comprehensive description of normal anatomy of the internal structures of the heart using this revolutionary technique 7 TEE cardiac structures will be described and compared side-by-side with the corresponding anatomical specimens 7 Contains a large number of challenging cardiac pathology cases observed in clinical settings Fields of interest Cardiology; Diagnostic Radiology Target groups T. J. Fogarty, Stanford University Medical Center, Stanford, CA, USA; R. A. White, Harbor-UCLA Medical Center, Torrance, CA, USA (Eds.) This book is a comprehensive review of the rapidly advancing field of endovascular therapy, written by internationally recognized authorities in the field, many of whom are the innovators of the techniques and devices involved. Broad in scope, topics covered range from how to obtain training in approved endovascular techniques to promising new lines of investigational therapies. Reflecting the operative nature of many of the new endovascular therapies, this book is somewhat unique for an endovascular text in the strong representation of surgeons among its authors. The purpose is to train and update physicians with diverse levels of experience and from a variety of specialties in established, new, and still evolving endovascular techniques. Given the wide variation in expertise among different specialties interested in performing these procedures, and acknowledging that different specialties lack skill in different aspects of various procedures, a book such as this is badly needed. Features 7 Combines the expertise of leading surgeons and interventionalists in presenting the latest innovations in this dynamic field Contents Part I. Introduction.- Part II. Components of an Endovascular Practice.- Part III. Facilities and Equipment for Endovascular Intervention.- Part IV. Endovascular Instrumentation and Devices.Part V. Specialized Endovascular Techniques. Fellows, residents and clinicians in cardiology, cardiac imaging. Secondarily, cardiac surgeons, interventional cardiologists, medical libraries Fields of interest Discount group Target groups MR Vascular Surgery; General Surgery; Interventional Radiology Vascular surgery, general surgery, interventional radiology Discount group MC Discount group MC Medicine Medicine Medicine Due February 2010 Due March 2010 Due April 2010 2010. X, 300 p. 90 illus., 20 in color. Softcover 2010. XVI, 220 p. 239 illus. in color. Hardcover 3rd ed. 2010. Approx. 755 p. 280 illus., 100 in color. Hardcover 7 $29.95 ISBN 978-0-387-09708-4 7 $199.00 ISBN 978-1-84996-082-3 7 approx. $195.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-1386-9 springer.com/librarybooks Y. Xia, X. Cao, G. Wu, J. Cheng (Eds.) A. P. Giardino, M. A. Lyn, E. R. Giardino (Eds.) Acupuncture Therapy for Neurological Diseases A Practical Guide to the Evaluation of Child Physical Abuse and Neglect A Neurobiological View Written in modern scientific language, “Acupuncture Therapy for Neurological Diseases:A Neurobiological View” discusses current research, applying multiple neuroscience approaches, on the effect of acupuncture on neurological diseases and the underlying mechanisms. Apart from basic principles of acupuncture, topics include acupuncture analgesia, acupuncture-drug balanced anesthesia, acute and chronic body pain, stroke, cardiac diseases, hypertension, hypotension, epilepsy, neuroimmuno suppression, female infertility, menopausal & perimenopausal syndrome, smoking, depression, and drug addiction. Each chapter is written by an expert in the field. This unique book provides a broad perspective on the principles of acupuncture for acupuncture researchers and neuroscientists. Features 7 Systematic and broad discussion of acupuncture treatment of neurological diseases 7 Provides a unique and broad view of the scientific principles of acupuncture based on neurobiological research 7 Integrates ancient medicine with modern science From the contents History and Scientific Basis.- History.- Traditional Chinese Medicine.- History of Acupuncture Research.- Major contributions made by SHMC.More.- Neuroanatomical Basis of Acupuncture Points.- Transmission of Acupuncture Signals.Acupuncture and Central Neurotransmitters.Clinical Applications and the underlying Mechanisms.- Acupuncture-Drug Balanced Anesthesia. Fields of interest Acupuncture; Neurobiology; Complementary & Alternative Medicine Features Features From the contents 7 Provides information on the application of an emerging technique in cosmetic surgery 7 High quality images of operative steps of the surgical procedure 7 Offers high levels of technical detail unseen in related work 7 Clear and concise demonstrations of regional anesthesia blocks 7 Original patient photographs and equipment are used to depict the practical detail and real surgical outcomes Child Abuse as a Health Problem. Scope of the Problem. Overview of the Health Care Evaluation of Physical Abuse and Neglect.- Specific Injuries. Skin Injuries: Bruises and Burns. Evaluation of Fractures and Skeletal Injuries. Abdominal and Thoracic Trauma. Abusive Heat Trauma. Child Neglect and Failure to Thrive. Medical Child Abuse. Other Patterns of Injury and Child Fatality.- Related Issues. Children with Special Health Care Needs (CSHCN). Intimate Partner. Contents Fields of interest Fields of interest Maternal and Child Health; Pediatrics; Social Work Target groups Medical students, clinicians, acupuncturists, neuroscientists, acupuncture researchers Discount group Discount group P Microskin Grafting for Vitiligo To keep up with growing body of professionals staying informed on this subject, the second edition of A Practical Guide to the Evaluation of Child Physical Abuse and Neglect assists the reader in recognizing abuse/neglect (exclusive of sexual abuse) in children and youth, and determining its extent. Illustrated with clinical photographs, the Guide details systematic evaluation procedures, explains the tasks of an evaluation team, and expands and updates the knowledge base. 7 Extensive color photos 7 Updated edition adds chapters on risks for children with special health care needs, the connection of child abuse to intimate partner violence, and recognizing factitious disorder by proxy 7 For each injury, there is discussion of epidemiology, approaches to identification, evaluation and treatment, and differential diagnosis Introduction, Stable vitiligo-Definition, Indication and contraindication for vitiligo surgery, Selection of patient, Methods for surgical repigmentation, Ultra thin micro skin grafting (Definition, Preparation of patient, Pre medication, Planning of loco regional, anesthesia, Equipment needed, Technical detail , Post operative result, Short coming and technical difficulties, Complications, Tips and tricks). Dermatology; Plastic Surgery Target groups Dermatologists, plastic surgeons, cosmetic surgeons and institution and hospital libraries Discount group MR P Medicine Due April 2010 5 D. K. Gupta, Devendra Hospital and Yuva Cosmetic Clinic, Bareilly, India This book aims to provide information on the application of microskin grafting to repigmentation of vitiligo, effectively economising the procedure and offering a quick surgical practice. The procedure will be illustrated in an extensive selection of images to offer the physician a thorough education in the technique so they may carry out the process safely, efficiently and with confidence. This atlas will focus on the surgical procedure, but special attention will also be given to regional anesthesia techniques which will also work as postoperative analgesia for the donor site discomfort and burning. Public health practitioners in maternal & child health, school health, and physicians, nurses, clinical social workers, child psychologists, school psychologists; law enforcement and attorneys Target groups Medicine Springer News 1/2010 Medicine Distribution rights in China: Tsinghua University Press Due January 2010 Jointly published with Tsinghua University Press Originally published by SAGE, 1997 Due January 2010 2010. Approx. 400 p. 100 illus., 40 in color. Hardcover 2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 400 p. 270 illus. Hardcover 2009. XIV, 135 p. 300 illus. in color. Hardcover 7 $249.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10855-6 7 $159.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-0701-1 7 $149.00 ISBN 978-1-84882-604-5 Medicine 6 Springer News 1/2010 Medicine K. Höhne, University of Hamburg, Germany springer.com/booksellers R. Holzman, T. J. Mancuso, N. F. Sethna, J. A. DiNardo, The Children’s Hospital Boston, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA K. Hörmann, University Hospital Mannheim, Germany; T. Verse, Asklepios Klinik, Hamburg, Germany Inner Organs. Regional, Systemic and Radiological Anatomy / Innere Organe. Topographische, Systematische und Radiologische Anatomie Pediatric Anesthesiology Review Surgery for Sleep Disordered Breathing Assisted by: B. Pflesser, A. Pommert, K. Priesmeyer, M. Riemer, T. Schiemann, R. Schubert, U. Tiede, H. Frederking, S. Gehrmann, S. Noster, U. Schumacher Based on a program of study developed at the Children’s Hospital Boston, Department of Anesthesiology, Perioperative and Pain Medicine, Pediatric Anesthesiology Review: Clinical Cases for Self-Assessment provides essential medical information for the subspecialty of pediatric anesthesiology. Illustrating the broad spectrum of the pediatric anesthesiologist’s practice, this book utilizes an interactive question and answer dialogue which imitates the simplicity of conversation and affords the reader high-yield benefits. The case-based approach encourages readers to collaborate with colleagues, improve their oral presentation skills, and prepare for challenging situations by explaining various anesthesia care plans and why specific data are required before and during the care of the pediatric patient. VOXEL-MAN 3D-Navigator Voxel-Man 3D Navigator is a completely new type of atlas of anatomy and radiology. It allows the interactive exploration and interrogation of a high-resolution, realistic and detailed 3D anatomy model. A further feature: the radiologic components (X-ray and CT) can be explored in context of 3D anatomy. This second volume Inner Organs covers the organs of the chest, the abdomen and the pelvis, including the skeleton and the principal structures of the nervous and vascular systems. The approximately 650 three-dimensional objects are based on data obtained in the Visible Human Project. Features 7 Allows interactive exploration of a 3D anatomy model with the possiblility of interrogating 7 Unlike in classical teaching, the different aspects of anatomy can be learned at the same time in the very context of three-dimensional anatomy 7 A unique multimedia tool System requirements For PC. For the complete system requirements see: springer.com Fields of interest Anatomy; Imaging / Radiology; Internal Medicine Clinical Cases for Self-Assessment Features 7 The most up to date study aid for pediatric anesthesiology available 7 Expanded question and answer format provides a unique forum for discussion 7 Based on the experience and proven teaching strategies of world leaders in the field 7 Illustrative case-based approach creates an exciting, high yield experience 7 Excellent for use in individual and group study Features Anesthesiology; Pediatrics; Intensive / Critical Care Medicine 7 Written by two famous authors who run two of the largest otolaryngological sleep laboratories and perform approximately 1500 surgical sleep medicine procedures per year 7 Evidence-based as well as based on the complete surgical and sleep medicine know-how of the authors, who regularly hold numerous international courses on sleep surgery Target groups Fields of interest Fields of interest Target groups Students, scientists and clinicians Anesthesiologists, nurse anesthetists, emergency medicine specialists, critical care specialists, pediatricians Discount group Discount group MR The new edition of Surgery for Sleep Disordered Breathing has been completely updated and enriched by the inclusion of various new surgical techniques. Further, since the question of which treatment best fits each individual patient has become a highly sophisticated decision, the new edition of this book focuses on both the surgical treatment modalities as well as the current concepts for treatment decisions. For each procedure, current data were reanalyzed according to the principles of evidence-based medicine and are presented in well-arranged and reader-friendly tables. Indications, techniques, complications, and specific follow-up treatments in the realm of sleep medicine have been compiled in the form of a primer with an accompanying DVD presenting all relevant surgical techniques. This outstanding title has become an essential textbook for sleep medicine surgeons, with valuable tips and pearls of wisdom designed to help physicians reach the best possible treatment outcome for their patients. MR Otorhinolaryngology; Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery; Pneumology/Respiratory System Target groups Otorhinolaryngologists, ENT, head and neck surgeons, oral and maxillofacial surgeons, neurosurgeons, general surgeons as well as all those working in the field of respiratory and sleep medicine Discount group MR Medicine Due January 2010 Medicine Only available in print Due January 2010 1st ed. 2003. 2nd printing 2010. DVD 2010. Approx. 350 p. Softcover 2nd ed. 2010. XVI, 286 p. 98 illus., 85 in color. With DVD. Hardcover 7 ca. $119.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10495-4 7 $89.95 ISBN 978-1-4419-1616-7 7 $189.00 ISBN 978-3-540-77785-4 Due February 2010 springer.com/librarybooks Medicine Springer News 1/2010 R. Kurzrock, M. Markman, The University of Texas, Houston, TX, USA (Eds.) B. L. Levin, M. A. Becker, University of South Florida, Tampa, FL, USA (Eds.) Targeted Cancer Therapy A Public Health Perspective of Attention Deficit HyperWomen’s Mental Health activity Disorder Handbook In the era of personalized medicine, cancer treatment has become a model for the use of targeted therapeutics. Leaving behind the “one size fits all” approach to cancer care, this book provides the practicing oncologist with an overview of the advances in treatment and an understanding of the implementation of new therapeutic agents. Targeted Cancer Therapy is divided into twenty chapters covering specific hematologic malignancies and solid tumors, targeted and functional imaging, and combination therapies. Each disease specific chapter includes up-to-date information on investigational and FDA approved therapies which will enhance the reader’s ability to prescribe effective drug regimens. This includes combinations of therapies and therapeutic modalities to overcome drug resistance. Features 7 Will optimize the reader's ability to prescribe effective therapeutic regimens 7 Provides knowhow on building drug combinations that overcome disease resistance 7 Illustrates the use of personalized medicine in cancer treatment 7 Divided into clearly organized, site specific chapters 7 Presents the forefront in the practical implementation of targeted therapeutics From the contents Perspectives: Bench to Bedside and Back.Targeted Therapy in Acute Myelogenous Leukemia.- Targeted Therapy in Breast Cancer.Targeted Therapy in Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia.- Targeted Therapy in Chronic Myeloid Leukemia.- Targeted Therapy in Colorectal Cancer. Fields of interest Oncology; Hematology; Cancer Research Target groups Practicing and academic physicians, fellows, residents and students, and basic scientists interested in the cancer field Discount group MC This book looks at service delivery issues in mental health care for women. It uses a public health framework, starting with the epidemiology of mental disorders in girls, adult women, and elderly women, and going on to examine the unique service needs of specific populations, for example women in prison, and women with mental illness who have young children. The book also examines gender differences in the use of mental health services and treatment outcomes between men and women. In all, it addresses the issue of providing effective treatment to women, and draws conclusions on developing and improving mental health services. Due January 2010 J. G. Millichap, Northwestern University, Chicago, IL, USA A Physician’s Guide to ADHD, second edition 7 Addresses disorders and conditions like depression, eating disorders, substance abuse, and menopause 7 Co-editor Levin is major figure in behavioral health services research An expanded, updated, and revised edition, the ADHD Handbook, second edition covers recent advances in causes and management of ADHD, and includes more than 400 scientific references to peer-reviewed articles. It provides answers to the numerous quetions that surrond ADHD, including how is it diagnosed? What causes ADHD? What are the risks of associated learning and behavior disorders, tics, seizures, and headaches? What treatments are available? What are the choices of medications and the risks of side effects? How can adverse effects be avoided? What are the alternatives to medication? Do children outgrow ADHD, and how long is treatment required? ADHD Handbook is written for neurologists, pediatricians, practicing physicians, residents, fellows and students of medicine, psychologists, educators, occupational and speech therapists, nurse practitioners and other healthcare providers. From the contents Features Features Part I. Overview & Epidemiology of Mental Disorders in Women. 1. Public Health and Women’s Mental Health. 2. Epidemiology of Mental Disorders in Girls and Female Adolescents. 3. Mental Conditions in Adult Women: Epidemiology and Impact. 4. Epidemiology of Mental Disorders in Older Women. 5. Physical Illness and Medical Needs of Women with Mental Disorders.- Part II. Selected Disorders. 6. Depression and Postpartum Disorders. 7. Eating Disorders. 8. Menopause. 9. Substance Abuse. 10. HIV/AIDS and Mental Disorders.- Part III. Services Delivery & Emerging Research. 11. Services in an Era of Managed Care. Fields of interest Public Health/Gesundheitswesen ; Psychiatry 7 Designed for physicians, with each subject area supported by scientifically controlled studies and approximately 400 references to peer reviewed articles 7 Author has more than 40 years experience in treating patients with ADHD and related disorders, was Founding Director of the pediatric neurology training programs at the Mayo Clinic and Northwestern University Feinburg School of Medicine Fields of interest Neurology; Pediatrics; General Practice / Family Medicine Target groups Graduate students and professionals in public health, health disparities, health administration, social work, behavioral health, clinical psychology, psychiatry, health services research Practicing physicians, neurologists, pediatricians, psychiatrists, residents, fellows and students of medicine, psychologists, educators, eductional administrators, occupational and speech therapists, nurse practitioners and other healthcare providers; parents of children, adolescents, and young adults with ADHD Discount group Discount group Target groups MR Medicine 7 Medicine MR Medicine Due February 2010 Due January 2010 1st ed. 2008. 2nd printing 2010. XII, 452 p. 32 illus., 16 in color. (Current Clinical Oncology) Softcover 2010. Approx. 470 p. Hardcover 2nd ed. 2010. XVIII, 183 p. 2 illus. Hardcover 7 $69.95 ISBN 978-1-60761-598-9 7 $159.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-1525-2 7 $189.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-1396-8 Springer News 1/2010 Medicine 8 M. Motasaddi Zarandy, University of Tehran, Iran; J. Rutka, University of Toronto, Ontario, Canada (Eds.) Diseases of the Inner Ear A Clinical, Radiologic, and Pathologic Atlas This book is a comprehensive atlas of the clinical conditions that commonly involve the inner ear and lateral skull base. Each disorder or disease is meticulously and beautifully illustrated, with accompanying informative text. An important feature of the book is that no disorder is described from a single point of view. Instead, the clinical features are linked with both radiologic and pathologic findings to provide an all-encompassing picture of the condition in question. This is feasible because the book is the result of years of intense collaborative teamwork between departments at the University of Toronto and the Tehran University of Medical Sciences, and includes many clinical and pathologic images that could only be acquired in major referral units. It is anticipated that this atlas will assist greatly in improving collaboration between clinicians and surgeons in the diagnostic, therapeutic, and surgical management of disorders in this challenging area. Features 7 A comprehensive atlas of disorders that involve the inner ear and lateral skull base 7 Links clinical features with radiologic and pathologic findings to provide an all-encompassing picture of each condition 7 Based on years of close teamwork between departments at the University of Toronto and the Tehran University of Medical Sciences 7 Includes many rare clinical and pathologic images Fields of interest Otorhinolaryngology; Head and Neck Surgery; Neuroradiology Target groups Otolaryngologists, otologists, radiologist and their residents, fellows of otology and neurotology, cochlear implant surgeons, neuroradiologists, skull base surgeons, medical students T. Murofushi, Teikyo University School of Medicine, Kawasaki, Japan; K. Kaga, National Tokyo Medical Center, Tokyo, Japan Vestibular Evoked Myogenic Potential Its Basics and Clinical Applications This monograph on the vestibular evoked myogenic potential (VEMP) has been written by leading investigators in the field and reviews the most recent studies in VEMP. The research encompasses the neurophysiological bases, methods of recording, and applications for common vestibular disorders such as Meniere’s disease, vestibular neuritis, and acoustic neuroma. Also included is information on clinical applications to children and on ocular VEMP (oVEMP), a new variant of VEMP. Readers are provided with a full explanation of the principles and unique attributes of the VEMP test, proposed as a new method for assessing the individual saccule function, and will learn how the VEMP and caloric tests compare. Clinicians and scientists in particular can deepen their understanding of vestibular disorders with the knowledge contained in this monograph, which also serves as a quick reference for those interested in the vestibular system and this important new clinical test. Features 7 Quick reference book for all clinicians and scientists who are interested in the vestibular system and this new clinical test Fields of interest Otorhinolaryngology; Neurology; Pediatrics Target groups Otorhinolaryngologists Discount group MR springer.com/booksellers R. Norman, “Dermatology Healthcare”, Tampa, FL, USA. (Ed.) Preventive Dermatology The physician’s responsibility continues to increase daily while providing health care in the 21st century; not only in keeping up with the increase of information, but also having to pay more attention to patient compliance. In addition, patients are educated, and often appreciate participation with a provider about treatment and medication choice. Often they have access to the Internet and other medical information and want to make informed choices along with their physician. Preventive Dermatology will convey prevention and medication information to patients and thus help them reap the benefits of participating in their own health care and disease reduction. Features 7 Chapters written by experienced dermatologists and physicians from around the world 7 Deals with a subject of currently increasing interest 7 Information gathered into one comprehensive dermatological text Contents Photoprotection.- Smoking.- Nutrition, vitamins, and supplements.- Obesity.- Exercise.-Stress, relaxation and general well-being.- Virus protection.- STD, cervical cancer and penile cancer prevention.- Medicinal and industrial chemicals.Vaccines and prevention of skin cancers.- Health literacy.- Chronological prevention.- Sexual abuse and domestic violence prevention.- Neurodermatitis and delusions.- Prevention of skin diseases in sports.- Working with other healthcare providers.Physician health.- Prevention of common skin diseases.- Patient handouts. Fields of interest Dermatology; Health Promotion and Disease Prevention; General Practice / Family Medicine Target groups Residents, fellows and physicians in dermatology and infectious diseases Discount group Discount group MR MR Medicine Medicine Medicine Due March 2010 Due January 2010 Due November 2010 2010. XII, 200 p. 455 illus., 190 in color. Hardcover 2009. VII, 112 p. Hardcover 2011. Approx. 300 p. 105 illus., 35 in color. Hardcover 7 $189.00 ISBN 978-3-642-05057-2 7 $99.00 ISBN 978-4-431-85907-9 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-1-84996-020-5 springer.com/librarybooks Medicine Springer News 1/2010 9 S. Y. Peng, Zhejiang University, Hangzhou, China A. D. Pryor, T. N. Pappas, M. S. Branch (Eds.) C. Rodriguez-Galindo, M. W. Wilson (Eds.) Hepatic Caudate Lobe Resection Gastrointestinal Bleeding Retinoblastoma A Practical Approach to Diagnosis and Management Treatment of retinoblastoma has evolved at a significant speed over the last two decades; ocular salvage approaches are now at the core of modern treatments, and assessment of visual and functional outcomes has become a priority. New discoveries in retinoblastoma biology are leading the way to the development of targeted therapies that could revolutionize our current approaches to the treatment. In this book, experts address all the important aspects of research and therapy - from biology to epidemiology to treatment. Retinoblastoma will provide a single source for the diagnosis and care of children with this malignancy. This book provides a comprehensive and up-todate coverage of research on the surgical technique of caudate lobe resection. The book introduces all kinds of procedures for caudate lobe resection, from basic ones to the most complex ones. A new surgical dissection technique using a simple yet versatile instrument is introduced, which is of great help in facilitating the procedure and enhancing the safety of the operation. More than 350 pictures about the anatomy of the caudate lobe, the surgical procedure or special instruments are presented, and 18 different videos are demonstrated. It is a great reference for liver surgeons learning about caudate lobe resection, as well as researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of hepatobiliary surgery. Features 7 Comprehensively describes different kinds of caudate lobe resection 7 Rich in intraoperative photographs and an instructional MPEG video 7 Contains a detailed description of the transhepatic approach, for resecting huge tumors originating in the caudate lobe safely 7 Introduces a special instrument, PMOD, and an operative dissection technique helpful for technically difficult operations System requirements For PC. For the complete system requirements see: springer.com Fields of interest Surgical Oncology; Surgery; Hepatology Target groups Researchers and postgraduate students in the fields of hepatobiliary surgery, as well as liver surgeons learning about caudate lobe resection Discount group MR The diagnosis and management of gastrointestinal bleeding is multidisciplinary by nature involving surgeons, gastroenterologists and radiologists. Due to various pathologies, it involves upper gut, lower gut and occult bleeding. Gastrointestinal Bleeding: A Practical Approach to Diagnosis and Management covers all aspects of bleeding in a systemic approach organized by the site of bleeding. Elective and emergent bleeding is also covered. This volume provides a practical text for the practitioner in addressing patient issues in their practice, with a step-by-step approach through appropriate diagnosis and management strategies including surgical, endoscopic, medical and angiographic techniques, making this a truly multidisciplinary and disease based text. Specific sections in the book are crafted by experts in each topic. Features 7 Step-by-step approach through appropriate diagnosis and management 7 Written by world known experts in gastrointestinal diseases 7 Provides practical management of specific bleeding sources 7 Multidisciplinary and disease beased text 7 Specific sections crafted by experts in each topic From the contents Stabilization of the Patient at Presentation.- Urgent workup for upper gi bleeding.- Management of bleeding esophageal varices.- Management of Dieulafoy’s.- Management of bleeding peptic ulcer disease.- Management of unusual upper sources of bleeding GAVE, aortoduodenal fistula, av malformation. Hemorrhagic gastritis.- Management of Mallory Weiss tear. Fields of interest Gastroenterology; Minimally Invasive Surgery; Surgery Target groups Features 7 Information regarding the biology, treatment, and research on retinoblastoma is very scattered and has not been put together in a single book 7 This would be the first book focused specifically on this malignancy and would have a worldwide audience Contents Biology of Retinoblastoma.- Epidemiology.- Clinical Features, Diagnosis, Pathology.- Genetics of Retinoblastoma and Genetic Counseling.- Radiation Therapy in the Management of Retinoblastoma.- Chemotherapy in the Management of Retinoblastoma.- Treatment of Intraocular Retinoblastoma.- Treatment of Extraocular and Metastatic Retinoblastoma.- Second Malignancies and Other Long Term Effects in Retinoblastoma Survivors.- Visual Rehabilitation.- Retinoblastoma in Developing Countries. Fields of interest Oncology; Ophthalmology; Pediatrics Target groups Pediatric oncologists, opthalmologists, radiation oncologists, neurobiologists and psychologists Discount group MR Gastroenterologists, surgeons, radiologists plus residents and fellows in these specialties Discount group MR Medicine Due February 2010 Distribution rights in China: Zhejiang University Press Medicine Jointly published with Zhejiang University Press Due February 2010 Medicine Due January 2010 2010. Approx. 295 p. 370 illus., 346 in color. With CD-ROM. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 300 p. 81 illus., 55 in color. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 300 p. 59 illus. in color. (Pediatric Oncology) Hardcover 7 $219.00 ISBN 978-3-642-05104-3 7 $189.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-1692-1 7 $189.00 ISBN 978-0-387-89071-5 10 Springer News 1/2010 Medicine springer.com/booksellers T. Rustemeyer, P. Elsner, S. M. John, H. Maibach (Eds.) G. B. Saha, The Cleveland Clinic Foundation, Cleveland, OH, USA Kanerva’s Occupational Skin Diseases Basics of PET Imaging Physics, Chemistry, and Regulations Hernia Repair Sequelae The 1st edition of this Handbook of Occupational Dermatology was published in 2000 and has served as the main reference book of occupational skin diseases for general and occupational dermatologists and occupational physicians. The new edition is completely revised, updated and extended with respect to new developments. The layout allows for both quick access to practical information and in-depth reading. Included are concise tables, algorithms and figures on how to optimize the diagnostic procedure for daily patient management and expert opinion. Dermatology; Allergology; Occupational Medicine/Industrial Medicine This is an ideal text on PET and PET/CT imaging technology that focuses on the basics, such as physics, instrumentation, production of PET radionuclides and radiopharmaceuticals, and regulations affecting PET. The chapters are concise but comprehensive, making the topic easily understandable, and they are complete with reviews of pertinent basic science, sample questions, and lists of suggested reading. Practical tables and appendixes contain a wealth of valuable data, reflecting the books usefulness as a reference for nuclear medicine professionals, including physicians, residents and technologists. The book also benefits technologists and residents preparing for board examinations because of its brevity and clarity of content. Even the best hernia repair can result in postoperative difficulties for the patient caused by repair sequelae as for example pain, infertility, infection, adhesion and dislocation of the protheses. That can happen many years later and now, where the general principle of hernia repair is well understood all over the world, these sequelae are noticed more and more. To define them, to evaluate the absolute and relative risk of these sequelaes and to describe the ways of their prevention, diagnosis and treatment, the 5th Suvretta meeting had focussed on this subject. We discussed if there’s a principle risk by technique, material or both. The results of these discussions and the future handling and evaluation of this problem was the aim of this meeting. Even the best method can be made better by optimization of its single components. Target groups Fields of interest Contents Fields of interest Dermatologists, general practitioners, scientists; both experts and students Discount group MR Nuclear Medicine; Imaging / Radiology V. Schumpelick, Universitätsklinikum Aachen, Germany; R. J. Fitzgibbons, Creighton University, Omaha, NE, USA (Eds.) Target groups Nuclear medicine technologists, nuclear medicine physicians, residents, and fellows From the contents: I. Risk for the Spermatic Cord.II. Risk for Infection.- III. Risk for Pain.- IV. Risk for Adhesion.- V. Risk for Migration and Erosion.VI. Strategy to Improve Results.- VII. Pro and Contra. Discount group Fields of interest P Surgery Target groups Surgeons, gastroenterologists Discount group MR Medicine Due May 2011 2nd ed. 2011. Approx. 1450 p. 350 illus. in color. (In 2 volumes, not available seperately) Hardcover 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-02034-6 2011. eReference. 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-02035-3 Medicine Due January 2010 Medicine Due January 2010 2011. Approx. 1450 p. 350 illus. in color. Print + eReference. (In 2 volumes, not available seperately) 2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 330 p. 72 illus., 9 in color. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 555 p. 180 illus., 60 in color. Hardcover 7 $162.00 ISBN 978-3-642-02036-0 7 $79.95 ISBN 978-1-4419-0804-9 7 $199.00 ISBN 978-3-642-04552-3 springer.com/librarybooks Springer News 1/2010 B. A. Shah, G. M. Fundaro, S. Mandava, Henry Ford Hospital and Health System, Detroit, MI, USA R. M. Trüeb, University Hospital Zurich, Switzerland; D. J. Tobin, University of Bradford, UK (Eds.) Breast Imaging Review Aging Hair A Quick Guide to Essential Diagnoses The scalp and hair are subject to both intrinsic or physiologic aging and extrinsic or premature aging caused by external factors. This comprehensive and reader-friendly book offers an up-to-date overview on all aspects of hair aging, including in particular the two main streams of interest: the aesthetic problem, which relates to everything that happens outside the skin, and the biologic problem, which concerns the “secret life” of the hair follicle in the depth of the skin. Internationally recognized experts provide detailed contributions on the biologic basis of hair aging and current concepts for its diagnosis, treatment, and prevention. The intrinsic and extrinsic modulating factors for hair growth and pigmentation are explained and future directions for therapeutic intervention are examined. In summary, this unique book offers valuable insights into hair aging and guidance on its treatment; it will prove invaluable both to dermatologists and to other interested physicians and basic scientists. This book helps to prepare diagnostic radiology residents for the radiology oral board examination. It will also be a useful reference for the practicing radiologist. The book will consist of over 90 breast imaging cases that are often tested on the oral examination. Each case will have a full-page image along with patient history, radiographic findings, BI-RADS assessment, diagnosis, discussion, and references. There is currently only one other breast imaging review book on the market, but the images that appear in it are relatively small and of poor quality. This book will contain numerous color and black and white images of high quality and size. The discussion section will be concise and relevant to the ABR exam. Contents Part 1. Mammography and Ultrasound Case Review.- Part 2. MRI Case Review.Part 3. Appendix: I. Interventional Breast Technique Pearls (MRI Wire Localization.- MRI Guided Vacuum Assisted Breast Biopsy.- Ultrasound Guided Core Biopsy.- Ultrasound-Guided Cyst Aspiration.- MRI-Guided Wire Localization.Galactography) II. High Yield Facts. Features Radiology residents, diagnostic radiologists 7 A comprehensive, reader-friendly book that outlines and discusses current concepts for the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of hair aging 7 Explains the different causes of hair aging 7 Provides clear guidance on treatment options and examines future directions for therapeutic intervention 7 Written by internationally recognized experts for dermatologists and other physicians and scientists interested in the field Discount group Fields of interest Field of interest Imaging / Radiology Target groups MC Dermatology; Geriatrics/Gerontology; General Practice / Family Medicine Target groups Dermatologists and all other physicians dealing with patients with hair disorders as well as scientists interested in hair research Discount group MR Medicine Medicine Due February 2010 Due March 2010 2010. Approx. 250 p. 366 illus., 43 in color. Softcover 2010. X, 282 p. 93 illus., 73 in color. Hardcover 7 $69.95 ISBN 978-1-4419-1727-0 7 $189.00 ISBN 978-3-642-02635-5 Medicine 11 12 Springer News 1/2010 Biomedicine N. A. Berger, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH, USA (Ed.) Cancer and Energy Balance, Epidemiology and Overview Energy Balance and Cancer, Epidemiology and Overview is the first in a series of monographs to address the multiple facets of the world wide pandemic of overweight and obesity and its relation to cancer. This volume, authored by leading experts in their perspective fields, provides a broad and comprehensive overview of the problem from the epidemiologic viewpoint with focus on both general and special populations as well as a description of potential molecular mechanisms and reviews of the latest studies of factors impacting the association of energy balance and cancer including the effects of genetics, caloric restriction, exercise, behavior and the built environment. The collected chapters and the authors contributing to this initial volume represent a transdisciplinary approach to analyze and develop novel approaches to understand and solve what, up to now, is a globally refractory problem. The book is written to be understandable and informative to individuals from all concerned disciplines. Features 7 This is a new area, in which there are not yet books 7 However, the AACR just held a meeting on this up and coming topic Contents Obesity and Cancer Epidemiology.- Obesity and Cancer, Epidemiology in Racial/Ethnic Minorities.- Obesity and Cancer in Asia.- Genetic Epidemiology of Obesity and Cancer.- Obesity and Cancer, Overview of Mechanisms.- Caloric Restriction and Cancer.- Physical Activity and Cancer.- Energy Balance, Cancer Prognosis and Survivorship.- Behavior, Energy Balance and Cancer, Overview.- Geographic and Contextual Effects on Energy Balance Related Behaviors and Cancer. es New Seri Diet and Cancer Series editor: A. Albini These Series will be address to Scientists and Clinicians involved in Oncology and Cancer Prevention, to Nutritional Scientists and Epidemiologists. Diet and Cancer Book Series will focus on the important role of diet and dietary components for people at risk for several cancer. Many scientific data have been collected and published on the importance of dietary ingredients of curing or preventing cancer with the reduction of cardiovascular side effects compared to cancer chemotherapy. Here we would like to define the effects of some classes of aliments, drinks, dietary components, and explain their role as potential cancer prevention agents, suggest biomarkers and discuss about the benefits of certain lifestyle factors in tumour prevention. The final objective of the Book Series is to help people with practical and scientific information in order to reduce cancer risk. springer.com/booksellers G. Calviello, S. Serini, Catholic University, Rome, Italy (Eds.) Dietary Omega-3 Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids and Cancer Dietary Omega-3 Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids and Cancer provides all the latest information on the possible benefits of omega-3 polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFAs) against a wide series of cancers. Several influential scientists in this field have contributed to make this book an unique one amongst the others published so far in this field. The chapters give detailed information about the results obtained in this field through experimental studies conducted on both animals and cultured cells, as well as through human intervention trials and epidemiological observational studies. This book represents an important tool for researchers working in nutrition and oncology, since it collects all the knowledge about omega-3 PUFAs and cancer, even the most recent, in a single publication. For the first time controversies among the different studies are also covered with great details in this book. Features 7 Gives the latest information on the possible benefits of w-3 PUFAs in cancer 7 Distinguishes the results obtained in in vitro, preclinical and clinical studies 7 Distinguishes the effects reported for different kinds of human cancers 7 Covers discrepancies among epidemiologic studies From the contents Introduction: w-3 pufas, why do we speak about them?; 1. possible mechanisms of w-3 pufa antitumor action; 2. w-3 pufas and colon cancer, a) w-3 pufas and colon cancer : epidemiological studies, b) w-3 pufas and colon cancer: experimental studies and human interventional trials; 3. w-3 pufas and hormone related cancers (breast and prostate), a) w-3 pufas and breast cancer: epidemiological studies. Fields of interest Fields of interest Target groups Target groups Discount group Discount group Cancer Research; Pharmacology/Toxicology Cancer researchers P Biomedical and Life Sciences Cancer Research; Oncology; Nutrition Libraries, research workers, physicians, patients P Biomedical and Life Sciences Due January 2010 Due February 2010 2010. Approx. 250 p. 35 illus. (Energy Balance and Cancer, 2) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 200 p. (Diet and Cancer, Volume 1) Hardcover 7 approx. $149.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-5514-2 7 $179.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3578-3 springer.com/librarybooks S. V. Chittur, University at Albany-SUNY, Rensselaer, NY, USA (Ed.) W. C. Cho, Queen Elizabeth Hospital, Hong Kong, China (Ed.) Microarray Methods for Drug Discovery Supportive Cancer Care with Chinese Medicine While the utilization of microarrays for gene expression studies has been widely published, Microarray Methods for Drug Discovery describes the use of this technology for a multitude of other vital applications. Covering the field of drug discovery through its various aspects, including high throughput screening, target identification, drug metabolism and toxicity screening as well as clinical sample handling, this volume also addresses new emerging fields like miRNA profiling, ribonomic and glycomic profiling. All chapters, contributed by experts in the field, follow the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology™ series format, which is comprised of brief introductions, lists of required materials and reagents, readily reproducible, step-by-step lab protocols, along with detailed tips on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls, making this book an easy read for investigators at all levels of expertise. The chapters coherently present an overview on the major treatment approaches of Chinese medicine and progresses made with different important aspects on supportive cancer care with acupuncture, herbal therapy and qigong. Moreover, there are reviews on the evidences and efficacies of Chinese medicine for controlling radiation-induced injuries, chemotherapy-related side effects, as well as pain control with Chinese medicine. In order to provide information from basic science at the bench to the patient’s bedside, modern researches and clinical trials would be overviewed so as to give an up-to-date and realistic evaluation of a therapy’s utility for cancer patients. It is also worth noting that toxicology, safety and herb-drug interactions are the main concerns of using Chinese medicine combined with western medicine. A chapter will expound on these issues and there will also be chapters discussing integrative Chinese and Western medicine, as well as cancer prevention with Chinese medicine. Features 7 Provides a single volume reference for all types of microarrays 7 Covers a wide range of microarray platforms used in genomics, epigenomics, genotyping, proteomics, and small molecule screening 7 Serves as a comprehensive step-by step guide to design, implement, and analyze data from various array platforms 7 A good reference for designing microarray experiments to decipher transcriptome regulation and DNA modifications Fields of interest Pharmacology/Toxicology; Human Genetics Target groups Biochemists, pharmaceutical scientists, geneticists, molecular and cellular biologists Discount group P Features 7 A specialised book on supportive cancer care with Chinese medicine 7 Gathering unparallelled topics of interest in supportive cancer care with Chinese medicine 7 Apart from curative treatment lead by surgery, radiotherapy and chemotherapy, supportive cancer care and improvement in quality of life become more important as there are more cancer patients survive after primary treatment Fields of interest Cancer Research; Oncology; Complementary & Alternative Medicine Target groups Oncologists, cancer researchers pharmacologists, pharmaceutical specialists, traditional Chinese medicine practitioners, Chinese medicine educators, medicine postgraduates and undergraduates, cancer caregivers, cancer survivors, family members of cancer patients Discount group P Springer Protocols Due March 2010 Biomedicine Springer News 1/2010 S. Craft, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, WA, USA; Y. Christen, Fondation Ipsen, Boulogne Billancourt, France (Eds.) Diabetes, Insulin and Alzheimer’s Disease This volume brings together experts from basic and clinical science to provide a broad survey of the role of insulin in the brain, and to discuss the mechanisms through which insulin dysregulation contributes to the development of cognitive impairment and late-life neurodegenerative disease. Each author has greatly furthered our understanding of the relationships among insulin, diabetes, and Alzheimer’s disease, moving us far beyond the belief that the brain is an insulininsensitive organ. Given the recent pandemic of conditions associated with insulin resistance, it is imperative that we achieve a comprehensive knowledge of the mechanisms through which insulin resistance affects brain function in order to develop therapeutic strategies to address these effects. From the contents Insulin Action in the Brain and the Pathogenesis of Alzheimer’s. The Brain-insulin Connection, Metabolic Diseases and Related Pathologies. Insulin Mediated Neuroplasticity in the Central Nervous System. Stress Hormones and Neuroplasticity in the Diabetic Brain. Diabetes and the Brain – an Epidemiologic Perspective. Cognition in Type 2 Diabetes: Brain Imaging Correlates and Vascular and Metabolic Risk Factors. The Relationship between the Continuum of Elevated Adiposity, Hyperinsulinemia, and Type 2 Diabetes and Lateonset Alzheimer’s disease: an Epidemiological Perspective. The Role of Insulin Dysregulation in Aging and Alzheimer’s disease. Is Alzheimer’s a Disorder of Ageing and why don’t Mice get it? The Centrality of Insulin Signalling to Alzheimer’s disease Pathology. Fields of interest Neurosciences; Endocrinology; Geriatrics/Gerontology Target groups Researchers and scientists in the field of diabetes and neurodegenerative disorders Discount group P Biomedical and Life Sciences Due February 2010 13 Biomedical and Life Sciences Due February 2010 2010. Approx. 275 p. 49 illus. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 632) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover 2010. 250 p. 30 illus., 21 in color. (Research and Perspectives in Alzheimer’s Disease) Hardcover 7 $119.00 ISBN 978-1-60761-662-7 7 $179.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3554-7 7 $179.00 ISBN 978-3-642-04299-7 14 Springer News 1/2010 Biomedicine F. Cunningham, J. Elliott, P. Lees, Royal Veterinary College, UK (Eds.) Comparative and Veterinary Pharmacology The topics addressed in this volume of comparative and veterinary pharmacology, as a series of succinct state of the art reviews, illustrate both the commonality and differences between drug pharmacodynamics and pharmacokinetics in animals and man and demonstrate the potential impact of drug use in animals on human health and the environment. Genetic modification of animals and the benefits this has brought to understanding human disease and the production of drugs for use in man is considered and the potential of new technologies for improving the treatment of animal disease explored. Contents Part I: Topics in Veterinary Pharmacology. Introduction. Species variability in pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics. Pharmacogenomics in domestic animal species. Drug delivery in domestic animal species. Population medicine and control of disease epidemics. Interspecies allometric scaling. Pain and analgesia in domestic animal species. New technologies for application to veterinary therapeutics.- Part II: The Interface of Veterinary Pharmacology and Man. Genetically modified animal. Antimicrobial drug resistance. Drug residues. Veterinary medicines and the environment. Veterinary medicines and competition animals. V. Cutsuridis, Boston University, Boston, MA, USA; B. Graham, University of Stirling, UK; S. Cobb, I. Vida, University of Glasgow, UK (Eds.) G. Davies, St. George’s University of London, UK (Ed.) Hippocampal Microcircuits Methods and Protocols A Computational Modeler’s Resource Book Spanning from discoveries in fundamental immunology to industrial and commercial concerns, the study of vaccine adjuvants has developed into an exciting area of work with great, vital potential in innovating techniques in which adjuvants may steer the immune system towards the responses required by unmet vaccination needs. In Vaccine Adjuvants: Methods and Protocols, expert researchers in the field provide clear and concise guidance on how to go about assessing the activity of adjuvant products. Rather than describing individual adjuvants, the volume strives to include detailed, practical information on measuring the responses produced by adjuvants in order to be relevant to the widest array of experiments. Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology™ series format, chapters include introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible laboratory protocols, and notes on troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls. Covering the subject’s experimental background, leading neuroscientists discuss the morphological, physiological and molecular characteristics as well as the connectivity and synaptic properties of the various cell types found in the hippocampus. Here, ensemble activity, related to behavior, on the part of morphologically identified neurons in anesthetized and freely moving animals, lead to insights into the functions of hippocampal areas. In the second section, on computational analysis, computational neuroscientists present models of hippocampal microcircuits at various levels of detail, including single-cell and network levels. A full chapter is devoted to the single-neuron and network simulation environments currently used by computational neuroscientists in developing their models. In addition to the above, the chapters also identify outstanding questions and areas in need of further clarification that will guide future research by computational neuroscientists. From the contents Libraries, researchers and clinicians in the fields of pharmacology and veterinary medicine Connectivity of the Hippocampus: Intrareal Connectivity: CA1, CA3, DG. Intrareal Connectivity. Topography of Inputs: EC, Subiculum. Cell Morphologies: Pyramidal Cells. Granule Cells. Interneurons. Physiological Properties of Neurons: Passive Membrane Properties. Active Properties: Ion Channel Distributions. Synaptic Properties: Distribution and Characteristics of Glutamatergic Inputs. Distribution and Characteristics of GABAergic Inputs. Neuromodulation. Neuronal Activity Patterns: In Vitro. In Vivo. Awake, Behaving Animals. Computational Analysis. Single Neuron Models: CA1 Pyramidal Cells. Discount group Fields of interest Fields of interest Pharmacology/Toxicology; Veterinary Medicine; Medicine/Public Health, general Target groups P springer.com/booksellers Neurosciences; Neurobiology; Computer Appl. in Life Sciences Target groups Vaccine Adjuvants Features 7 Provides an easily accessible reference volume for methods used to evaluate vaccine adjuvants written by leading researchers in the field 7 Presents methods to evaluate different aspects of the mechanism of action of vaccine adjuvants 7 Presents an approach based on the results of adjuvant activity, covering in vitro and in vivo model biological systems and approaches to data analysis Fields of interest Immunology; Vaccine Target groups Vaccinologists, immunologists, biochemists and formulation specialists Discount group P Computational neuroscientists, experimental neuroscientists Discount group P Biomedical and Life Sciences Due March 2010 Biomedical and Life Sciences Due January 2010 Springer Protocols Due March 2010 2010. Approx. 350 p. (Handbook of Experimental Pharmacology, Volume 199) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 460 p. 109 illus., 44 in color. With CD-ROM. (Springer Series in Computational Neuroscience, Volume 5) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 310 p. 40 illus. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 626) Hardcover 7 $419.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10323-0 7 approx. $189.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-0995-4 7 $119.00 ISBN 978-1-60761-584-2 springer.com/librarybooks Biomedicine Springer News 1/2010 A. V. Everitt, S. I. Rattan, D. G. Le Couteur, R. de Cabo (Eds.) A. Giuliani, SpiderBiotech, Colleretto Giacosa, Italy; A. C. Rinaldi, University of Cagliari, Monserrato, Italy (Eds.) 15 S. R. Grobmyer, B. M. Moudgil, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL, USA (Eds.) Calorie Restriction, Aging and Antimicrobial Peptides Longevity Cancer Nanotechnology Over the last 20 or more years there has been a progressive rise in food intake in many countries of the world, accompanied by a rising incidence of obesity. Thus our increasing food and calorie intake has been linked to the rising incidence of cardiovascular disease and diabetes in early adult life. It is accepted that overeating, accompanied by reduced physical exercise, will lead to more age-related diseases and shortening of life-span. The answer is to reduce our calorie intake, improve our diet, and exercise more. But calorie restriction is extremely difficult to maintain for long periods. How then can we solve this problem? Edited by a team of highly distinguished academics, this book provides the latest information on the beneficial effects of calorie restriction on health and life-span. This book brings us closer to an understanding at the molecular, cellular and whole organism level of the way forward. Early detection of cancer at the cellular level, even before anatomic anomalies are visible, is critical to more efficacious and cost effective diagnosis and therapeutic advances. In Cancer Nanotechnology: Methods and Protocols, an international panel of experts provide the most recent, cutting-edge, “how-to” approaches developed and employed by researchers in a variety of disciplines to identify cancer specific biomarkers, construct suitable multifunctional targeted nanostructure platforms, along with enhanced imaging and therapeutic applications. Covering such topics as multifunctional and multimodal nanoparticles, nanoparticle mediated cancer theranostics, molecular targets for cancer nanotechnology, and nanoparticles for non-invasive image-guided cancer therapy, the volume addresses the key challenges of the field today, specifically targeted and localized delivery of the drugs. Methods and Protocols Features 7 Discusses how the long-term reduction in calorie or food intake will delay the onset of agerelated diseases 7 Provides the latest information on health and life-span effects of Calorie Restriction 7 Covers effects on the molecular, cellular and whole organism level 7 Edited by a team of highly distinguished academics Contents Part I Calorie Restriction In Different Species.Part II Biochemical And Metabolic Mechanisms Of Calorie Restriction.- Part III Calorie Restriction In The Clinical Setting. Fields of interest Human Physiology; Geriatrics/Gerontology; Oxidative Stress Target groups Scientists and graduate students working in aging and gerontology, academic libraries, pharma- and biotech companies doing anti-aging research The action of antimicrobial peptides (AMPs), ranging from direct killing of invading pathogens to immune response modulation and other complex biological responses, has stimulated research and clinical interest for more than two decades, but the area is still burgeoning due to emerging discoveries in the functions, roles, and regulation of AMPs, thus making the study of antimicrobial peptides a multi-disciplinary and rapidly evolving field. In Antimicrobial Peptides: Methods and Protocols, leading investigators present a broad, up-to-date collection of current research and experimental methods for the isolation, characterization, production, and optimization of antimicrobial peptides. Additional chapters detail methodologies in several microscopy techniques, high-throughput screening, QSAR modeling, and computer-aided design used to study these compounds, while key review articles survey potential medical applications of antimicrobial peptides as innovative anti-infective and immunomodulatory agents. Features 7 Covers an expanding field of research with high applicative potential via the most cutting-edge methods 7 Includes contributions from scientists from different disciplines and backgrounds, from both industry and academia 7 Provides notes sections describing major sources of problems that may occur with a particular technique and how they can be identified and overcome Fields of interest Immunology; Antibodies Target groups Microbiologists, pharmacologists, immunologists, peptide chemists, and molecular biologists Methods and Protocols Features 7 Includes cutting-edge methods from leading experts in the field 7 Details nanoparticle platforms currently employed for cancer 7 Provides detailed protocols with notes written from extensive experience 7 Contains applications of nanotechnology for cancer imaging 7 Elucidates delivery and targeting of nanomaterials for cancer Fields of interest Cancer Research; Oncology; Laboratory Medicine Target groups Cancer researchers, cancer biologists, pharmacologists, cancer physicians, materials scientists, translational scientists, biotechnologists, and biomedical engineers Discount group P Discount group P Discount group P Biomedical and Life Sciences Springer Protocols Springer Protocols Due January 2010 Due February 2010 2010. Approx. 500 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 390 p. 72 illus., 3 in color. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 618) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 375 p. 115 illus., 6 in color. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 624) Hardcover 7 approx. $209.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8555-9 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-1-60761-593-4 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-1-60761-608-5 Due March 2010 16 Springer News 1/2010 Biomedicine U. J. Ilg, University of Tübingen, Germany; G. S. Masson, CNRS - Université de la Mediterranée, Marseille, France (Eds.) K. K. Jain, Jain PharmaBiotech, Basel, Switzerland Dynamics of Visual Motion Processing Of the thousands of biomarkers that are currently being discovered, relatively few are being validated for further applications, and the potential of a biomarker can be quite difficult to evaluate. To aid in this imperative research, Handbook of Biomarkers thoroughly describes many different types of biomarkers and their discovery using various “-omics” technologies, such as proteomics and metabolomics, along with the background information needed for the evaluation of biomarkers as well as the essential procedures for their validation and use in clinical trials. With biomarkers described first according to technologies and then according to various diseases, this detailed book features the key correlations between diseases and classifications of biomarkers, which provides the reader with a guide to sort out current and future biomarkers. Neuronal, Behavioral, and Computational Approaches Motion processing is an essential piece of the complex brain machinery that allows us to reconstruct the 3D layout of objects in the environment, to break camouflage, to perform scene segmentation, to estimate the ego movement, and to control our action. Although motion perception and its neural basis have been a topic of intensive research and modeling the last two decades, recent experimental evidences have stressed the dynamical aspects of motion integration and segmentation. This book presents the most recent approaches that have changed our view of biological motion processing. These new experimental evidences call for new models emphasizing the collective dynamics of large population of neurons rather than the properties of separate individual filters. Chapters will stress how the dynamics of motion processing can be used as a general approach to understand the brain dynamics itself. Features 7 Only book on biological motion to provide DVD as support material 7 Stresses how the dynamics of motion processing can be used as a general approach to understand the brain dynamics itself From the contents Part I Low-level cortical dynamic motion processing. Motion integration: psychophysics. Dynamics of motion integration. Dynamics of pattern motion computation. Population activity for motion encoding. Fields of interest Neurosciences; Neurobiology; Neurology Target groups Researchers working on perception (psychologists, behavioral studies) and physiology (neurophysiologists); neuroscientists interested in oculomotor studies and sensorimotor transformations; graduate students The Handbook of Biomarkers Features 7 Provides uniformity of style and avoids duplications as only a single author book can 7 Written by a physician-scientist author who blends his clinical experience and scientific expertise in new technologies to provide a definitive account of biomarker research 7 Complete with a more up-to-date and comprehensive coverage of biomarkers than any other comparable work Contents Introduction.- Technologies for Discovery of Biomarkers.- Biomarkers and Molecular Diagnostics.- Biomarkers for Drug Discovery & Development.- Role of Biomarkers in Healthcare.Biomarkers of Cancer.- Biomarkers of Disorders of the Nervous System.- Biomarkers of Cardiovascular Disorders.- Biomarkers & Personalized Medicine.- Regulatory issues. Fields of interest Pharmacology/Toxicology; Medicinal Chemistry Target groups Pharmacologists, biotechnologists, molecular diagnosticians, personalized medicine specialists, pathologists, and practicing physicians springer.com/booksellers R. Jandial, City of Hope Comprehensive Cancer Center & Beckman Research Institute, Duarte, CA, USA (Ed.) Frontiers in Brain Repair In Chapter 1 the fundamentals of imaging transplanted cells is discussed with emphasis on animal models as well as the horizon for clinical trials. Then, detailed methods on the culture of neural stem cells is reviewed as a foundation for approaching therapeutic goals. Chapter 3 presents the broad scope of animal models that serve as the foundation for developmental and pre-clinical investigation, with mention of recent genetically engineered mouse models that represent the best models for studying disease development and treatment. Chapter 4 provides background on the delivery techniques to animals and patients that are available, providing vital information on the subtleties of technique necessary for optimal cellular grafting. Chapters 5 and 6 discuss new and evolving information on the origins of brain tumors and the indelible role of stromal and microenvironmental influences on oncogenesis and tumor progression. Contents In Vivo Imaging of Cellular Transplants.- Culture and Manipulation of Neural Stem Cells.- Animal Models of Neurological Disease.- Stem Cell Transplantation Methods.- Stem Cell Origin of Brain Tumors.- The Tumor Microenvironment.- Exploitation of Genetically Modified Neural Stem Cells for Neurological Disease.- Biological Horizons for Targeting Brain Malignancy.- Stem Cells in the Treatment of Stroke.- Gene- and Cell-Based Approaches for Neurodegenerative Disease. Field of interest Neurosciences Target groups Researchers and scientists Discount group P Discount group P Discount group P Biomedical and Life Sciences Due January 2010 Springer Protocols Due March 2010 Biomedical and Life Sciences Due April 2010 2010. XX, 374 p. 92 illus., 25 in color. With DVD. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 470 p. 11 illus. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 150 p. 42 illus. (Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology, Volume 671) Hardcover 7 $199.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-0780-6 7 $199.00 ISBN 978-1-60761-684-9 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-5818-1 springer.com/librarybooks M. G. Kazanietz, University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine, Philadelphia, PA, USA (Ed.) N. King, University of New England, Armidale, Australia (Ed.) Protein Kinase C in Cancer Signaling and Therapy RT-PCR Protocols Protein kinase C (PKC), a family of serinethreonine kinases, rocketed to the forefront of the cancer research field in the early 1980’s with its identification as an effector of phorbol esters, natural products with tumor promoting activity. Phorbol esters had long been of interest to the cancer research field due to early studies in the mouse skin carcinogenesis model, which showed that prolonged topical application of phorbol esters promoted the formation of skin tumors on mice previously treated with mutagenic agents. Research in the last years has established key roles for PKC isozymes in the control of cell proliferation, migration, adhesion, and malignant transformation. In addition, there is a large body of evidence linking PKC to invasion and cancer cell metastasis. Moreover, it is now well established that the expression of PKC isozymes is altered in various types of cancers. More importantly, small molecule inhibitors have been developed with significant anti-cancer activity. Once a tedious, highly skilled operation, reversetranscription polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) has become a routine and invaluable technique used in most laboratories. In RT-PCR Protocols, Second Edition, expert researchers fully update the technologies presented in the popular previous edition, such as competitive RT-PCR, nested RT-PCR, RT-PCR from single cells, and RT-PCR for cloning. In addition, newer technologies are also explored, including multiplex RT-PCR, RT-LATE-PCR, and the greatly advanced field of real-time quantitative RT-PCR, while recent advances in creating the optimum RT-PCR reaction, e.g. RNA extraction, primer design, and reverse transcription, end the book with their indispensable input. Written in the highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology™ series format, chapters include brief introductions to their respective topics, lists of the necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily reproducible protocols, and notes sections. Features Features 7 Focuses specifically on PKC signaling at a mechanistic level in the context of cancer 7 The first to present in a very detailed manner the implication of PKC isozymes in different types of cancers 7 There will be a full section on anticancer agents that target PKC and on how PKC modulates the sensitivity of cancer cells to chemotherapeutic drugs Fields of interest Cancer Research; Pharmacology/Toxicology Target groups Cancer researchers Discount group P Biomedicine Springer News 1/2010 Second Edition 7 Provides detailed and easy to follow instructions for a wide range of RT-PCR protocols 7 Features all the latest and hottest technology used in conventional and real-time RT-PCR 7 Provides a broad scope covered in good depth, from detection of minute quantities of microRNA to the analysis of complex cell populations 7 Serves as a comprehensive guide to setting up, running, and analyzing an RT-PCR experiment Fields of interest Human Genetics; Gene Expression Target groups U. Kristoffersson, University Hospital, Lund, Sweden; J. Schmidtke, Medical School Hannover, Germany; J. Cassiman, Catholic University of Leuven, Belgium (Eds.) Quality Issues in Clinical Genetic Services Measuring quality of heath care related processes became an issue in the 1990s, mainly in laboratory medicine, but also for hospitals and other health care systems. In many countries national authorities started to implement recommendations, guidelines or legal procedures regulating quality of health care delivery. In laboratory medicine, in parallel, the use of accreditation as a method assuring high quality standards in testing came in use. With the increasing possibilities of performing molecular genetic testing, genetic laboratories needed to become involved in this process. As many genetic disorders are rare, most laboratories worldwide offered analysis for a specific set of disorders, and, therefore, very early on a transborder flow of samples occurred. While international quality criteria (ISO) have been in existence for a number of years, the regulation of quality issues still may differ between countries. Features 7 First book on the topic reviewing a whole series of QA issues in clinical/medical genetics 7 There is a need for laboratory managers and administrators to know the basic QA in clinical genetic services 7 There is a need for health care adminstrators to have some insight in the topic they are to regulate 7 Important for young investigators planning a career in human genetic services Contents Foreword.- 1 Improving quality and harmonization of standards in clinical genetic services in Europe: The EuroGentest Network. Biochemists, molecular and cellular biologists, cancer and developmental biologists, virologists, microbiologists, physiologists, and immunologists Fields of interest Discount group Target groups P Laboratory Medicine; Medicine/Public Health, general; Human Genetics Health care administrators, laboratory and clinical managers in clinical/medical genetics, staff involved in QA adminstration Discount group P Springer Protocols Springer Protocols 17 Biomedical and Life Sciences Due January 2010 Due March 2010 2010. Approx 350 p. With 14-page color insert. (Current Cancer Research) Hardcover 2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 340 p. 65 illus., 4 in color. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 630) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 400 p. Hardcover 7 approx. $159.00 ISBN 978-1-60761-542-2 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-1-60761-628-3 7 approx. $189.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3918-7 Due March 2010 18 Springer News 1/2010 Biomedicine S. Mense, University of Heidelberg, Mannheim, Germany; R. D. Gerwin, Johns Hopkins University, Bethesda, MD, USA (Eds.) S. Mense, University of Heidelberg, Mannheim, Germany; R. D. Gerwin, Johns Hopkins University, Bethesda, MD, USA (Eds.) Muscle Pain: Understanding the Mechanisms Muscle Pain: Diagnosis and Treatment The two books, Muscle Pain: Understanding the Mechanisms and Muscle Pain: Diagnosis and Treatment will help the practitioner to understand why the patients feel pain, what to do about it and why the treatment works. In contrast to proceedings of scientific meetings on muscle pain, they center on practical aspects and can be used by the practitioner in his or her daily work. The two books together provide a unique combination of broad basic knowledge with comprehensive clinical information on the management of patients. The companion volume to Muscle Pain: Understanding the Mechanisms, this text shifts the emphasis from concepts to practical advice. It facilitates the diagnosis and management of the often enigmatic symptoms of chronic muscle pain and includes the combined expertise of leaders in the field who have contributed cutting-edge material on the major syndromes. As a set, this volume and its partner are essential reading for practitioners treating acute and chronic pain conditions involving muscle tissues. Contents Contents Preface.- Foreword.- Introduction.- Neuroanatomy of muscle: the muscle nociceptor.Peripheral mechanisms of muscle pain: response behaviour of muscle nociceptors and factors eliciting local muscle pain. Central nervous pathways of muscle pain and descending pain-modulating systems. Referral of muscle pain and transition from acute to chronic pain. Increased muscle tone as a cause of muscle pain. Influence of muscle pain on motor performance.- Glossary. Neurosciences; Human Physiology; Neurology Preface.- Foreword.- Introduction.- Part I Myofascial pain syndrome.- Pain due to trigger points: Clinic of myofascial pain syndrome. Morphology of myofascial trigger points: how does a trigger point look like?- Part II Fibromyalgia syndrome.Clinical aspects and management. Gender, genetics and other risk factors increasing vulnerability to fibromyalgia.- Part III Other muscle pain syndromes.- Low back pain due to muscle disorders. Temporomandibular pain. Inflammatory myopathies. Whip lash injury and muscle pain. Cortical imaging in experimental muscle pain.- Glossary. Target groups Fields of interest Fields of interest Researchers, practitioners and libraries in the fields of neurophysiology, neuroanatomy, neurology and molecular neuroscience Discount group P Neurosciences; Human Physiology; Neurology Target groups Researchers, practitioners and libraries in the fields of neurophysiology, neuroanatomy, neurology and molecular neuroscience Discount group P springer.com/booksellers J. L. Pedraz, G. Orive, University of the Basque Country, Vitoria-Gasteiz, Spain (Eds.) Therapeutic Applications of Cell Microencapsulation The main objective has been to analyze in depth and discuss the different aspects related to the design and elaboration of cell-enclosing microcapsules, even the regulatory features and clinical trials under development. These improvements will lead to progression in this therapeutic approach which may become one day closer to a realistic proposal for clinical application. The advances in drug delivery technology have enabled a new era of drug discovery and development. In this regard, cell microencapsulation is a technology that opens new venues and possibilities to the administration of new active principles and may be the key to solve several issues related to the correct administration of new therapeutic agents to final success in the clinical setting. The editors believe that this technology may have important applicability not only in the field of drug delivery (to treat diseases such as cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, metabolic diseases etc.) but in cellular therapy and tissue regeneration. From the contents Highlights and trends in cell encapsulation.Biomaterials in Cell Microencapsulation.- Development of Subsieve-Size Capsules and Application to Cell Therapy.- Regulatory Considerations in Application of Encapsulated Cell Therapies.- Treatment of Diabetes with Encapsulated Islets.- Epo Delivery by Genetically Engineered C2C12 Myoblasts Imobilized in Microcapsules.- Artificial Cell Microencapsulated Stem Cells in Regenerative Medicine, Tissue Engineering and Cell Therapy.Microencapsulated Choroid Plexus Epithelial Cell Transplants for Repair of the Brain.- Therapeutic Application of Cell Microencapsulation in Cancer.Inorganic Nanoporous Membranes for Imunoisolated Cell-Based Drug Delivery. Fields of interest Biomedicine general; Medical Microbiology Target groups Researchers and scientists Discount group P Biomedical and Life Sciences Biomedical and Life Sciences Biomedical and Life Sciences Due March 2010 Due April 2010 Due April 2010 2010. X, 320 p. Hardcover 2010. X, 350 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 165 p. 32 illus., 5 in color. (Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology, Volume 670) Hardcover 7 approx. $209.00 ISBN 978-3-540-85020-5 7 approx. $209.00 ISBN 978-3-642-05467-9 7 $179.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-5785-6 springer.com/librarybooks B. Perbal, R & D Loreal USA (Ed.) J. Ramos, A. Filloux (Eds.) CCN proteins in health and disease Pseudomonas An overview of the Fifth International Workshop on the CCN family of genes This book comprises a series of selected manuscripts that are based on the original communications that were presented at the meeting by worldwide leaders in the field of CCN biology. All major aspects of CCN proteins biology in both normal and pathological conditions are covered in this volume, from structure-functions analysis up to the involvement of CCN proteins in complex physiological functions. In addition to reports that support the Yin-Yang concept of CCN proteins driving opposite effects on the same biological process, this book also comprises several contributions that point to CCN proteins as amenable targets for therapeutic manipulation of disease processes. Together with the special issue of Journal of Cell Communication and Signaling in which authors have extended on the original data presented at the meeting, these Proceedings provide an instant picture and unique update of the state of the art in the CCN field. Fields of interest Biomedicine general; Gene Function; Molecular Medicine Target groups Reseachers Discount group P Biomedicine Springer News 1/2010 Volume 6: Molecular Microbiology, Infection and Biodiversity The five previous volumes of Pseudomonas series covered the biology of pseudomonads in a wide context, including the niches they inhabit, the taxonomic relations among members of this group, the molecular biology of gene expression in different niches and under different environmental conditions, the analysis of virulence traits in plants, animals and human pathogens as well as the determinants that make some strains useful for biotechnological applications and promotion of plant growth. Pseudomonas volume 6 is intended to collect new information on molecular microbiology, infection and biodiversity. This sixth volume covers the following topics: transcription regulation, virulence control, physiology and metabolism, bacteriology, microbial genetics and genomics. Pseudomonas volume 6 will be of use to researchers working on these bacteria, particularly those studying genomics, physiology, quorum sensing, life styles, metabolism etc. A. Reichenbach, A. Bringmann, University of Leipzig, Germany Müller Cells in the Healthy and Diseased Retina Müller cells may be used in the future for novel therapeutic strategies to protect neurons against apoptosis (for example, somatic gene therapy), or to differentiate retinal neurons from Müller/stem cells. Meanwhile, a proper understanding of the gliotic responses of Müller cells in the diseased retina, and of their protective vs. detrimental effects, is essential for the development of efficient therapeutic strategies that use and stimulate the neuron-supportive/-protective - and prevent the destructive - mechanisms of gliosis. Features 7 Provides a comprehensive review of Müller glial cells in the retina 7 Contains color images 7 Will be of interest to neuroscientists as well as ophthalmologists Contents 7 An excellent overview of the recently discovered bacterial regulatory systems, including small RNA, cyclic di-GMP or quinolone 7 A very complete description of an unfamiliar Pseudomonas species, Pseudomonas stutzeri 7 An in-depth molecular view of heavy metal resistance and metabolism of acyclic terpenes 7 Pseudomonas and cystic fibrosis, a revisited overview of a dramatic host-bacteria interplay Introduction.- Basic properties of Müller cells.Müller cell gliosis.- Müller cells in the healthy retina.- Retinal Development.- Müller cells as ‘light cables’.- Soft Müller cells as shock absorbers and axon paths.- ‘Metabolic symbiosis’.- Neurotransmitter recycling.- Retinal K+ homeostasis.- Retinal water homeostasis.- Other interactions.- Müller cells in the diseased retina.- Retinal detachment.Diabetic retinopathy.- Macular edema.- Proliferative retinopathies.- Ischemia-reperfusion.- Hepatic retinopathy.- Retinoschisis.- Retinitis pigmentosa and support of neuronal survival.- Future directions.- Index. Fields of interest Fields of interest Features Bacteriology; Microbial Genetics and Genomics; Medical Microbiology Target groups Researchers working on pseudomonas, particularly those studying virulence, genomics, physiology, biotechnology, biotransformations, etc.; advanced students in biology, medicine and agronomy Neurosciences; Ophthalmology; Neurobiology Target groups Neurobiologists, researchers in retinal degeneration, ophthalmologists Discount group P Discount group P Biomedical and Life Sciences 19 Biomedical and Life Sciences Biomedical and Life Sciences Due March 2010 Due March 2010 Due March 2010 2010. Approx. 250 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 200 p. 109 illus., 39 in color. Hardcover 7 approx. $179.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3778-7 7 approx. $189.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3908-8 7 approx. $159.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-1671-6 20 Springer News 1/2010 Biomedicine D. A. Steyn-Ross, M. Steyn-Ross, The University of Waikato, Hamilton, New Zealand (Eds.) M. Viola Magni, Università degli Studi di Perugia, Italy (Ed.) Modeling Phase Transitions in Detection of Bacteria, Viruses, the Brain Parasites and Fungi Some brain-state transitions, such as sleep cycling, anesthetic induction, epileptic seizure, are obvious and detected readily with a few EEG electrodes; others, such as the emergence of gamma rhythms during cognition, or the ultra-slow BOLD rhythms of relaxed free-association, are much more subtle. Modeling Phase Transitions in the Brain contains chapter contributions from leading researchers who apply state-space methods, network models, and biophysically-motivated continuum approaches to investigate a range of neuroscientifically relevant problems that include analysis of nonstationary EEG time-series; network topologies that limit epileptic spreading; saddle--node bifurcations for anesthesia, sleep-cycling, and the wake--sleep switch; prediction of dynamical and noise-induced spatiotemporal instabilities underlying BOLD, alpha-, and gamma-band Hopf oscillations, gap-junction-moderated Turing structures, and Hopf-Turing interactions leading to cortical waves. Bioterrorism Prevention Proceedings of the NATO Advanced Research Workshop on Detection of Bacteria, Viruses, Parasites and Fungi, Perugia, Italy, November 18–21, 2008 7 Presents recent developments in EEG data analysis 7 Places cortical modelling in historical context 7 Provides an overview of the range of modern mass-action continuum approaches used to model cortical function When somebody mentions terrorism attack the attention is immediately on military type attacks such as bombs, kamikazes or similar kinds and nobody thinks about the possible existence of more sophisticated means such as the use of toxic gas or agents which may be transmitted by contaminated food, water and air and may interest a large number of people. This book intends to put the attention on this problem and to demonstrate how easy it is in particular to contaminate food. Four different sectors were analysed: bacteria, virus, parasites and pollutants and for each the possible agents and the facilities for creating diseases in many people through contaminated food are described. Also some species of common bacteria such as Escherichia coli or Enterococci, present in many foods, may produce toxins, causing diarrhoea in a large number of persons as happened in China in 1991 when 224,000 persons were affected by contaminated ice cream. Parasites can also be transmitted by uncooked fish and reptile meat. From the contents Fields of interest Features Phase transitions in single neurons and neural populations: critical slowing, anesthesia, and sleep cycles. Generalized state-space models for modeling nonstationary EEG time-series. Spatiotemporal instabilities in neural fields and the effects of additive noise. Spontaneous brain dynamics emerges at the edge of instability. Limited spreading: how hierarchical networks prevent the transition to the epileptic state. Fields of interest Medical Microbiology; Virology; Parasitology Target groups Public health authorities, policy makers, medical industry, military, government, students and scientists in molecular biology, medicine, epidemiology, biology, universities, research centers and industry Discount group P Neurosciences; Anesthesiology; Neurology Target groups Researchers, clinicians, physicians, neurologists Discount group P Biomedical and Life Sciences Biomedical and Life Sciences Due January 2010 2010. Approx. 350 p. 103 illus., 24 in color. (Springer Series in Computational Neuroscience, Volume 4) Hardcover 7 approx. $189.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-0795-0 Due March 2010 2010. VII, 510 p. (NATO Science for Peace and Security Series A: Chemistry and Biology) Hardcover 7 $269.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8542-9 Also available as Softcover 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8543-6 springer.com/booksellers springer.com/librarybooks C. Bodiford McNeil, West Virginia University, Morgantown, WV, USA; T. Hembree-Kigin, Licensed Psychologist, Mesa, AZ, USA C. E. Carney, Ryerson University, Toronto, ON, Canada; J. D. Edinger, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, NC, USA Parent-Child Interaction Therapy Insomnia and Anxiety Second Edition Over the past two decades, Parent-Child Interaction Therapy (PCIT) emerged as a leading-edge method for helping parents improve their children’s disruptive and oppositional behavior. Today, PCIT has a robust evidence base; is used across the country in settings as diverse as hospitals, mental health centers, schools, and mobile clinics; and is rapidly gaining popularity in other parts of the world. New features of the expanded second edition include: (1) Adaptations of PCIT for babies, toddlers, preteens, and siblings. (2) Applications for abuse survivors, children with developmental disabilities, ADHD, and severe aggression problems. (3) Uses of PCIT with separating or divorced parents. (4) Culturally relevant PCIT for ethnic minority and international families. (5) Teacherchild, staff-child, and home-based applications. (6) PCIT training guidelines. (7) A brand-new chapter summarizing current research supporting PCIT. Features 7 Summarizes the research regarding clinical innovations in the PCIT program as well as applications to specialized populations 7 Retains much of the original information regarding the fundamentals of PCIT from the 1st edition, but also presents applications of PCIT to special populations 7 Discusses how to apply these treatment techniques to toddlers, older children, and siblings Fields of interest Child and School Psychology; Clinical Psychology; Social Work Target groups Clinical child psychologists, school psychologists, and other mental health practitioners Discount group P Psychology Springer News 1/2010 Insomnia and Anxiety is the first clinician guidebook that considers the evaluation and management of insomnia and related sleep disturbances that occur conjointly with the common anxiety disorders. By exploring the ways that one condition may exacerbate the other, its authors present robust evidence of the limitations of viewing insomnia as secondary to GAD, agoraphobia, PTSD, and others in the anxiety spectrum. The book reviews cognitive and emotional factors common to anxiety and sleep disorders, and models a cognitive-behavioral approach to therapy in which improved sleep is a foundation for improved symptom management. Vital insights into all areas of these challenging cases include: (1) Diagnostic and assessment guidelines. (2) Cognitive-behavior therapy for insomnia. (3) Behavioral strategies for managing insomnia in the context of anxiety. (4) Cognitive strategies for managing comorbid anxiety and insomnia. (5) Sleep-related cognitive processes. (6) Pharmacological treatment considerations. Features 7 Focuses on cognitive factors in insomnia, supplementing behavioral approaches with current cognitive findings and techniques for treating insomnia 7 Focuses on treating the insomnia in the context of a highly prevalent comorbid conditions From the contents Anxiety and Insomnia: An Overview.- Cognitive Behavior Therapy Treatment Considerations.Medication Considerations.- Anxiety Disorders and Comorbid Insomnia: Features, PSG findings, and treatment implications.- Sleep-related worry and helplessness: Fearful information processing.Strategies for managing insomnia. H. H. Cleveland, The Pennsylvania State University, University Park, PA, USA; K. S. Harris, Texas Tech University, Lubbock, TX, USA; R. P. Wiebe, Fitchburg State College, Fitchburg, MA, USA (Eds.) Substance Abuse Recovery in College Community Supported Abstinence Using data from both conventional surveys and end-of-day daily Palm Pilot assessments as well as focus groups, the book examines community members’ experiences. In addition, the importance of a positive relationship between the recovery community and the school administration is emphasized. Topics covered include: (1) The growing need for recovery services at colleges. (2) How recovery communities support abstinence and relapse prevention. (3) Who are community members and their addiction and treatment histories. (4) Daily lives of young adults in a collegiate recovery community. (5) Challenges and opportunities in establishing recovery communities on campus. (6) Building abstinence support into an academic curriculum. Features 7 First volume to address the role of institutions in supporting adolescent and young adult recovery 7 Combines qualitative and quantitative data to address the little-researched process of long-term recovery 7 Presents daily diary analysis of the recovery process and the role of social support 7 Presents stories of young adults in recovery across different university and college contexts Fields of interest Child and School Psychology; Higher Education; Social Work Target groups Clinical Psychology; Psychotherapy Developmental and clinical child psychologists; higher education leaders; social workers; related professionals in human development, family studies, student services, college healthcare, and community services Target groups Discount group Fields of interest Clinical psychologists, researchers in sleep and insomnia P Discount group P Behavioral Science Behavioral Science 21 Behavioral Science Due February 2010 Due February 2010 Due March 2010 2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 470 p. (Issues in Clinical Child Psychology) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 300 p. (Series in Anxiety and Related Disorders) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 300 p. 1 illus. (Advancing Responsible Adolescent Development, Volume) Hardcover 7 $159.00 ISBN 978-0-387-88638-1 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-1433-0 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-1766-9 22 Psychology A. Gruszka, Jagiellonian University, Cracow, Poland; G. Matthews, University of Cincinnati, OH, USA; B. Szymura, Jagiellonian University, Cracow, Poland (Eds.) Handbook of Individual Differences in Cognition Attention, Memory, and Executive Control As cognitive models of behavior continue to evolve, the mechanics of cognitive exceptionality, with its range of individual variations in abilities and performance, remains a challenge to psychology. Reaching beyond the standard view of exceptional cognition equaling superior intelligence, the Handbook of Individual Differences in Cognition examines the latest findings from psychobiology, cognitive psychology, and neuroscience, for a comprehensive state-of-the-art volume. Breaking down cognition in terms of attentional mechanisms, working memory, and higher-order processing, contributors discuss general models of cognition and personality. Chapter authors build on this foundation as they revisit current theory in such areas as processing effort and general arousal and examine emerging methods in individual differences research, including new data on the role of brain plasticity in cognitive function. Features 7 Presents a unique approach to the subject of cognition, integrating different approaches to understand exceptionality in cognitive functions on the common basis of underlying biological mechanisms 7 Offers a broad scope in contrast to already published volumes – the book contains a comprehensive survey that relates most of the major individual difference constructs to specific mechanisms of cognitive control Fields of interest Clinical Psychology; Cognitive Psychology; Neuropsychology Target groups Researchers, clinicians, and graduate students in psychology and cognitive sciences, including clinical psychology and neuropsychology; personality and social psychology; neurosciences; education Discount group P Behavioral Science Due March 2010 2010. Approx. 610 p. (The Springer Series on Human Exceptionality) Hardcover 7 $249.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-1209-1 Springer News 1/2010 springer.com/booksellers springer.com/librarybooks Mathematics Springer News 1/2010 N. Alon, University of Tel Aviv, Israel; J. Bourgain, Princeton University, Princeton, NJ, USA; A. Connes, Collège de France, Paris, France; M. Gromov, IHES, Bures sur Yvette, France; V. Milman, University of Tel Aviv, Israel (Eds .) N. Alon, University of Tel Aviv, Israel; J. Bourgain, Princeton University, Princeton, NJ, USA; A. Connes, Collège de France, Paris, France; M. Gromov, IHES, Bures sur Yvette, France; V. Milman, University of Tel Aviv, Israel (Eds) Visions in Mathematics Visions in Mathematics GAFA 2000 Special Volume, Part I pp. 1-453 GAFA 2000 Special Volume, Part II pp. 455-983 “Visions in Mathematics - Towards 2000” was one of the most remarkable mathematical meetings in recent years. It was held in Tel Aviv from August 25th to September 3rd, 1999, and united some of the leading mathematicians worldwide. The goals of the conference were to discuss the importance, the methods, the past and the future of mathematics as we enter the 21st century and to consider the connection between mathematics and related areas. The aims of the conference are reflected in the present set of survey articles, documenting the state of art and future prospects in many branches of mathematics of current interest. This is the first part of a two-volume set that will serve any research mathematician or advanced student as an overview and guideline through the multifaceted body of mathematical research in the present and near future. “Visions in Mathematics - Towards 2000” was one of the most remarkable mathematical meetings in recent years. It was held in Tel Aviv from August 25th to September 3rd, 1999, and united some of the leading mathematicians worldwide. The goals of the conference were to discuss the importance, the methods, the past and the future of mathematics as we enter the 21st century and to consider the connection between mathematics and related areas. The aims of the conference are reflected in the present set of survey articles, documenting the state of art and future prospects in many branches of mathematics of current interest. This is the second part of a two-volume set that will serve any research mathematician or advanced student as an overview and guideline through the multifaceted body of mathematical research in the present and near future. From the contents From the contents Foreword.- Program of the Conference.- GaussManin determinant connections and periods of irregular connections.- Problems in Hamiltonian PDE’s.- On a classical limit of quantum theory and the non-linear Hartree equation.- Rough structure and classification.- Spaces and questions.- Classification of infinite-dimensional simple groups of supersymmetries and quantum field theory.Geometrization in representation theory. Foreword.- Algebraic and probabilistic methods in discrete mathematics.- Challenges in analysis.Noncommutative geometry - Year 2000.- Indtroduction to symplectic field theory.- Holomorphic curves and real three-dimensional dynamics.Perspectives on the analytic theory of L-functions.Combinatorics with a geometric flavor.- Topics in asymptotic geometric analysis.- Quantum information theory: results and open problems. S. Axler, San Francisco State University, San Francisco, CA, USA; P. Rosenthal, University of Toronto, ON, Canada; D. Sarason, University of California, Berkeley, CA, USA (Eds .) A Glimpse at Hilbert Space Operators Paul R. Halmos in Memoriam The book is a commemorative volume honoring the mathematician Paul R. Halmos (1916-2006), who contributed passionately to mathematics in manifold ways, among them by basic research, by unparalleled mathematical exposition, by unselfish service to the mathematical community, and, not least, by the inspiration others found in his dedication to that community. Halmos made fundamental contributions in several areas of mathematics. This volume emphasises Halmos’s contributions to operator theory, his venue for most of his mathematical life. The core of the volume is a series of expository articles by prominent operator theorists providing an overview of how operator theory prospered during the Halmos era, in no small measure thanks to Halmos’s leadership and penetrating insights. Features 7 Emphasis on Halmos's contributions to operator theory 7 A series of expository articles by prominent operator theorists From the contents Preface. 1. About Halmos.- 2. Publications of Paul R. Halmos.- 3. Photos.- 4. Articles.- What can Hilbert spaces tell us about bounded functions in the bidisk?.- Dilation theory yesterday and today.Toeplitz operators.- Dual algebras and invariant subspaces. Fields of interest Fields of interest Fields of interest Target groups Target groups Target groups Discount group Discount group Mathematics, general Any research mathematician and advanced students P Mathematics Mathematics, general Any research mathematician and advanced students P Operator Theory Mathematicians with an interest in functional analysis, especially those who work in operator theory, operator algebras, and related areas Discount group P Mathematics 23 Mathematics Due March 2010 Due March 2010 2010 . Approx . 470 p . (Modern Birkhäuser Classics) Softcover 2010 . Approx . 535 p . (Modern Birkhäuser Classics) Softcover 2010 . Approx . 310 p . Hardcover 7 approx. $59.95 ISBN 978-3-0346-0421-5 7 $59.95 ISBN 978-3-0346-0424-6 7 approx. $179.00 ISBN 978-3-0346-0346-1 Due May 2010 24 Springer News 1/2010 Mathematics V. Barbu M. Berger, IHÉS, Bures-sur-Yvette, France springer.com/booksellers M. Broué, Université Paris-Diderot, Paris, France Nonlinear Differential Geometry Revealed Introduction to Complex Equations of Monotone Types A Jacob’s Ladder to Modern Higher Geometry Reflection Groups and Their Translated by: L. J. Senechal, Mount Holyoke College, Braid Groups in Banach Spaces South Hadley, MA, USA This book is concerned with basic results on Cauchy problems associated with nonlinear monotone operators in Banach spaces with applications to partial differential equations of evolutive type. This is a monograph about the most significant results obtained in this area in last decades but is also written as a graduate textbook on modern methods in partial differential equations with main emphasis on applications to fundamental mathematical models of mathematical physics, fluid dynamics and mechanics. This book is selfcontained while the prerequisites in functional analysis are necessary to understand as it is being presented in a preliminary chapter. An up-to-date list of references and extended comments are included. Contents Fundamental Functional Analysis.- Maximal Monotone Operators in Banach Spaces.- Accretive Nonlinear Operators in Banach Spaces.- The Cauchy Problem in Banach Spaces.- Existence Theory of Nonlinear Dissipative Dynamics. Fields of interest Partial Differential Equations; Analysis Target groups Researchers, graduate students Discount group P Both classical geometry and modern differential geometry have been active subjects of research throughout the 20th century and lie at the heart of many recent advances in mathematics and physics. The underlying motivating concept for the present book is that it offers readers the elements of a modern geometric culture by means of a whole series of visually appealing unsolved (or recently solved) problems that require the creation of concepts and tools of varying abstraction. Starting with such natural, classical objects as lines, planes, circles, spheres, polygons, polyhedra, curves, surfaces, convex sets, etc., crucial ideas and above all abstract concepts needed for attaining the results are elucidated. These are conceptual notions, each built “above” the preceding and permitting an increase in abstraction, represented metaphorically by Jacob’s ladder with its rungs: the ‘ladder’ in the Old Testament, that angels ascended and descended... Features 7 Newest work of best known mathematician Marcel Berger 7 Offers readers elements of a modern geometric culture 7 Demonstrate the unceasingly renewed spirit of geometry 7 Visually rich and inviting 7 Includes series of visually appealing unsolved (or recently solved) problems that require the creation of concepts and tools of varying abstraction Fields of interest 1 Preliminaries.- 2 Prerequsites and Complements in Commutative Algebra.- 3 Polynomial Invariants of Finite Linear Groups.- 4 Finite Reflection Groups in Characteristic Zero.- 5 Eigenspaces and Regular Elements. Fields of interest Group Theory and Generalizations; Commutative Rings and Algebras; Associative Rings and Algebras Target groups Target groups Discount group P Due January 2010 Contents Geometry; History of Mathematical Sciences; Convex and Discrete Geometry Researchers and graduate students in mathematics, physics, computer science and engineering Mathematics Weyl groups are particular cases of complex reflection groups, i.e. finite subgroups of GLr(C) generated by (pseudo)reflections. These are groups whose polynomial ring of invariants is a polynomial algebra. It has recently been discovered that complex reflection groups play a key role in the theory of finite reductive groups, giving rise as they do to braid groups and generalized Hecke algebras which govern the representation theory of finite reductive groups. It is now also broadly agreed upon that many of the known properties of Weyl groups can be generalized to complex reflection groups. The purpose of this work is to present a fairly extensive treatment of many basic properties of complex reflection groups (characterization, Steinberg theorem, Gutkin-Opdam matrices, Solomon theorem and applications, etc.) including the basic findings of Springer theory on eigenspaces. In doing so, we also introduce basic definitions and properties of the associated braid groups, as well as a quick introduction to Bessis’ lifting of Springer theory to braid groups. Mathematics Due February 2010 Researchers and graduate students Discount group P Mathematics Due March 2010 Jointly published with Cassini Éditeurs, Paris, France 2010. Approx. 280 p. (Springer Monographs in Mathematics) Hardcover 2010. XII, 860 p. Hardcover 2010. VIII, 132 p. (Lecture Notes in Mathematics, Volume 1988) Softcover 7 $99.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-5541-8 7 $89.95 ISBN 978-3-540-70996-1 7 $49.95 ISBN 978-3-642-11174-7 springer.com/librarybooks Mathematics Springer News 1/2010 S. L. Campbell, North Carolina State University, NC, USA; J. Chancelier, CERMICS ENPC, France; R. Nikoukhah, INRIA, France Modeling and Simulation in Scilab/Scicos with ScicosLab 4.4 Scilab is a free open-source software package for scientific computation. It includes hundreds of general purpose and specialized functions for numerical computation, organized in libraries called toolboxes, which cover such areas as simulation, optimization, systems and control, and signal processing. One important Scilab toolbox is Scicos. Scicos provides a block diagram graphical editor for the construction and simulation of dynamical systems. The objective of this book is to provide a tutorial for the use of Scilab/Scicos with a special emphasis on modeling and simulation tools. While it will provide useful information to experienced users it is designed to be accessible to beginning users from a variety of disciplines. Students and academic and industrial scientists and engineers should find it useful. The book is divided into two parts. Features 7 First book to focus on simulation and modeling 7 First book to put a major emphasis on Scicos and discuss it in depth 7 Over 100 illustrations 7 Large number of carefully worked out examples and illustrations 7 Does not presuppose familiarity with Scilab/Scicos 7 Discusses some related aspects of simulation and modeling 7 Provides guidance in the use of Scilab 7 All code used in the book is available on the web G. Della Sala, Universität Wien, Austria Geometric properties of non-compact CR manifolds The book deals with some questions related to the boundary problem in complex geometry and CR geometry. After a brief introduction summarizing the main results on the extension of CR functions, it is shown in chapters 2 and 3 that, employing the classical Harvey-Lawson theorem and under suitable conditions, the boundary problem for noncompact maximally complex real submanifolds of Cn, n=3 is solvable. In chapter 4, the regularity of Levi flat hypersurfaces Cn (n=3) with assigned boundaries is studied in the graph case, in relation to the existence theorem proved by Dolbeault, Tomassini and Zaitsev. Finally, in the last two chapters the structure properties of non-compact Levi-flat submanifolds of Cn are discussed; in particular, using the theory of the analytic multifunctions, a Liouville theorem for Levi flat submanifolds of Cn is proved. Fields of interest Differential Geometry Target groups Researcher Discount group P Fields of interest A. T. Filippov, Joint Institute for Nuclear Research, Dubna, Russia The Versatile Soliton If you have not already heard about solitons, you will sooner or later encounter them. The soliton, a solitary wave impulse preserving its shape and strikingly similar to a particle, is one of the most fascinating and beautiful phenomena in the physics of nonlinear waves. In this engaging book, the concept of the soliton is traced from the beginning of the last century to modern times, with recent applications in biology, oceanography, solid state physics, electronics, elementary particle physics, and cosmology. The main concepts and results of theoretical physics related to solitons can be explained without using much mathematics. Indeed, on the descriptive and historical level, only some knowledge of high school physics and mathematics is needed. At a higher level, for understanding the elementary theory of oscillations and waves, the reader can intuit much from the numerous illustrations and perhaps skip the formulas presented. But to appreciate the deep connections in this book between apparently different and diverse phenomena and ideas, the reader must be able to follow elementary mathematical computations. Still more advanced mathematics is required for the appendices. From the contents Introduction.- Part I: An Early History of the Soliton. 1. A Century and a Half Ago. 2. The Great Solitary Wave of John Scott Russell. 3. Relatives of the Soliton.- Part II: Nonlinear Oscillations and Waves. 4. The Equation of the Pendulum. 5. From Pendulum to Waves and Solitons.- Part III: Present and Future of Solitons. Fields of interest Computational Mathematics and Numerical Analysis; Control, Robotics, Mechatronics; Dynamical Systems and Ergodic Theory Applications of Mathematics; Theoretical, Mathematical and Computational Physics; Elementary Particles, Quantum Field Theory Target groups Advanced undergraduate and graduate students, researchers from all fields who want to do simulations, engineers in R & D departments Target groups Discount group Discount group General readers: math/physics, student, math/ physics, researchers: target fields P P Due February 2010 Mathematics Due January 2010 25 Mathematics Due January 2010 Only available in print Originally published as a monograph 2nd ed . 2010 . X, 330 p . Hardcover 2010 . Approx . 150 p . (Publications of the Scuola Normale Superiore / Theses (Scuola Normale Superiore), Volume 14) Softcover 1st ed . 2000 . 2nd printing 2010 . XVIII, 262 p . (Modern Birkhäuser Classics) Softcover 7 $69.95 ISBN 978-1-4419-5526-5 7 approx. $24.95 ISBN 978-88-7642-348-2 7 approx. $49.95 ISBN 978-0-8176-4973-9 26 Springer News 1/2010 Mathematics U. Graf, Hochschule für Technik und Architektur, Biel, Switzerland C. Hacon, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT, USA; S. Kovács, University of Washington, Seattle, WA, USA springer.com/booksellers E. Hairer, University of Geneva, Switzerland; S. P. Nørsett, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway; G. Wanner, University of Geneva, Switzerland Introduction to Hyperfunctions Higher Dimensional Algebraic and Their Integral Transforms Geometry Solving Ordinary Differential An Applied and Computational Approach Equations I This book focuses on recent advances in the This textbook presents an introduction to generalized functions through Sato’s hyperfunctions, i.e. based on complex variables theory. Laplace transforms, Fourier transforms, Hilbert transforms, Mellin tranforms and Hankel transforms of hyperfunctions and ordinary functions are then treated, and some applications mainly to integral equations are presented. The book is written from an applied and computational point of view and contains many concrete examples. Features 7 Elementary approach to the subject of generalized functions and their integral transforms by an approach based on the theory of functions of one complex variable, in contrast to most other textbooks on the theory of distributions based on functional analysis 7 Readable by a large audience due to the use of basic contour integration in the complex plane 7 Only book that treats Mellin and Hankel transforms Contents Preface.- 1 Introduction to Hyperfunctions.2 Analytic Properties.- 3 Laplace Transforms.4 Fourier Transforms.- 5 Hilbert Transforms.6 Mellin Transforms.- 7 Hankel Transforms.A Complements.- B Tables.- List of Symbols.Bibliography. Index. Fields of interest Integral Transforms, Operational Calculus; Special Functions; Computational Science and Engineering Target groups Graduate students and researchers in applied mathematics, physics and engineering Discount group P classification of complex projective varieties. It is divided into two parts. The first part gives a detailed account of recent results in the minimal model program. In particular, it contains a complete proof of the theorems on the existence of flips, on the existence of minimal models for varieties of log general type and of the finite generation of the canonical ring. The second part is an introduction to the theory of moduli spaces. It includes topics such as representing and moduli functors, Hilbert schemes, the boundedness, local closedness and separatedness of moduli spaces and the boundedness for varieties of general type. The book is aimed at advanced graduate students and researchers in algebraic geometry. Features 7 Introductory text to an advanced topic of active research Contents I Basics.- 1 Introduction.- 2 Preliminaries.3 Singularities.- 3 Canonical singularities.II recent advances in the MMP.- 4 Introduction.5 The main result.- 6 Multiplier ideal sheaves.7 Finite generation of the restricted algebra.7 Rationality of the restricted algebra.- 8 Log terminal models.- 9 Non-vanishing.- 10 Finiteness of log terminal models.- 11 Solutions and hints to some of the exercises.- III Compact moduli spaces.- 12 Moduli problems.- 13 Hilbert schemes.- 14 The construction of the moduli space.- 15 Families and moduli functors. Fields of interest Algebraic Geometry Nonstiff Problems This book deals with methods for solving nonstiff ordinary differential equations. The first chapter describes the historical development of the classical theory from Newton, Leibniz, Euler, and Hamilton to limit cycles and strange attractors. In a second chapter a modern treatment of RungeKutta and extrapolation methods is given. Also included are continuous methods for dense output, parallel Runge-Kutta methods, special methods for Hamiltonian systems, second order differential equations and delay equations. The third chapter begins with the classical theory of multistep methods, and concludes with the theory of general linear methods. Many applications from physics, chemistry, biology, and astronomy together with computer programs and numerical comparisons are presented. The book will be immensely useful to graduate students and researchers in numerical analysis and scientific computing, and to scientists in the fields mentioned above. “… This book is a valuable tool for students of mathematics and specialists concerned with numerical analysis, mathematical physics, mechanics, system engineering, and the application of computers for design and planning...” Optimization. Fields of interest Analysis; Numerical Analysis Target groups Researchers and graduate students of mathematics Discount group P Target groups Advanced graduate students and researchers specializing in algebraic geometry Discount group P Mathematics Due May 2010 Mathematics Due May 2010 Mathematics Due January 2010 2010 . Approx . 430 p . Hardcover 2010 . Approx . 200 p . (Oberwolfach Seminars, Volume 43) Softcover 2nd ed . 1993 . Corr . 3rd printing 2009 . XVI, 528 p . (Springer Series in Computational Mathematics, Volume 8) Softcover 7 approx. $79.95 ISBN 978-3-0346-0407-9 7 approx. $34.95 ISBN 978-3-0346-0289-1 7 $79.95 ISBN 978-3-642-05163-0 springer.com/librarybooks E. M. Hendrix, B. G.-Tóth Z. Lin, Zhejiang University, Hangzhou, China; Z. Bai, National University of Singapore, Singapore Introduction to Nonlinear and Probability Inequalities Global Optimization Nonlinear Optimization is an intriguing area of study where mathematical theory, algorithms and applications converge to calculate the optimal values of continuous functions. Within this subject, Global Optimization aims at finding global optima for difficult problems in which many local optima might exist. This book provides a compelling introduction to global and non-linear optimization providing interdisciplinary readers with a strong background to continue their studies into these and other related fields. The book offers insight in relevant concepts such as “region of attraction” and “Branch-and-Bound” by elaborating small numerical examples and exercises for the reader to follow. Features 7 Can serve as both a graduate and undergraduate text in courses focusing on numerical optimization methods 7 Focuses on problems relating to "region of attraction" and "branch and bound" 7 Contains several instructional numerical examples and excercises providing the reader with working knowledge of the material Contents Preface.- 1. Introduction.- 2. Mathematical Modeling, Cases.- 3. NLP Optimality Conditions.4. Goodness of Optimization Algorithms.5. Nonlinear Programming Algorithms.6. Deterministic GO Algorithms.- 7. Stochastic GO Algorithms.- References.- Index. Fields of interest Calculus of Variations and Optimal Control; Optimization; Operations Research, Management Science; Differential Geometry Target groups Researcher Discount group P Mathematics Springer News 1/2010 Inequality has become an essential tool in many areas of mathematical research, for example in probability and statistics where it is frequently used in the proofs. “Probability Inequalities” covers inequalities related with events, distribution functions, characteristic functions, moments and random variables (elements) and their sum. The book shall serve as a useful tool and reference for scientists in the areas of probability and statistics, and applied mathematics. Prof. Zhengyan Lin is a fellow of the Institute of Mathematical Statistics and currently a professor at Zhejiang University, Hangzhou, China. He is the prize winner of National Natural Science Award of China in 1997. Prof. Zhidong Bai is a fellow of TWAS and the Institute of Mathematical Statistics; he is a professor at the National University of Singapore and Northeast Normal University, Changchun, China. Features 7 First book available on commonly used probability inequalities 7 Aggregation of most basic inequalities in this area with some proofs and references listed after 7 All inequalities sorted to facilitate readers in finding what they need easily and quickly From the contents Elementary Inequalities of Probabilities of Events.Inequalities Related to Commonly Used Distributions.- Inequalities Related to Characteristic Functions.- Estimates of the Difference of Two Distribution Functions.- Probability Inequalities of Random Variables.- Bounds of Probabilities in Terms of Moments.- Exponential Type Estimates of Probabilities. L. Positselski, Institute for Information Transmission Problems, Moscow, Russia Homological Algebra of Semimodules and Semicontramodules This is a monograph in semi-infinite homological algebra, concentrated mostly on the semi-infinite theory of associative algebraic structures, but including also some material on the semi-infinite homology and cohomology of Lie algebras and topological groups. The main objects of study are the double-sided derived functors SemiExt and SemiTor, and the phenomenon of comodulecontramodule correspondence, connecting them with the more conventional, one-sided Ext and CtrTor. Contramodules, introduced originally by Eilenberg and Moore in 1960’s but almost forgotten for four decades, play a very prominent role in this book, with many versions of them introduced and discussed. Features 7 Intended as a definitive treatment of the subject of semi-infinite homology and cohomology of associative algebraic structures, this book contains also rich representation-theoretic and algebrogeometric examples and applications 7 Exotic derived categories, contramodules, semialgebras, infinite-dimensional Lie algebras, algebraic Harish-Chandra pairs, and locally compact totally disconnected topological groups all interplay in the theories developed in this monograph Fields of interest Category Theory, Homological Algebra Target groups Mathematicians, researchers and graduate students Graduates, postgraduates and researchers interested in semi-infinite cohomology, derived categories and functors, homological algebra generally, corings and coalgebras, and many aspects of representation theory such as representations of infinite-dimensional Lie algebras, algebraic groupoids, quantum groups, or groups of points over one- or two-dimensional local fields, mathematical physicists Discount group Discount group Fields of interest Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes; Statistical Theory and Methods Target groups P P Mathematics Mathematics Due March 2010 27 Due February 2010 Distribution rights in China: Science Press . Mathematics Due July 2010 Jointly published with Science Press 2010 . Approx . 160 p . (Springer Optimization and Its Applications, Volume 37) Hardcover 2010 . Approx . 180 p . Hardcover 2010 . Approx . 300 p . (Monografie Matematyczne, Volume 70) Hardcover 7 $49.95 ISBN 978-0-387-88669-5 7 approx. $109.00 ISBN 978-3-642-05260-6 7 approx. $89.95 ISBN 978-3-0346-0435-2 28 Springer News 1/2010 Mathematics C. Profeta, B. Roynette, Université Nancy, France; M. Yor, Université Paris VI, France L. Ribes, Carleton University, Ottawa, Ont ., Canada; P. Zalesskii, University of Brasilia, Brazil Option Prices as Probabilities Profinite Groups A New Look at Generalized Black-Scholes Formulae The aim of this book is to serve both as an introduction to profinite groups and as a reference for specialists in some areas of the theory. The book is reasonably self-contained. Profinite groups are Galois groups. As such they are of interest in algebraic number theory. Much of recent research on abstract infinite groups is related to profinite groups because residually finite groups are naturally embedded in a profinite group. In addition to basic facts about general profinite groups, the book emphasizes free constructions (particularly free profinite groups and the structure of their subgroups). Homology and cohomology is described with a minimum of prerequisites. The Black-Scholes formula plays a central role in Mathematical Finance; it gives the right price at which buyer and seller can agree with, in the geometric Brownian framework, when strike K and maturity T are given. This yields an explicit well-known formula, obtained by Black and Scholes in 1973. The present volume gives another representation of this formula in terms of Brownian last passages times, which, to our knowledge, has ever been made in this sense. The volume is devoted to various extensions and discussions of features and quantities stemming from the last passages times representation in the Brownian case such as: past-future martingales, last passage times up to a finite horizon, pseudoinverses of processes... They are developed in eight chapters, with complements, appendices and exercises. Features 7 To the best of our knowledge this book discusses in a unique way last passage times Fields of interest Features 7 This second edition contains three new appendices 7 Contains a new conceptually simpler approch to the proof of some classical subgroup theorems 7 Contains new results, improved proofs, typographical corrections, and an enlarged bibliography 7 Updated list of open questions 7 Contains comments and references about those previously open questions that have been solved after the first edition appeared Contents Researchers and graduate students in mathematical finance and probability theory Inverse and Direct Limits.- Profinite Groups.- Free Profinite Groups.- Some Special Profinite Groups.Discrete and Profinite Modules.- Homology and Cohomology of Profinite Groups.- Cohomological Dimension.- Normal Subgroups of Free Pro-C Groups.- Free Constructions.- Open Questions.Appendices (A-D) - Bibliography - Indices. Discount group Fields of interest Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes; Quantitative Finance Target groups P Group Theory and Generalizations; Topological Groups, Lie Groups; Number Theory Target groups springer.com/booksellers O. Schlaudt, Universität Heidelberg, Germany; M. Sakhri, Archives Henri Poincaré, Nancy, France (Eds .) Louis Couturat -Traité de Logique Algorithmique The manuscript of the Traité de Logique algorithmique resulted from lectures Couturat gave at the University of Caen in 1898/99 on recent developments in symbolic logic, on the relations of logic and mathematics, and on the scope of the methods of mathematics. It is the only one of several manuscripts Couturat mentioned in his correspondence that meanwhile has been rediscovered. It is an outstanding document of the popularization and propagation of symbolic logic around 1900. It allows to better understand the difficult relations of algebraic logic and the so-called logistic program which surpasses the simple alternative of logic as an application of algebra vs. logic as the foundation of mathematics. The complicated interactions in the historical developments of these two currents become manifest in Couturat’s hesitations and changing attitudes within his own intellectual biography. The publication of this manuscript helps to achieve a much more complete picture of the latter. Features 7 Only one of several manuscripts Couturat mentioned in his correspondence that meanwhile has been rediscovered Fields of interest History of Mathematical Sciences Target groups Philosophers, historians of logic, historians of universal languages, historians of science Discount group P Group theorists, number theorists, algebraists, topologists Discount group P Mathematics Mathematics Due March 2010 Due June 2010 2010 . X, 250 p . (Springer Finance) Softcover 2nd ed . 2009 . XIV, 483 p . (Ergebnisse der Mathematik und ihrer Grenzgebiete . 3 . Folge / A Series of Modern Surveys in Mathematics, Volume 40) Hardcover 2010 . (Publications des Archives Henri Poincaré / Publications of the Henri Poincaré Archives / Science autour de / around 1900) Hardcover 7 $69.95 ISBN 978-3-642-10394-0 7 $189.00 ISBN 978-3-642-01641-7 7 approx. $129.00 ISBN 978-3-0346-0410-9 Mathematics Due February 2010 springer.com/librarybooks H. Sefrin-Weis, University of South Carolina, Columbia, SC, USA Pappus of Alexandria: Book 4 of the Collection Edited With Translation and Commentary by Heike Sefrin-Weis Although not so well known today, Book 4 of Pappus’ Collection is one of the most important and influential mathematical texts from antiquity. The mathematical vignettes form a portrait of mathematics during the Hellenistic “Golden Age”, illustrating central problems – for example, squaring the circle; doubling the cube; and trisecting an angle – varying solution strategies, and the different mathematical styles within ancient geometry. This volume provides an English translation of Collection 4, in full, for the first time, including: a new edition of the Greek text, based on a fresh transcription from the main manuscript and offering an alternative to Hultsch’s standard edition, notes to facilitate understanding of the steps in the mathematical argument, a commentary highlighting aspects of the work that have so far been neglected, and supporting the reconstruction of a coherent plan and vision within the work, bibliographical references for further study. Features 7 Pappus' work is the most important source on Greek mathematics from late antiquity, an invaluable source of information about the mathematics of the Hellenistic "Golden Age" 7 This volume of the Collection give unique insights into Greek geometrical methodology Fields of interest History of Mathematical Sciences; Geometry Target groups Mathematicians, scholars, students and researchers with an interest in ancient Greek geometry Discount group P R. Seydel Practical Bifurcation and Stability Analysis This book contains computational methods for numerically computing steady state and Hopf bifurcations. It is probably the first textbook to describe these types of numerical bifurcation techniques. The book requires only a basic knowledge of calculus, and uses detailed examples, problems, and figures. This will be appropriate as a textbook for graduate students. In the third edition there is a chapter on applications and extensions of standard ODE approaches, for example, to delay equations, to differentialalgebraic equations, and to reaction-diffusion problems. Additional material is inserted, including the topics deterministic risk, pattern formation, and control of chaos, and many further references. Features 7 Practical, hands-on approach 7 Many examples and applications from science and engineering 7 Numerical Approach 7 Non-technical approach, only calculus required as background Contents Preface.- Notation.- Introduction and Prerequisites.- Basic Nonlinear Phenomena.Applications and Extensions.-Principles of Continuation.- Calculation of the Branching Behavior of Nonlinear Equations.- Calculating Branching Behavior of Boundary-Value Problems.- Stability of Periodic Solutions.- Qualitative Instruments.- Chaos.- Appendices.- List of Major Examples.- References.- Index. Fields of interest Problems and Solutions Algorithms and Programming is primarily intended for use in a first-year undergraduate course in programming. It is structured in a problem-solution format that requires the student to think through the programming process, thus developing an understanding of the underlying theory. The book is easily readable by a student taking a basic introductory course in computer science as well as useful for a graduate-level course in the analysis of algorithms and/or compiler construction. Each self-contained chapter presents classical and well-known problems supplemented by clear and in-depth explanations. The material covered includes such topics as combinatorics, sorting, searching, queues, grammar and parsing, selected well-known algorithms and much more. Students and teachers will find this both an excellent text for learning programming and a source of problems for a variety of courses. Features 7 This second edition contains problems from new topics including suffix trees, games and strategies, and Huffman coding 7 Good undergraduate introduction to programming course, especially one which is mathematically motivated 7 May also be used as a textbook in a graduate course on the analysis of algorithms and/or compiler construction 7 The "problem and solution" style makes the reader think through the programming process, making the book ideal for students in the classroom setting or for self study Target groups Target groups P Algorithms; Programming Techniques; Computational Mathematics and Numerical Analysis Students, engineers, and other people who want to improve their computer skills Discount group P Mathematics Due January 2010 Algorithms and Programming Fields of interest Graduate students, researchers 29 A. Shen, University of Marseille, LIF - Center of Mathematics and Informatics, Marseille, France Dynamical Systems and Ergodic Theory; Appl. Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering; Mathematical Methods in Physics Discount group Mathematics Mathematics Springer News 1/2010 Mathematics Due February 2010 Due January 2010 Originally published by Elsevier Science Publishing Company, New York, 1988 Originally published as a monograph 2009. Approx. 245 p. 101 illus. (Sources and Studies in the History of Mathematics and Physical Sciences) Hardcover 3rd ed. 2010. X, 490 p. 200 illus. (Interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics, Volume 5) Hardcover 2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 285 p. 68 illus. (Springer Undergraduate Texts in Mathematics and Technology ) Hardcover 7 $119.00 ISBN 978-1-84996-004-5 7 $89.95 ISBN 978-1-4419-1739-3 7 $59.95 ISBN 978-1-4419-1747-8 30 Springer News 1/2010 Mathematics R. S. Varga, Kent State University, OH, USA Matrix Iterative Analysis This is the softcover reprint of a very popular hardcover edition, a revised version of the first edition, originally published by Prentice Hall in 1962 and regarded as a classic in its field. In some places, newer research results, e.g. results on weak regular splittings, have been incorported in the revision, and in other places, new material has been added in the chapters, as well as at the end of chapters, in the form of additional up-to-date references and some recent theorems to give the reader some newer directions to pursue. The material in the new chapters is basically self-contained and more exercises have been provided for the readers. While the original version was more linear algebra oriented, the revision attempts to emphasize tools from other areas, such as approximation theory and conformal mapping theory, to access newer results of interest. The book should be of great interest to researchers and graduate students in the field of numerical analysis. P. Wesseling, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands E. Zermelo, A. Kanamori, Boston University, MA, USA; C. R. Fraser, University of Toronto, ON, Canada (Eds.) Principles of Computational Fluid Dynamics Collected Works/Gesammelte Werke Numerical Analysis; Linear and Multilinear Algebras, Matrix Theory This is a softcover reprint of a very popular hardcover edition, published in 1999. An account is given of the state of the art of numerical methods employed in computational fluid dynamics. Numerical principles are treated in detail, using elementary methods. Attention is given to difficulties arising from geometric complexity of the flow domain. Uniform accuracy for singular perturbation problems is studied, pointing the way to accurate computation of flows at high Reynolds number. Unified methods for compressible and incompressible flows are discussed, as well as the shallow-water equations. A basic introduction is given to efficient iterative solution methods. “This book is a well-written graduate level text in computational fluid dynamics with a good introduction to the two numerical methods, finite volume and finite difference. The material is wellorganized, starting with simple one-dimensional equations and moving to numerical methods for two-dimensional and three-dimensional problems. There is a good mixture of theoretical and computational topics. This text should be of value to all researchers interested in computational fluid dynamics.” Mathematical Reviews Target groups Features Features 7 A monograph by a famous numerical analyst 7 A classic in a revised and expanded edition Fields of interest Researchers and graduate students Discount group P springer.com/booksellers 7 This book will become the standard reference for CFD for the next 20 years Fields of interest Numerical Analysis; Mathematical Methods in Physics; Numerical and Computational Physics Target groups Researchers, graduate students, engineers and physicists Discount group Volume I/Band I - Set Theory, Miscellanea/ Mengenlehre, Varia Editor-in-chief: H. Ebbinghaus, University of Freiburg, Germany; Translated by: E. de Pellegrin Ernst Zermelo (1871-1953) is regarded as the founder of axiomatic set theory and best-known for the first formulation of the axiom of choice. However, his papers include also pioneering work in applied mathematics and mathematical physics. This edition of his collected papers will consist of two volumes. Besides providing a biography, the present Volume I covers set theory, the foundations of mathematics, and pure mathematics and is supplemented by selected items from his Nachlass and part of his translations of Homer’s Odyssey. Volume II will contain his work in the calculus of variations, applied mathematics, and physics. The papers are each presented in their original language together with an English translation, the versions facing each other on opposite pages. Each paper or coherent group of papers is preceded by an introductory note provided by an acknowledged expert in the field which comments on the historical background, motivations, accomplishments, and influence. Fields of interest Mathematical Logic and Foundations; Mathematical Logic and Formal Languages; Applications of Mathematics Target groups Mathematicians, logicians, computer scientists, historians of science Discount group P P Mathematics Due January 2010 Mathematics Mathematics Originally published by Prentice Hall, 1962 Due January 2010 Due January 2010 2nd. ed. 2000. 2nd printing 2010. X, 358 p. (Springer Series in Computational Mathematics, Volume 27) Softcover 1st. ed. 2000. 2nd printing 2009. XII, 644 p. (Springer Series in Computational Mathematics, Volume 29) Softcover 2010. Approx. 480 p. (Schriften der Mathematischnaturwissenschaftlichen Klasse der Heidelberger Akademie der Wissenschaften, Number 21) Hardcover 7 $119.00 ISBN 978-3-642-05154-8 7 $79.95 ISBN 978-3-642-05145-6 7 $149.00 ISBN 978-3-540-79383-0 springer.com/librarybooks A. G. Barnett, Institute of Health and Biomedical Innovation, Kelvin Grove, QLD, Australia; A. J. Dobson, University of Queensland, Herston, Australia Analysing Seasonal Health Data Seasonal patterns have been found in a remarkable range of health conditions, including birth defects, respiratory infections and cardiovascular disease. Accurately estimating the size and timing of seasonal peaks in disease incidence is an aid to understanding the causes and possibly to developing interventions. With global warming increasing the intensity of seasonal weather patterns around the world, a review of the methods for estimating seasonal effects on health is timely. This is the first book on statistical methods for seasonal data written for a health audience. It describes methods for a range of outcomes (including continuous, count and binomial data) and demonstrates appropriate techniques for summarising and modelling these data. It has a practical focus and uses interesting examples to motivate and illustrate the methods. The statistical procedures and example data sets are available in an R package called ‘season’. Features 7 Description of methods for analysing seasonal data 7 Statistical methods for finding and estimating seasonal patterns are explained 7 With example code for the R statistical software 7 An R package called 'season' can be downloaded via the R home page (http://www.r-project.org/), with example data sets Contents Introduction.- Introduction to Seasonality.Cosinor.- Decomposing Time Series.- Controlling for Season.- Clustered Seasonal Data.- References.Index. Fields of interest Statistics Springer News 1/2010 Y. Dodge, Université de Neuchâtel, Switzerland The Concise Encyclopedia of Statistics The Concise Encyclopedia of Statistics presents the essential information about statistical tests, concepts, and analytical methods in language that is accessible to practitioners and students of the vast community using statistics in medicine, engineering, physical science, life science, social science, and business/economics. The reference is alphabetically arranged to provide quick access to the fundamental tools of statistical methodology and biographies of famous statisticians. The more than 500 entries include definitions, history, mathematical details, limitations, examples, references, and further readings. All entries include cross-references as well as the key citations. The back matter includes a timeline of statistical inventions. This reference will be an enduring resource for locating convenient overviews about this essential field of study. Contents A.- Acceptance Region.- Accuracy.- Algorithm.Alternative hypothesis.- Analysis of binary data.- Analysis of categorical data.- Analysis of residuals.- Analysis of variance.- Anderson Oskar.Anderson Theodore W.- Anderson-Darling test.Arithmetic mean.- Arithmetic triangle.- ARMA models.- Arrangement.- Attributable risk.- Autocorrelation and partial autocorrelation.- Avoidable risk. T. Kneib, Carl von Ossietzky Universität, Oldenburg, Germany; G. Tutz, Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität München, Germany (Eds.) Statistical Modelling and Regression Structures Festschrift in Honour of Ludwig Fahrmeir The contributions collected in this book have been written by well-known statisticians to acknowledge Ludwig Fahrmeir’s far-reaching impact on Statistics as a science, while celebrating his 65th birthday. The contributions cover broad areas of contemporary statistical model building, including semiparametric and geoadditive regression, Bayesian inference in complex regression models, time series modelling, statistical regularization, graphical models and stochastic volatility models. Features 7 State of the art of statistical modelling Fields of interest Statistics, general; Statistical Theory and Methods Target groups Scientists, researchers Discount group P Fields of interest Statistics, general; Science, general; Engineering, general Target groups Reference work for scientists and practitioners Discount group P Statistics for Life Sciences, Medicine, Health Sciences; Statistics, general; Environmental Health Target groups Researchers, practitioners Discount group P Mathematics Due January 2010 Mathematics 31 Mathematics Due January 2010 Due February 2010 2010. XIV, 168 p. (Statistics for Biology and Health) Hardcover 2010. X, 616 p. Softcover 2010. X, 500 p. Hardcover 7 $79.95 ISBN 978-3-642-10747-4 7 $59.95 ISBN 978-1-4419-1390-6 7 approx. $109.00 ISBN 978-3-7908-2412-4 32 Springer News 1/2010 Statistics J. J. Perrett, Texas A&M University, College Station, TX, USA A SAS/IML Companion for Linear Models The book contains complete examples of SAS code for many of the computations relevant to a linear models course. However, the SAS code in these examples automates the analytic formulas. The code for high-level procedures like PROC MIXED is also included for side-by-side comparison. The book computes basic descriptive statistics, matrix algebra, matrix decomposition, likelihood maximization, non-linear optimization, etc. in a format conducive to a linear models or a special topics course. Also included in the book is an example of a basic analysis of a linear mixed model using restricted maximum likelihood estimation (REML). The example demonstrates tests for fixed effects, estimates of linear functions, and contrasts. The example starts by showing the steps for analyzing the data using PROC IML and then provides the analysis using PROC MIXED. This allows students to follow the process that lead to the output. Contents SAS/IML: A brief introduction.- IML language structure.- IML programming features.- Matrix manipulations in SAS/IML.- Mathematical and statistical basics.- Linear algebra.- The Multivariate Normal Distribution.- The General Linear Model.Linear mixed models.- Statistical Computational Methods.- In summary. C. P. Robert, Université Paris Dauphine and CREST-INSEE, France; G. Casella, University of Florida, FL, USA Introducing Monte Carlo Methods with R This book does not require a preliminary exposure to the R programming language or to Monte Carlo methods, nor an advanced mathematical background. While many examples are set within a Bayesian framework, advanced expertise in Bayesian statistics is not required. The book covers basic random generation algorithms, Monte Carlo techniques for integration and optimization, convergence diagnoses, Markov chain Monte Carlo methods, including Metropolis {Hastings and Gibbs algorithms, and adaptive algorithms. All chapters include exercises and all R programs are available as an R package called mcsm. The book appeals to anyone with a practical interest in simulation methods but no previous exposure. It is meant to be useful for students and practitioners in areas such as statistics, signal processing, communications engineering, control theory, econometrics, finance and more. The programming parts are introduced progressively to be accessible to any reader. Features Grad students 7 The first book to present modern Monte Carlo and Markov Chain Monte Carlo (MCMC) methods from a practical perspective through a guided implementation in the R language 7 All concepts are carefully described with the abtract theoretical background replaced with a corresponding R program that the reader can use and modify at will 7 The whole entire series of examples from the book is accompanied by a free R package called mcsm that allows for immediate experimentation Discount group Fields of interest Fields of interest Statistical Theory and Methods Target groups P Statistics and Computing/Statistics Programs; Simulation and Modeling; Computational Mathematics and Numerical Analysis Target groups Researcher Discount group P Mathematics Mathematics Due February 2010 Due January 2010 2010. X, 206 p. (Statistics and Computing) Softcover 2010. Approx. 300 p. (Use R) Softcover 7 $59.95 ISBN 978-1-4419-5556-2 7 $64.95 ISBN 978-1-4419-1575-7 springer.com/booksellers springer.com/librarybooks Apress Springer News 1/2010 33 S. Barber L. DeHaan G. Fouche Building WPF and Silverlight Applications Beginning Oracle SQL Accelerated VB 2010 Beginning Oracle SQL is a revision of Lex de Haan’s widely-respected, introductory book on SQL for Oracle developers and administrators. It carries with it the endorsement of a group of Oracle experts known as the Oak Table. It has been newly updated to cover the very latest Oracle features and syntax, and it is has been renamed as a “Beginning” to reflect its key and ongoing position in Apress’s Oracle lineup. Accelerated VB 2010 is the fastest path to VB mastery. All VB programmers need to know and understand how VB really works but very few books address this. None cover it in the depth that this does. It teaches both core VB language concepts and how to use them in high-performance code. All programmers moving to VB from any language or moving up to VB 2010 from VB 2008 will find this book well worth buying, reading, and using as a reference. Building WPF and Silverlight Applications: A Complete Guide gives developers learning about WPF and Silverlight 3 a deep grounding in the techniques required for using WPF and Silverlight in the professional environment. The book emphases the design patterns and n-tier architectural planning that is required to enable applications to stand up to real-world use and abuse by end users. This is critical information for the professional developer but it is very often omitted from training manuals and online articles. The book focuses on two of the most widely used, and widely purchased, technologies with the Microsoft programming environment: Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) and Silverlight 3. By dealing with both technologies together the book covers both web and desktop programming and will have a very wide audience appeal. Features Features 7 What you'll learn: Get started with JavaFX Script, including downloading the SDK and available tools 7 Express user interfaces with declarative scripting 7 Define classes, functions, and attributes 7 Use JavaFX and associated tools so that an application developer and a graphics designer can effectively collaborate on an application Features Contents Contents 7 Provides a unique insight into the process of creating fully-working, scalable, software for deployment to real-world end users 7 All points are illustrated by a series of fully-worked case studies that show best practice and good architectural design at work 7 Written by a team of highly influential and well respected authors that are deeply involved in the Microsoft development community 1: Relational Database Systems and Oracle. 2: Introduction to SQL and the Interactive Query Tools. 3: Data Definition, Part I. 4: Retrieval: The Basics. 5: Retrieval: Functions. 6: Data Manipulation. 7: Data Definition, Part II. 8: Retrieval: Multiple Tables and Aggregation. 9: Retrieval: Advanced Features. 10: Views. 11: Writing Automating SQL Scripts. 12: Object-Relational Features. Appendix A: The Seven Case-study Tables. From the contents Field of interest 1: Introduction. 2: WPF and Silverlight Design Patterns and Approaches. 3: Service Oriented Architecture and WCF. 4: Data Persistence using LINQ. 5: MVVM/Mediator Design Patterns. Field of interest Programming Techniques Programming Techniques Target groups Beginning Developer/Programmer Discount group 7 Every VB programmer, experienced or new, needs to know what this book covers—more comprehensively, concisely, and deeply than any other 7 The first book to provide detailed discussion of the new VB 2010 language features and how to exploit them for performance 7 Valuable as both a rapid tutorial and a permanent reference 1: VB 2010 Overview. 2: VB 2010 Syntax. 3: Classes and Structures. 4: Methods, Properties, and Fields. 5: VB 2010 and the CLR. 6: Interfaces. 7: Operator Overloading. 8: Exception Handling. 9: Working with Strings. 10: Arrays and Collections. 11: Delegates and Events. 12: Generics. 13: Threading. 14: VB 2010 Best Practices. 15: LINQ with VB 2010. Field of interest Programming Techniques Target groups Intermediate to Advanced Web Development Discount group P P Target groups Intermediate to Advanced Web Designer Discount group C Computer Science Computer Science Computer Science Due January 2010 Due January 2010 Due January 2010 Distribution rights for Hongkong, Taiwan, Republic of Korea, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia, Philippines, Vietnam, Brunei, Myanmar: Transquest Publishers Pte Ltd. For Israel: Com.Books Ltd. For Jordan, Irak, Oman, Qatar, Palestine: Jordan Book Center Distribution rights for Hongkong, Taiwan, Republic of Korea, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia, Philippines, Vietnam, Brunei, Myanmar: Transquest Publishers Pte Ltd. For Israel: Com.Books Ltd. For Jordan, Irak, Oman, Qatar, Palestine: Jordan Book Center Distribution rights for Hongkong, Taiwan, Republic of Korea, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia, Philippines, Vietnam, Brunei, Myanmar: Transquest Publishers Pte Ltd. For Israel: Com.Books Ltd. For Jordan, Irak, Oman, Qatar, Palestine: Jordan Book Center 2010. Approx. 450 p. Softcover 2010. Approx. 450 p. Softcover 2010. Approx. 450 p. Softcover 7 approx. $49.99 ISBN 978-1-4302-7291-5 7 approx. $39.99 ISBN 978-1-4302-7197-0 7 approx. $49.99 ISBN 978-1-4302-2602-4 34 Springer News 1/2010 Apress springer.com/booksellers D. Kaplan T. Kelsey M. MacDonald iPhone Application Sketch Book Social Networking Spaces Beginning ASP.NET 4.0 in VB 2010 This sketch book makes it easy to centralize and organize your ideas, featuring 1.5x sized iPhone templates that include common elements such as the status bar, signal strength, and battery icons. Professionally printed on high-quality paper, it has a total of 150 gridded templates to draft ideas and doodle designs while providing ample room to make notes, and document the app name and screen name. This book is a must-have and an invaluable tool for bringing the next great iPhone app idea to life! Facebook and Twitter are extremely popular tools for both personal communications and business use, and LinkedIn is fast becoming a requirement for business networking. This book not only explains how to use each of these tools, it also shows you how to integrate them and stay safe and secure while using them. It also addresses how to use these tools to communicate internationally, and it covers additional types of social networking via blogs and games. Beginning ASP.NET 4.0 in VB 2010 follows in the footsteps of the highly successful .NET 2.0 and .NET 3.5 editions, teaching novice users how to use ASP.NET by gradually building their knowledge of the technology up in a pyramidal fashion chapter by chapter. Comprehensively revised for both ASP.NET 4.0 and the new Visual Basic 2010 language this book presents the easiest path to ASP.NET 4.0 mastery. Features Features Beginning to Advanced Macintosh 7 Informative about social media while retaining a light touch and friendly style 7 Covers the major social networking applications of Facebook, Twitter, MySpace, and blogs 7 Addresses the most common concerns about privacy and use by younger family members Discount group Contents Field of interest Programming Techniques Target groups C 1: What the Heck is Facebook? 2: Capturing Your Story and Branching Out. 3: Branching Out and Facebook Promotion. 4: What the Heck is Twitter? 5: Making the Most of your Tweets. 6: What can I do with Flickr? 7: What can I do with Picasa? 8: What the Heck is MySpace? 9: Designing YourSpace. 10: What the Heck is a Blog? 11: Defining and Designing Your Blog. 12: Staying out of Trouble. 13: Going Global, Going Local. 14: Ning - Do It Yourself Social Network. 15: Even More Apps: Plurk and LinkedIn. 16: Games and Sims. Field of interest Programming Techniques Target groups Beginning General Computing Discount group C 7 One of the first books introducing novices to this important new technology area, and written specifically in their coding language of preference 7 Provides thorough coverage of all the issues that a novice programmer is likely to meet and presents them in a clean, logical manner where each chapter builds on the concepts introduced by those before it Contents 1: Introducing the .NET Framework. 2: Learning the VB Language. 3: Types, Objects, and Namespaces. 4: Introducing Visual Studio 2007. 5: Web Form Fundamentals. 6: Web Controls. 7: Validation. 8: Rich Controls. 9: Error Handling, Logging, and Tracing. 10: State Management. 11: Master Pages and Themes. 12: Website Navigation. 13: Deploying ASP.NET Applications. 14: ADO.NET Fundamentals. 15: Data Binding. 16: The Data Controls. 17: Files and Streams. 18: XML. 19: Security Fundamentals. 20: Membership. 21: Profiles. 22: Component-Based Programming. 23: Caching. 24: AJAX. Field of interest Programming Techniques Target groups Beginning to Intermediate Web Development Discount group P Computer Science Computer Science Computer Science Due January 2010 Due January 2010 Due January 2010 Distribution rights for Hongkong, Taiwan, Republic of Korea, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia, Philippines, Vietnam, Brunei, Myanmar: Transquest Publishers Pte Ltd. For Israel: Com.Books Ltd. For Jordan, Irak, Oman, Qatar, Palestine: Jordan Book Center Distribution rights for Hongkong, Taiwan, Republic of Korea, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia, Philippines, Vietnam, Brunei, Myanmar: Transquest Publishers Pte Ltd. For Israel: Com.Books Ltd. For Jordan, Irak, Oman, Qatar, Palestine: Jordan Book Center Distribution rights for Hongkong, Taiwan, Republic of Korea, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia, Philippines, Vietnam, Brunei, Myanmar: Transquest Publishers Pte Ltd. For Israel: Com.Books Ltd. For Jordan, Irak, Oman, Qatar, Palestine: Jordan Book Center 2010. Approx. 150 p. Softcover 2010. Approx. 400 p. Softcover 2010. Approx. 955 p. Softcover 7 $14.99 ISBN 978-1-4302-2823-3 7 approx. $29.99 ISBN 978-1-4302-2596-6 7 approx. $49.99 ISBN 978-1-4302-2611-6 springer.com/librarybooks Apress Springer News 1/2010 35 M. MacDonald S. Mukhtar L. van der Hart Beginning ASP.NET 4.0 in C# 2010 WPF Projects Practical Clojure WPF Projects provides intermediate level .NET developers with a series of fully working WPF projects to help them master WPF’s steep learning curve and jump the gap between an understanding of the technology’s syntax in theory and being able to build fully-working applications in practice. The book provides eight separate projects, each of which demonstrates how to build a popular type of application from scratch, ranging from the simple to the complex. This book is a comprehensive guide to Clojure, meant to be read either chapter-by-chapter or used as a reference by more experienced Clojure developers. Clojure is a new functional programming language that has a very rapidly growing user base. For example, Clojure’s primary mailing list has had more traffic in 2009 than those of Scala and Groovy (its closest relatives) put together, despite the fact that they have been in existence since 2003. Also, although Clojure 1.0 was only released in early May of 2009, it is already being used in several production projects. Currently, Clojure users depend on mailing lists, documentation, and a tutorial book to help them learn the details of the language. The Definitive Guide to Clojure will provide clear, up-to-date explanations and examples for developers interested in learning Clojure and applying it to their own projects. Beginning ASP.NET 4.0 in C# 2010 follows in the footsteps of the highly successful .NET 2.0 and .NET 3.5 editions, teaching novice users how to use ASP.NET by gradually building their knowledge of the technology up in a pyramidal fashion chapter by chapter. Comprehensively revised for both ASP.NET 4.0 and the new Visual C# 2010 language this book presents the easiest path to ASP.NET 4.0 mastery. Features Features 7 One of the first books introducing novices to this important new technology area, and written specifically in their coding language of preference 7 Provides thorough coverage of all the issues that a novice programmer is likely to meet and presents them in a clean, logical manner where each chapter builds on the concepts introduced by those before it 7 Builds a series of fully-working applications that gives readers a complete working architecture upon which they can build their own projects 7 Emphasizes the areas of the WPF framework that readers need to know most and tailors the examples to facilitate their learning 7 Written by an experienced author who has worked widely as a software engineer implementing these programmatic techniques for clients across the USA Contents Contents 1: Introducing the .NET Framework. 2: Learning the C# Language. 3: Types, Objects, and Namespaces. 4: Introducing Visual Studio 2007. 5: Web Form Fundamentals. 6: Web Controls. 7: Validation. 8: Rich Controls. 9: Error Handling, Logging, and Tracing. 10: State Management. 11: Master Pages and Themes. 12: Website Navigation. 13: Deploying ASP.NET Applications. 14: ADO.NET Fundamentals. 15: Data Binding. 16: The Data Controls. 17: Files and Streams. 18: XML. 19: Security Fundamentals. 20: Membership. 21: Profiles. 22: Component-Based Programming. 23: Caching. 24: AJAX. 1: Introduction to WPF. 2: Project #1: Let’s do some calculations - The Calculator application. 3: Project #2: Building Blocks of a Board Game The Bubble Popper Game. 4: Project #3: Backup and Restore Application - The EzeeBackup application. 5: Project #4: Let’s Plot Scientific Layered Graphs - EzeePlotter application. 6: Project #5: Understanding computer-aided design (CAD) EzeeCAD application. 7: Project #6: Mapping and GIS - EzeeMap application. 8: Project #7: Writing a Dashboarad Reporting Application - EzeeDashBoard application. 9: Project #8: Do you have something to Auction - Ezeebay Client application. Field of interest Field of interest Target groups Target groups Discount group Discount group Programming Techniques Beginning to Intermediate .NET C Computer Science Programming Techniques Beginning to Intermediate .NET C Computer Science Features 7 One of the first Clojure books on the market, and the first to cover the language in depth 7 An author who is an experienced Clojure developer and a very active member of the Clojure community 7 Appeals to both functional language enthusiasts and object-oriented developers Contents 1: Introduction to Functional Programming. 2: Clojure Concepts. 3: The Clojure Environment. 4: Defining Symbols and Functions. 5: Data Types and Structures. 6: Sequences. 7: State Management. 8: Namespaces and Libraries. 9: Multimethods. 10:Metadata. 11: Working with Java. 12: Parallel Programming. Appendix: Basic Java and JVM. Field of interest Programming Techniques Target groups Beginning to Intermediate Developer/Programmer Discount group C Computer Science Due January 2010 Due January 2010 Due January 2010 Distribution rights for Hongkong, Taiwan, Republic of Korea, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia, Philippines, Vietnam, Brunei, Myanmar: Transquest Publishers Pte Ltd. For Israel: Com.Books Ltd. For Jordan, Irak, Oman, Qatar, Palestine: Jordan Book Center Distribution rights for Hongkong, Taiwan, Republic of Korea, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia, Philippines, Vietnam, Brunei, Myanmar: Transquest Publishers Pte Ltd. For Israel: Com.Books Ltd. For Jordan, Irak, Oman, Qatar, Palestine: Jordan Book Center Distribution rights for Hongkong, Taiwan, Republic of Korea, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia, Philippines, Vietnam, Brunei, Myanmar: Transquest Publishers Pte Ltd. For Israel: Com.Books Ltd. For Jordan, Irak, Oman, Qatar, Palestine: Jordan Book Center 2010. Approx. 955 p. Softcover 2010. Approx. 800 p. Softcover 2010. Approx. 350 p. Softcover 7 approx. $49.99 ISBN 978-1-4302-2608-6 7 approx. $49.99 ISBN 978-1-4302-2650-5 7 approx. $49.99 ISBN 978-1-4302-7231-1 36 Springer News 1/2010 Computer Science A. Adhikari, SP Chowgule College, Goa, India; P. Rao, Goa University, Goa, India; W. Pedrycz, University of Alberta, Edmonton, AB, Canada Developing Better Multi-Database Mining Applications In this book, we discuss various issues regarding the systematic and efficient development of multidatabase mining applications. It explains how systemat6ically one could prepare data warehouses at different branches. As appropriate multidatabase mining technique is essential to develop better applications. Also, the efficiency of a multidatabase mining application could be improved by processing more patterns in the application. A faster algorithm could also play an important role in developing a better application. Thus the efficiency of a multi-database mining application could be enhanced by choosing an appropriate multi-dtatbase mining model, an appropriate pattern synthesizing technique, a better pattern representation technique, and an efficient algorithm for solving the problem. This book illustrates each of these issues either in the context of a specific problem, or in general. Contents Introduction.- An extended model of local pattern analysis.- Mining multiple large databases.- Mining patterns of select items in multiple databases.- Enhancing quality of knowledge synthesized from multi-database mining.- Efficient clustering of databases induced by local patterns.A Framework for developing effective multi-database mining applications. Fields of interest Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery; Information Systems Applications (incl.Internet) Target groups R. K. Ahuja, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL, USA; R. H. Möhring, Technische Universität Berlin, Germany; C. D. Zaroliagis, University of Patras, Greece (Eds.) Robust and Online Large-Scale Optimization Models and Techniques for Transportation Systems springer.com/booksellers P. Anna, Open University, Milton Keynes, UK; J. Gillen, Lancaster University, UK; D. Livingstone, University of the West of Scotland, Paisley, UK; S. Smith-Robbins, Ball State University, Muncie, IN, USA (Eds.) Researching Learning in Virtual Worlds Examples of scheduled transportation include bus, ferry, airline, and railway networks, with the latter being a prime application domain that provides a fair amount of the most complex and largest instances of such optimization problems. Scheduled transport optimization deals with planning and scheduling problems over several time horizons, and substantial progress has been made for strategic planning and scheduling problems in all transportation domains. This state-of-the-art survey presents the outcome of an open call for contributions asking for either research papers or state-of-the-art survey articles. We received 24 submissions that underwent two rounds of the standard peer-review process, out of which 18 were finally accepted for publication. The volume is organized in four parts: Robustness and Recoverability, Robust Timetabling and Route Planning, Robust Planning Under Scarce Resources, and Online Planning: Delay and Disruption Management. Most of the chapters in this book are extended papers from Research Learning in Virtual Environments (reLIVE08), an international conference held by the UK Open University in Milton Keynes in November 2008. Authors of the best papers and presentations from the conferences were invited to contribute to Research Learning in Virtual Worlds, the first book to specifically address research methods and related issues for education in virtual worlds. The book covers a range of research undertaken in virtual worlds. It opens with an accessible introduction both to the book and the subject area, making it an ideal springboard for those who are new to research in this area. The subsequent ten chapters present work covering a range of research methodologies across a broad discipline base, providing essential reading for advanced undergraduate or postgraduate researchers working in education in virtual worlds, and engaging background material for researchers in similar and related disciplines. Fields of interest From the contents Performance and Reliability; System Performance and Evaluation; Special Purpose and ApplicationBased Systems Target groups Researchers and professionals Discount group P Virtual Environments: Issues and opportunities for researching inclusive educational practices.-What is inclusive education?.- Learning, Teaching and Ambiguity in Virtual Worlds.- The Second Life researcher toolkit.- The Schome Park Programme: exploring educational alternatives.- New Literacies in Schome Park.- Third Place. Fields of interest Computers and Education Researchers, practitioners Target groups Discount group Researchers, lecturers, graduates, undergraduates, practitioners (anyone working in an industry related to teaching, learning, training or supporting those practices in virtual worlds), AERA.- BERA.- EERA.- Linden Lab.- Serious Games Institute.- WERA P Discount group P Computer Science Due June 2010 Computer Science Due January 2010 Computer Science Due March 2010 2010. Approx. 250 p. (Advanced Information and Knowledge Processing) Hardcover 2010. XVIII, 423 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science / Theoretical Computer Science and General Issues, Volume 5868) Softcover 2010. XVI, 302 p. (Human-Computer Interaction Series) Hardcover 7 $99.00 ISBN 978-1-84996-043-4 7 $95.00 ISBN 978-3-642-05464-8 7 $79.95 ISBN 978-1-84996-046-5 springer.com/librarybooks O. Anshakov, Russian State University for the Humanities, Moscow, Russia; T. Gergely, Applied Logic Laboratory, Budapest, Hungary Cognitive Reasoning A Formal Approach This book describes the theory and methodology of a new, scientifically well-founded general approach, and its realization in the form of intelligent systems applicable in disciplines ranging from social sciences, such as cognitive science and sociology, through natural sciences, such as life sciences and chemistry, to applied sciences, such as medicine, education, and engineering. The main subject developed in the book is cognitive reasoning investigated at three levels of abstraction: conceptual, formal, and realizational. The authors offer a model of a cognizing agent for the conceptual theory of cognitive reasoning, and they also present a logically well-founded formal cognitive reasoning framework to handle the various plausible reasoning methods. They conclude with an object model of a cognitive engine. Features 7 Describes the theory, methodology and algorithmization of a new approach to problem solving and its realization in the form of intelligent systems Contents Introduction.- Conceptual Theory of Cognitive Reasoning.- Logic Foundation of Cognitive Reasoning.- Formal Framework.- Set Sorts.- JSM Theories.- Conclusion.- References.- Index. Fields of interest Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Theory of Computation; Mathematical Logic and Foundations Target groups Scientists, researchers, graduate students Discount group P Computer Science Springer News 1/2010 Y. Badr, INSA de Lyon, France; R. Chbeir, Bourgogne University, Dijon, France; A. Abraham, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Trondheim, Norway; A. Hassanien, Kuwait University, Safat, Kuwait (Eds.) Emergent Web Intelligence: Advanced Semantic Technologies The Web intelligence discipline attempts to deal with this challenge by exploits information technologies and artificial intelligence approaches to design next generation of web-empowered systems and services. The ‘Emergent Web Intelligence: Advanced Semantic Technologies” book provides valuable references and cutting–edge technologies for: undergraduate and postgraduate students who are studying Web Intelligence and Semantic Web courses, developers who need to design innovative approaches by applying different emergent semantic techniques to real-world problems, researchers who seek to understand the state of the art and foresee future research strategies in Web Intelligence and Semantic Web. The book is organized in self-contained chapters to provide greatest reading flexibility. Features 7 Explains basic concepts in simple language with plenty of diagrams, illustrations and examples, to help readers new to this field to capture clear concept about the subject matter 7 Plenty of worked out examples in each chapter, helpful for both lecturers and students 7 Simulation programs will be provided for practical and better understanding so that both students and lecturers will find them very useful L. Cao, University of Technology, Sydney, NSW, Australia; P. S. Yu, IBM T.J. Watson Research Center, New York, NY, USA; C. Zhang, Y. Zhao, University of Technology, Sydney, NSW, Australia Domain Driven Data Mining This book offers state-of the-art research and development outcomes on methodologies, techniques, approaches and successful applications in domain driven, actionable knowledge discovery. It enhances the actionability and wider deployment of existing data-centered data mining through a combination of domain and business oriented factors, constraints and intelligence. The text also details a paradigm shift from “data-centered pattern mining” to “domain driven actionable knowledge discovery” for next-generation KDD research and applications. Features 7 Bridges the gap between business expectations and research output 7 Includes techniques, methodologies and case studies in real-life enterprise dm 7 Addresses new areas such as blog mining Fields of interest Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery; Information Systems; Information Systems Applications (incl.Internet) Target groups Data mining researchers and practitioners Discount group P Fields of interest Information Systems Applications (incl.Internet); Information Storage and Retrieval; Multimedia Information Systems Target groups Graduate, undergraduate students, lecturers, researchers, practitioners Discount group P Computer Science Due January 2010 Computer Science Due March 2010 37 Computer Science Due January 2010 2010. X, 433 p. (Cognitive Technologies) Hardcover 2010. XVI, 544 p. 178 illus. (Advanced Information and Knowledge Processing) Hardcover 2010. XVI, 248 p. Hardcover 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-540-43058-2 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-1-84996-076-2 7 $99.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-5736-8 38 Springer News 1/2010 Computer Science R. Chbeir, Bourgogne University, Dijon, France; Y. Badr, INSA de Lyon, France; A. Abraham, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Trondheim, Norway; A. Hassanien, Kuwait University, Safat, Kuwait (Eds.) Y. Deng, Tsinghua University, Beijing, China; W. P. Maly, Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburgh, PA, USA Emergent Web Intelligence: Advanced Information Retrieval A 2.5-Dimensional Integration Scheme Multimedia and XML-based data are produced regularly and in increasing way in our daily digital activities, and their retrieval must be explored and studied in this emergent web-based era. ‘Emergent Web Intelligence: Advanced information retrieval’ provides reviews of the related cutting–edge technologies and insights. It is valuable companion and comprehensive reference for undergraduate and postgraduate students who are taking a course in Web intelligence and need to study current concepts of retrieval of multimedia and XML-based data, developers who need to implement advanced search engine and make benefit of web intelligence technologies, researchers who desire to understand exiting approaches, pin down their limits, and identify several future directions. The book is organized in self-contained chapters to provide greatest reading flexibility. Features 7 Basic concepts will be explained in simple language with plenty of diagrams, illustrations and examples 7 Helps readers new to this field understand concepts at play regarding the subject matter 7 There will be plenty of worked out examples in each chapter, which will be helpful for both lecturers and students to use this book as a text 7 Simulation programs will be provided for practical and better understanding Fields of interest Information Storage and Retrieval; Information Systems Applications (incl.Internet); Multimedia Information Systems 3-Dimensional VLSI “3-Dimensional VLSI: A 2.5-Dimensional Integration Scheme” elaborates the concept and importance of 3-Dimensional (3-D) VLSI. The authors have developed a new 3-D IC integration paradigm, so-called 2.5-D integration, to address many problems that are hard to resolve using traditional non-monolithic integration schemes. The book also introduces major 3-D VLSI design issues that need to be solved by IC designers and Electronic Design Automation (EDA) developers. By treating 3-D integration in an integrated framework, the book provides important insights for semiconductor process engineers, IC designers, and those working in EDA R&D. Features 7 A new integration scheme considering both performance and yield 7 Novel cost model to compare difference integration styles 7 Design driven approach to prove the performance advantages of 2.5/3-D IC's 7 Full EDA tool support for 3-D layout creation Contents Background of 2.5-D VLSI Integration.- Cost Modeling of VLSI Integration Strategies.- Custom Design Case Studies of 2.5-D Integration.- ASIC Design Case Studies with 2.5-D Layout Design Automation Tools.- Looking into The Future. Fields of interest Circuits and Systems Target groups Semiconductor process engineers, IC designers, and those working in EDA R and D Discount group springer.com/booksellers F. Dignum, Utrecht University, The Netherlands; J. Bradshaw, Florida Institute for Human & Machine Cognition, Pensacola, FL, USA; B. G. Silverman, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, PA, USA; W. van Doesburg, TNO Defence, Security and Safety, Soesterberg, The Netherlands (Eds.) Agents for Games and Simulations Trends in Techniques, Concepts and Design Research on multi-agent systems has provided a promising technology for implementing cognitive intelligent non-playing characters. However, the technologies used in game engines and multiagent platforms are not readily compatible due to some inherent differences in concerns. Where game engines focus on real-time aspects and thus propagate efficiency and central control, multiagent platforms assume autonomy of the agents. Increased autonomy and intelligence may offer benefits for a more compelling gameplay and may even be necessary for serious games. However, problems occur when current game design techniques are used to incorporate state-of-theart multi-agent system technology. A very similar argument can be given for agent-based (social) simulation. This volume contains the papers presented at AGS 2009, the First International Workshop on Agents for Games and Simulations, held in Budapest on May 11, 2009. Fields of interest Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Mathematical Logic and Formal Languages; Computation by Abstract Devices Target groups Researchers and professionals Discount group P P Target groups Graduate and undergraduate students, lecturers, researchers, practitioners Discount group P Engineering Computer Science Due March 2010 Due March 2010 Computer Science Distribution rights in China: Tsinghua University Press. Due January 2010 Jointly published with Tsinghua University Press 2010. XVI, 496 p. (Advanced Information and Knowledge Processing) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 200 p. 50 illus. Hardcover 2010. X, 273 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science / Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence, Volume 5920) Softcover 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-1-84996-073-1 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-3-642-04156-3 7 $72.00 ISBN 978-3-642-11197-6 springer.com/librarybooks Computer Science Springer News 1/2010 39 E. Doberkat, Technische Universität Dortmund, Germany M. Gabbrielli, S. Martini, Dipartimento di Scienze dell’Informazione, Bologna, Italy N. Griffiths, Warwick University, Coventry, UK; K. Chao, Coventry University, Coventry, UK (Eds.) Stochastic Coalgebraic Logic Programming Languages Stochastic systems provide important tools for systems modeling, and recent work shows that categorical reasoning may lead to new insights, previously not available in a purely probabilistic setting. This book combines coalgebraic reasoning, stochastic systems and logics. It provides an insight into the principles of coalgebraic logic from a categorical point of view, and applies these systems to interpretations of stochastic coalgebraic logics, which include well-known modal logics and continuous time branching logics. The author introduces stochastic systems together with their probabilistic and categorical foundations and gives a comprehensive discussion of the Giry monad as the underlying categorical construction, presenting many new, hitherto unpublished results. He discusses modal logics, introduces their probabilistic interpretations, and then proceeds to an analysis of Kripke models for coalgebraic logics. This self-contained textbook assumes that the reader has some familiarity with one programming language, and adopts a simple yet rigorous approach. The author explains the main programming paradigms (imperative, object-oriented, functional, and logic), and makes clear separation between the design, implementation and pragmatic aspects of programming languages. As well as an excellent guide for undergraduates the content will also be useful for software practitioners who want to consolidate and update their knowledge of programming languages. Agent-Based Service-Oriented Computing Features 7 Provides an insight into the principles of coalgebraic logic from a categorical point of view 7 Applies these systems to interpretations of stochastic coalgebraic logics Features 7 Self-contained and straightforward approach that requires some familiarity with only one programming language (unlike many competitor books) 7 Clearly separates between the design, implementation and pragmatic aspects of programming languages 7 Explicit treatment of the main programming paradigms Contents Borel Sets, Measures and All That.- Modal Logics.The Giry Monad: Randomized Morphisms.- Coalgebraic Logic.- Logics: The Grammars.- References.- List of Symbols.- Index. Abstract Machines.- How to Describe a Programming Language.- Foundations.- Names and the Environment.- Memory Management.- Control Structure.- Control Abstraction.- Structuring Data.- Data Abstraction.- The Object-Oriented Paradigm.- The Functional Paradigm.- The Logic Programming Paradigm.- A Short Historical Perspective.- Bibliography.- References.- Index. Fields of interest Fields of interest Contents Mathematical Logic and Formal Languages; Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) Target groups Researchers and professionals Discount group P Computer Science, general; Programming Languages, Compilers, Interpreters Target groups Researchers and professionals Discount group P Service-Oriented Computing (SOC) allows software development time to be shortened by the composition of existing services across the Internet. Further exploitation of this revolutionary trend is feasible through automation, thanks to the use of software agents and techniques from distributed artificial intelligence. This book provides an overview of the related technologies and insight into state-of-the art research results in the field. The topics discussed cover the various stages in the life cycle of service-oriented software development using agent technologies to automate the development process and to manage services in a dynamic environment. The book presents both academic research results and the latest developments from industry. Researchers from academia and industry, as well as postgraduates, will find this cutting-edge volume indispensable in order to gain understanding of the issues associated with agent-based serviceoriented computing along with recent, and likely future technology trends. Features 7 Provides an overview of the related technologies and insight into state-of-the art research results in the field – both academic and industry developments 7 Offers insights into the potential future directions of the topic 7 Bridges existing technological gaps between agents and SOC 7 Presents the various stages in the life cycle of service-oriented software development From the contents Introduction.- Service Advertisement and Discovery.- Multi-Agent Coordination for Service Composition.- Flexible Workflow Management in Service Oriented Environments.. Fields of interest Models and Principles; Software Engineering; Management of Computing and Information Systems Target groups Researchers, postgraduate students Discount group P Computer Science Computer Science Computer Science Due January 2010 Due April 2010 Due March 2010 2010. XV, 231 p. 81 illus. (Monographs in Theoretical Computer Science. An EATCS Series) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 450 p. (Undergraduate Topics in Computer Science) Softcover 2010. XII, 276 p. 72 illus. (Advanced Information and Knowledge Processing) Hardcover 7 $99.00 ISBN 978-3-642-02994-3 7 $49.95 ISBN 978-1-84882-913-8 7 $99.00 ISBN 978-1-84996-040-3 40 Springer News 1/2010 Computer Science S. Spaccapietra, EPFJ, Lausanne, Switzerland; L. Delcambre, Portland State University, OR, USA (Eds.) Journal on Data Sematics XIV The LNCS Journal on Data Semantics is devoted to the presentation of notable work that, in one way or another, addresses research and development on issues related to data semantics. The scope of the journal ranges from theories supporting the formal definition of semantic content to innovative domain-specific applications of semantic knowledge. The journal addresses researchers and advanced practitioners working on the semantic web, interoperability, mobile information services, data warehousing, knowledge representation and reasoning, conceptual database modeling, ontologies, and artificial intelligence. Volume XIV results from a rigorous selection among 21 full papers received in response to a call for contributions issued in September 2008. Fields of interest Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery; Information Storage and Retrieval; Database Management Target groups Researchers and professionals Discount group P C. R. Kalmanek, AT&T Labs, Florham Park, NJ, USA; S. Misra, Indian Institute of Technology Kharagpur, India; Y. R. Yang, Yale University, New Haven, CT, USA (Eds.) Guide to Reliable Internet Services and Applications This guide addresses the challenges faced by service providers and the approaches they use to deliver reliable networks and networked application services. The book offers a systematic, interdisciplinary approach and coverage of practical problems arising in real, operational deployments. Leading practitioners and researchers present their perspectives, and provide “best practices”. Features: Introduces the challenges of building reliable networks and services; Examines network reliability modeling and network planning; Investigates interdomain reliability and overlay networks; Explores the critical function of network configuration management; Discusses network measurement and performance monitoring; Covers network management systems; Presents an approach to the design of reliable network application software, and an overview of server capacity and performance engineering. This text is suitable for an advanced undergraduate or graduate course, and will be of value to researchers and practitioners. Features 7 Comprehensive coverage on all aspects of reliability and fault tolerance in networks is presented 7 Chapters are written by leading experts from both academia and industry 7 A number of questions accompany each topic to enable selfassessment From the contents Part I: Introduction and Reliable Network Design.Building Reliable Networks and Networked Application Services.- Structural Overview of ISP Networks.- Part II: Reliability Modeling and Network Planning.- Reliability Metrics for Routers in IP Networks.- Network Performability Evaluation.- Robust Network Planning. Fields of interest J. M. Kizza, University of Tennessee at Chattanooga, TN, USA Ethical and Social Issues in the Information Age This thoroughly revised and expanded fourth edition of the successful Ethical and Social Issues in the Information Age provides an up-to-date examination of the ethical, social, and policy challenges stemming from the emergence of cyberspace, the convergence of telecommunication and computing technologies, and the miniaturization of computing, telecommunication, and information-enabling devices. This accessible textbook/ reference broadly surveys thought-provoking questions about the impact of these new technologies, with particular emphasis on the rapid growth of a multitude of computer networks, including the Internet. It assumes only a very modest familiarity with basic computer literacy. Students at all levels who need to learn about computer ethics, the legal aspects of computing, network security, computer crime investigation, and biometrics will find this well-documented work an invaluable resource. The book is also highly useful for practitioners needing such insights for their work. Features 7 Wide-ranging survey of impact of new technologies on ethical and social issues, written specifically for undergraduates 7 Thoroughly revised and expanded new edition From the contents History of Computing.- Morality and the Law.Ethics and Ethical Analysis.- Ethics and the Professions.- Anonymity, Security, Privacy, and Civil Liberties.- Intellectual Property Rights and Computer Technology.- Social Context of Computing.- Software Issues: Risks and Liabilities.- Computer Crimes.- New Frontiers for Computer Ethics, Artificial Intelligence, Cyberspace, and Virtual Reality.- Cyberspace, Cyberethics and Social Networking. Fields of interest Computer Communication Networks Information Systems Applications (incl.Internet); Data Encryption; Computers and Society Target groups Target groups Discount group Discount group Researchers, graduates, advanced undergraduates P Computer Science springer.com/booksellers Computer Science Undergraduates P Computer Science Due January 2010 Due February 2010 Due May 2010 2010. XI, 163 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science / Journal on Data Semantics, Volume 5880) Softcover 2010. VIII, 626 p. 168 illus. (Computer Communications and Networks) Hardcover 4th ed. 2010. XX, 450 p. 20 illus. (Texts in Computer Science) Hardcover 7 $98.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10561-6 7 $159.00 ISBN 978-1-84882-827-8 7 $64.95 ISBN 978-1-84996-037-3 springer.com/librarybooks A. M. Koster, RWTH Aachen, Germany; X. Muñoz, Universitat Politècnica de Catalunya, Barcelona, Spain (Eds.) Graphs and Algorithms in Communication Networks Studies in Broadband, Optical, Wireless and Ad Hoc Networks Algorithmic discrete mathematics plays a key role in the development of information and communication technologies, and methods that arise in computer science, mathematics and operations research – in particular in algorithms, computational complexity, distributed computing and optimization – are vital to modern services such as mobile telephony, online banking and VoIP. This book examines communication networking from a mathematical viewpoint. The contributing authors took part in the European COST action 293 – a four-year program of multidisciplinary research on this subject. In this book they offer introductory overviews and state-of-the-art assessments of current and future research in the fields of broadband, optical, wireless and ad hoc networks. Particular topics of interest are design, optimization, robustness and energy consumption. Features 7 The most comprehensive book on communication networking from a mathematical viewpoint From the contents Part I, Introduction: Mathematical Preliminaries.- Part II, Studies in Broadband and Optical Networks: Introduction to Broadband and Optical Networks.- Part III, Studies in Wireless and Ad Hoc Networks: Introduction to Wireless and Ad Hoc Networks. Fields of interest Algorithm Analysis and Problem Complexity; Computer Communication Networks; Communications Engineering, Networks Computer Science Springer News 1/2010 R. de Lemos, University of Kent, Canterbury, UK; J. Fabre, LAAS-CNRS, Toulouse, France; C. Gacek, Newcastle University, Newcastle upon Tyne, UK; F. Gadducci, Università di Pisa, Italy; M. ter Beek, ISTI-CNR, Pisa, Italy (Eds.) Architecting Dependable Systems VI As software systems become increasingly ubiquitous, issues of dependability become ever more crucial. Given that solutions to these issues must be considered from the very beginning of the design process, it is reasonable that dependability and security are addressed at the architectural level. This book has originated from an effort to bring together the research communities of software architectures, dependability and security. This state-of-the-art survey contains expanded and peer-reviewed papers based on the carefully selected contributions to two workshops: the Workshop on Architecting Dependable Systems (WADS 2008), organized at the 2008 International Conference on Dependable Systems and Networks (DSN 2008), held in Anchorage, Alaska, USA, in June 2008, and the Third International Workshop on Views On Designing Complex Architectures (VODCA 2008) held in Bertinoro, Italy, in August 2008. It also contains invited papers written by recognized experts in the area. D. Lu, Y. Pan, Zhejiang University, Hangzhou, China Digital Preservation for Heritages Technologies and Applications Digital Preservation for Heritages: Technologies and Applications provides a comprehensive and up-to-date coverage of digital technologies in the area of cultural heritage preservation, including digitalization, research aiding, conservation aiding, digital exhibition, and digital utilization. Processes, technical frameworks, key technologies, as well as typical systems and applications are discussed in the book. It is intended for researchers and students in the fields of computer science and technology, museology, and archaeology. Features 7 Provides successful examples of digital conservation and utilization, such as Dunhuang Mogao Caves, Jinsha site, Liangzhu site, and Hemudu site 7 Supplies almost 200 illustrations Contents Software Engineering; Computer Systems Organization and Communication Networks; Special Purpose and Application-Based Systems Introduction.- The Bases of Digital Technologies for Cultural Heritage Preservation.- Digitalization of Cultural Heritage.- Archaeological Research Aiding Technologies.- Digitally Aided Conservation and Restoration of Cultural Heritages.- The Impact of Digital Technologies on the Exhibition of Cultural Heritages.- Digital Development and Utilization of Cultural Heritages’ Information.Applications of Digital Preservation Technologies for Cultural Heritages.- Summary and Prospect. Target groups Fields of interest Fields of interest Researchers and professionals Discount group P Computer Appl. in Arts and Humanities; Cultural Heritage Target groups Researchers and students in the fields of computer science and technology, museology, and archaeology Discount group Discount group P P Computer Science Computer Science Due January 2010 41 Computer Science Due January 2010 Due February 2010 Distribution rights in China: Zhejiang University Press Jointly published with Zhejiang University Press 2010. XXVIII, 426 p. (Texts in Theoretical Computer Science. An EATCS Series) Hardcover 2010. XII, 335 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science / Programming and Software Engineering, Volume 5835) Softcover 2010. Approx. 220 p. 121 illus. (Advanced Topics in Science and Technology in China) Hardcover 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-02249-4 7 $83.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10247-9 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-3-642-04861-6 42 Springer News 1/2010 Computer Science I. Mistrík, Heidelberg, Germany; J. Grundy, University of Auckland, New Zealand; A. van der Hoek, University of California, Irvine, CA, USA; J. Whitehead, University of California, Santa Cruz, CA, USA (Eds.) Collaborative Software Engineering The editors of this book have assembled an impressive selection of authors, who have contributed to an authoritative body of work tackling a wide range of issues in the field of collaborative software engineering. The resulting volume is divided into four parts, preceded by a general editorial chapter providing a more detailed review of the domain of collaborative software engineering. Part 1 is on Characterizing Collaborative Software Engineering, Part 2 examines various Tools and Techniques, Part 3 addresses organizational issues, and finally Part 4 contains four examples of Emerging Issues in Collaborative Software Engineering. As such, this book delivers a comprehensive state-of-the-art overview and empirical results for researchers in academia and industry in areas like software process management, empirical software engineering, and global software development. Fields of interest Software Engineering; User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction; Management of Computing and Information Systems Target groups Researchers and professionals Discount group P springer.com/booksellers D. Mou, Harman Becker Automotive Systems GmbH, Germany P. Revesz, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, Lincoln, NE, USA Machine-based Intelligent Face Recognition Introduction to Databases Machine-based Intelligent Face Recognition discusses the general engineering method of imitating intelligent human brains for video-based face recognition in a fundamental way, which is completely unsupervised, automatic, self-learning, self-updated and robust. It also overviews stateof-the-art research on cognitive-based biometrics and machine-based biometrics, and especially the advances in face recognition. This book is intended for scientists, researchers, engineers, and students in the field of computer vision, machine intelligence, and particularly of face recognition. This textbook reveals the workings of numerous database systems, enabling readers to develop complex database applications. Students will gain hands-on experience by following the exercises. The theory is complemented by detailed examination of specific applications from a broad range of areas. The text assumes only basic discrete mathematics, linear algebra, and programming knowledge. Features: Provides descriptions of 11 types of databases, and 2 database systems; Concludes each chapter with bibliographic notes and exercises; Examines database design, including issues of database interoperability, data integration, interpolation and approximation, and prediction and data mining; Presents course aids at a supporting website; Covers topics on indexing methods, data visualization, the safety of queries, general evaluation algorithms, the efficient implementation of evaluation algorithms, and the complexity of the evaluation of different types of queries; Structured to allow for flexible course design. Features 7 Discusses the general engineering methods for imitating intelligent human brains for video-based face recognition that is completely unsupervised, self-adaptive and robust 7 All cues are combined together Contents 1 Introduction.- 2 Survey on Biometric Recognition, Face Detection and Face Recognition.- 3 Combined Face Detection and Tracking Methods.4 Automatic Face Recognition.- 5 Unsupervised Face Database Constructions.- 6 State Machine Based Automatic Procedure.- 8 Performance Analysis.- 9 Conclusions and Future Directions.References. Fields of interest Biometrics; Computer Imaging, Vision, Pattern Recognition and Graphics; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) Target groups Institutions and researchers in computer vision and machine intelligence and learning Discount group P From Biological to Spatio-Temporal Features 7 Provides a comprehensive coverage of the field of databases From the contents Data Models, Queries, Evaluation.- Propositional Databases.- Relational Databases.- Constraint Databases.- Temporal Databases.- Geographic Databases.- Moving Objects Databases.- Image Databases.- Constraint Objects Databases.Genome Databases.- Set Databases.- Constraint Deductive Databases.- The MLPQ System.- The DISCO System.- Database Design.- Interoperability.- Data Integration.- Interpolation and Approximation.- Prediction and Data Mining.Indexing.- Data Visualization. Fields of interest Database Management; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Programming Techniques Target groups Advanced undergraduates, graduate students, practitioners Discount group P Computer Science Due March 2010 Computer Science Distribution rights in China: Higher Education Press Computer Science Due January 2010 Due February 2010 Jointly published with Higher Education Press 2010. X, 470 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 200 p. 70 illus., 12 in color. Hardcover 2010. XVIII, 746 p. 173 illus. (Texts in Computer Science) Hardcover 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10293-6 7 $169.00 ISBN 978-3-642-00750-7 7 $119.00 ISBN 978-1-84996-094-6 springer.com/librarybooks Computer Science Springer News 1/2010 G. Schalk, Wadsworth Centre, New York State Department of Health, New York, NY, USA; J. Mellinger, Institute of Medical Psychology & Behavioural Neurobiology, University of Tübingen, Germany M. Chang (Ed.) Introduction to BrainComputer Interfacing Using BCI2000 Editors-in-chief: Z. Pan, A. D. Cheok, W. Müller This practical guide to successful Brain-Computer Interface (BCI) experiments, uses the generalpurpose software platform BCI2000. It provides comprehensive introductory and intermediate concepts of all relevant aspects pertaining to common BCI experiments. Opening with a general introduction to the principles of BCI operation, brain signal acquisition using different types of sensors, BCI signal processing (including common feature extraction and feature translation methods), and device output, this general introduction to BCI research is followed by an introduction to the BCI2000 software platform, including a step-by step tour and step-by-step tutorials for using BCI2000 with sensorimotor rhythms and P300 evoked potentials. Advanced concepts are discussed and a programming reference and exercises included. There is a section for frequently asked questions and technical references. Features 7 Only very few books have been published on Brain-Computer Interfacing, they are of mostly academic nature whereas this book is introductory, and contains tutorials and BCI2000 software From the contents Transactions on Edutainment III This journal subline serves as a forum for stimulating and disseminating innovative research ideas, theories, emerging technologies, empirical investigations, state-of-the-art methods, and tools in all different genres of edutainment, such as game-based learning and serious games, interactive storytelling, virtual learning environments, VR-based education, and related fields. It covers aspects from educational and game theories, human-computer interaction, computer graphics, artificial intelligence, and systems design. The third volume in this series contains a selection of 12 outstanding contributions from Edutainment 2009, the 4th International Conference on E-Learning and Games, held in Canada in August 2009. The main focus of these papers is on the use of games to stimulate learners. In addition, 10 regular papers are included, presenting a wide range of edutainment tools and applications. Fields of interest User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Information Systems Applications (incl.Internet) Target groups Researchers and professionals Discount group P 43 Transactions on Petri Nets and Other Models of Concurrency III Editor-in-chief: K. Jensen, Guest editors: J. Billington, M. Koutny ToPNoC contains: revised versions of a selection of the best papers from workshops and tutorials at the annual Petri net conferences, special sections/ issues within particular subareas (similar to those published in the Advances in Petri Nets series), other papers invited for publication in ToPNoC, papers submitted directly to ToPNoC by their authors. The third volume of ToPNoC contains revised and extended versions of a selection of the best papers from the workshops held at the 29th International Conference on Application and Theory of Petri Nets and Other Models of Concurrency and from the 8th and 9th Workshops and Tutorials on Practical Use of Coloured Petri Nets and the CPN Tools. The 10 papers provide good coverage of a diverse range of topics including workflow systems, network protocols, mobility, intelligent transport systems, the state explosion problem, Petri net synthesis and the p-calculus. The volume offers a good mixture of theory, tools and practical applications related to concurrency. Fields of interest Models and Principles; Software Engineering; Programming Techniques Target groups Researchers and professionals Discount group Part I User Guide. Brain-Computer Interfaces (BCIs). Brain Sensors and Signals. Introducing BCI2000. Tour of BCI2000. User Tutorials. Advanced Usage. Programming Reference. Exercises. Frequently Asked Questions.- Part II Technical Reference. Core Modules. P Fields of interest User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction; Models and Principles; Computer Appl. in Social and Behavioral Sciences Target groups Researchers, graduates, lecturers Discount group P Computer Science Due January 2010 Computer Science Due February 2010 Computer Science Due January 2010 2010. XVIII, 255 p. Hardcover 2010. X, 275 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science / Transactions on Edutainment, Volume 5940) Softcover 2010. XVII, 275 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science / Transactions on Petri Nets and Other Models of Concurrency, Volume 5800) Softcover 7 $69.95 ISBN 978-1-84996-091-5 7 $98.00 ISBN 978-3-642-11244-7 7 $98.00 ISBN 978-3-642-04854-8 44 Springer News 1/2010 Computer Science Transactions on Computational Science VI Editors-in-chief: M. Gavrilova, University of Calgary, Canada; C. K. Tan, Exascala Ltd., Birmingham, UK This volume of the LNCS journal Transactions on Computational Science addresses researchers and practitioners in areas ranging from aerospace to biochemistry, from electronics to geosciences, from mathematics to software architecture, presenting verifiable computational methods, findings and solutions and enabling industrial users to apply techniques of leading-edge, large-scale, high performance computational methods. The sixth volume of the Transactions on Computational Science journal contains the thoroughly refereed best papers selected from the International Conference on Computational Science and Its Applications, ICCSA 2008. All 21 papers included in the issue have been significantly revised and extended following the event. The journal has been divided into two parts. The 11 papers in Part 1 are devoted to the theme of information systems and communications and the 10 papers in Part 2 focus on geographical analysis and geometric modeling. Fields of interest Information Storage and Retrieval; Geographical Information Systems/Cartography; Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery Target groups Researchers and professionals Discount group P springer.com/booksellers I. M. Verbauwhede, Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium (Ed.) J. A. Vince On any advanced integrated circuit or “system-onchip” there is a need for security. In many applications the actual implementation has become the weakest link in security rather than the algorithms or protocols. The purpose of the book is to give the integrated circuits and systems designer an insight into the basics of security and cryptography from the implementation point of view. As a designer of integrated circuits and systems it is important to know both the state-of-the-art attacks as well as the countermeasures. Optimizing for security is different from optimizations for speed, area, or power consumption. It is therefore difficult to attain the delicate balance between the extra cost of security measures and the added benefits. John Vince explains a wide range of mathematical techniques and problem-solving strategies associated with computer games, computer animation, virtual reality, CAD, and other areas of computer graphics. Covering all the mathematical techniques required to resolve geometric problems and design computer programs for computer graphic applications, each chapter explores a specific mathematical topic prior to moving forward into the more advanced areas of matrix transforms, 3D curves and surface patches. Problem-solving techniques using vector analysis and geometric algebra are also discussed. All the key areas are covered including: Numbers, Algebra, Trigonometry, Coordinate geometry, Transforms, Vectors, Curves and surfaces, Barycentric coordinates, Analytic geometry. Plus – and unusually in a student textbook – a chapter on geometric algebra is included. Introduction to the Secure Integrated Circuits and Mathematics for Computer Systems Graphics Features 7 Fills a gap between the crypto community and the designers of integrated circuits and systems 7 Gives insight into the basics of security and cryptography from the implementation viewpoint 7 Addresses side-channel attacks that can occur due to weak implementation From the contents Section 1: Introduction.- Introduction to Cryptography. Side Channel Attacks: Introduction. Side Channel Attacks: Advanced Attacks. Intrusive Attacks.- Section 2: Security Modules and Primitives. Public-Key Crypto Implementations. Secret Key Crypto Implementations. Hash Functions. Random Number Generators for Integrated Circuits and FPGAs. PUFs: Physically Unclonable Devices. Secure Memories.- Section 3: Design Methods for Security. Secure Design Methodology and the Tree of Trust. The Side-Channel Attack Toolbox. Side-Channel Resistant Circuit Styles and Associated IC Design Flow. Contents Mathematics.- Numbers.- Algebra.- Trigonometry.- Cartesian Coordinates.- Vectors.Transforms.- Interpolation.- Curves and Patches.- Analytical Geometry.- Barycentric Coordinates.- Geometric Algebra.- Worked Examples.Conclusion. Fields of interest Computer Graphics Target groups Undergraduates, graduates Discount group P Fields of interest Special Purpose and Application-Based Systems; Circuits and Systems; Systems and Data Security Target groups Integrated circuit or embedded systems designers Discount group P Computer Science Due January 2010 Computer Science Computer Science Due February 2010 Due March 2010 2010. XII, 381 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science / Transactions on Computational Science, Volume 5730) Softcover 2010. Approx. 260 p. 92 illus. (Integrated Circuits and Systems) Hardcover 3rd ed. 2010. XVI, 304 p. (Undergraduate Topics in Computer Science) Softcover 7 $113.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10648-4 7 approx. $129.00 ISBN 978-0-387-71827-9 7 $42.95 ISBN 978-1-84996-022-9 springer.com/librarybooks J. O. Wallgrün, Universität Bremen, Germany Hierarchical Voronoi Graphs Spatial Representation and Reasoning for Mobile Robots Voronoi graphs and their hierarchical extensions have become a widely used tool for deriving abstract spatial representations from environmental data. They are currently being studied and applied in several subfields of computer science such as AI and robotics, computational geometry, and geoinformatics. This book investigates the application of hierarchical Voronoi graphs for the internal spatial memory of a mobile robot, focusing on the robot mapping problem of deriving the correct representation from uncertain data. The author develops and illustrates several fundamental techniques for constructing hierarchical Voronoi graph representations, employing a broad set of methods ranging from spatial abstraction approaches to graph matching, search, and qualitative spatial reasoning. It is further shown how the developed tools can be combined to form an overall robot mapping system. Features 7 The author focuses on a particular kind of topological representation of space, the hierarchical annotated generalized Voronoi graph Contents Introduction.- Robot Mapping.- Voronoi-Based Spatial Representations.- Simplification and Hierarchical Voronoi Graph Construction.- Voronoi Graph Matching for Data Association.- Global Mapping: Minimal Route Graph Models Under Spatial Constraints.- Experimental Evaluation.Conclusions and Outlook.- App. A, Mapping as Probabilistic State Estimation.- App. B, Qualitative Spatial Reasoning.- References. Fields of interest Robotics and Automation; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) Target groups Researchers and professionals Discount group P Computer Science Springer News 1/2010 45 B. Wang, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore I. M. Weber, University of New South Wales, Sydney, NSW, Australia Coverage Control in Sensor Networks Semantic Methods for Execution-level Business Process Modeling This easy-to-read text focuses on challenges in coverage control in sensor networks, examines fundamental coverage problems, and presents the most recent advances and techniques in the field. Features: provides an introduction to sensors, sensor nodes, sensor networks, and sensor coverage models; supplies an informal definition and taxonomy for network-wide coverage control; explores the node placement optimization problem for coverage configuration before network deployment; investigates the coverage lifetime maximization problem by controlling coverage characteristics in a randomly deployed network; discusses the critical sensor-density problem for coverage configuration before network deployment; examines the sensor-activity scheduling problem of controlling network coverage characteristics in a randomly deployed network; introduces the node movement strategy problem for sensor networks containing mobile nodes; presents the challenges of building intrusion barriers and finding penetration paths. Features Modeling Support Through Process Verification and Service Composition Ingo Weber develops new approaches for the rapid development and flexible adaption of business processes, which are often the main requirements in today’s IT support for enterprises. Key issues covered by his work are the automatic composition of processes out of predefined components and the verification of specific process properties. His research aims at quickly creating executable process models, which orchestrate the usage of Web services. He investigates how process modelers can be supported by semantic technologies, e.g., by semantically enriched process models or annotated Web services, and puts special emphasis on expressiveness and scalability. Fields of interest Information Systems Applications (incl.Internet); Information Systems; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) 7 This practical, concise, yet comprehensive text is the first to inspect the diverse coverage problems in distributed/wireless sensor networks Target groups Contents P Part I: Introduction. Introduction. Sensor Coverage Model. Network Coverage Control.Part II Target Coverage Problems. Node Placement Optimization. Coverage Lifetime Maximization.- Part III Area Coverage Problems. Critical Sensor Density. Sensor Activity Scheduling. Node Movement Strategy.- Part IV Barrier Coverage Problems. Build Intrusion Barriers. Find Penetration Paths. Researchers and professionals Discount group Fields of interest Computer Communication Networks Target groups Researchers, graduate students Discount group P Engineering Computer Science Computer Science Due February 2010 Due January 2010 2010. XX, 220 p. Hardcover 2010. XVI, 222 p. 79 illus. (Computer Communications and Networks) Hardcover 2010. XII, 292 p. (Lecture Notes in Business Information Processing, Volume 40) Softcover 7 $99.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10302-5 7 $99.00 ISBN 978-1-84996-058-8 7 $83.00 ISBN 978-3-642-05084-8 Due January 2010 46 Computer Science G. Zeng, Shanghai Jiaotong University, Shanghai, China Quantum Private Communication Quantum Private Communication covers the fundamentals of the areas of secure communication, quantum cryptography, quantum communication, and their physical implementation with applications. The book appears in a timely manner for an emerging field at the crossroad of classic private communication and quantum physics. Graduate students and scientists alike in communication engineering, computer science, electronic engineering, physics and mathematics will benefit from the book. Features 7 Comprehensive and systematical framework for QPC 7 Combination of QPC and classic private communication 7 Combination of science and engineering Contents 1. Fundament.- 2. Quantum bits.- 3. Model for Quantum Communication.- 4. Quantum Key distributions.- 5. Quantum Cryptosystem.6. Quantum Authentication.- 7. QPC with discrete variables qubits.- 8. QPC with continuous variables qubits.- 9. QPC in practical communication systems. Fields of interest Computer Science, general; Communications Engineering, Networks; Electrical Engineering Target groups Researchers and graduate students in computer science, communication engineering, electronic engineering, physics and mathematics Discount group P Computer Science Due March 2010 Distribution rights in China: Higher Education Press Jointly published with Higher Education Press 2010. Approx. 380 p. 95 illus. Hardcover 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-03295-0 Springer News 1/2010 springer.com/booksellers springer.com/librarybooks C. Boyadjiev, Bulgarian Academy of Sciences, Sofia, Bulgaria Theoretical Chemical Engineering Modeling & Simulation This survey presents the theoretical methods of chemical engineering for modeling and simulation of industrial processes. On this base it is possible to formulate correct experimental conditions and to understand rightly the experimental results. The book uses the mechanics of continuous media approach for modeling of the simple processes as hydrodynamic processes, mass and heat transfer processes. The theory of the scalar, vector and tensor fields permit to create the basic equations and boundary conditions. The problems of rheology, turbulence, turbulent diffusion and turbulent mass transfer are examined too. The book incorporates a lot of fundamental knowledge, but it is assumed that the readers are familiar with the mathematics at engineering level and that they thought some special topics in usual university courses. It includes examples at the end of all chapters using the author’s investigations. Therefore, it is highly valuable for scientists as well as graduate and PhD students. Features 7 Presents the theoretical methods of chemical engineering for modeling and simulation of industrial processes 7 Enables the reader to formulate correct experimental conditions and to understand rightly the experimental results 7 Incorporates a lot of fundamental knowledge Contents Introduction.- Part 1: Modeling Construction Problems.- Part 2: Theoretical Analysis of Models.Part 3: Calculation Problems.- Part 4: Chemical Plant Systems. Fields of interest Industrial Chemistry/Chemical Engineering; Engineering Thermodynamics, Heat and Mass Transfer P. Cársky, Institute of Physical Chemistry, Prague, Czech Republic; J. Paldus, University of Waterloo, ON, Canada; J. Pittner, Institute of Physical Chemistry, Prague, Czech Republic (Eds.) Recent Progress in Coupled Cluster Methods Theory and Applications The coupled cluster method represents one of the most successful and often used approaches to a quantum-theoretical determination of atomic, molecular, and solid state electronic structure and properties. These methods are relevant to a broad spectrum of disciplines ranging from astrophysics to pharmacology. “Recent Progress in Coupled Cluster Methods” provides an excellent overview of status quo and future trends in coupled cluster methodology which will enable both researchers and students to become acquainted with recent progress in this area of continuing intense activity. Each of the 22 chapters has been prepared by eminent practitioners in this field of endeavor and emphasizes the fundamental aspects as well as related methodology. This book provides a useful source of reference for both researchers in chemistry, molecular physics and molecular biology and practitioners working in these fields. It is also recommendable to people using related software packages. Features 7 A powerful reference for those researchers who actively participate in the development of quantum chemical computational methods 7 Provides a rigourous and yet accessible treatment of CCT to all types of users of quantum chemical software of computational chemistry and physics, material science, nanotechnology, and drug design This book, together with The Periodic Table DVD, provides an introduction to the transition metals, examining the behavior of the metals and their aqueous ions and complexes. The first four chapters provide an introduction to the transition metals, coordination chemistry, stereochemistry and isomerisms and ligands. The fifth chapter introduces the d orbitals in transition metal complexes and then moves on to crystal-field theory. Finally in the last chapter, the disparate properties of magnetism, spectra and bonding are brought together with one unifying theory, in molecular orbital theory. Contents Introduction to the transition metals.- Thermodynamic stability.- Coordination chemistry.- The stability of coordination compounds.- Crystal-field theory.- Molecular orbital theory of transitionmetal complexes.- The Periodic Table DVD. Field of interest Inorganic Chemistry Target groups College, higher education Discount group P Target groups Discount group Discount group P Concepts in Transition Metal Chemistry Theoretical and Computational Chemistry Scientists as well as graduate and PhD students P Due January 2010 Only available in print Distribution rights outside North and South America: Royal Society of Chemistry, Cambridge, UK Chemistry and Materials Science Chemistry and Materials Science Due February 2010 Due May 2010 2010. Approx. 600 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 650 p. (Challenges and Advances in Computational Chemistry and Physics, Volume 11) Hardcover 7 $209.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10777-1 7 approx. $249.00 ISBN 978-90-481-2884-6 47 E. Crabb, E. Moore, L. E. Smart, The Open University, Milton Keynes, UK Fields of interest Computational chemists, molecular biologists, molecular physicists, scientists developing quantum chemical computational methods, users of quantum chemical software Target groups Chemistry Springer News 1/2010 Jointly published with The Open University, Milton Keynes, UK 2010. Approx. 140 p. With DVD. Hardcover 7 approx. $119.00 ISBN 978-1-84973-062-4 Also available as Softcover 7 approx. $39.95 ISBN 978-1-84973-060-0 48 Springer News 1/2010 Chemistry E. Crabb, E. Moore, The Open University, Milton Keynes, UK F. H. Frimmel, University of Karlsruhe; R. Nießner, Technical University Munich, (Eds.) Metals and Life Nanoparticles in the Water Cycle The books covers how organisms acquire metals, their transport and storage, illustrated by such diverse examples as iron in the human body, and structures such as shells and teeth. The volume contains In-text questions with answers, full colour diagrams and revision exercises on an associated website www.rsc.org/metalsandlife. Properties, Analysis and Environmental Relevance Inorganic Chemistry; Biochemistry, general As nanotechnology enters everyday life, engineered nanoparticles (ENP) will find their way into nature, including surface and groundwater. Here, distinguished experts of water chemistry present dedicated methods for the analysis of nanoparticles in the aquatic environment, their distribution and fate. This includes the influence of complex matrices such as wastewater, brown water with natural organic matter (NOM), and high salt concentrations as well as available and future standardized methods. The background of geogenic, natural nanoparticles is considered in a discussion of known environmental effects, including strategies to test for potential effects on human and environmental health. Target groups Features Contents Preface.- Introduction.- Ligands and biological significance.- Metal uptake – increasing the solubility of iron.- Metal transport.- Metal storage.Biomineralisation.- The role of metal-containing proteins in biological processes.- Some key biological processes.- Metals in medicine.- References. Fields of interest College, higher education Discount group P Erich Hückel (1896 –1980) From Physics to Quantum Chemistry This study, the first comprehensive account of Erich Hückel’s career, examines his scientific work as well as his importance for the emergence of quantum chemistry as an independent discipline in Germany during the 1930s. Hückel began his career by studying quantum physics in Göttingen, but his background in chemistry led him to take up pioneering research on the physics of chemical bonding. Drawing on a variety of sources, Andreas Karachalios offers a probing account of fast-breaking developments in quantum theory that paved the way for Hückel’s research. In Göttingen and later in Leipzig, Hückel interacted with leading figures not only in quantum physics and physical chemistry but also with others in nearby fields, including organic chemistry and mathematics. Features 7 First comprehensive account of Erich Hückel’s career and work 7 Insight in the start of the field of quantum chemistry 7 Study of Hückel’s private correspondence and personal files from Marburg and the Rockefeller Archive Center From the contents From the contents Fields of interest Monitoring/Environmental Analysis; Nanotechnology; Geochemistry Target groups Only available in print A. Karachalios, Mainz University, Germany 7 The first book to present dedicated methods for the analysis of nanoparticles in the aquatic environment 7 Also covers environmental effects of nanoparticles in surface and groundwater Introducing the “nano-World”.- Nanoparticles Acting as Condensation Nuclei - Link between Atmosphere und Groundwater Quality.- Nanoparticles in Groundwater - Occurrence and Applications.- Composition and Transport Behavior of Soil Nanocolloids in Natural Porous Media.Removal of Organic and Inorganic Pollutants and Pathogens from Wastewater and Drinking Water Using Nanoparticles.- Adsorption/Desorption Behaviour of Charged Polymer Nanoparticles on a Mineral Surface in an Aqueous Environment. Due January 2010 springer.com/booksellers Acknowledgments; Introduction.- 1 Erich Hückel’s Education and Scientific Awakening: The Path to Quantum Chemistry.- 2 Erich Hückel’s Research Agenda during the 1930s: Underpinning Organic Chemistry with Quantum Theory.3 The Controversy between Erich Hückel and Linus Pauling over the Benzene Problem.- 4 Linus Pauling’s Breakthrough to the Theory of Aromatic Compounds and Hückel’s Reaction.- 5 Hückel’s Efforts to Disseminate His Theory and Its Reception.- 6 Hückel’s Professional Career in National Socialist Germany.- 7 The Postwar Years. Fields of interest Chemistry/Food Science, general; Philosophy of Science; Physical Chemistry Researchers, legislators and postgraduates in water protection and related environmental subjects, development and product design in industry Target groups Discount group Discount group P Physical chemists, philosophers of chemistry, philosophers of science P Distribution rights outside North and South America: Royal Society of Chemistry, Cambridge, UK Jointly published with The Open University, Milton Keynes, UK 2010. Approx. 225 p. Hardcover Earth and Environmental Science Chemistry and Materials Science Due March 2010 7 approx. $119.00 ISBN 978-1-84973-061-7 Due February 2010 Also available as Softcover 2010. Approx. 350 p. 60 illus. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 200 p. (Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science, Volume 283) Hardcover 7 approx. $39.95 ISBN 978-1-84973-059-4 7 $199.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10317-9 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3559-2 springer.com/librarybooks S. S. Nielsen, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN, USA (Ed.) Food Analysis This book provides information on the techniques needed to analyze foods in laboratory experiments. All topics covered include information on the basic principles, procedures, advantages, limitations, and applications. This book is ideal for undergraduate courses in food analysis and is also an invaluable reference to professionals in the food industry. General information is provided on regulations, standards, labeling, sampling and data handling as background for chapters on specific methods to determine the chemical composition and characteristics of foods. Large, expanded sections on spectroscopy and chromatography also are included. Other methods and instrumentation such as thermal analysis, ion-selective electrodes, enzymes, and immunoassays are covered from the perspective of their use in the analysis of foods. A website with related teaching materials is accessible to instructors who adopt the textbook. From the contents Part I. General Information. 1. Introduction to Food Analysis. 2. United States Government Regulations and International Standards Related to Food Analysis. 3. Nutrition Labeling. 4. Evaluation of Analytical Data. 5. Sampling and Sample Preparation.- Part II. Compositional Analysis of Foods. 6. Moisture and Total Solids Analysis. 7. Ash Analysis. 8. Fat Analysis. 9. Protein Analysis. 10. Carbohydrate Analysis. 11. Vitamin Analysis. 12. Mineral Analysis.- Part II. Chemical Properties and Characteristics of Foods. 13. pH and Titratable Acidity. 14. Fat Characterization. 15. Protein Separation and Characterization Procedures. 16. Application of Enzymes in Food Analysis. 17. Immunoassays. 18. Analysis of Food Contaminants, Residues and Chemical Constituents of Concern. 19. Analysis for Extraneous Matter. 20. Determination of Oxygen Demand.Part IV. Spectroscopy. Fields of interest Food Science; Industrial Chemistry/Chemical Engineering Target groups Students Chemistry Springer News 1/2010 Structure and Bonding Editorial board: P. Day, X. Duan, L. Gade, G. Parkin, J. Sauvage, K. R. Poeppelmeier, Series editor: D. Mingos Volume 136 G. Parkin, Columbia University, New York, NY, USA (Ed.) Metal-Metal Bonding John Berry: Metal-Metal Bonds in Chains of Three or More Metal Atoms: From Homometallic to Heterometallic Chains.- Malcolm Chisholm: Electronically Coupled MM Quadruple Bonded Complexes of Molybdenum and Tungsten.- Philip Power: Transition Metal Complexes Stabilized by Bulky Terphenyl Ligands: Applications to Metal–Metal Bonded Compounds.- Gerard Parkin: Metal–Metal Bonding in Bridging Hydride and Alkyl Compounds.- Roland Fischer and Gernot Frenking: Structure and Bonding of Metal Rich Coordination Compounds Containing Low Valent Ga(I) and Zn(I) Ligands.- Mike Hill: Homocatenation of Metal and Metalloid Main Group Elements.- Constandinos A. Tsipis: Aromaticity/ Antiaromaticity in “Bare” and ‘‘Ligand-Stabilized’’ Rings of Metal Atoms.- Alexander Boldyrev: AllTransition Metal Aromaticity and Antiaromaticity. Features 7 This series presents critical reviews of the present position and future trends in modern chemical research concerned with chemical structure and bonding 7 Short and concise reports, each written by the world's renowned experts 7 Still valid and useful after 5 or 10 years 7 More information as well as the electronic version of the whole content available at: springerlink.com Topics in Organometallic Chemistry Series editors: M. Beller, J. M. Brown, P. H. Dixneuf, A. Fürstner, L. Hegedus, P. Hofmann, T. Ikariya, L. A. Oro, M. Reetz, Q. Zhou Volume 29 A. J. Lees, University Binghamton, NY, USA (Ed.) Photophysics of Organometallics Arvind Kumar, Shih-Sheng Sun, and Alistair J. Lees: Photophysics and Photochemistry of Organometallic Rhenium Diimine Complexes; Conor Long: Photophysics of CO Loss from Simple Metal Carbonyl Complexes; Antonín Vlcek Jr: Ultrafast Excited-State Processes in Re(I) Carbonyl-Diimine Complexes: From Excitation to Photochemistry; Kenneth Kam-Wing Lo: Exploitation of Luminescent Organometallic Rhenium(I) and Iridium(III) Complexes in Biological Studies; Maria L. Muro , Aaron A. Rachford , Xianghuai Wang, and Felix N. Castellano: Platinum II Acetylide Photophysics; Andreas F. Rausch, Herbert H. H. Homeier, and Hartmut Yersin: Organometallic Pt(II) and Ir(III) Triplet Emitters for OLED Applications and the Role of Spin–Orbit Coupling: A Study Based on High-Resolution Optical Spectroscopy. Features Inorganic Chemistry 7 Each volume of Topics in Organometallic Chemistry provides the broad scientific readership with a comprehensive summary and critical overview of a specific topic in organometallic chemistry 7 Research in this rapidly developing transdisciplinary field is having profound influence on other areas of scientific investigation, ranging from catalytic organic synthesis to biology, medicine and material science Target groups Fields of interest Field of interest Scientists and practitioners in inorganic chemistry Discount group P Organometallic Chemistry ; Physical Chemistry; Laser Technology, Photonics Target groups Academic and industrial researchers in organometallics, photochemistry and photophysics, organic chemistry, and inorganic chemistry Discount group P Discount group P Chemistry and Materials Science Due January 2010 49 Chemistry and Materials Science Chemistry and Materials Science Due March 2010 Due January 2010 4th ed. 2010. Approx. 550 p. 271 illus. (Food Science Texts Series) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 240 p. Hardcover 2010. VIII, 210 p. Hardcover 7 $89.95 ISBN 978-1-4419-1477-4 7 approx. $249.00 ISBN 978-3-642-05242-2 7 $249.00 ISBN 978-3-642-04728-2 50 Springer News 1/2010 Chemistry Topics in Organometallic Chemistry Series editors: M. Beller, J. M. Brown, P. H. Dixneuf, A. Fürstner, L. Hegedus, P. Hofmann, T. Ikariya, L. A. Oro, M. Reetz, Q. Zhou Volume 30 R. Chauvin, Y. Canac, Université Paul Sabatier, Toulouse, France (Eds.) Transition Metal Complexes of Neutral eta1-Carbon Ligands Yves Canac and Remi Chauvin: Neutral eta1carbon ligands: beyond carbon monoxide; Esteban P. Urriolabeitia: Ylide Ligands; Wolfgang Petz and Gernot Frenking: Carbodiphosphoranes and related ligands; Mareike C. Jahnke and F. Ekkehardt Hahn: Chemistry of N-Heterocyclic Carbene Ligands; Tsuyoshi Kato, Eddy Maerten, Antoine Baceiredo: Non-NHCs stable singlet carbene ligands; Victorio Cadierno, Sergio E. GarcíaGarrido: All-Carbon-Substituted Allenylidene and Related Cumulenylidene Ligands; Victorio Cadierno, Sergio E. García-Garrido: HeteroatomConjugated Allenylidene and Related Cumulenylidene Ligands. Features 7 Each volume of Topics in Organometallic Chemistry provides the broad scientific readership with a comprehensive summary and critical overview of a specific topic in organometallic chemistry 7 Research in this rapidly developing transdisciplinary field is having profound influence on other areas of scientific investigation, ranging from catalytic organic synthesis to biology, medicine and material science P. Wareing, Leatherhead Food International, Leatherhead, UK HACCP A Toolkit for Implementation This book is an updated version of the 2007 ‘HACCP: a Toolkit for Implementation’ book which provided an outline of the HACCP principles and guidance for completing a HACCP study. (HACCP is Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points: a system which identifies, evaluates and controls hazards which are significant for food safety. The new book will update the basic information and provide new case studies with increased depth. Some consideration to the format has been given and an improvement will be boxes throughout the text with examples of good and bad points/ways to carry out the study. A unique feature of this book is the accompanying website, hosted by LFI, which will hold pdfs of pages to aid implementation of the plans. Contents Preparation for HACCP.- Conducting the Study HACCP Principles.- Implementation and Maintenance of the HACCP Plan. Fields of interest Food Science; Biotechnology; Quality Control, Reliability, Safety and Risk Target groups Professional and scholarly Discount group springer.com/booksellers R. P. Wayne, A. M. Holloway, University of Oxford, UK Atmospheric Chemistry This book provides undergraduate readers with a basic knowledge of the chemistry of the Earth’s atmosphere and an understanding of the role that chemical transformations play in this vital part of our environment. The composition of the ‘natural’ atmosphere are described in terms of the physical and chemical cycles that govern the behavior of the major and the many minor species present and consider the atmospheric lifetimes of those species. An extension of these ideas leads to a discussion of the impacts of Man’s activities on the atmosphere, and to an understanding of some of the most important environmental ‘issues’ of our time. Contents Introduction.- Physics of the atmosphere.- Sources and Sinks of Atmospheric Species.- Observations and models.- Ozone.- Cyclic processes.- Life and the atmosphere.- Chemistry in the atmosphere.The stratosphere.- Airglow, aurora and ions.- Man’s adverse influences on the atmosphere. Fields of interest Environmental Chemistry; Atmospheric Protection/Air Quality Control/Air Pollution; Environmental Engineering/Biotechnology Target groups Undergraduate students Discount group P P Fields of interest Organometallic Chemistry; Organic Chemistry; Medicinal Chemistry Target groups Researchers in organometallic and organic chemistry as well as medicinal chemistry Discount group P Due June 2010 Only available in print Earth and Environmental Science Distribution rights outside North and South America: Royal Society of Chemistry, Cambridge, UK Due April 2010 Due March 2010 Jointly published with Leatherhead Food International, Leatherhead, UK Distribution rights outside North and South America: Royal Society of Chemistry, Cambridge, UK 2010. X, 270 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 80 p. Softcover 2010. 288 p. Hardcover 7 $299.00 ISBN 978-3-642-04721-3 7 $119.00 ISBN 978-1-84973-048-8 7 $59.95 ISBN 978-1-84755-807-7 Chemistry and Materials Science springer.com/librarybooks Springer News 1/2010 M. Zhao, L. Song, Jilin University, Changchun, China; X. Fan, Tesna Plasma Systems Inc., Sherbrooke, QC, Canada The Boundary Theory of Phase Diagrams and Its Application Rules for Phase Diagram Construction with Phase Regions and Their Boundaries The Boundary Theory of Phase Diagrams and Its Application -- Rules for Phase Diagram Construction with Phase Regions and Their Boundaries presents a novel theory of phase diagrams. Thoroughly revised on the basis of the Chinese edition and rigorously reviewed, this book inspects the general feature and structure of phase diagrams, and reveals that there exist actually two categories of boundaries. This innovative boundary theory has solved many difficulties in understanding phase diagrams, and also finds its application in constructing multi-component phase diagrams or in calculating high-pressure phase diagrams. Researchers and engineers as well as graduate students in the areas of chemistry, metallurgy and materials science will benefit from this book. Prof. Muyu Zhao was the recipient of the 1998 Prize for Progress in Science and Technology (for his work on the boundary theory of phase diagrams) awarded by the National Commission of Education, China, and many other prizes. Features 7 Develops and explains an innovative theory on the fundamental features and rules of construction of phase diagrams 7 Delivers a new approach to inspect phase diagrams by examining the relationships among the phase regions and their boundaries Fields of interest Physical Chemistry; Characterization and Evaluation of Materials; Metallic Materials Target groups Researchers and engineers as well as graduate students in the areas of chemistry, metallurgy and materials science Discount group P Chemistry and Materials Science Due March 2010 Distribution rights in China: Science Press. Jointly published with Science Press. 2010. Approx. 300 p. 63 illus., 3 in color. Hardcover 7 approx. $179.00 ISBN 978-3-642-02939-4 Chemistry 51 52 Springer News 1/2010 Engineering E. d. Aguiar, Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburg, PA, USA Animation and Performance Capture Using Digitized Models The realistic generation of virtual doubles of real-world actors has been the focus of computer graphics research for many years. However, some problems still remain unsolved: it is still timeconsuming to generate character animations using the traditional skeleton-based pipeline, passive performance capture of human actors wearing arbitrary everyday apparel is still challenging, and until now, there is only a limited amount of techniques for processing and modifying mesh animations, in contrast to the huge amount of skeleton-based techniques. In this thesis, we propose algorithmic solutions to each of these problems. First, two efficient mesh-based alternatives to simplify the overall character animation process are proposed. Although abandoning the concept of a kinematic skeleton, both techniques can be directly integrated in the traditional pipeline, generating animations with realistic body deformations. S. I. Ahmed, Kapik Integration, Toronto, ON, Canada Pipelined ADC Design and Enhancement Techniques Pipelined ADCs have seen phenomenal improvements in performance over the last few years. As pipelined ADCs are key circuit blocks in a wide variety of applications such as video processing and high speed communication, when designing a pipelined ADC a clear understanding of the tradeoffs as well as state of the art techniques used to implement today’s high performance low power ADCs is required. Features 7 Based on award winning and practical works published at ISSCC and ESSCIRC. The fact that the ideas discussed in the book have already been vetted by a high calibre peer- review ensure the reader will be getting premium content 7 Discusses many approaches used to enable very low power consumption; an area of interest for 'green' electronics Contents springer.com/booksellers G. A. Anastassiou, The University of Memphis, Memphis, TN, USA Fuzzy Mathematics: Approximation Theory This monograph belongs to the broader area of Fuzzy Mathematics and it is the first one in Fuzzy Approximation Theory. The chapters are selfcontained with lots of applications to teach several advanced courses and the topics covered are very diverse. An extensive background of Fuzziness and Fuzzy Real Analysis is given. The author covers Fuzzy Differentiation and Integration Theory followed by Fuzzy Ostrowski inequalities. Then results on classical algebraic and trigonometric polynomial Fuzzy Approximation are presented. The author develops a complete theory of convergence with rates of Fuzzy Positive linear operators to Fuzzy unit operator, the so-called Fuzzy Korovkin Theory. The related Fuzzy Global Smoothness is included. Then follows the study of Fuzzy Wavelet type operators and their convergence with rates to Fuzzy unit operator. Similarly the Fuzzy Neural Network Operators are discussed followed by Fuzzy Random Korovkin approximation theory and Fuzzy Random Neural Network approximations. Computer Graphics; Computer Imaging, Vision, Pattern Recognition and Graphics; Image Processing and Computer Vision Chapter 1: Introduction.- SECTION I: PIPELINED ADC DESIGN. Chapter 2: ADC Architectures. Chapter 3: Pipelined ADC Architecture Overview. Chapter 4: Scaling Power with Sampling rate in an ADC. Chapter 5: State of the art Pipelined ADC Design.- SECTION II: PIPELINED ADC ENHANCEMENT TECHNIQUES. Chapter 6: Rapid calibration of DAC and gain errors in a multi-bit pipeline stage. Chapter 7: A Power Scalable and Low Power Pipelined ADC. Chapter 8: A sub-sampling ADC with embedded sample-andhold. Chapter 9: A capacitive charge pump based low power pipelined ADC. Chapter 10: Summary.References. Index. Target groups Fields of interest Circuits and Systems; Processor Architectures About H-Fuzzy Differentiation.- On Fuzzy Taylor Formulae.- Fuzzy Ostrowski Inequalities.A Fuzzy Trigonometric Approximation Theorem of Weierstrass-Type.- On Best Approximation and Jackson-Type Estimates By Generalized Fuzzy Polynomi-Als.- Basic Fuzzy Korovkin Theory.Fuzzy Trigonometric Korovkin Theory.- Fuzzy Global Smoothness Preservation. Discount group Target groups Fields of interest Features 7 First book on the subject of Performance Capture 7 The overall system is detailed in steps which helps the implementation 7 Includes an updated review of the most related work in the area 7 Shows the whole pipeline from data capture to rendering the final result Fields of interest Scientists at universities, professionals P Researchers and graduate level students in the field of circuit design and data converters, graduate students/researchers in electronics looking for a tutorial reference and reference design to help them with their projects. Similarly professional IC designers who are looking for a reference to help them with their designs 7 Introductory book to Fuzzy Mathematics 7 The State of the art of Approximation theory and Fuzzy Mathematics From the contents Computational Intelligence; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes Target groups Engineers, researchers, and students in fuzziness, mathematics and soft computing Discount group Discount group Engineering Engineering P Computer Science Features P Due February 2010 Due March 2010 Due March 2010 2010. XVI, 170 p. (Cognitive Systems Monographs, Volume 5) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 200 p. (Analog Circuits and Signal Processing) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 440 p. (Studies in Fuzziness and Soft Computing, Volume 251) Hardcover 7 $109.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10315-5 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8651-8 7 $169.00 ISBN 978-3-642-11219-5 springer.com/librarybooks D. Antolovic, Indiana University, Bloomington, IN, USA T. Bajd, M. Mihelj, J. Lenarcic, A. Stanovnik, M. Munih, University of Ljubljana, Slovenia Radiolocation in Ubiquitous Wireless Communication Robotics The subject of the book is application of multiantenna radiolocation to the environment of fast, ubiquitous wireless communication among portable devices. It is a systematic presentation of the author’s research and development in the field, within the 802.11b standard, while explaining the general principles and exploring applications to other standards and situations. The purpose is to fill a gap in the current technical literature and present the issues involved in locating mobile wireless network agents, in a single volume, accessible to system designers and other practitioners in the wireless field. This supplementary introductory tutorial treats the following subjects: the basic characteristics of industrial robot mechanisms; the pose and movement of an object, which are described by homogenous transformation matrices; a geometric model of robot mechanism; a short introduction into kinematics and dynamics of robots; robot sensors and the planning of robot trajectories; basic control schemes resulting in either desired end-effector trajectory or force; robot grippers and feeding devices, which are described together with the basics of robot vision; the planning of robot assembly; and finally, robot standards and safety are briefly dealt with. The book concludes with a glossary in English, French and German. Features Features 7 Description of a real-time, single-packet radiolocation methodology 7 Detailed description of the architecture of two generations of working prototypes 7 Analysis of extensions and generalizations of this methodology to other applications Contents Engineering Springer News 1/2010 Physical Principles of Radio Communication.- Radiolocation with Multiple Directional Antennas.- Forming the Radio Image with Multiple Antennas.- Radiolocator Design- HighFrequency Front End.- Radiolocator DesignPower Measurement and Digital Data Path.- Application to Wireless Networking – Tracking Sources in Real Time.- Application to Wireless Networking –Adaptive Response.- Engineering Aspects of the Transceiver Design.- Wider Application of Radiolocation in Digital Wireless Communication. 7 Major feature of the book is its simplicity 7 No book on this topic exists at this level 7 The work contains a glossary in English, French and German Fields of interest Control, Robotics, Mechatronics; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Manufacturing, Machines, Tools Target groups Students of engineering (electrical, mechanical, computer, civil) and engineers who wish to acquire knowledge of robotics in a simple and fast manner Discount group P Fields of interest Communications Engineering, Networks; Computer Communication Networks; Signal, Image and Speech Processing M. Bangash, London, UK Earthquake Resistant Buildings Dynamic Analyses, Numerical Computations, Codified Methods, Case Studies and Examples This concise work provides a general introduction to the design of buildings which must be resistant to the effect of earthquakes. A major part of this design involves the building structure which has a primary role in preventing serious damage or structural collapse. Much of the material presented in this book examines building structures. Due to the recent discovery of vertical components, examines not only the resistance to lateral forces but also analysis the disastrous influence of vertical components. The work is written for Practicing Civil, Structural, and Mechanical Engineers, Seismologists and Geoscientists. It serves as a knowledge source for graduate students and their instructors. Features 7 This is the first comprehensive introduction into earthquake resistant design and construction of buildings, providing the reader with a plan of the most important topics – starting from the soil analysis to the anchorage of tall buildungs 7 Particular attention is pay to vertical movement – the most dangerous and destructive motion 7 Many design examples and case studies are included Contents Introduction into Earthquake and General Introduction into Structural Dynamics.- Geotechnics and Earthquakes.- Building Codes.- Design Analysis of Low and Medium Rise Buildings.Testing.- Seismic Analysis and Design of Tall Buildings and Components.- New Technology: Preveting Damages of Buildings. Fields of interest Target groups Building Construction, HVAC, Refrigeration; Civil Engineering; Structural Mechanics System design engineers and experts in wireless network management and security Target groups Discount group All persons dealing with design and construction of buildings: professionals, researchers, students P Discount group P Engineering Engineering Due January 2010 53 Due March 2010 Engineering Due March 2010 2010. Approx. 200 p. 84 illus. Hardcover 2010. VIII, 156 p. (Intelligent Systems, Control and Automation: Science and Engineering, Volume 43) Hardcover 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-1631-0 7 $89.95 ISBN 978-90-481-3775-6 7 approx. $409.00 ISBN 978-3-540-93817-0 2010. I, 900 p. Hardcover 54 Springer News 1/2010 Engineering springer.com/booksellers J. R. Barber, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, USA A. C. Beck Fl., L. Carro, UFRGS, Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil Elasticity Dynamic Reconfigurable Elastomere Friction Architectures and Transparent Theory, Experiment and Simulation Optimization Techniques This is a first year graduate textbook in Linear Elasticity. It has been written with the practical engineering reader in mind, with minimal previous knowledge of solid mechanics, continuum mechanics or mathetics required. Emphasis is placed on engineering applications of elasticity and examples are genearally worked through to final expressions for the stress and displacement fields in order to explore the enigeering consequesnces of the results. Now in its third edition, detailed improvements occur throughout the work, some suggested by users of earlier editions. The range of topics treated has been expanded to include, for example, complex variable methods, variational methods and three-dimensional plate and beam solutions. The work contains chapters on antiplane stress systems, Saint-Venant torsion and bending and an expanded section on three-dimensional problems in spherical and cylindrical coordinate systems, including axisymmetric torsion of bars of nonuniform circular cross-section. Features 7 Expansion of topics to include more on complex variable methods, variational methods and three-dimensional plate and beam solutions 7 Additional end-of-chapter problems 7 Detailed improvements elsewhere, some suggested by users of the earlier editions 7 Modern treatment of the subject 7 Clarity of presentation 7 Supplementary electronic files in Mathematica and Maple available for download Fields of interest Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials; Analysis; Applications of Mathematics Target groups Graduate classes in elasticity, scientists in solid mechanics Discount group P Automatic Acceleration of Software Execution Dynamic Reconfigurable Architectures and Transparent Optimization Techniques presents a detailed study on new techniques to cope with the aforementioned limitations. First, characteristics of reconfigurable systems are discussed in details, and a large number of case studies is shown. Then, a detailed analysis of several benchmarks demonstrates that such architectures need to attack a diverse range of applications with very different behaviours, besides supporting code compatibility. This requires the used of dynamic optimization techniques, such as Binary Translation and Trace reuse. Finally, works that combine both reconfigurable systems and dynamic techniques are discussed and a quantitative analysis of one them, the DIM architecture, is presented. Features 7 Provides a clear review of static and dynamic architecture optimization strategies in the field of reconfigurable computing 7 Shows the importance of dynamic mechanism to accelerate heterogeneous code 7 Demonstrates how different dynamic techniques can be combined in a single architecture that can accelerate heterogeneous code D. Besdo, B. Heimann, M. Klüppel, M. Kröger, P. Wriggers, U. Nackenhorst Features 7 Presents recent research in elastomere friction Contents Modelling of Dry andWet Friction of Silica Filled Elastomers on Self-Affine Road Surfaces.- Micromechanics of Internal Friction of Filler Reinforced Elastomers.- Multi-Scale Approach for Frictional Contact of Elastomers on Rough Rigid Surfaces.- Thermal Effects and Dissipation in a Model of Rubber Phenomenology.- Finite Element Techniques for Rolling RubberWheels.- Simulation and Experimental Investigations of the Dynamic Interaction between Tyre Tread Block and Road.Micro Texture Characterization and Prognosis of the Maximum Traction between Grosch Wheel and Asphalt Surfaces underWet Conditions. Fields of interest Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials; Mechanics; Polymer Sciences Target groups Researchers and graduate students in applied and computational mechanics Discount group P Contents 1. Introduction.- 2. Reconfigurable Systems.- 3. Deployment of Reconfigurable Systems.- 4. Dynamic Optimization Techniques.- 5. Dynamic Detection and Reconfiguration.- 6. The DIM Reconfigurable System.- 7. Conclusions and Future Trends. Fields of interest Circuits and Systems; Processor Architectures Target groups Researchers in the field of reconfigurable computing, senior year undergraduate students Discount group P Engineering Due February 2010 Engineering Due March 2010 Engineering Due March 2010 3rd ed. 2010. XIX, 534 p. (Solid Mechanics and Its Applications, Volume 172) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 225 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 250 p. (Lecture Notes in Applied and Computational Mechanics, Volume 51) Hardcover 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3808-1 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3912-5 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10656-9 springer.com/librarybooks B. Bouchon-Meunier, L. Magdalena, M. Ojeda-Aciego, J. Verdegay, R. R. Yager (Eds.) Foundations of Reasoning under Uncertainty This volume draws on papers presented at the 2008 Conference on Information Processing and Management of Uncertainty (IPMU), held in Málaga, Spain, organized by the University of Málaga. The conference brought together some of the world’s leading experts in the study of uncertainty. Features 7 State of the art of Uncertainty Rerearch 7 Outcome of the 2008 Conference on Information Processing and Management of Uncertainty (IPMU) in Málaga,Spain Contents Linear Fuzzy Regression Using Trapezoidal Fuzzy Intervals.- Fundamentals for Design and Construction of a Fuzzy Random Forest.- Mining Exception Rules.- Degrees of Truth, Ill-known Sets and Contradiction.- Algorithms for Trapezoidal Approximations of Fuzzy Numbers Preserving the Expected Interval.- Possibilistic Similarity Measures.- Efficient Thresholded Tabulation for Fuzzy Query Answering.- Linguistic Summaries of Time Series: on Some Additional Data Independent Quality Criteria.- PreferenceModelling Using the Level-Dependent Choquet Integral with Respect to Lukasiewicz Filters.- On Obtaining Majority Rules Through Mixture Operators.- Belief Function Correction Mechanisms.- A Comparison of Conditional Coherence Concepts for Finite Spaces.- On Evidential Markov Chains. Fields of interest Computational Intelligence; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) Target groups Researchers, engineers, graduate students in fuzziness Discount group P Engineering Springer News 1/2010 D. Bradley, D. W. Russell (Eds.) Mechatronics in Action Case Studies in Mechatronics Education and Applications Mechatronics in Action’s case-study approach provides the most effective means of illustrating how mechatronics can make products and systems more flexible, more responsive and possess higher levels of functionality than would otherwise be possible. The series of case studies serves to illustrate how a mechatronic approach has been used to achieve enhanced performance through the transfer of functionality from the mechanical domain to electronics and software. Educationally, case-based learning forms an important part of mechatronics course design and Mechatronics in Action not only provides readers with access to a range of case studies, and the experts’ view of these, but also offers case studies in course design and development to support tutors in making the best and most effective use of the technical coverage provided. Features 7 Provides course tutors and students with access to a range of mechatronics case studies, and the experts’ view of these, as well as case studies of course design and development From the contents Consumption to Contribution: Sustainable Technological Development Through Innovation.- The “Revolution”: A Small Company Revived.A Mechatronic Design Process and its Application.- A Mechatronic Design of a Circular Warp Knitting Machine.- Mechatronics and the Motor Car.- Multi-Mode Operations Marine Robotic Vehicle - A Mechatronics Case Study.- Wireless Communication Technology for Modular Mechatronic Controllers.- The Utility Function Method for Behaviour Selection in Autonomous Robots.Force Sensing in Medical Robotics. Fields of interest Engineering Design; Control, Robotics, Mechatronics; Automotive Engineering P. Brox, I. Castillo, S. S. Solano, Instituto de Microelectrónica de Sevilla (CNM-CSIC), Sevilla, Spain Fuzzy Logic-Based Algorithms for Video De-Interlacing This book is organized in five chapters. In Chapter 1, some basic concepts are explained to completely understand the contribution of the algorithms developed in this research work. The evaluation of how motion is present and how it influences on de-interlacing is studied in Chapter 2. The design options of the proposed fuzzy motion-adaptive de-interlacing algorithm is studied in Chapter 3. A spatial interpolator that adapts the interpolation to the presence of edges in a fuzzy way is developed in Chapter 4. A temporal interpolator that adapts the strategy of the interpolation to possible repetition of areas of fields is presented in Chapter 5. Using both interpolators in the fuzzy motionadaptive algorithm described in Chapter 3 clearly improves the de-interlaced results. Features 7 State of the art of fuzzy logic-based algorithms for video de-interlacing Contents Basic Concepts.- Fuzzy Motion-Adaptive Algorithm for Video De-interlacing.- Design Options of the Fuzzy Motion-Adaptive Algorithm.- Fuzzy Motion-Adaptive De-interlacing with Edge-Adaptive Spatial Interpolation.- Fuzzy Motion-Adaptive De-interlacing with Smart Temporal Interpolation. Fields of interest Computational Intelligence; Image Processing and Computer Vision; Communications Engineering, Networks Target groups Researchers, engineers, graduate students in soft computing, digital video processing Discount group P Target groups Students at both undergraduate and masters level, course tutors and developers, practising designers Discount group P Engineering Due February 2010 Engineering Due March 2010 55 Engineering Due February 2010 2010. Approx. 280 p. (Studies in Fuzziness and Soft Computing, Volume 249) Hardcover 2010. XIV, 259 p. 108 illus. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 210 p. (Studies in Fuzziness and Soft Computing, Volume 246) Hardcover 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10726-9 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-1-84996-079-3 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10694-1 56 Springer News 1/2010 Engineering M. Buehler, iRobot Corporation, Bedford, MA, USA; K. Iagnemma, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, MA, USA; S. Singh, Carnegie Mellon, Pittsburgh, PA, USA (Eds.) The DARPA Urban Challenge Autonomous Vehicles in City Traffic This volume, edited by Martin Buehler, Karl Iagnemma and Sanjiv Singh, presents a unique and comprehensive collection of the scientific results obtained by finalist teams that participated in the DARPA Urban Challenge in November 2007, in the mock city environment of the George Air Force base in Victorville, California. This book is the companion of a previous volume by the same editors which was devoted to the Grand Challenge, which took place in the Nevada desert during October 2005, and was the second in the series of autonomous vehicle races sponsored by DARPA. The Urban Challenge demonstrated how cuttingedge perception, control, and motion planning techniques can allow intelligent autonomous vehicles not only to travel significant distances in off-road terrain, but also to operate in urban scenarios. Features 7 Original papers of all the important participants of the famous DARPA Urban Challenge 7 A "must have" for robotics researchers and students 7 Describes the state of the art in perception, planning and control of robots From the contents Stanley: The Robot That Won the DARPA Grand Challenge.- A Robust Approach to High-Speed Navigation for Unrehearsed Desert Terrain.KAT-5: Robust Systems for Autonomous Vehicle Navigation in Challenging and Unknown Terrain.The TerraMax Autonomous Vehicle.- Virginia Tech’s Twin Contenders: A Comparative Study of Reactive and Deliberative Navigation. Fields of interest Control, Robotics, Mechatronics; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Machinery and Machine Elements Target groups B. Cao, Guangzhou University, Guangdong, China Optimal Models and Methods with Fuzzy Quantities The book contains ten chapters as follows, Prepare Knowledge, Regression and Self-regression Models with Fuzzy Coefficients; Regression and Selfregression Models with Fuzzy Variables, Fuzzy Input/output Model, Fuzzy Cluster Analysis and Fuzzy Recognition, Fuzzy Linear Programming, Fuzzy Geometric Programming, Fuzzy Relative Equation and Its Optimizing, Interval and Fuzzy Differential Equations and Interval and Fuzzy Functional and Their Variation. It can not only be used as teaching materials or reference books for under-graduates in higher education, master graduates and doctor graduates in the courses of applied mathematics, computer science, artificial intelligence, fuzzy information process and automation, operations research, system science and engineering, and the like, but also serves as a reference book for researchers in these fields, particularly, for researchers in soft science. springer.com/booksellers G. Chesi, University of Hong Kong, Pokfulam Road, Hong Kong; K. Hashimoto, Tohoku University, Sendai, Japan. (Eds.) Visual Servoing via Advanced Numerical Methods 7 Studies optimized model with fuzzy quantities The text of Visual Servoing via Advanced Numerical Methods has its roots in an invited session presented at the IEEE International Conference on Robotics and Automation at Kobe in May 2009. The work presented here has been much expanded and gives a comprehensive overview of the state of the art in this important area of robotics. The latest contributions from well-known experts in visual servoing provide the reader with solutions to the fundamental and specific problems that have to be solved in using camera-derived feedback to control robotic motion and make it imitative of the actions of human beings. These solutions are based on dedicated numerical methods the development of which has been facilitated by recent progress in video devices, computer hardware and optimisation techniques. The book is organised into three parts reflecting: the uses of image processing and computer vision; control, optimal and robust control; and stability, performance and robustness analysis in visual servoing. Contents Features Fields of interest Fields of interest Target groups Target groups Features Prepare Knowledge.- Regression and Self-regression Models with Fuzzy Coefficients.- Regression and Self-regression Models with Fuzzy Variables.Fuzzy Input/output Model.-Fuzzy Cluster Analysis and Fuzzy Recognition.- Fuzzy Linear Programming.- Fuzzy Geometric Programming.- Fuzzy Relative Equation and Its Optimizing.- Interval and Fuzzy Differential Equations.- Interval and Fuzzy Functional and Their Variation. Appl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) Engineers, researchers, and students in fuzziness Discount group P 7 Provides readers with extensive research in important method of robotic sensing and control 7 Results reported in the text are supported by video and other on-line material 7 Takes account of the most recent developments in video and computer technology 7 Facilitates the construction of robots which interact with the environment in more human-like ways – reducing the need for specially designed environments Control; Image Processing and Computer Vision; Signal, Image and Speech Processing Academic researchers in control, robotics and computer vision; industrial practitioners working with robotic systems; libraries Discount group Researchers, graduate students and professionals in robotics P Discount group P Engineering Engineering Engineering Due March 2010 Due January 2010 Due February 2010 2010. XXXVI, 626 p. (Springer Tracts in Advanced Robotics, Volume 56) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 350 p. (Studies in Fuzziness and Soft Computing, Volume 248) Hardcover 2010. XXVI, 422 p. 458 illus., 209 in color. With online files/update. (Lecture Notes in Control and Information Sciences Vol. 403) Softcover 7 $199.00 ISBN 978-3-642-03990-4 7 $169.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10710-8 7 approx. $179.00 ISBN 978-1-84996-088-5 springer.com/librarybooks C. A. Coello Coello, CINVESTAV-IPN, Mexico City, Mexico; C. Dhaenens, L. Jourdan, INRIA/LIFL/CNRS, Villeneuve d’Ascq, France (Eds.) Advances in Multi-Objective Nature Inspired Computing The purpose of this book is to collect contributions that deal with the use of nature inspired metaheuristics for solving multi-objective combinatorial optimization problems. Such a collection intends to provide an overview of the state-of-the-art developments in this field, with the aim of motivating more researchers in operations research, engineering, and computer science, to do research in this area. This book will constitute a valuable reference for those wishing to do research on the use of nature inspiredmetaheuristics for solving multi-objective combinatorial optimization problems, since that has been the main goal of this book. Features 7 Recent research in multi-objective nature inspired computing Contents Multi-Objective Combinatorial Optimization: Problematic and Context.- Approximating Pareto-Optimal Sets Using Diversity Strategies in EvolutionaryMulti-Objective Optimization.- On the Velocity Update in Multi-objective Particle Swarm Optimizers.- Approaching Dynamic Multi-objective Optimization Problems by Using Parallel Evolutionary Algorithms.- ParadisEOMOEO: A Software Framework for Evolutionary Multi-objective Optimization.- The Multiobjective Traveling Salesman Problem: A Survey and a New Approach.- On the Performance of Local Search for the Biobjective Traveling Salesman Problem.A Bi-objectiveMetaheuristic for Disaster Relief Operation Planning. Fields of interest Appl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) Target groups Researchers, engineers, graduate students in computational intelligence, natural computing Engineering Springer News 1/2010 I. Cohen, Technion, Israel Inst of Technology, Haifa, Israel; J. Benesty, Univ. Québec, INRS, QC, Canada; S. Gannot, Bar-Ilan University School of Engineering, Ramat-Gan, Israel (Eds.) Speech Processing in Modern Communication Challenges and Perspectives Modern communication devices, such as mobile phones, teleconferencing systems, VoIP, etc., are often used in noisy and reverberant environments. Therefore, signals picked up by the microphones from telecommunication devices contain not only the desired near-end speech signal, but also interferences such as the background noise, far-end echoes produced by the loudspeaker, and reverberations of the desired source. These interferences degrade the fidelity and intelligibility of the near-end speech in human-to-human telecommunications and decrease the performance of human-to-machine interfaces (i.e., automatic speech recognition systems). The proposed book deals with the fundamental challenges of speech processing in modern communication, including speech enhancement, interference suppression, acoustic echo cancellation, relative transfer function identification, source localization, dereverberation, and beamforming in reverberant environments. Features 7 Delivers timely overview of the fundamental challenges in modern speech communication systems 7 Provides concise insights into recent research topics 57 P. Colinet, A. Nepomnyashchy, Technion-Israel Institute of Technology, Haifa, Israel (Eds.) Pattern Formation at Interfaces The book deals with modern methods of nonlinear stability theory applied to problems of continuous media mechanics in the presence of interfaces, with applications to materials science, chemical engineering, heat transfer technologies, as well as in combustion and other reaction-diffusion systems. Interfaces play a dominant role at small scales, and their correct modeling is therefore also crucial in the rapidly expanding fields of microfluidics and nanotechnologies. To this aim, the book combines contributions of eminent specialists in the field, with a special emphasis on rigorous and predictive approaches. Other goals of this volume are to allow the reader to identify key problems of high scientific value, and to see the similarity between a variety of seemingly different physical problems. Fields of interest Engineering Fluid Dynamics Target groups Graduate students and experienced researchers in physics, chemistry, engineering and applied mathematics Discount group P Fields of interest Signal, Image and Speech Processing; User Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction; Acoustics Target groups Engineers, researchers, and graduate students who work on speech processing for communication applications. Discount group P Discount group P Engineering Engineering Engineering Due March 2010 Due February 2010 Due January 2010 2010. Approx. 195 p. (Studies in Computational Intelligence, Volume 272) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 350 p. (Springer Topics in Signal Processing, Volume 3) Hardcover 2010. VIII, 304 p. 113 illus. (CISM International Centre for Mechanical Sciences, Number 513) Hardcover 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-11217-1 7 $169.00 ISBN 978-3-642-11129-7 7 approx. $209.00 ISBN 978-3-7091-0124-7 58 Springer News 1/2010 Engineering R. David, H. Alla, Laboratoire d’Automatique de Grenoble, St Martin D’Heres, France Discrete, Continuous, and Hybrid Petri Nets Petri Nets were introduced and still successfully used to analyze and model discrete event systems especially in engineering and computer sciences such as in automatic control. Recently this discrete Petri Nets formalism was successfully extended to continuous and hybrid systems. This monograph presents a well written and clearly organized introduction in the standard methods of Petri Nets with the aim to reach an accurate understanding of continuous and hybrid Petri Nets, while preserving the consistency of basic concepts throughout the book. The book is a monograph as well as a didactic tool which is easy to understand due to many simple solved examples and detailed figures. In its second completely reworked edition various sections, concepts and recently developed algorithms are added as well and additional examples/exercises. Features 7 Scientific monograph as well as a didactic tutorial by the pioneers of continuous and hybrid petri nets 7 In its 2nd completely overworked edition 7 Well structured, incl. various exercises and solutions in one book 7 The second edition provides various additional sections, concepts and recently developed algorithms and additional examples/exercises B. Dhillon, University of Ottawa, Ontario, Canada Mine Safety A Modern Approach Mine Safety combines detailed information on safety in mining with methods and mathematics that can be used to preserve human life. By compiling various recent research results and data into one volume, Mine Safety eliminates the need to consult many diverse sources in order to obtain vital information. Chapters cover a broad range of topics, including: human factors and error in mine safety, mining equipment safety, safety in offshore industry and programmable electronic mining system safety. They are written in such a manner that the reader requires no previous knowledge to understand their contents. Examples and solutions are given at appropriate places, and there are numerous problems to test the reader’s comprehension. Mine Safety will prove useful for many individuals, including engineering and safety professionals working in the mining industry, researchers, instructors, and undergraduate and graduate students in the field of mining engineering. Features 7 Gathers diverse information on mine safety into one volume 7 Provides a comprehensive coverage of topics on mine safety, requiring no prior knowledge From the contents Bases of Petri Nets.- Properties of Petri Nets.Non-Autonomous Petri Nets.- Autonomous Continuous and Hybrid Petri Nets.-Timed Continuous Petri Nets.- Timed Hybrid Petri Nets.Hybrid Petri Nets with Speeds Depending on the C-Marking. Safety Mathematics and Basics.- Safety Management.- Safety Analysis Methods and Indexes.Global Mine Accidents.- Human Factors and Error in Mine Safety.- Mining Equipment Safety.Electrical Accidents in Mines and Programmable Electronic Mining System Safety.- Gas-Related, Fire, and Blasting Accidents in Mines and Methods for Determining Mine Atmosphere Status.- Safety in Offshore Industry. Fields of interest Fields of interest Target groups Target groups Discount group Discount group Contents Control, Robotics, Mechatronics; Computational Intelligence; Mathematical Logic and Formal Languages Engineers, researchers and graduated students in control engineering, systems engineering and computer science P Quality Control, Reliability, Safety and Risk; Mineral Resources; Mathematical Modeling and Mathematics in Industry Engineers, safety professionals, advanced undergraduate students, postgraduate students and researchers P springer.com/booksellers A. Dolgui, Ecole Nationale Supérieure des Mines de Saint-Etienne, France; J. M. Proth, INRIA-Lorraine, Metz, France Supply Chain Engineering Useful Methods and Techniques Supply Chain Engineering considers how modern production and operations management techniques can respond to the pressures of the competitive global marketplace. It presents a comprehensive analysis of concepts and models related to outsourcing, dynamic pricing, inventory management, RFID, and flexible and re-configurable manufacturing systems, as well as real-time assignment and scheduling processes. A significant part is also devoted to lean manufacturing, line balancing, facility layout and warehousing techniques. Explanations are based on examples and detailed algorithms while discarding complex and unnecessary theoretical minutiae. All examples have been carefully selected from an industrial application angle. This book is written for students and professors in industrial and systems engineering, management science, operations management and business. It is also an informative reference for managers looking to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of their production systems. Features 7 The first comprehensive analysis of concepts and models in production systems management to consider a broad perspective covering outsourcing strategies and dynamic pricing policies Fields of interest Engineering Economics, Organization, Logistics, Marketing; Operations Research/Decision Theory; Facility Management Target groups Researchers working in operational research for reconfigurable and lean production systems, assembly line design and balancing, dynamic facility layout, RFID in supply chain management, dynamic scheduling, outsourcing, and dynamic pricing; academic tutors of management science, operations management and business, PhD students studying production and operational research topics; undergraduate and postgraduate students in industrial and systems engineering, industrial engineering and operational research, mechanical and industrial engineering, as well as students in MBA programs Discount group P Engineering Due March 2010 Engineering Due June 2010 Engineering Due February 2010 2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 570 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 310 p. 29 illus. (Springer Series in Reliability Engineering) Hardcover 2010. XX, 539 p. 149 illus. Hardcover 7 approx. $159.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10668-2 7 $169.00 ISBN 978-1-84996-114-1 7 $209.00 ISBN 978-1-84996-016-8 springer.com/librarybooks Z. Dong, P. Zhang, J. Ma, J. Zhao, M. Ali, K. Meng, X. Yin Emerging Techniques in Power System Analysis “Emerging Techniques in Power System Analysis” identifies the new challenges facing the power industry following the deregulation. The book presents emerging techniques including data mining, grid computing, probabilistic methods, phasor measurement unit (PMU) and how to apply those techniques to solving the technical challenges. The book is intended for engineers and managers in the power industry, as well as power engineering researchers and graduate students. Zhaoyang Dong is an associate professor at the Department of Electrical Engineering, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, China. Pei Zhang is program manager at the Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI), USA. Features 7 An up-to-date reference for power engineering professionals 7 Offers new solutions for the power industry 7 Discusses emerging techniques not covered elsewhere Contents Introduction.- Fundamentals of Emerging Techniques.- Data Mining Techniques and Its Application in Power Industry.- Grid Computing.Probabilistic vs. Deterministic Power System Stability and Reliability Assessment.- Phasor Measurement Unit and Its Application in Modern Power Systems.- Conclusions and Future Trends in Emerging Techniques. Fields of interest Power Engineering; Control, Robotics, Mechatronics Target groups Engineers and managers in the power industry, as well as researchers and graduate students in power engineering Discount group P Engineering Springer News 1/2010 C. Duan, Mitsubishi Electronics Research Laboratories, Cambridge, MA, USA; B. J. LaMeres, Montana State University, Bozeman, MT, USA; S. P. Khatri, Texas A&M University, College Station, TX, USA On and Off-Chip Crosstalk Avoidance in VLSI Design Deep Sub-Micron (DSM) processes present many changes to Very Large Scale Integration (VLSI) circuit designers. One of the greatest challenges is crosstalk, which becomes significant with shrinking feature sizes of VLSI fabrication processes. The presence of crosstalk greatly limits the speed and increases the power consumption of the IC design. This book focuses on crosstalk avoidance with bus encoding, one of the techniques that selectively mitigates the impact of crosstalk and improves the speed and power consumption of the bus interconnect. This technique encodes data before transmission over the bus to avoid certain undesirable crosstalk conditions and thereby improve the bus speed and/or energy consumption. Features 7 Presents a novel way to combine chip and package design, reducing cross-talk so that VLSI systems can be designed to operate significantly faster 7 Provides a comprehensive set of bus cross-talk cancellation techniques, both memoryless and memory-based From the contents Introduction on On-Chip Crosstalk Avoidance. Preliminaries to On-Chip Crosstalk. Memoryless Crosstalk Avoidance Codes. CODEC Designs for Memoryless Crosstalk Avoidance Codes. Memorybased Crosstalk Avoidance Codes. Multi-valued Logic Crosstalk Avoidance Codes. Fields of interest Circuits and Systems; Computer-Aided Engineering (CAD, CAE) and Design Target groups Researchers and practitioners in embedded systems, electronic design automation concerned with hardware acceleration of EDA algorithms, especially with FPGAs and GPUs Discount group P 59 J. W. Eerkens, University of Missouri, Columbia, MO, USA The Nuclear Imperative A Critical Look at the Approaching Energy Crisis (More Physics for Presidents) In this well documented global wake-up call, nuclear physicist Jeff Eerkens explores remedies for the impending energy crisis, when oil and natural gas are depleted. Because burning coal worsens the problem of global warming, alternate energy sources must be instituted. The Nuclear Imperative demonstrates with scientific documentation that solar, wind, and biomass power alone, while helpful, are incapable of supplying and sustaining the enormous quantities of electricity and heat needed for manufacturing portable synthetic fuels (synfuels) to replace our current use of fossil fuels. Instead, it offers a fresh look at uranium-produced energy as the optimal affordable solution. Features 7 Very timely in view of current increased fuel prices and power outages 7 Defuses common myths about nuclear energy 7 Exposes limitations of presently popular solar and wind energies 7 Uses scientific documentation to back up arguments 7 Second updated edition From the contents Preface to the 2nd edition.- preface to the 1st edition.- 1. introduction.- 2. nuclear fables and facts.- 3. energy consumption and energy resources on planet earth.- 4. renewable energy sources and their limitations.- 5. portable energy and propulsion technologies.- 6. coal and nuclear power generation. Fields of interest Renewable Energy Sources; Nuclear Engineering; Environmental Management Target groups Those concerned about energy and fuel shortages working in engineering, physics, chemistry, economics, agriculture, geopolitics, international law, radiation safety, and sociology; environmentalists Discount group P Engineering Due February 2010 Distribution rights in China: Higher Education Press Engineering Engineering Due March 2010 Jointly published with Higher Education Press Due January 2010 2010. Approx. 200 p. 67 illus. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 300 p. 300 illus. Hardcover 2nd ed. 2010. IV, 196 p. (Topics in Safety, Risk, Reliability and Quality, Volume 16) Hardcover 7 $169.00 ISBN 978-3-642-04281-2 7 approx. $129.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-0946-6 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8666-2 60 Springer News 1/2010 Engineering E. Gaura, Coventry University, Coventry, UK; L. Girod, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, MA, USA; J. Busey, M. Allen, Coventry University, Coventry, UK (Eds.) C. H. Gebotys, University of Waterloo, ON, Canada Wireless Sensor Networks: Deployments and Design Frameworks less communications and other systems today, it is expected to become increasingly important and widespread in many embedded devices. For some time, typical embedded system designers have been dealing with tremendous challenges in performance, power, price and reliability. However now they must additionally deal with definition of security requirements, security design and implementation. Given the limited number of security engineers in the market, large background of cryptography with which these standards are based upon, and difficulty of ensuring the implementation will also be secure from attacks, security design remains a challenge. This book provides the foundations for understanding embedded security design, outlining various aspects of security in devices ranging from typical wireless devices such as PDAs through to contactless smartcards to satellites. Wireless Sensor Networks: Real-Life Deployments and Design Frameworks brings together the most successful, current deployments of Wireless Sensor Networks (WSNs) including but not limited to specific WSN applications to generic isuses covering practical design, implementation and deployment. Chapters cover design frameworks, availablel software and hardware techniques as well as system components and guidelines towards rapid development and deployment of WSN applications. Features 7 Brings together successful Wireless Sensor Networks deployments within a generic design/ development framework 7 Provides a design framework for rapid development of Wireless Network Systems that is easy to understand and apply 7 Provides practical hints and guides to available technology choices in a structured manner 7 Provides formal routes to rapid design and deployment and evaluation of Wireless Sensor Network applications From the contents WSN state of the art: the practical and theoretical divide.- Habitat monitoring with WSNs.- Soil sensing systems and dealing with missing data.Deployed high data rate sensing applications with wavescope.- WSN for safety critical applications.Monitoring glaciers.- Speckles: implementing the smart dust vision.- GridStix: supporting flood prediction.- Design framework for rapid WSN development and deployment. Fields of interest Communications Engineering, Networks; Signal, Image and Speech Processing; Computer Communication Networks Target groups Practicing engineers in the networking, sensors, communications area, inerested in implementing and deploying wireless sensor networks Discount group P Engineering springer.com/booksellers Z. W. Geem, Rockville, MD, USA Security in Embedded Devices Recent Advances In Harmony Search Algorithm Although security is prevalent in PCs, wire- Features 7 Provides must-have content for both security engineers and embedded systems designers 7 Describes numerous case studies, including contactless smartcards, PDA security, and satellite security, illustrating various aspects of secure, embedded design Contents Where Security Began.- Introduction to Secure Embedded Systems.- The Key.- Using Keys.Elliptic Curve Protocols.- Symmetric Key Protocols Including Ciphers.- Data Integrity and Message Authentication.- Side Channel Attacks on the Embedded System.- Countermeasures.- Reliable Security Systems.- Summary, Standards and Ongoing Efforts. Fields of interest Nowadays, music-inspired phenomenonmimicking harmony search algorithm is fast growing with many applications. One of key success factors of the algorithm is the employment of a novel stochastic derivative which can be used even for discrete variables. Instead of traditional calculus-based gradient, the algorithm utilizes musician’s experience as a derivative in searching for an optimal solution. This can be a new paradigm and main reason in the successes of various applications. The goal of this book is to introduce major advances of the harmony search algorithm in recent years. The book contains 14 chapters with the following subjects: State-of-the-art in the harmony search algorithm structure; robotics (robot terrain and manipulator trajectory); visual tracking; web text data mining; power flow planning; fuzzy control system; hybridization (with Taguchi method or SQP method); groundwater management; irrigation ; logistics; timetabling; and bioinformatics (RNA structure prediction). Features 7 Puts together for the recent advances of harmony search algorithms From the contents State-of-the-Art in the Structure of Harmony Search Algorithm.- Harmony Search Optimization Algorithm: Application to a Reconfigurable Mobile Robot Prototype.- Optimal Trajectory of Robot Manipulator Using Harmony Search Algorithms.Visual Tracking Using Harmony Search.- Web Text Mining Using Harmony Search.- Population Variance Harmony Search Algorithm to Solve Optimal Power Flow with Non-Smooth Cost Function. Circuits and Systems; Computer-Aided Engineering (CAD, CAE) and Design; Communications Engineering, Networks Fields of interest Target groups Target groups Electrical, computer, software and embedded systems engineers, and embedded system designers as well as graduate level engineering students Discount group P Engineering Computational Intelligence; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Music Researchers, engineers, graduate students in computational intelligence, computer science, engineering, music Discount group P Engineering Due January 2010 Due March 2010 2010. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 300 p. 156 illus. (Embedded Systems) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 180 p. (Studies in Computational Intelligence, Volume 270) Hardcover 7 approx. $139.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-5833-4 7 approx. $129.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-1529-0 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-04316-1 Due March 2010 springer.com/librarybooks A. v. Gleich, C. Pade, U. Petschow, E. Pissarskoi Potentials and Trends in Biomimetics The purpose of this study was to take an in-depth look at the most important trends and the potentials of biomimetics as a basis of science and engineering development and innovation and to assess the standing of biomimetic research and development in Germany as compared internationally. Building on case studies; analyses of literature, patents, and research networks; and interviews and workshops, information and specific findings were compiled with respect to the status of biomimetics as a research and development field, the validity of the “biomimetic promise” of ecological adaptation and low-risk biomimetic solutions, the current trends in bionics, as well as the general setting, driving forces, and obstacles in the realization of its potential for innovation. Contents Introduction.- Trends in biomimetics.- Technological aspects of learning from nature.- Topics, players, and research networks - results of the literature and patent.- Biomimetics and innovation.- Conclusion. Fields of interest Biomedical Engineering; Life Sciences, general; Biophysics and Biological Physics Target groups Scientists, researchers, libraries and institutes Discount group P Engineering Springer News 1/2010 J. J. Gorman, National Institute of Standards, Gaithersburg, MD, USA; B. Shapiro, University of Maryland, College Park, MD, USA (Eds.) Feedback Control Systems for Micro- and Nano-Scales MEMS to Atoms The use of control and control systems are an essential part of functioning integrated systems. Similar to macro-scale machines and processes, control systems can play a major role in improving the performance of micro- and nano-scale systems, and in enabling new capabilities that would otherwise not be possible. However, the majority of problems at these scales present many new challenges that go beyond the current state-of-theart in control engineering. This is a result of the multidisciplinary nature of micro/nanotechnology, which requires the merging of control engineering with physics, biology and chemistry. Features 7 Shows how the utilization of feedback control in nanotechnology instrumentation can yield results far better than passive systems can 7 Discusses the application of control systems to problems in microelectromechanical systems, microfluidics, optical trapping, nanofabrication, and quantum dynamics, among others From the contents Introduction.- Control of micro-scale inertial sensors.- Integrated process modeling and control in microfabrication.- Precision motion control of MEMS actuators.- Controlling untethered microrobots.- Feedback control of micro-flows for particle manipulation.- Controlled optical trapping: instrumentation, methods, and applications.- Closed-loop AFM probing of molecule interactions. Fields of interest Control, Robotics, Mechatronics; Electronics and Microelectronics, Instrumentation; Vibration, Dynamical Systems, Control Target groups Researchers, and practicing engineers in the control systems, microsystems, and nanotechnology fields in academia and industry Discount group P K. Gulati, S. P. Khatri, Texas A&M University, College Station, TX, USA Hardware Acceleration of EDA Algorithms Custom ICs, FPGAs and GPUs This book deals with the acceleration of EDA algorithms using hardware platforms such as FPGAs and GPUs. Widely applied CAD algorithms are evaluated and compared for potential acceleration on FPGAs and GPUs. Coverage includes discussion of conditions under which it is preferable to use one platform over another, e.g., when an EDA problem has a high degree of data parallelism, the GPU is typically the preferred platform, whereas when the problem has more control, an FPGA may be preferred. Results are presented for the acceleration of several CAD algorithms (fault simulation, fault table generation, model card evaluation in SPICE, Monte Carlo statistical static timing analysis), demonstrating speedups from 30X to 800X. Features 7 Provides guidelines on whether to use GPUs or FPGAs when accelerating a given EDA algorithm, with validation by a concrete example implemented on both platforms 7 Demonstrates the acceleration of several popular EDA algorithms on GPUs, with speedups from 30X to 800X 7 Presents techniques in a way that the reader can use example algorithms presented to determine how best to accelerate their specific EDA algorithm From the contents Introduction. Alternative Hardware Platforms. Hardware Platforms. GPU Architecture and CUDA Programming Model. Control Dominated Category. Accelerating Boolean Satisfiability on a Custom IC. Accelerating Boolean Satisfiability on an FPGA. Accelerating Boolean Satisfiability on a Graphics Processing Unit. Fields of interest Circuits and Systems; Computer-Aided Engineering (CAD, CAE) and Design Target groups Researchers and practitioners in embedded systems, electronic design automation concerned with hardware acceleration of EDA algorithms, especially with FPGAs and GPUs Discount group P Engineering Due January 2010 Engineering Due May 2010 61 Engineering Due April 2010 2010. VIII, 200 p. 31 illus. in color. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 350 p. 75 illus. (MEMS Reference Shelf ) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 250 p. 65 illus. Hardcover 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-05245-3 7 approx. $129.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-5831-0 7 approx. $129.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-0943-5 62 Springer News 1/2010 Engineering L. Guo, H. Wang Stochastic Distribution Control System Design A Convex Optimization Approach A recent development in SDC-related problems is the establishment of intelligent SDC models and the intensive use of LMI-based convex optimization methods. Within this theoretical framework, control parameter determination can be designed and stability and robustness of closed-loop systems can be analyzed. This book describes the new framework of SDC system design and provides a comprehensive description of the modelling of controller design tools and their real-time implementation. It starts with a review of current research on SDC and moves on to some basic techniques for modelling and controller design of SDC systems. This is followed by a description of controller design for fixed-control-structure SDC systems, PDF control for general input- and output-represented systems, filtering designs, and fault detection and diagnosis (FDD) for SDC systems. Many new LMI techniques being developed for SDC systems are shown to have independent theoretical significance for robust control and FDD problems. Features 7 Shows the reader how to expand the use of stochastic control methods beyond those usually available in a broad range of industrial process environments 7 Uses linear matrix inequality methods to allow the reader to control parameter determination and assess closed-loop performance From the contents Introduction.- Basic Stochastic Distribution Control Systems: Modelling and Controller Design Tools.- PDF Tracking Control with PID Structure for Non-Gaussian Continuous System.. Fields of interest Control; Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes; Industrial Chemistry/Chemical Engineering E. Gusev, Qualcomm MEMS Technologies San José, CA, USA; E. Garfunkel, Rutgers University Piscataway, NJ, USA; A. Dideikin, Ioffe Physical-Technical Institute St. Petersburg, Russia (Eds.) Advanced Materials and Technologies for Micro/ Nano-Devices, Sensors and Actuators Proceedings of the NATO Advanced Research Worskhop on Advanced Materials and Technologies for Micro/Nano-Devices, Sensors and Actuators St. Petersburg, Russia, 29 June–2 July 2008 The main goal of this book is to review recent progress and current status of MEMS/NEMS technologies and devices. Several important areas are discussed: history of research in the field, device physics, examples of sucessful applications, sensors, materials and processing aspects. The authors who have contributed to the book represent a diverse group of leading scientists from academic, industrial and governmental labs worldwide who bring a broad array of backgrounds such as device physics, technologists, electrical and mechanical engineering, surface chemistry and materials science). The contributions to this book are accessible to both expert scientists and engineers who need to keep up with leading edge research, and newcomers to the field who wish to learn more about the exciting basic and applied research issues relevant to micromechanical devices and technologies. Fields of interest Microengineering; Nanotechnology and Microengineering; Mechanics Target groups Materials scientists, electrical engineers, mechanical engineers, MEMS/NEMS community, RF engineers Discount group P Target groups springer.com/booksellers L. Guzzella, C. H. Onder, ETH Zürich, Switzerland Introduction to Modeling and Control of Internal Combustion Engine Systems Internal combustion engines (ICE) still have potential for substantial improvements, particularly with regard to fuel efficiency and environmental compatibility. In order to fully exploit the remaining margins, increasingly sophisticated control systems have to be applied. This book offers an introduction to cost-effective model-based control-system design for ICE. The primary emphasis is put on the ICE and its auxiliary devices. Mathematical models for these processes are developed and solutions for selected feedforward and feedback control-problems are presented. The discussions concerning pollutant emissions and fuel economy of ICE in automotive applications constantly intensified since the first edition of this book was published. Concerns about the air quality, the limited resources of fossil fuels and the detrimental effects of greenhouse gases exceedingly spurred the interest of both the industry and academia in further improvements. Features 7 Description of the mathematical modelling of the physical processes associated with Internal Combustion Engines 7 Provides the modellbased controller design and optimization for novel motor technologies Contents Introduction.- Mean-Value Models.- DiscreteEvent Models.- Control of Engine Systems.Appendices: Basics of Modeling and ControlSystems Theory.- Case Study: Idle Speed Control.- Combustion and Thermodynamic Cycle Calculation. Fields of interest Automotive Engineering; Engineering Thermodynamics, Heat and Mass Transfer; Control, Robotics, Mechatronics Target groups Academic researchers in statistical and process control and related disciplines, process and quality control and other industrial engineers, libraries Researchers and graduate students in control and engine design Discount group Discount group P P Chemistry and Materials Science Due February 2010 Engineering Due January 2010 2010. XVI, 182 p. 62 illus. (Advances in Industrial Control) Hardcover 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-1-84996-029-8 2010. IX, 313 p. (NATO Science for Peace and Security Series B: Physics and Biophysics) Hardcover Engineering 7 $229.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3805-0 Due February 2010 Also available as Softcover 2nd ed. 2010. XII, 356 p. 204 illus. Hardcover 7 $119.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3806-7 7 $89.95 ISBN 978-3-642-10774-0 springer.com/librarybooks A. Hanazawa, T. Miki, K. Horio, Engineering Kyushu Institute of Technology, Kitakyushu, Fukuoka, Japan (Eds.) Brain-Inspired Information Technology “Brain-inspired information technology” is one of key concepts for the development of information technology in the next generation. Explosive progress of computer technology has been continuing based on a simple principle called “if-then rule”. This means that the programmer of software have to direct every action of the computer programs in response to various inputs. There inherently is a limitation of complexity because we human have a limited capacity for managing complex systems. Actually, many bugs, mistakes of programming, exist in computer software, and it is quite difficult to extinguish them. The parts of computer programs where computer viruses attack are also a kind of programming mistakes, called security hole. Of course, human body or nervous system is not perfect. No creator or director, however, exists for us. The function of our brain is equipped by learning, self-organization, natural selection, and etc, resulting in adaptive and flexible information system. B. Harvey, Dublin, Ireland; H. H. Smid, Breda, The Netherlands; T. Pirard, Pepinster, Belgium Emerging Space Powers The New Space Programs of Asia, the Middle East and South-America 7 Recent results in brain inspired information technology This work introduces the important emerging space powers of the world.Brian Harvey describes the origins of the Japanese space program, from rocket designs based on WW II German U-boats to tiny solid fuel ‘pencil’ rockets, which led to the launch of the first Japanese satellite in 1970. The next two chapters relate how Japan expanded its space program, developing small satellites into astronomical observatories and sending missions to the Moon, Mars, comet Halley, and asteroids. Chapter 4 describes how India’s Vikram Sarabhai developed a sounding rocket program in the 1960s. The following chapter describes the expansion of the Indian space program. Chapter 6 relates how the Indian space program is looking ahead to the success of the moon probe Chandrayan, due to launch in 2008, and its first manned launching in 2014. Chapters 7, 8, and 9 demonstrate how, in Iran, communications and remote sensing drive space technology. Chapter 10 outlines Brazil’s road to space, begun in the mid-1960’s with the launch of the Sonda sounding rockets. The following two chapters describe Brazil’s satellites and space launch systems and plans for the future. Chapters 13 and 14 study Israel’s space industry. From the contents Features Features Mission capable autonomous control systems in the oceans, in the air and in space.- Three Paths to Relevance.- Brain-like Evolving Spiking Neural Networks for Multimodal Information Processing.- Human-like local navigation system inspired by a hippocampal memory mechanism. Fields of interest 7 Introduces the origins and current status of the lesser known, yet still important, space programs of emerging countries such as Iran and Brazil Fields of interest Aerospace Technology and Astronautics; Popular Science in Astronomy; History of Science Appl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Neurosciences Target groups Target groups Discount group Researchers, engineers, graduate students in computational intelligence, applied computational neuroscience Engineering Springer News 1/2010 Space engineers, journalists, and space exploration enthusiasts T S. Henzler, Technical University Munich, Germany Time-to-Digital Converters With ongoing technology scaling high resolution in the voltage domain becomes increasingly troublesome. Time domain resolution, however, is continuously improving as digital circuits become faster in each new technology generation. Time-to-Digital Converters describes the fundamentals of time-to-digital converters (TDC) based on analog and digital conversion principles. An in depth theoretical investigation is provided with respect to quantization, linearity, noise, and variability. Advanced TDC architectures are described that address the challenges of signed time interval measurement, long measurement time, high resolution, high linearity, low-power, variability and calibration, low mismatch among multiple measurements, and suitability for design automation. Features 7 First comprehensive book on time-to-digital converters 7 Novel time-to-digital converter architectures 7 Provides theoretical basis for time-to-digital converters Contents List of Symbols and Abreviations.- 1 Foreword.2 Time-to-Digital Converter Basics.- 3 Theory of TDC Operation.- 4 Advanced TDC Design Issues.5 Time-to-Digital.- Converters with Sub-Gatedelay Resolution – The Third Generation.- 6 Applications for Time-to-Digital Converters.- References. Index. Fields of interest Circuits and Systems; Solid State Physics; Spectroscopy and Microscopy Target groups Engineers and researchers in the fields of micro-electronics, circuit design, mixed-signal systems, etc. The book addresses audience from both academia and industry (professionals and students) Discount group P Discount group P Engineering Engineering Due January 2010 63 Engineering Due February 2010 Jointly published with Praxis Publishing, UK Due March 2010 2010. X, 182 p. (Studies in Computational Intelligence, Volume 266) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 400 p. 100 illus. (Springer Praxis Books / Space Exploration) Softcover 2010. Approx. 250 p. (Springer Series in Advanced Microelectronics, Volume 29) Hardcover 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-04024-5 7 $44.95 ISBN 978-1-4419-0873-5 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8627-3 64 Springer News 1/2010 Engineering X. Hu, U. Jonsson, B. Wahlberg, KTH – Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm, Sweden; B. Ghosh, Texas Tech University, Lubbock, TX, USA (Eds.) Control: Three Decades of Progress Dedicated to Chris Byrnes and Anders Lindquist Features 7 A who-is-who of control research of the last 3 decades 7 Carefully edited book celebrating the 60th birthday of Chris Byrnes and Anders Lindquist 7 Has a celebrative flavour, and at the same time contains reference material for researchers interested in control theory Fields of interest Control, Robotics, Mechatronics; Systems Theory, Control Target groups Researchers, engineers, students in control Discount group P springer.com/booksellers C. Huang, Virginia Polytechnic and State University, Blacksburg, VA, USA (Ed.) X. Huang, University of Science and Technology Beijing, Beijing, China Robust Computing with Nano-scale Devices Portfolio Analysis Progresses and Challenges Robust Nano-Computing focuses on various issues of robust nano-computing, defect-tolerance design for nano-technology at different design abstraction levels. It addresses both redundancyand configuration-based methods as well as fault detecting techniques through the development of accurate computation models and tools. The contents present an insightful view of the ongoing researches on nano-electronic devices, circuits, architectures, and design methods, as well as provide promising directions for future research. Features 7 Addresses the most critical issues for nanocomputing 7 Presents the latest research achievements 7 Covers different design levels 7 Provides comprehensive solutions and accurate models 7 Initiates promising future research directions From the contents Chapter 1: Introduction. Chapter 2: Fault Tolerant Nano-Computing; B.Joshi, D.K.Pradhan, S.P.Mohanty. Chapter 3: Transistor-Level Based Defect-Tolerance for Reliable Nano-Electronics; A.H.El-Maleh, B.M.Al-Hashimi, A.Melouki, A.Al-Yamani. Chapter 4: Fault-Tolerant Design for Nanowire-Based Programmable Logic Arrays; Y.Zheng, C.Huang. Chapter 5: Built-In Self-Test and Defect Tolerance for Molecular ElectronicsBased NanoFabrics; M.Tehranipoor. From Probabilistic to Credibilistic and Uncertain Approaches The most salient feature of security returns is uncertainty. The purpose of the book is to provide systematically a quantitative method for analyzing return and risk of a portfolio investment in different kinds of uncertainty and present the ways for striking a balance between investment return and risk such that an optimal portfolio can be obtained. In classical portfolio theory, security returns were assumed to be random variables, and probability theory was the main mathematical tool for handling uncertainty in the past. However, the world is complex and uncertainty is varied. Randomness is not the only type of uncertainty in reality, especially when human factors are included. Security market, one of the most complex markets in the world, contains almost all kinds of uncertainty. The security returns are sensitive to various factors including economic, social, political and very importantly, people’s psychological factors. Features 7 Recent research results on potfolio analysis 7 The State of the art of uncertainty methods – from probabilistic to credibilistic Contents What Is Portfolio Analysis.- Probabilistic Portfolio Selection.- Credibilistic Portfolio Selection.Uncertain Portfolio Selection.- Model Varieties. Fields of interest Fields of interest Target groups Target groups Circuits and Systems; Nanotechnology; Processor Architectures This book will most interest the researchers and scientists in both academia and industry who relate with emerging nano-scale computing design, especially the ones that are concerned with circuit reliability and fault-tolerance solutions. It can be used as a reference book for researchers, as well as a textbook for university students Computational Intelligence; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) Researchers, engineers, graduate students in fuzziness and soft computing Discount group P Discount group P Engineering Engineering Engineering Due March 2010 Due March 2010 2010. Approx. 450 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 200 p. (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering, Volume 58) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 185 p. (Studies in Fuzziness and Soft Computing, Volume 250) Hardcover 7 approx. $199.00 ISBN 978-3-642-11277-5 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8539-9 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-11213-3 Due April 2010 springer.com/librarybooks O. Iordache, Polystochastic, Montreal, QC, Canada K. Jones, L3-Communications TRL Technology, UK Polystochastic Models for Complexity The Regularized Fast Hartley Transform This book is devoted to a domain of highest industrial and scientific interest, the complexity. The complexity understanding and management will be a main source of efficiency and prosperity for the next decades. Complex systems are assemblies of multiple subsystems and are characterized by emergent behavior that results by nonlinear interactions among the subsystems at multiple levels of organization. Evolvability that is the ability to evolve is the method to confront and surpass the successive boundaries of complexity. Evolvability is not biological but should be considered here in the sense that the corresponding systems have, at different levels, characteristics that are naturally associated to the living systems. Features 7 Interdisciplinary valuable reference for engineers, system scientists, mathematicians, entrepreneurs and investors facing complexity challenge 7 Presents theoretical and practical aspects of the Polystochastic methodology incl case studies Contents Methods.- Physical and chemical systems.- Biosystems and bioinspired systems.- Systems sciences and cognitive systems.- Perspectives. Fields of interest Complexity; Statistical Physics, Dynamical Systems and Complexity; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) Target groups Researchers, engineers, graduate students in applied nonlinear dynamics, and evolutionary studies Discount group P Engineering Springer News 1/2010 Optimal Formulation of Real-Data Fast Fourier Transform for Silicon-Based Implementation in Resource-Constrained Environments J. Kacprzyk, Polish Academy of Sciences, Warsaw, Poland; F. E. Petry, U.S. Naval Research Laboratory, Stennis Space Center, MS, USA; A. Yazici, Middle East Technical University, Ankara, Turkey (Eds.) Uncertainty Approaches for Spatial Data Modeling and Processing A decision support perspective The Regularized Fast Hartley Transform provides the reader with the tools necessary to both understand the proposed new formulation and to implement simple design variations that offer clear implementational advantages, both practical and theoretical, over more conventional complexdata solutions to the problem. The highly-parallel formulation described is shown to lead to scalable and device-independent solutions to the latencyconstrained version of the problem which are able to optimize the use of the available silicon resources, and thus to maximize the achievable computational density, thereby making the solution a genuine advance in the design and implementation of high-performance parallel FFT algorithms. Features 7 Describes direct solution to real-data DFT targeted at those real-world applications, such as mobile communications, where resources are limited 7 Achieving computational density of most advanced commercially-available solutions for greatly reduced silicon resources Fields of interest Communications Engineering, Networks; Computer Communication Networks; Applications of Mathematics Target groups Practicing DSP engineers with an interest in the efficient hardware implementation of the real-data FFT as well as to academics/researchers/students from engineering, computer science and mathematics backgrounds with an interest in the design and implementation of sequential and parallel FFT algorithms Discount group P This volume is dedicated to the memory of Professor Ashley Morris who passed away some two years ago. Ashley was a close friend of all of us, the editors of this volume, and was also a Ph.D. student of one of us. We all had a chance to not only fully appreciate, and be inspired by his contributions, which have had a considerable impact on the entire research community. Due to our personal relations with Ashley, we also had an opportunity to get familiar with his deep thinking about the areas of his expertise and interests. Ashley has been involved since the very beginning of his professional career in database research and practice. Notably, he introduced first some novel solution in database management systems that could handle imprecise and uncertain data, and flexible queries based on imprecisely specified user interests. Features 7 Presents recent research on uncertainty approaches for data modeling and decision making From the contents Part I: Decision Support, OLAP, Data Fusion and GIS.- Decision Support Classification of Geospatial and Regular Objects Using Rough and Fuzzy Sets.Supporting Spatial Decision Making by Means of Suitability Maps.- Exploring the Sensitivity of Fuzzy Decision Models to Landscape Information Inputs in a Spatially Explicit Individual-Based Ecological Model.- Fuzzy Multidimensional Databases.- Expressing Hierarchical Preferences in OLAP Queries. Fields of interest Appl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) Target groups Researchers, engineers, graduate students in fuzziness and soft computing Discount group P Engineering 65 Engineering Engineering Due March 2010 Due March 2010 Due February 2010 2010. Approx. 530 p. (Understanding Complex Systems) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 200 p. (Signals and Communication Technology) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 225 p. (Studies in Computational Intelligence, Volume 271) Hardcover 7 $179.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10653-8 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3916-3 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10662-0 66 Springer News 1/2010 Engineering P. A. Lakshminarayanan, Ashok Leyland Ltd, Hosur, India; Y. V. Aghav, FEV India, Pune, India M. Landrus, Oxford University, Oxford, UK Leonardo da Vinci’s Giant Modelling Diesel Combustion Crossbow With contributions by: Y. Shi, R. Reitz This book is a detailed discussion of the Diesel Combustion phenomena like ignition delay, fuel air mixing, rate of heat release, and emissions of smoke, particulate and nitric oxide. The book enables quantitative evaluation of these important phenomena and parameters. Most importantly, it attempts to model them with constants that are independent of engine types. Thus, the models give insight into the phenomena and can be applied a given engine by the research worker and design engineer. Features 7 This work recognizes the importance of the spray at the wall in precisely describing the heat release and emissions for most of the engines on and off road 7 The work considers findings of the peers and adds the fruits of the authors’ research to arrive at the improved description of important phenomena. Later, it models the heat release and emissions 7 Every model is thoroughly validated by detailed experiments Although Leonardo’s Giant Crossbow is one of his most popular drawings, it has been one of the least understood. “Leonardo’s Giant Crossbow” offers the first in-depth account of this drawing’s likely purpose and its highly resolved design. This fascinating book has a wealth of technical information about the Giant Crossbow drawing, as it’s a complete study of this project, though this is as accessible to the general audience as much as it is also informative with new discoveries for the professors of engineering, technology and art. The book explores the context of Leonardo’s invention with an examination of the extensive documentary evidence, a short history of the great crossbow and ballista, the first accurate translation of the text and the technical specifications, and a detailed analysis of Leonardo’s design process for the crossbow, from start to finish. Features Research workers, engine designers and developers, engine R D 7 Fascinating book on Leonardo da Vincis giant crossbow for professors and laymen 7 The proportional method as a secret of Leonardos design success is shown for the first time, as well as a later date for the drawing and the overall practicability of Leonardos drawing 7 Presents original research, preparatory drawings and new discoveries about the giant crossbow 7 Written in a technical style 7 The author is author of the bestseller the Treasures of Leonardo (in 10 languages, 123,000 copies sold since June 2006) Discount group Fields of interest Fields of interest Automotive Engineering; Pollution, general; Engineering Design Target groups P Engineering Design; History of Science; Appl. Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering Target groups springer.com/booksellers R. Lee, Central Michigan University, Mt. Pleasant, MI, USA; N. Ishii, Aichi Institute of Technology, Nagoya, Japan (Eds.) Software Engineering Research, Management and Applications 2009 The 7th ACIS International Conference on Software Engineering Research, Management and Applications (SERA 2009) was held on Hainan Island, China from December 2 – 4. SERA ’09 featured excellent theoretical and practical contributions in the areas of formal methods and tools, requirements engineering, software process models, communication systems and networks, software quality and evaluation, software engineering, networks and mobile computing, parallel/ distributed computing, software testing, reuse and metrics, database retrieval, computer security, software architectures and modeling. Our conference officers selected the best 17 papers from those papers accepted for presentation at the conference in order to publish them in this volume. The papers were chosen based on review scores submitted by members or the program committee, and underwent further rigorous rounds of review. Features 7 Includes the best papers of the SERA 2009 to be held on December 2-4, 2009 in Haikou, China From the contents Efficiency from Formalization: An Initial Case Study on Archi3D.- An Agent-based Framework for Association Rules Mining of Distributed Data.- Defining and Implementing Software Subcontracting Management Processes in Small Enterprises.- A Robust Approach to Subsequence Matching.- Toward Automated Support for Software Process Improvement Initiatives in Small and Medium size Enterprises. Engineers, Roboticists, Scientists, everybody interested in Leonardo DaVinci, students, professors, and researchers of the history of engineering, technology and art Fields of interest Discount group Target groups P Appl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Software Engineering Engineers, researchers, and graduate students in computational intelligence and computer science Discount group P Engineering Engineering Engineering Due January 2010 Due February 2010 Due April 2010 2010. IV, 296 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 200 p. 55 illus. Hardcover 2010. XVI, 306 p. (Studies in Computational Intelligence, Volume 253) Hardcover 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3884-5 7 approx. $69.95 ISBN 978-3-540-68915-7 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-05440-2 springer.com/librarybooks R. Liu, Princeton University, Princeton, NJ; W. Trappe, WINLAB, Rutgers University, North Brunswick, NJ (Eds.) Securing Wireless Communications at the Physical Layer The book focuses on a recently emerging topic in security. Specifically, the book focuses on physical layer security. Whereas conventional security mechanisms involve cryptography that operates at higher layers of the protocol stack, the methods described in this book secure communications at the physical layer. The area of physical layer security is an emerging field of research that has seen an explosion of research in the past few years. This trend is only expected to continue as there is a growing need to secure wireless communications without conventional cryptographic network security protocols. The proposed book will consist of contributions from roughly a dozen of the leading research groups in this emerging area. For the first time, important results will be collected together. Important topics will include the secrecy rate of MIMO wireless systems, practical codes for the dissemination of secrets, and authentication of wireless transmitters using waveform-level properties. Features 7 A collection of high-impact research results in the area of physical layer security will serve as a valuable compendium to any researcher interested in conducting research in physical layer security 7 The book will be broken down into five sections, corresponding to major thematic areas related to physical layer security 7 The editorial team will provide perspectives for the chapters in each section 7 The two major forms of physical layer confidentiality will be covered—secrecy extraction and secrecy dissemination Fields of interest J. Liu, O. Salmela, J. Sarkka, J. E. Morris, P. Tegehall, C. Andersson Ó. Martínez Mozos, University of Freiburg, Germany Interconnects, Devices and Systems Reliability of Microtechnology discusses the reliability of microtechnology products from the bottom up, beginning with devices and extending to systems. The book’s focus includes but is not limited to reliability issues of interconnects, the methodology of reliability concepts and general failure mechanisms. Specific failure modes in solder and conductive adhesives are discussed at great length. Coverage of accelerated testing, component and system level reliability, and reliability design for manufacturability are also described in detail. Features 7 Discusses the general failure mechanisms of microsystems on a component level 7 Comprehensive coverage of solder joint reliability at the microsystems level 7 Includes accelerated testing of solder joints at the microsystems level 7 Discusses quality issues and manufacturing at the microsystems level Contents Introduction to Reliability and its Importance.- Reliability Metrology.- General Failure Mechanisms of Microsystems.- Solder and Conductive Adhesive Joint Reliability.- Accelerated Testing.- Reliability Design for Manufacturability.- Component Reliability.- System Level Reliability.- Reliability and Quality Management of Microsystem.- Experimental Tools for Reliability Analysis. Fields of interest Electronics and Microelectronics, Instrumentation; Optical and Electronic Materials; Quality Control, Reliability, Safety and Risk Target groups Target groups Discount group Researchers, packaging engineers, electronics enginers and design engineers P During the last years there has been an increasing interest in the area of service robots. Under this category we find robots working in tasks such as elderly care, guiding, office and domestic assistance, inspection, and many more. Service robots usually work in indoor environments designed for humans, with offices and houses being some of the most typical examples. These environments are typically divided into places with different functionalities like corridors, rooms or doorways. The ability to learn such semantic categories from sensor data enables a mobile robot to extend its representation of the environment, and to improve its capabilities. As an example, natural language terms like corridor or room can be used to indicate the position of the robot in a more intuitive way when communicating with humans. This book presents several approaches to enable a mobile robot to categorize places in indoor environments. Features 7 Firsts book on semantic information about places using mobile robots 7 Interesting example of how to use machine learning techniques with mobile robots to solve new problems Contents Supervised Learning.- Semantic Learning of Places from Range Data.- TopologicalMap Extraction with Semantic Information.- Probabilistic Semantic Classification of Trajectories.- Semantic Information in Exploration and Localization.Conceptual Spatial Representation of Indoor Environments.- Semantic Information in Sensor Data.- Conclusion. Fields of interest Control, Robotics, Mechatronics; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) Target groups Researchers, graduate students and professionals in robotics, service robotics Discount group P Discount group P Engineering 67 Semantic Labeling of Places Reliability of Microtechnology with Mobile Robots Communications Engineering, Networks; Signal, Image and Speech Processing; Data Structures, Cryptology and Information Theory Communications engineers, cryptographers and researchers interested in this emerging area of research Engineering Springer News 1/2010 Engineering Engineering Due March 2010 Due January 2010 Due February 2010 2010. XVI, 396 p. 116 illus. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 300 p. 50 illus. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 140 p. (Springer Tracts in Advanced Robotics, Volume 61) Hardcover 7 approx. $129.95 ISBN 978-1-4419-1384-5 7 approx. $129.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-5759-7 7 $109.00 ISBN 978-3-642-11209-6 68 Springer News 1/2010 Engineering H. Mitchell, ELTA Systems Ltd, Ashdod, Israel Image Fusion Theories, Techniques and Applications This textbook provides a comprehensive introduction to the theories, techniques and applications of image fusion. It is aimed at advanced undergraduate and first-year graduate students in electrical engineering and computer science. It should also be useful to practicing engineers who wish to learn the concepts of image fusion and use them in reallife applications. The book is intended to be self-contained. No previous knowledge of image fusion is assumed, although some familiarity with elementary image processing and the basic tools of linear algebra is recommended. The book may also be used as a supplementary text for a course on advanced image processing. Apart from two preliminary chapters, the book is divided into three parts. Features 7 Self-contained, easy accessible introduction to the hot area of image fusion 7 Presents the most important topics in image fusion at a reasonable size 7 Well-organized modern approach to theories and techniques, includes numerous case studies that illustrate the application of techniques for image fusion to real problems, providing hands-on knowledge From the contents Image Sensors.- Part I Theories.- Spatial Alignment.- Semantic Equivalence.- Radiometric Calibration.- Pixel Fusion.- Part II Techniques.- Multi-resolution Analysis.- Image Sub-space Techniques.- Ensemble Learning.Re-samplingMethods.- Image Thresholding.Image Key Points.-Image SimilarityMeasures.Vignetting,White Balancing and Automatic Gain Control Effects.- Color Image Spaces.- Markov Random Fields. Fields of interest Signal, Image and Speech Processing; Image Processing and Computer Vision; Computational Intelligence Target groups J. Mohammadpour, K. M. Grigoriadis, University of Houston, TX, USA (Eds.) Efficient Modeling and Control of Large-Scale Systems The complexity and dynamic order of controlled engineering systems is constantly increasing. Complex large scale systems (where “large” reflects the system’s order and not necessarily its physical size) appear in many engineering fields, such as, micro-electromechanis, manufacturing, aerospace, civil engineering and power engineering. Modeling of these systems often result in very high-order models imposing great challenges to the analysis, design and control problems. Efficient modeling and control of large-scale systems will compile state-of-the-art contributions on recent novel analytical and computational methods for addressing the model reduction, performance analysis and feedback control design for such systems. Also addressed will be new theoretical developments, novel computational approaches and illustrative applications to various fields. Features 7 Covers state-of-the-art analytical and computational approaches for modeling/identification, performance analysis and control design of complex high-order systems 7 Interdisciplinary focus emphasizing methods and approaches that can be commonly applied in various engineering fields From the contents An introduction to large-scale systems: challenges in modeling and control.- Subspace identification of a class of large-scale systems.- A survey of modeling and order reduction methods for large-scale systems.- Model predictive control for large scale systems.- An integrated design method for optimization and control of structural systems using linear matrix inequalities. Fields of interest Control, Robotics, Mechatronics; Vibration, Dynamical Systems, Control; Systems Theory, Control springer.com/booksellers V. L. Popov, Technical University of Berlin Contact Mechanics and Friction Physical Principles and Applications This application-oriented book introduces the associations between contact mechanics and friction and with it offers a deeper understanding of tribology. It deals with the associated phenonmena of contact, adhesion, capillary forces, friction, lubrication, and wear from one consistent viewpoint. The author goes into (1) methods of rough estimation of tribological quantities, (2) methods for analytical calculations which attempt to minimize the necessary complexity, (3) the crossover into numerical simulation methods. With these methods the author conveys a consistent view of tribological processes in various scales of magnitude (from nanotribology to earthquake research). Also, system dynamic aspects of tribological systems, such as squeal and its suppression as well as other types of instabilities and spatial patterns are investigated. Features 7 The book presents the most important methods and results in the field of tribology and related fields 7 Many applications in different scales from micro to mega and in different fields are shown: contact, adhesion, seals, capillarity, lubrication, friction, and abrasion of elastic, plastic, and visco-elastic bodies Contents Introduction.- Qualitative Treatment of Contact Problems - Normal Contact without Adhesion.Qualitative Treatment of Adhesive Contacts.Capillary Forces.- Rigorous Treatment of Contact Problems - Hertz Contact.- Rigorous Treatment of Contact Problems - Adhesive Contact.- Contact between Rough Surfaces. Fields of interest Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials; Tribology, Corrosion and Coatings; Mechanical Engineering Target groups Researchers, professional engineers and graduate students in image fusion, computer vision, image processing Target groups Practicing engineers, researchers and graduate students Engineers, graduate students and scientists in the field of tribology, machine design, materials science, bionics, micro and nano measuring techniques Discount group Discount group Discount group Engineering Engineering Engineering P P P Due February 2010 Due January 2010 Due March 2010 2010. Approx. 200 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 350 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover 7 $99.00 ISBN 978-3-642-11215-7 7 approx. $159.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-5756-6 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10802-0 springer.com/librarybooks H. Ritter, University of Bielefeld, Germany; G. Sagerer, University of Bielefeld, Germany; R. Dillmann, University of Karlsruhe, Germany; M. Buss, TU München, Munich, Germany (Eds.) Human Centered Robot Systems Cognition, Interaction, Technology Human Centered Robotic Systems must be able to interact with humans such that the burden of adaptation lies with the machine and not with the human. This book collates a set of prominent papers presented during a two-day conference on “Human Centered Robotic Systems” held on November 19-20, 2009, in Bielefeld University, Germany. The aim of the conference was to bring together researchers from the areas of robotics, computer science, psychology, linguistics, and biology who are all focusing on a shared goal of cognitive interaction. A survey of recent approaches, the current state-of-the-art, and possible future directions in this interdisciplinary field is presented. It provides practitioners and scientists with an up-to-date introduction to this dynamic field, with methods and solutions that are likely to significantly impact on our future lives. Features 7 Presents the state of the art of human centered robot systems 7 Devoted to the interface of cognition and technology From the contents System Integration Supporting Evolutionary Development and Design.- Direct Control of an Active Tactile Sensor using Echo State Networks.Dynamic Potential Fields for Dexterous Tactile Exploration.- Unlimited Workspace - Coupling a Mobile Haptic Interface with a Mobile Teleoperator.- An Architecture for Real-Time Control in Multi-Robot Systems.- Shared-Control Paradigms in Multi-Operator-Single-Robot Teleoperation. Fields of interest Robotics and Automation; Computational Intelligence; Cognitive Psychology Target groups Engineering Springer News 1/2010 Researchers, engineers, graduate students in cognitive systems J. M. Schumann, NASA Ames, Moffett Field, CA, USA; Y. Liu, Motorola Labs, Schaumburg, IL, USA (Eds.) Applications of Neural Networks in High Assurance Systems Features 7 State of the art of Neural Networks in realworld, safety-critical systems 7 Presents Neural Network applications in safety related areas, ranging from aerospace industry and steam power turbines to the automotive industry 7 Provides a better understanding of the practical requirements for developing and deploying neuro-adaptive systems Contents Application of Neural Networks in High Assurance Systems: A Survey.- Robust Adaptive Control Revisited: Semi-Global Boundedness and Margins.- Network Complexity Analysis of Multilayer Feedforward Artificial Neural Networks.- Stability, Convergence, and Verification and Validation Challenges of Neural Net Adaptive Flight Control.- Dynamic Allocation in Neural Networks for Adaptive Controllers.Immune Systems Inspired Approach to Anomaly Detection, Fault Localization and Diagnosis in Automotive Engines.- Pitch-Depth Control of Submarine Operating in Shallow Water via Neuro-adaptive Approach.- Stick-Slip Friction Compensation Using a General Purpose NeuroAdaptive Controller with Guaranteed Stability.Modeling of crude oil blending via discrete-time neural Networks.- Adaptive Self-Tuning Wavelet Neural Network Controller for a Proton Exchange Membrane Fuel Cell. 69 T. Sengupta, T. Poinsot (Eds.) Instabilities of Flows: With and Without Heat Transfer and Chemical Reaction The articles in the book treat flow instability and transition starting with classical material dealt with in an innovative and rigorous way, some newer physical mechanisms explained for the first time and finally with the very complex topic of bombustion and two-phase flow instabilities. Fields of interest Engineering Fluid Dynamics; Automotive Engineering; Fluid- and Aerodynamics Target groups Engineers Discount group P Fields of interest Appl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Automotive Engineering Target groups Researchers, engineers, graduate students in computational intelligence, design, industrial applications, automotive and aerospace industry Discount group P Discount group P Engineering Engineering Engineering Due January 2010 Due February 2010 Due January 2010 2010. X, 222 p. (Cognitive Systems Monographs, Volume 6) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 280 p. (Studies in Computational Intelligence, Volume 268) Hardcover 2010. VIII, 330 p. 133 illus. (CISM International Centre for Mechanical Sciences, Number 517) Hardcover 7 $109.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10402-2 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10689-7 7 approx. $209.00 ISBN 978-3-7091-0126-1 70 Springer News 1/2010 Engineering H. Sommer, Stuttgart Project Management for Building Construction 35 Years of Innovation at Drees & Sommer Without project management, the successful completion of major projects is no longer possible. This book describes all the basics with the help of many clear illustrations. In this edition the already very successful work has been complemented with contributions that take into account how communication and organization have become increasingly important in construction projects. The fact that land - municipal or private - now need to be prepared in a very focused manner to ensure its wise use and increase its value to reach is also considered, making the book of interest to project managers and construction experts who have realized that project development and comprehensive, integrated construction will be key issues in the future. Features 7 Includes detailed instructions for practical application 7 Covers the full range of management and advice on new construction and renovation of buildings of all kinds Contents Preface.- Fundamentals of Project Execution.- The Road from Concept to Construction Order.- The Stages of Building Construction.- Tasks of Project Management.- Management Varieties. Subject Index. Fields of interest Construction Management; Basics of Construction; Organization/Planning Target groups Practitioners in the field of construction Discount group P springer.com/booksellers E. Szczerbicki, Gdansk University of Technology, Gdansk, Poland; N. T. Nguyen, Wroclaw University of Technology, Wroclaw, Poland (Eds.) Y. Tenne, The University of Sydney, NSW, Australia; C. Goh, Agency for Science Technology and Research, Singapore (Eds.) Smart Information and Knowledge Management Advances, Challenges, and Critical Issues Computational Intelligence in Expensive Optimization Problems New approaches are needed that could move us towards developing effective applicable intelligent systems for problem solving and decision making, One of the main efforts in intelligent systems development is focused on knowledge and information management which is regarded as the crucial issue in smart decision making support. The 14 Chapters of this book represent a sample of such effort. The overall aim of this book is to provide guidelines to develop tools for smart processing of knowledge and information. Still, the guide does not presume to give ultimate answers. Rather, it poses ideas and case studies to explore the complexities and challenges of modern knowledge management issues. It also encourages its reader to become aware of the multifaceted interdisciplinary character of such issues. In modern science and engineering, laboratory experiments are replaced by high fidelity and computationally expensive simulations. Using such simulations reduces costs and shortens development times but introduces new challenges to design optimization process. Examples of such challenges include limited computational resource for simulation runs, complicated response surface of the simulation inputs-outputs, and etc. Under such difficulties, classical optimization and analysis methods may perform poorly. This motivates the application of computational intelligence methods such as evolutionary algorithms, neural networks and fuzzy logic, which often perform well in such settings. This is the first book to introduce the emerging field of computational intelligence in expensive optimization problems. Features Features 7 Recent research on smart information and knowledge From the contents Immuno-Inspired Knowledge Management for Ad Hoc Wireless Networks.- Immune Decomposition and Decomposability Analysis of Complex Design Problems with a Graph Theoretic Complexity Measure.- Towards a Formal Model of Knowledge Sharing in Complex Systems.- Influence of the Working Strategy on A-Team Performance.- Incremental Declarative Process Mining.- A Survey on Recommender Systems for News Data.- Negotiation Strategies with Incomplete Information and Social and Cognitive System for Intelligent Human-Agent Interaction. 7 First book to introduce the emerging field of computational intelligence in expensive optimization problems 7 Provides both theoretical treatments and real-world insights gained by experience in computational intelligence in expensive optimization problems Contents Part I Techniques for Resource-Intensive Problems- Part II Techniques for High-Dimensional Problems- Part III Real-World Applications. Fields of interest Appl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics); Applications of Mathematics Fields of interest Target groups Target groups Discount group Computational Intelligence; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) Researchers, engineers, graduate students in computational intelligence, computer science Researchers, engineers, graduate students in computational intelligence and computer science P Discount group P Engineering Engineering Engineering Due February 2010 Due March 2010 2010. VIII, 176 p. 182 illus. in color. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 400 p. (Studies in Computational Intelligence, Volume 260) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 800 p. (Adaptation, Learning, and Optimization, Volume 2) Hardcover 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10873-0 7 $169.00 ISBN 978-3-642-04583-7 7 $269.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10700-9 Due January 2010 springer.com/librarybooks H. Tong, Y. Lai, Advanced Semiconductor Engineering, Inc., Kaohsiung, Taiwan; C. Wong, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, GA, USA (Eds.) F. F. Vega, University of Extremadura, Merida, Spain; E. Cantú-Paz, Yahoo! Inc., Sunnyville, CA, USA (Eds.) Flip chip packaging is now in widespread use in computing, communications, consumer and automotive electronics. The flip chip packaging of today is drastically different from the technology of the 1990’s. The demand for flip chip technology will continue to grow to meet the need for products that offer better performance, are smaller and are environmentally sustainable. “Advanced Flip Chip Packaging” presents past, present and future advances and trends in areas like substrate technology, material development and assembly processes. The objective in editing this book was to assemble a sample of the best work in parallel and distributed biologically inspired algorithms. The editors invited researchers in different domains to submit their work. They aimed to include diverse topics to appeal to a wide audience. Some of the chapters summarize work that has been ongoing for several years, while others describe more recent exploratory work. Collectively, these works offer a global snapshot of the most recent efforts of bioinspired algorithms’ researchers aiming at profiting from parallel and distributed computer architectures—including GPUs, Clusters, Grids, volunteer computing and p2p networks as well as multi-core processors. This volume will be of value to a wide set of readers, including, but not limited to specialists in Bioinspired Algorithms, Parallel and Distributed Computing, as well as computer science students trying to figure out new paths towards the future of computational intelligence. Parallel and Distributed ComAdvanced Flip Chip Packaging putational Intelligence Features 7 Broad-ranging chapters with a focus on IC-package-system integration 7 Provides viewpoints from leading industry executives and experts 7 Details state-of-the-art achievements in process technologies and scientific research 7 Presents a clear development history and touches on trends in the industry, while also discussing up-to-date technology information Contents Market Trends.- Technology Trends.- Bumping Technologies.- Interconnect Technologies.Underfill Technologies.- Substrate Technologies.- Assembly Technologies.- IC-Package-System Integrated Design.- Package and System Thermomechanical Reliability.- Surface Reaction and Electromigration in Soldier Interconnects.- System Integration.- Standards. Features 7 Latest research in parallel and distributed computational intelligence From the contents Electronics and Microelectronics, Instrumentation; Circuits and Systems; Optical and Electronic Materials When Huge is Routine: Scaling Genetic Algorithms and Estimation of Distribution Algorithms via Data-Intensive Computing.- Evolvable Agents: A Framework for Peer-to-Peer Evolutionary Algorithms.- Evolutionary Algorithms on Volunteer Computing Platforms: The MilkyWay@ Home Project.- Self-coordinated on-chip Parallel Computing: A Swarm Intelligence Approach.Large Scale Bioinformatics Data Mining with Parallel Genetic Programming on Graphics Processing Units. Target groups Fields of interest Discount group Target groups Fields of interest Industrial electronics packaging engineers and academic researchers P Engineering Springer News 1/2010 Appl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) T. Venkatesh, Indian Institute of Technology Guwahati, India; C. S. Murthy, Indian Institute of Technology Madras, India An Analytical Approach to Optical Burst Switched Networks This book presents the state of the art results on modeling and analysis of OBS networks. It provides researchers with new directions for future research and helps them gain a better understanding of modeling OBS networks. This book classifies all the literature on modeling and analysis of OBS networks and serves as a thought provoking material for the researchers working on the analysis of high-speed networks. The scope of this book however is not limited to OBS networks alone but extends to high-speed communication networks with limited or no buffers. Features 7 Discusses various architectures and applications of OBS networks 7 Provides material on the theoretical models for OBS networks and helps the reader to gain a deeper understanding of these networks 7 Includes material that is up-to-date and derived from the latest research publications in this field Contents Introduction to Optical Burst Switching.- Traffic Characteristics in OBS Networks.- Blocking Probability in OBS Networks.- Contention Resolution in OBS Networks.- TCP over OBS Networks. Fields of interest Communications Engineering, Networks; Computer Communication Networks; Microwaves, RF and Optical Engineering Target groups Researchers working in the area of high-speed networks Discount group P Engineers, researchers, and graduate students in computational intelligence and computer science Discount group P Engineering Due March 2010 Engineering Due February 2010 71 Engineering Due January 2010 2010. Approx. 400 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 350 p. (Studies in Computational Intelligence, Volume 269) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 270 p. 55 illus. Hardcover 7 approx. $169.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-5767-2 7 $169.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10674-3 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-1509-2 72 Springer News 1/2010 Engineering H. Yang, B. Jiang, Nanjing University of Aeronautics and Astronautics, Nanjing, China; V. Cocquempot, Université des Sciences et Technologies de Lille, France Fault Tolerant Control Design for Hybrid Systems This book intends to provide the readers a good understanding on how to achieve Fault Tolerant Control goal of Hybrid Systems. The book can be used as a reference for the academic research on Fault Tolerant Control and Hybrid Systems or used in Ph.D. study of control theory and engineering. The knowledge background for this monograph would be some undergraduate and graduate courses on Fault Diagnosis and Fault Tolerant Control theory, linear sytem theory, nonlinear system theory, Hybrid Systems theory and Discrete Event System theory. Features 7 Overviews the fault tolerant control design for hybrid systems 7 Presents important theoretical results as well as their applications Contents Fault tolerant control and hybrid systems.- Hybrid systems with time-dependent switching.- Hybrid systems with state-dependent switching.- Hybrid systems with impulsive and stochastic switching.Hybrid systems with discrete specifications.Hybrid control approach in FTC design.- Conclusion and future research directions. Fields of interest Control; Systems Theory, Control Target groups Engineers, researchers, and students in control engineering Discount group P M. Yoshimura, Kyoto University, Kyoto, Japan I. Zelinka, S. Celikovský, H. Richter, G. Chen, (Eds.) System Design Optimization for Product Manufacturing Evolutionary Algorithms and Chaotic Systems Readers of System Design Optimization for Product Manufacturing will learn about detailed concepts and practical technologies that enable successful product design and manufacture. These concepts and technologies are based on system optimization methodologies that consider a broad range of mechanical, as well as human, factors. System Design Optimization for Product Manufacturing explains the methodologies behind current and future product manufacture. Its detailed explanations of key concepts are relevant not only for product design and manufacture, but also for other business fields. These core concepts and methodologies can be applied to practically any field where informed decision-making is important, and where a range of often conflicting factors must be carefully weighed and considered. System Design Optimization for Product Manufacturing can be used as a fundamental reference book by both engineers and students in the fields of manufacturing, design engineering, and product development. This book discusses the mutual intersection of two interesting fields of research, i.e. deterministic chaos and evolutionary computation. Evolutionary computation which are able to handle tasks such as control of various chaotic systems and synthesis of their structure are explored, while deterministic chaos is investigated as a behavioral part of evolutionary algorithms.This book is targeted for a number of audiences. Firstly, it will be an instructional material for senior undergraduate and entry-point graduate students in computer science, physics, applied mathematics, and engineering, who are working in the area of deterministic chaos and evolutionary algorithms. Secondly, researchers who desire to know as to how to apply evolutionary techniques on chaos control as well as researchers interested in the emergence of chaos in evolutionary algorithms will ?nd this book a very useful tool and starting point. Features 7 Provides detailed explanations of fundamental ways of thinking about complex optimization problems 7 Discusses advanced methodologies for the development of optimized product designs From the contents 1. Progression of Product Manufacturing Technologies.- 2. Evaluative Criteria for Product Manufacturing and Optimization Fundamentals.- 3. Technologies for Product Manufacturing Innovation.- 4. Involvement of People in Product Manufacturing.- 5. Product Manufacturing Support Technologies. Fields of interest 7 Puts together for the first time applications of Evolutionary Algorithms for the detection, evaluation, synthesis, mimic and control of chaotic systems 7 Presents a very compact and highly evaluated bunch of reseach tools which can be used by students, researchers and professionals in the field of chaotic systems 7 Includes a preface by Leon Chua From the contents Part I Theory.- Motivation for application of evolutionary computation to chaotic Systems.- Evolutionary algorithms for chaos researchers.- Chaos theory for evolutionary algorithms researchers.Evolutionary Algorithms and the Edge of Chaos.Part II Applications.- Evolutionary design of chaos control in 1D. Fields of interest Target groups Researchers, engineers, graduate students in computational íntelligence, complexity computer science Discount group P Due February 2010 Features Manufacturing, Machines, Tools; Engineering Economics, Organization, Logistics, Marketing; Computer-Aided Engineering (CAD, CAE) and Design Engineers in product development, university researchers, researchers in industry, postgraduate students Engineering springer.com/booksellers Engineering Due January 2010 Computational Intelligence; Complexity; Statistical Physics, Dynamical Systems and Complexity Target groups Discount group P Engineering Due February 2010 2010. Approx. 195 p. (Lecture Notes in Control and Information Sciences, Volume 397) Softcover 2010. XIV, 202 p. 114 illus. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 560 p. (Studies in Computational Intelligence, Volume 267) Hardcover 7 $109.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10680-4 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-1-84996-007-6 7 $209.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10706-1 springer.com/librarybooks Springer News 1/2010 G. L. Zeng, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT, USA Medical Image Reconstruction A Conceptual Tutorial W. Zhu, Canadian Space Agency, Brossard, QC, Canada Virtual Decomposition Control “Medical Image Reconstruction: A Conceptual Tutorial” introduces the classical and modern image reconstruction technologies, such as twodimensional (2D) parallel-beam and fan-beam imaging, three-dimensional (3D) parallel ray, parallel plane, and cone-beam imaging. This book presents both analytical and iterative methods of these technologies and their applications in X-ray CT (computed tomography), SPECT (single photon emission computed tomography), PET (positron emission tomography), and MRI (magnetic resonance imaging). Contemporary research results in exact region-of-interest (ROI) reconstruction with truncated projections, Katsevich’s cone-beam filtered backprojection algorithm, and reconstruction with highly undersampled data with l0-minimization are also included. This book is written for engineers and researchers in the field of biomedical engineering specializing in medical imaging and image processing with image reconstruction. Toward Hyper Degrees of Freedom Robots Features Features 7 Clearly explains the concepts with minimum mathematical derivation 7 Wrriten in readerfriendly style 7 Helps the readers to understand modern image reconstrcution algorithms with little background 7 Provides more than 140 illustrations 7 Presents up-to-date reuslts in analytical and iterative image reconstruction Fields of interest Biomedical Engineering; Imaging / Radiology; Appl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of Engineering Target groups Engineers and researchers in the field of biomedical engineering with medical imaging specialty, and image processing with image reconstruction specialty Discount group P Driven by the need to achieve superior control performances for robots with hyper degrees of freedom, the virtual decomposition control approach is thoroughly presented in this book. This approach uses subsystem (such as links and joints of a complex robot) dynamics to conduct control design, while guaranteeing the stability and convergence of the entire complex robot without compromising the rigorousness of the system analysis. The central concept of this approach is the definition of the virtual stability. The stability of the entire complex robot is mathematically equivalent to the virtual stability of every subsystem. This fact allows us to convert a large problem to a few simple problems with mathematical certainty. This book comprises fourteen chapters. The first five chapters form the foundation of this approach. The remaining nine chapters are relatively independent. 7 The most up-to-date on virtual decomposition control From the contents Part I Virtual Decomposition Control Theory.Introduction.- Mathematical Preliminaries.Virtual Decomposition Control - A Two DOF Example.- Virtual Decomposition Control - General Formulation.- Part II Virtual Decomposition Control Applications.- Control of Electrically Driven Robots.- Control of Motor/ Transmission Assemblies.- Control of Hydraulic Robots.- Control of Coordinated Multiple Robot Manipulators.- Control of Space Robots.- Control of Humanoid Robots. Fields of interest Control, Robotics, Mechatronics; Artificial Intelligence (incl. Robotics) Target groups Researchers, engineers, graduate students in robotics Discount group P Engineering Due February 2010 Distribution rights in China: Higher Education Press Engineering Due April 2010 Jointly published with Higher Education Press 2010. Approx. 200 p. 163 illus. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 460 p. (Springer Tracts in Advanced Robotics, Volume 60) Hardcover 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-3-642-05367-2 7 $159.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10723-8 Engineering 73 74 Springer News 1/2010 Physics/Astronomy V. Anisimov, Y. Izyumov, Institute for Metal Physics, Ekaterinburg, Russia Electronic Structure of Strongly Correlated Materials Electronic structure and physical properties of strongly correlated materials containing elements with partially filled 3d, 4d, 4f and 5f electronic shells is analyzed by Dynamical Mean-Field Theory (DMFT). DMFT is the most universal and effective tool used for the theoretical investigation of electronic states with strong correlation effects. In the present book the basics of the method are given and its application to various material classes is shown. The book is aimed at a broad readership: theoretical physicists and experimentalists studying strongly correlated systems. It also serves as a handbook for students and all those who want to be acquainted with fast developing filed of condensed matter physics. Features 7 Covers the major developments in the theory of the electronic structure of strongly correlated materials 7 Integrates various theoretical models, such as electronic strucutre calculation, Hubbard model, dynamic mean-field theory, Anderson model 7 Provides a useful theoretical basis for scientists and graduate students alike Contents Introduction.- Electronic Structure Calculations in One-Electron Approximation.- Hubbard Model in Dynamical Mean-Field Theory (DMFT).- DMFT Extensions.- Periodic Anderson Model (PAM).Electronic Structure Calculations for Real Materials by LDA and DMFT Method.- Conclusion. Fields of interest Optical and Electronic Materials; Condensed Matter Physics; Microwaves, RF and Optical Engineering Target groups Scientists and graduate students Discount group G. J. Barker, University of Warwick, UK b-Quark Physics with the LEP Collider The Development of Experimental Techniques for b-Quark Studies from Z-Decay The book reviews the unexpected impact that the LEP experiments have had on the subject of b-quark physics. The emphasis is firmly on telling the story from an experimental viewpoint. Aspects of the detectors that were essential for the reconstruction of b-hadrons are highlighted, especially the role played by silicon strip detectors and particle identification methods. The importance of solving practical issues such as detector alignment and track reconstruction to fully realize the reconstruction potential of the detectors is demonstrated along with various examples of potential problems when these aspects are not well controlled. Barker details new ideas and analysis techniques that evolved during the years of LEP running so that the information is useful to new researchers or those putting together plans for future b-physics experiments. Features 7 Comprehensive description of experimental methods Contents b-physics at LEP.- Silicon Vertex Detectors and Particle Identification.- Experience in Reconstructing Z0-& bb Events.- Tagging Z0-& bb Events.- Tagging b-quark Charge.- Double-Hemisphere Tagging.- Optimal b-Flavour and b-Hadron Reconstruction.- Conclusion and Next Steps. Fields of interest Particle and Nuclear Physics; Particle Acceleration and Detection, Beam Physics Target groups Scientists working in this field Discount group P P springer.com/booksellers E. Beaurepaire, H. Bulou, F. Scheurer, J. Kappler, Inst. Physique et Chimie des Materiaux de Strasbourg, Strasbourg, France (Eds.) Magnetism and Synchrotron Radiation New Trends Advances in the synthesis of new materials with often complex, nano-scaled structures require increasingly sophisticated experimental techniques that can probe the electronic states, the atomic magnetic moments and the magnetic microstructures responsible for the properties of these materials. At the same time, progress in synchrotron radiation techniques has ensured that these light sources remain a key tool of investigation, e.g. synchrotron radiation sources of the third generation are able to support magnetic imaging on a sub-micrometer scale. With the Fifth Mittelwihr School on Magnetism and Synchrotron Radiation the tradition of teaching the state-of-the-art on modern research developments continues and is expressed through the present set of extensive lectures provided in this volume. While primarily aimed at postgraduate students and newcomers to the field, this volume will also benefit researchers and lecturers actively working in the field. From the contents Introduction to Magnetism.- Spintronics: Conceptual Building Blocks.- Interaction of Polarized Light with Matter.- Synchrotron Radiation Sources and Optical Devices.- X-ray Magnetic Dichroism.X-ray Detected Optical Arctivity.- X-ray Detected Magnetic Resonance: a New Spectroscopic Tool.Resonant X-ray Scattering and Absorption.- An Introduction to Inelastic X-ray Scattering.- XAS and XMCD of Single Molecule Magnets.Magnetic Structure of Actinide Metals.- Magnetic Imaging with X-rays. Fields of interest Magnetism, Magnetic Materials; Particle Acceleration and Detection, Beam Physics; Solid State Physics Target groups Researcher Discount group P Physics and Astronomy Physics and Astronomy Physics and Astronomy Due March 2010 Due March 2010 Due February 2010 2010. Approx. 350 p. 157 illus. (Springer Series in Solid-State Sciences, Volume 163) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 200 p. 50 illus. (Springer Tracts in Modern Physics, Volume 236) Hardcover 2010. XII, 450 p. (Springer Proceedings in Physics, Volume 133) Hardcover 7 approx. $169.00 ISBN 978-3-642-04825-8 7 $159.00 ISBN 978-3-642-05278-1 7 $249.00 ISBN 978-3-642-04497-7 springer.com/librarybooks Physics/Astronomy Springer News 1/2010 M. Bonitz, Universität Kiel, Germany; N. Horing, Stevens Institute of Technology, Hoboken, NJ, USA; J. Meichsner, Universität Greifswald, Germany; P. Ludwig, Universität Kiel, Germany (Eds.) Introduction to Complex Plasmas Complex plasmas differ from traditional plasmas in many ways: these are low-temperature high pressure systems containing nanometer to micrometer size particles which may be highly charged and strongly interacting. The particles may be chemically reacting or be in contact with solid surfaces, and the electrons may show quantum behaviour. These interesting properties have led to many applications of complex plasmas in technology, medicine and science. Yet complex plasmas are extremely complicated, both experimentally and theoretically, and require a variety of new approaches which go beyond standard plasma physics courses. This book fills this gap presenting an introduction to theory, experiment and computer simulation in this field. Based on tutorial lectures at a very successful recent Summer Institute, the presentation is ideally suited for graduate students, plasma physicists and experienced undergraduates. Features 7 Covers the major developments in theoretical and experimental physics of complex plasmas 7 Integrates plasma and surface science 7 Both a study text for graduate students and a reference work for researchers From the contents Introduction.- Part I: General plasma physics aspects.- Plasmas for Fusion.- Principles of Transport of multi-component plasmas.- Dense Laser Plasmas.- Introduction to quantum plasmas.Introduction to quantum plasma simulations.Part II: Strongly coupled, quantum and dusty plasmas.- Imaging diagnostics in dusty plasmas. A. Celletti, University of Rome, Italy Stability and Chaos in Celestial Mechanics This book presents classical celestial mechanics and its interplay with dynamical systems in a way suitable for advance level undergraduate students as well as postgraduate students and researchers. First paradigmatic models are used to introduce the reader to the concepts of order, chaos, invariant curves, cantori. Next the main numerical methods to investigate a dynamical system are presented. Then the author reviews the classical two-body problem and proceeds to explore the three-body model in order to investigate orbital resonances and Lagrange solutions. In rotational dynamics the author details the derivation of the rigid body motion, and continues by discussing related topics, from spin-orbit resonances to dumbbell satellite dynamics. Features 7 Provides a comprehensive survey of the tools of celestial mechanics from classical theories to modern methods 7 Presents a variety of useful computer – assisted techniques with practical examples of applications 7 Demonstrates the interplay between classical celestial mechanics and the modern tools of dynamical systems 7 Gives useful examples for the constructive implementation of perturbation theory Fields of interest Extraterrestrial Physics, Space Sciences; Astrophysics and Astroparticles; Mechanics Target groups Graduate students, researchers Discount group P U. R. Christensen, A. Balogh, D. Breuer, K. Glaßmeier (Eds.) Planetary Magnetism The articles in this volume cover, for the first time, all aspects of planetary magnetism, from the observations made by space missions to their interpretation in terms of the properties of all the planets in the solar system. Studies of dynamogenerated magnetic fields in Mercury, the Earth, the giant planets, as well as in Ganymede, one of Jupiter’s moons, are presented. Crustal magnetic field in Mars, the Mon and the Earth are described as well as magnetic fields induced in the solar system bodies. There are several articles dealing with dynamo theory and modelling and applications to the different planets. Features 7 First comprehensive review of planetary magnetism, planetary dynamos and the interiors of planets 7 Covers all aspects of the planets' magnetic fields and how they are generated 7 Contributions from those who first explored the planets and explained their magnetism From the contents Introduction.- Space exploration of planetary magnetism.- Planetary magnetic field measurements.- Planetary magnetospheric current systems.- Separation of the magnetic field into external and internal parts.- Magnetic field of the Earth.- Crustal magnetic fields: Mars, Earth and Moon.- Magnetic field of the outer planets.Magnetic fields of the satellites of Jupiter and Saturn.- Magnetic field of Mercury.- Paleomagnetic records of planetary differentiation.- Induced magnetic fields in solar system bodies.- Structure and evolution of Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus and Neptune and of the extrasolar gas planets.Thermal evolution and magnetic field generation in terrestrial planets and satellites.- Theory and modeling of planetary dynamos. Fields of interest Fields of interest Extraterrestrial Physics, Space Sciences; Planetology Atoms and Molecules in Strong Fields, Laser Matter Interaction; Plasma Physics. Target groups Target groups Researchers and graduate students in the fields of planetary science and space science Academic libraries, graduate students, scientists, practitioners Discount group Discount group P P Physics and Astronomy Physics and Astronomy 75 Due January 2010 Physics and Astronomy Due May 2010 Jointly published with Praxis Publishing, UK Due January 2010 2010. Approx. 380 p. (Springer Series on Atomic, Optical, and Plasma Physics, Volume 59) Hardcover 2010. XVI, 264 p. (Springer Praxis Books / Astronomy and Planetary Sciences) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 540 p. 195 illus., 110 in color. (Space Sciences Series of ISSI, Volume 33) Hardcover 7 approx. $199.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10591-3 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-3-540-85145-5 7 approx. $159.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-5900-3 76 Springer News 1/2010 Physics/Astronomy G. Wolschin, Universität Heidelberg, Germany (Ed.) Lectures on Cosmology Accelerated Expansion of the Universe The lectures that four authors present in this volume investigate core topics related to the accelerated expansion of the Universe. The first lecture covers the inflationary period in the very early Universe. The second lecture revolves around the accelerated expansion of the late Universe at redshifts z < 1 due to the enigmatic dark energy that is commonly interpreted as a cosmological constant. The discovery of this accelerated expansion relied on data from type Ia supernovae, so this second lecture is dedicated to the astrophysics of type Ia supernovae and their role in cosmological observations. The third lecture, which seeks alternative explanations of dark energy, deals with modified gravity models. Such theories presently appear to be the most serious competitors to conventional darkenergy models based on a cosmological constant or its time-dependent counterparts arising from a scalar field. And the fourth lecture discusses currently available statistical methods that are indispensable for the analysis of cosmological data, thus making them necessary prerequisites for many of the results of modern cosmological research. Features 7 Provides pedagogically written introductions to cosmological topics related to expansion of the universe 7 Contains an overview of statictical methods applied in cosmology Contents Preface.- Inflation and Cosmological Perturbations.- Type Ia Supernovae and Cosmology.Modified Gravity Models of Dark Energy.- Statistical Methods in Cosmology.- Index. M. Damnjanovic, I. Milosevic, University of Belgrade, Serbia Line Groups in Physics springer.com/booksellers F. Haake, University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany Quantum Signatures of Chaos This volume gives a detailed and up-to-date overview of the line groups, the groups that describe the symmetry of quasi-one dimensional crystals. Nanotubes, nanowires, nanosprings, nanorods, and polymers are examples remarkable enough to have kept nanoscience as a leading field within material science and solid state physics for more than fifteen years now. The authors present the mathematical foundations, including classifications of the line groups, quasi one-dimensional crystals and quantum numbers, together with important applications. Extensive illustrations related to the physics of nanotubes make the book essential reading in this field above all. The book clearly demonstrates how symmetry is a most profound property of nature and contains valuable results that are published here for the first time. This by now classic text provides an excellent introduction and survey to the continuously expanding field of quantum chaos . The topics treated include a detailed exploration of the quantum aspects of nonlinear dynamics, quantum criteria to distinguish regular and irregular motion, antiunitary symmetries (generalized time reversal), random matrix theory and a thorough account of the quantum mechanics of dissipative systems. Each chapter is accompanied by a selection of problems which will help the newcomer to test and deepen his/her understanding and to acquire an active command of the methods presented. In addition to a significant number of smaller revisions and chapter updates, the third edition thoroughly expands on the understanding of universal spectral fluctuations, and – to subsequently make the presentation of all semi-classical developments self-contained - a new chapter on classical Hamiltonian chaos has been inserted. Features Features Theory and Applications to Nanotubes and Polymers 7 First book explicitly devoted to Line Groups 7 Detailed and up-to-date presentation 7 Draws attention to useful techniques 7 Will aid progress in theoretical understanding Fields of interest Theoretical, Mathematical and Computational Physics; Nanotechnology; Polymer Sciences Target groups Scientists, graduate students, lecturers, academic libraries Discount group P 7 Fully updated and expanded 3rd edition of a now classic text. 7 Presents new material on classical Hamiltonian chaos to make the presentation of all semi-classical developments self-contained. 7 Provides an excellent introduction and survey to the continuously expanding field of quantum chaos. Contents Introduction.- Time Reversal and Unitary Symmetries.- Level Repulsion.- Random-Matrix Theory.Level Custering.- Level Dynamics.- Quantum Localization.- Dissipative Systems.- Classical Hamiltonian Chaos.- Semiclassical Roles for Classical Orbits.- Superanalysis for Random-Matrix Theory. Fields of interest Fields of interest Statistical Physics, Dynamical Systems and Complexity; Quantum Physics; Mathematical Methods in Physics Cosmology; Astrophysics and Astroparticles; Statistics for Engineering, Physics, Computer Science, Chemistry and Earth Sciences Target groups Target groups Researcher and professionals Researchers and students in quantum physics and nonlinear dynamics Discount group Discount group P Physics and Astronomy P Physics and Astronomy Physics and Astronomy Due March 2010 Due April 2010 Due March 2010 2010. X, 200 p. (Lecture Notes in Physics, Volume 800) Softcover 2010. XII, 200 p. 38 illus. (Lecture Notes in Physics, Volume 801) Softcover 3rd ed. 2010. Approx. 530 p. (Springer Series in Synergetics, Volume 54) Hardcover 7 $79.95 ISBN 978-3-642-10597-5 7 $79.95 ISBN 978-3-642-11171-6 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-3-642-05427-3 springer.com/librarybooks N. Haghighipour, University of Hawaii, Honolulu, HI, USA (Ed.) A. Y. Khrennikov, University of Växjö, Sweden The discovery of extrasolar planets over the past decade has had major impacts on our understanding of the formation and dynamical evolution of planetary systems. There are features and characteristics unseen in our solar system and unexplainable by the current theories of planet formation and dynamics. Among these new surprises is the discovery of planets in binary and multiple-star systems. The discovery of such “binary-planetary” systems has confronted astrodynamicists with many new challenges, and has led them to re-examine the theories of planet formation and dynamics. Among these challenges are: How are planets formed in binary star systems? What would be the notion of habitability in such systems? Under what conditions can binary star systems have habitable planets? How will volatiles necessary for life appear on such planets? From Psychology to Finance Ubiquitous Quantum Planets in Binary Star Systems Structure Features 7 This volume presents the reader with the current state of the research on the detection and formation of planets in binary stars, written by teams of experts on these topics Contents 1 Disks around Young Binary Stars.- 2 Probing the Impact of Stellar Duplicity on Planet Occurrence with Spectroscopic and Imaging Observations.- 3 The Detection of Extrasolar Planets using Precise Stellar Radial Velocities.- 4 Observational Techniques for Detecting Planets in Binary Systems.- 5 The SARG Planet Search.- 6 Early Evolution of Planets in Binaries: Planet-disk interaction.- 7 Dynamics and planet formation in/around binaries.- 8 Gravitational instability in binary protoplanetary disks.- 9 N-Body Integrators for Planets in Binary Star Systems.- 10 Terrestrial Planet Formation in Binary Star Systems.- 11 Planetary Dynamics and Habitable Planet Formation In Binary Star Systems. Fields of interest Astronomy, Observations and Techniques; Planetology; Astrophysics and Astroparticles Target groups Researchers Discount group P Physics/Astronomy Springer News 1/2010 Quantum-like structure is present practically everywhere. Quantum-like (QL) models, i.e. models based on the mathematical formalism of quantum mechanics and its generalizations can be successfully applied to cognitive science, psychology, genetics, economics, finances, and game theory. This book is not about quantum mechanics as a physical theory. The short review of quantum postulates is therefore mainly of historical value: quantum mechanics is just the first example of the successful application of non-Kolmogorov probabilities, the first step towards a contextual probabilistic description of natural, biological, psychological, social, economical or financial phenomena. A general contextual probabilistic model (Växjö model) is presented. It can be used for describing probabilities in both quantum and classical (statistical) mechanics as well as in the above mentioned phenomena. Features 7 Expounds a new "quantum-inspired" approach to mathematical modeling 7 Draws attention to structural similarities in diverse fields 7 Rich source of ideas for further study Contents Quantum-like Paradigm.- Classical (Kolmogorovian) and Quantum (Born) Probability.Contextual Probabilistic Model - Växjö Model.Quantum-like Representation Algorithm - QLRA.- The Quantum-like Brain.- Experimental Tests of Quantum-like Behavior of the Mind.Quantum-like Decision Making and Disjunction Effect.- Macroscopic Games and Quantum Logic.Contextual Approach to Quantum-like Macroscopic Games.- Psycho-financial Model.- The Problem of Smoothness of Bohmian Trajectories.Appendix.- References.- Index. Fields of interest Quantum Physics; Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes; Economic Theory D. Jaksch, University of Oxford, UK; S. A. Clark Cold Atoms in Optical Lattices This book will describe recent theoretical advances of cold atom physics in optical lattices, concentrating on strongly correlated systems and possible applications in quantum information processing. Furthermore, the latest experiments aiming towards realizing these theoretical ideas will be discussed. The book will present in detail recently developed quantum optical tools for manipulating atoms in optical lattices and show how they can be used to realize a large range of well controlled many body Hamiltonians. Connections and differences to standard condensed matter physics will be explained. Finally, it will discuss how the ability to dynamically change parameters in these Hamiltonians on time scales much shorter than typical decoherence times can be exploited to realize quantum information processing devices with neutral atoms in optical lattices. Features 7 The only monograph dedicated solely to this topic Contents 1 Introduction.- Part I Few Atom Physics.2 Optical potentials.- 3 Single Atom Dynamics.4 Atom atom interactions in optical lattices.5 Bose-Einstein Condensates in Optical Lattices.Part II Many Atom Physics.- 6 Hubbard Models in Optical Lattices.- 7 Loading of Degenerate Atomic Gases Into Optical Lattices.- 8 Condensed matter models.- 9 Quantum information processing in optical lattices.- 10 Summary and outlook. Fields of interest Physics, general; Quantum Gases and Condensates; Condensed Matter Physics Target groups Senior researchers and postgraduate level students in atomic, molecular and optical physics, also condensed matter physics and quantum information Discount group P Target groups Scientists and advanced students Discount group P Physics and Astronomy Physics and Astronomy Due January 2010 Physics and Astronomy 77 Due June 2010 Due February 2010 Jointly published with Canopus Academic Publishing Limited, UK 2010. Approx. 350 p. 200 illus. (Astrophysics and Space Science Library, Volume 366) Hardcover 2009. XVI, 210 p. 12 illus., 4 in color. Hardcover 2010. IV, 300 p. Hardcover 7 approx. $159.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8686-0 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-05100-5 7 approx. $129.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8688-4 78 Springer News 1/2010 Physics/Astronomy A. A. Kokhanovsky, University of Bremen, Germany Light Scattering Reviews 5 Single Light Scattering and Radiative Transfer Features 7 Summarizes recent developments in the fields of light scattering media optics and radiative transfer 7 Provides an up to date review of modern single and multiple light scattering theory 7 Focuses on radiative transfer and optics of highly reflective objects, such as snow and ice 7 Uniquely covers numerical techniques in single and multiple light scattering 7 Considers both theoretical and experimental results From the contents Chapter 1. Optical properties of small particles and their aggregates, 1.1. Numerical light scattering simulations and optical properties of aggregates 1.2. Application of scattering theories to the characterization of precipitation processes.Chapter 2. Modern methods in radiative transfer 2.1. Using a 3D radiative transfer Monte-Carlo model to assess radiative effects on polarized reflectances above cloud scenes. Fields of interest Environmental Physics; Remote Sensing/Photogrammetry; Meteorology/Climatology Target groups Post-doctoral researchers and scientists working in light scattering optics and its applications in the environmental sciences Discount group P S. Matarrese, Universita di Padova, Italy; V. Gorini, U. Moschella, Universita di Insubria, Como, Italy (Eds.) Dark Matter and Dark Energy This book developed from a doctoral school sponsored by the Italian Society of General Relativity and Gravitation, and brings together contributions from leading international authorities in the field to provide a review of the developments in the study of dark matter and dark energy, as seen from both their cosmological and particle physics side. Studying the physical and astrophysical properties of the dark components of our Universe is a crucial step towards the ultimate goal of unveiling their nature. The book starts with a concise introduction to the standard cosmological model, as well as with a presentation of the theory of linear perturbations around a homogeneous and isotropic background. It covers the particle physics and cosmological aspects of dark matter and (dynamical) dark energy, including a discussion of how modified theories of gravity could provide a possible candidate for dark energy. Features springer.com/booksellers D. McComas, Southwest Research Institute, San Antonio, TX, USA; G. Zank, University of Alabama Huntsville, AL, USA; N. Schwadron, Boston University, Boston, MA, USA (Eds.) Interstellar Boundary Explorer (IBEX) The Interstellar Boundary Explorer (IBEX) is a small explorer mission with the sole, focused science objective to discover the global interaction between the solar wind and the interstellar medium. IBEX is designed to achieve this objective by answering four fundamental science questions: What is the global strength and structure of the termination shock? How are energetic protons accelerated at the termination shock? What are the global properties of the solar wind flow beyond the termination shock and in the heliotail?, and How does the interstellar flow interact with the heliosphere beyond the heliopause? The answers to these questions rely on IBEX’s energy resolved images of energetic neutral atoms (ENAs), which originate beyond the termination shock, in the inner heliosheath. 7 Reviews both from an observational and theoretical perspective the status of research on the dark components of our universe 7 Includes a compact introduction to cosmological perturbation theory, which is a fundamental ingredient to understand some of the main observational probes of dark matter and dark energy in the universe Features Fields of interest Mission Overview.- Motion, Neutrals and ENA Inversion.- Theory 1.- Theory 2.- Theory 3.- Spacecraft.- IBEX-Hi.- Backgrounds, Signal-to-Noise.Diagnosing Flow with IBEX-Lo.- EPO.- SOC.Local Interstellar Cloud.- IBEX-Lo.- Background Monitor. Classical and Quantum Gravitation, Relativity Theory; Elementary Particles, Quantum Field Theory; Astrophysics and Astroparticles Target groups Researchers and graduate students in the fields of physics, astronomy, cosmology, and mathematics, as well as (astro)particle physics and general relativity Discount group P 7 Provides the basis for the interpretation of IBEX mission data 7 Reveals the need for the unique data produced by IBEX 7 Details the development of the elements of the IBEX flight system Contents Fields of interest Extraterrestrial Physics, Space Sciences; Planetology Target groups Researchers and graduate students working in Earth and space sciences; investigators of solarterrestrial interactions Discount group P Earth and Environmental Science Due February 2010 Physics and Astronomy Due February 2010 Due January 2010 Only available in print Jointly published with Praxis Publishng, UK Jointly published with Canopus Academic Publishing Limited, UK 2010. 500 p. (Springer Praxis Books / Environmental Sciences) Hardcover 2010. IV, 450 p. (Astrophysics and Space Science Library, Volume 370) Hardcover 2010. VII, 369 p. Hardcover 7 $209.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10335-3 7 approx. $159.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8684-6 7 $159.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-1447-7 Reprinted from SPACE SCIENCE REVIEWS, Vol. 146/1-4, 2009 springer.com/librarybooks E. J. Mittemeijer, Max-Planck Institute for Metals Research/Institute of Materials Science, University of Stuttgart, Stuttgart, Germany Fundamentals of Materials Science This book offers a fundamental treatise on the basis of materials science. The book is meant to be used in the beginning of a materials science and engineering study. Topics dealt with are “crystallography”, “lattice defects”, “microstructural analysis”, “phase equilibria and transformations” and “mechanical strength”. After the basic chapters, the coverage of topics occurs to an extent surpassing what can be offered in a freshman’s course. Therefore the book can be used throughout an entire undergraduate and even graduate study as a solid background against which specialized texts can be studied. The central issue of materials science is to develop models that provide the relation between the microstructure and the properties, which is the feature distinguishing materials science from merely solid state physics and solid state chemistry. This book conveys this message. Features 7 Very comprehensive and topically complete textbook 7 Only materials sciences textbook from undergraduate till graduate student level 7 Perfect didactical structure, inclusion of the latest research results 7 Fluent and rigorous teaching presentation of the concepts in materials science providing deep, basic insight into materials science Contents Introduction.- electronic structure of the atom.chemical bonding in solids.- crystallography.- the crystal imperfection; lattice defects.- analysis of the microstructure; analysis of lattice imperfections.- phase equilibria.- diffusion.- phase transformations.- recovery, recrystallization and grain growth.- mechanical strength of materials. Fields of interest Structural Materials; Metallic Materials; Characterization and Evaluation of Materials Target groups Graduate and upper undergraduate students Physics/Astronomy Springer News 1/2010 A. Piel, IEAP CAU-Kiel, Kiel, Germany K. Sekimoto, ESPCI, Paris, France Introduction to Plasma Physics Stochastic Energetics This book is written by an experimentalist and covers all aspects of plasma physics at an introductory level. The fundamental concepts of plasma description are developed in a bottom-up approach of increasing mathematical complexity. The intuitive understanding of the concepts is emphasized. Different from most introductory texts, low-temperature plasmas, plasma discharges and plasma diagnostics get a much larger share. Controled nuclear fusion is introduced and magnetic confinement is discussed at a simple level. Novel plasma phenomena as found in complex (dusty) plasmas are described. A large number of illustrations, worked out problems with solutions, and short summaries of the basics of each chapter make this text a companion for undergraduate and graduate students and a useful reference on the bookshelf. Features 7 Different from most introductory texts, modern fields of plasma physics, such as low-temperature plasmas, plasma discharges and plasma diagnostics are covered 7 Emphasis on experimental point of view and laboratory applications 7 Gives introduction to forefront research on complex plasmas, like non-neutral or dusty plasmas Contents Introduction.- Definition of the Plasma State.Single Particle Motion.- Stochastic Processes in a Plasma.- Fluid Models.- Plasma Waves.- Plasma Boundaries.- Instabilities.- Kinetic Description of Plasmas.- Dusty Plasmas.- Plasma Production. Fields of interest Atoms and Molecules in Strong Fields, Laser Matter Interaction; Plasma Physics; Extraterrestrial Physics, Space Sciences Target groups Students in physics, astrophysics and space sciences. students in nuclear engineering 79 Stochastic Energetics by now commonly designates the emerging field that bridges the gap between stochastic dynamical processes and thermodynamics. Triggered by the vast improvements in spatiotemporal resolution in nanotechnology, stochastic energetics develops a framework for quantifying individual realizations of a stochastic process on the mesoscopic scale of thermal fluctuations. This is needed to answer such novel questions as: Can one cool a drop of water by agitating an immersed nano-particle? How does heat flow if a Brownian particle pulls a polymer chain? Can one measure the free-energy of a system through a single realization of the associated stochastic process? Features 7 This is the first introductory monograph on this emerging topic by one of the pioneers in the field Contents Part I: Background of the Energetics of the Stochastic Processes.- Physics of Langevin Equation.- Structure of Macroscopic Thermodynamics.Fluctuations in Chemical Reactions.- Part II: Basis of Stochastic Energetics.- Concept of Heat on Mesoscopic Scales.- Work on the Mesoscopic Systems.- Heat Viewed at Different Scales.- Part III: Applications of Stochastic Energetics.- Control and Energetics.- Free-Energy Tranducers.Appendix.- References.- Index. Fields of interest Semiconductors; Single Molecule Studies, Molecular Motors; Statistical Physics, Dynamical Systems and Complexity Target groups Graduate students, lecturers, researchers Discount group P Discount group P Discount group P Materials Science Due February 2010 Physics and Astronomy Due July 2010 Physics and Astronomy Due March 2010 2010. Approx. 500 p. 365 illus., 5 in color. (Graduate Texts in Physics) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 360 p. 180 illus. Hardcover 2010. XII, 300 p. (Lecture Notes in Physics, Volume 799) Hardcover 7 approx. $99.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10499-2 7 $79.95 ISBN 978-3-642-10490-9 7 $89.95 ISBN 978-3-642-05410-5 80 Springer News 1/2010 Physics/Astronomy T. Stanev, University of Delaware, Newark, DE, USA High Energy Cosmic Rays Cosmic rays are an essential part of the universe. Their origin is related to many important astrophysical processes, such as star formation, stellar evolution, supernova explosions and the state of interstellar matter in the Galaxy. Cosmic Ray Physics reviews our present knowledge of cosmic rays, describing how they are born in a wide range of cosmic processes, how they are accelerated and how they interact with matter, magnetic fields and radiation during their journey across the Galaxy. The book also describes the detection of cosmic rays, and the processes which take place, both at the top and within the Earth’s atmosphere. The author also describes the very important area of the underground detection of very high energy cosmic rays and particles such as neutrinos. Features 7 Second edition of sucessful texbook 7 Draws on the author’s 30 years of research experience, working in the field of cosmic ray research 7 Considers the very latest and most exciting topics in cosmic ray research 7 Considers both theoretical aspects and experimental techniques 7 Presents the very latest experimental results for cosmic ray measurements above and in the atmosphere, at the Earth’s surface, and underground Fields of interest Astrophysics and Astroparticles; Astronomy, Observations and Techniques; Extraterrestrial Physics, Space Sciences Target groups Advanced undergraduate and graduate students and astronomers, high energy astrophysicists, physicists Discount group P A. A. Ungar, North Dakota State University, Fargo, ND, USA Hyperbolic Triangle Centers The Special Relativistic Approach After A. Ungar had introduced vector algebra and Cartesian coordinates into hyperbolic geometry in his earlier books, along with novel applications in Einstein’s special theory of relativity, the purpose of his new book is to introduce hyperbolic barycentric coordinates, another important concept to embed Euclidean geometry into hyperbolic geometry. It will be demonstrated that, in full analogy to classical mechanics where barycentric coordinates are related to the Newtonian mass, barycentric coordinates are related to the Einsteinian relativistic mass in hyperbolic geometry. Contrary to general belief, Einstein’s relativistic mass hence meshes up extraordinarily well with Minkowski’s four-vector formalism of special relativity. In Euclidean geometry, barycentric coordinates can be used to determine various triangle centers. Features 7 Continuation of A. Ungar successful work on hyperbolic geometry, now with introduction of hyperbolic barycentric coordinates 7 Proves how, contrary to general belief, Einstein’s relativistic mass meshes up well with Minkowski’s four-vector formalism of special relativity 7 Sets the ground for investigating hyperbolic triangle centers numerically with respect to its hyperbolic triangle vertices From the contents Part I The Special Relativistic Approach to Hyperbolic Geometry, 1. Einstein Addition, 2. When Einstein meets Minkowski, 3.Euclidean and Hyperbolic Barycentric Coordinates, Part II Mathematical Tools for Hyperbolic Geometry, 4. Gyrovectors. Fields of interest Classical and Quantum Gravitation, Relativity Theory; Applications of Mathematics; Theoretical, Mathematical and Computational Physics Target groups Upper undergraduate and graduate students as well as researchers in geometry, algebra, theoretical physics and astronomy springer.com/booksellers R. Vaas, University of Gießen, Germany (Ed.) Beyond the Big Bang Competing Scenarios for an Eternal Universe The Big Bang model is now both theoretically and empirically well established, although it does not explain the mystery of the very beginning of our universe. Over recent years, however, new developments open up the exciting prospect of going “beyond” the Big Bang and even of finding a physical explanation for it. Surprisingly, the ancient idea of a past-eternal universe is being revived, but a variety of other fascinating new approaches -from the Holographic Universe to Cosmic Natural Selection -- are also being pursued. This book provides an up-to-date overview of each of these competing scenarios with original contributions from the world’s leading researchers in cosmology, who describe their own work and results in a manner understandable even to non-specialists. “The stellar line-up of contributors to this volume are working at the cutting edge of cosmological research, and are poised to take our understanding of the universe beyond the big bang into an even stranger realm.” - Paul Davies. Features 7 The first publication to gather and compare the various scenarios proposed to explain the Big Bang 7 Written by the leading protagonists, many of them originators of the theories 7 Clear presentation accessible also to non-specialists 7 Carefully edited to avoid redundancy, fine tuned to bring out the parallels in the different approaches Fields of interest Classical and Quantum Gravitation, Relativity Theory; Astronomy, Astrophysics and Cosmology; Popular Science in Astronomy Target groups Scientists, cosmologists, theoretical physicists, students of physics, astronomy/cosmology, philosophy of science, philosophers, some theologians, teachers, laymen interested in astronomy and cosmology, popular science fans seeking a deeper understanding Discount group P Discount group P Due February 2010 Only available in print Physics and Astronomy Physics and Astronomy Jointly published with Praxis Publishing Ltd., UK Due June 2010 Due May 2010 2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 400 p. 170 illus. (Springer Praxis Books / Astronomy and Planetary Sciences) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 400 p. (Fundamental Theories of Physics, Volume 166) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 680 p. 40 illus. (The Frontiers Collection) Hardcover 7 $159.00 ISBN 978-3-540-85147-9 7 approx. $159.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8636-5 7 $89.95 ISBN 978-3-540-71422-4 springer.com/librarybooks Advances in Polymer Science Series editors: A. Abe, A. Albertsson, K. Dusek, W. H. de Jeu, H. Kausch, S. Kobayashi, K. Lee, L. Leibler, T. E. Long, I. Manners, M. Möller, O. Nuyken, E. M. Terentjev, B. Voit, G. Wegner, U. Wiesner, M. J. Vicent Volume 224 W. Meier, W. Knoll (Eds.) Polymer Membranes/ Biomembranes Features 7 Highest Impact Factor of all publications ranked by ISI within Polymer Science 7 Short and concise reports on physics and chemistry of polymers, each written by the world renowned experts 7 Still valid and useful after 5 or 10 years 7 The electronic version is available free of charge for standing order customers at: springer.com/ series/12/ Contents Han Zhang, James R. Joubert, and S. Scott Saavedra: Membranes from Polymerizable Lipids.A. P. Siegel and C. A. Naumann: Polymer Stabilized Lipid Membranes: Langmuir Monolayers.Wolfgang Knoll, Katja Bender, Renate Förch, Curt Frank, Heide Götz, Claudia Heibel, Toby Jenkins, Ulrich Jonas, Asmorom Kibrom, Ralf Kügler, Christoph Naumann, Renate Naumann, Annette Reisinger, Jürgen Rühe, Stefan Schiller, and EvaKathrin Sinner: Polymer-Tethered Bimolecular Lipid Membranes.- Violeta Malinova, Serena Belegrinou, Dirk de Bruyn Ouboter, and Wolfgang Meier: Biomimetic Block Copolymer Membranes.Annabelle Bertin, Florian Hermes, and Helmut Schlaad: Biohybrid and Peptide-Based Polymer Vesicles.- Kostas Ch. Daoulas and Marcus Müller: Comparison of Simulations of Lipid Membranes with Membranes of Block Copolymers. Fields of interest Polymer Sciences; Lipidology; Biomaterials Target groups Academic and industrial researchers, libraries in polymer science, material science and solid state physics Discount group P A. Bernardini, Università degli Studi de Padova, Padova, Italy; F. Tonon, University of Texas at Austin, Austin, TX, USA Bounding Uncertainty in Civil Engineering Theoretical Background In engineering contexts, random sets are useful when there is scarce or imprecise information as well as when a model for the engineering system is imprecise (e.g., discretization errors, different competing models, upper and lower bounds in limit analysis). Random sets generalize the concept of random variables from point measures to set measures; equivalently, they embody a convex set of probability measures. Taking an engineering approach rather than a mathematical one, Random Sets in Civil Engineering is a gentle introduction to the subject that does not require advanced mathematical knowledge. Basic ideas and methods are presented and demonstrated with the aid of simple workedout examples and suggested problems. Connections are clarified to the more general theory of imprecise probabilities and to other non classical models of uncertainty and approximate reasoning in decision making (e.g., fuzzy sets and evidence theory). Features 7 Basic ideas and methods of Random Sets in Civil Engineering are presented with the aid of simple worked-out examples and suggested problems 7 Useful as reference for practicing engineers involved in planning, design, construction and management of civil infrastructures, as well as a graduate-level textbook Contents Motivation.- Review of Theory of Probability and Notation.- Random sets and imprecise probabilities.- Random relations.- Inclusion and mappings of random sets/relations.- Approximate reasoning. Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology Since 2004 and with the 2nd edition in 2006, the Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology has established itself as the definitive reference in the nanoscience and nanotechnology area. It integrates the knowledge from nanofabrication, nanodevices, nanomechanics, Nanotribology, materials science, and reliability engineering in just one volume. Beside the presentation of nanostructures, micro/ nanofabrication, and micro/nanodevices, special emphasis is on scanning probe microscopy, nanotribology and nanomechanics, molecularly thick films, industrial applications and microdevice reliability, and on social aspects. In its 3rd edition, the book grew from 8 to 9 parts now including a part with chapters on biomimetics. More information is added to such fields as bionanotechnology, nanorobotics, and (bio)MEMS/NEMS, bio/nanotribology and bio/nanomechanics. Features 7 3rd edition of this successful handbook 7 2nd edition also on DVD-ROM 7 New part with a focus on biomimetics 7 Updated with focus on bionanotechnology From the contents Forewords by Neal Lane, James R. Heath, Subra Suresh.- Introduction to Nanotechnology.- Nanostructures, Micro/Nanofabrication and Materials.MEMS/NEMS and BioMEMS/NEMS.- ScanningProbe Microscopy.- Bio/Nanotribology and Bio/ Nanomechanics.- Molecularly Thick Films for Lubrication.- Biomimetics.- Industrial Applications.- Micro/Nanodevice Reliability. System requirements For PC und Mac. For the complete system requirements see: springer.com Fields of interest Target groups Target groups Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials; Structural Mechanics; Geotechnical Engineering Researchers and graduate students in mechanical and civil engineering Discount group Engineering 81 B. Bhushan, Ohio State University, Columbus, OH, USA (Ed.) Fields of interest P Chemistry and Materials Science Materials Science Springer News 1/2010 Nanotechnology and Microengineering; Tribology, Corrosion and Coatings; Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials Researchers and engineers, students Discount group P Engineering Due April 2010 Due January 2010 Due March 2010 2010. XII, 238 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 350 p. Hardcover 3rd ed. 2010. XL, 1800 p. 1600 illus. in color. With DVD. Hardcover 7 $249.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10478-7 7 $169.00 ISBN 978-3-642-11189-1 7 approx. $199.00 ISBN 978-3-642-02524-2 82 Springer News 1/2010 Materials Science H. Frey, Esslingen, Germany; H. R. Khan, Schwäbisch Hall, Germany S. Hull, Rutherford Appleton Laboratory, Oxfordshire, UK Handbook of Thin Film Technology Solid Electrolytes: Materials, Properties and Applications Features Solid electrolytes or superionics are materials which exhibit exceptionally high values of ionic conductivity due to the rapid diffusion of one ionic species through a lattice formed by immobile counterions. Originally studied by Faraday in the 1830s, and for many years considered little more than scientific curiosities, ionically conducting solids are now a widely studied class of materials with important technological applications within solid state batteries, gas sensors and fuel cells. This book aims to provide an introduction to solid electrolytes and their historical development. A detailed summary of the major families of superionic compounds will be presented, with particular emphasis on the most important examples. An assessment of our current understanding of the relationship between the crystal structure of superionics and their bulk conduction processes will be given, permitting a discussion of the factors which promote rapid ionic motion within solids. 7 Practical handbook with a focus on the methods of thin film generation and measurement 7 Can be used a reference as well as for self-study 7 Includes also an introduction to the physical foundations and applications in nanotechnology Contents Introduction.- Physical Foundations.- Techniques for Thin Film Generation.- Plasma-based Methods.- Chemical Vapor Deposition.- Ion Beam Techniques.- Single Crystal Deposition Techniques.- Modern Analysis Methods for Surfaces and Thin Films.- Measurement Methods.- Extrasitu techniques.- Automation of Vacuum Coating Plants.- Applications in Nanotechnology, Electronics, and Optics. Fields of interest Surfaces and Interfaces, Thin Films; Characterization and Evaluation of Materials; Operating Procedures, Materials Treatment Target groups Professionals and students Discount group P Features 7 The book will focus primarily on the superionic materials themselves, rather than the techniques used to study them or their various technological applications, which allows their conducting properties to be discussed from both the fundamental (ionic diffusion processes) and the more applied (device) points of view 7 Highlighting the complementary between the microscopic behaviour and macroscopic properties Fields of interest Solid State Physics; Spectroscopy and Microscopy; Optical and Electronic Materials Target groups Scientists and researchers in solid state chemistry, physics and materials science, also with relevance to aspects of earth science and engineering Those working in more applied areas of the topic Discount group P springer.com/booksellers C. Lacroix, CNRS, Grenoble, France; F. Mila, Ecole Polytechnique Fédérale de Lausanne, Switzerland; P. Mendels, Université Paris 11, Orsay, France (Eds.) Introduction to Frustrated Magnetism Materials, Experiments, Theory The field of highly frustrated magnetism has developed considerably and expanded over the last 15 years. Issuing from canonical geometric frustration of interactions, it now extends over other aspects with many degrees of freedom such as magnetoelastic couplings, orbital degrees of freedom, dilution effects, and electron doping. Its is thus shown here that the concept of frustration impacts on many other fields in physics than magnetism. This book represents a state-of-the-art review aimed at a broad audience with tutorial chapters and more topical ones, encompassing solid-state chemistry, experimental and theoretical physics. Features 7 Only book dealing with all aspects of frustrated magnetism 7 Integrates basic physics and related topics 7 Appeals to researchers and graduate students alike From the contents First Part: Basic concepts in frustrated magnetism.- Thermal and Quantum Fluctuations in Frustrated Magnets.- Quantum Spin Liquids.Second Part: Probing frustrated magnets.- Thermodynamic Measurements.- Neutron scattering.Resonance experiments (ESR, NMR, µ-SR).- Light experiments.- Third Part: Frustrated systems.- Synthesis and crystal growth of frustrated magnets.Spinels.- Pyrochlores.- Kagome.- Fourth part: Specific effects in frustrated magnets.- Magnetization plateaux.- Lattice instabilities.- Spin ice.- Fifth part: Advanced Theorical Methods in Frustrated Magnetism.- Large N approaches and Schwinger bosons. Fields of interest Magnetism, Magnetic Materials; Structural Materials; Engineering, general Target groups Scientists, graduate students and academic libraries Discount group P Physics and Astronomy Chemistry and Materials Science Due September 2010 Physics and Astronomy Due May 2010 Due August 2010 Jointly published with Canopus Academic Publishing Limited, UK 2010. Approx. 1000 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 500 p. 160 illus. (Springer Series in Solid-State Sciences, Volume 164) Hardcover 7 approx. $209.00 ISBN 978-3-642-05429-7 7 approx. $169.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8682-2 7 approx. $229.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10588-3 springer.com/librarybooks S. Oktyabrsky, University at Albany - SUNY, Albany, NY, USA; P. Ye, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN, USA (Eds.) Fundamentals of III-V Semiconductor MOSFETs Fundamentals of III-V Semiconductor MOSFETs presents the fundamentals and current status of research of compound semiconductor metaloxide-semiconductor field-effect transistors (MOSFETs) that are envisioned as a future replacement of silicon in digital circuits. The material covered begins with a review of specific properties of III-V semiconductors and available technologies making them attractive to MOSFET technology, such as band-engineered heterostructures, effect of strain, nanoscale control during epitaxial growth. Due to the lack of thermodynamically stable native oxides on III-V’s (such as SiO2 on Si), high-k oxides are the natural choice of dielectrics for III-V MOSFETs. Features 7 A comprehensive overview of III-V compound semiconductor MOSFETs and the most recent breakthroughs 7 The commercialization of compound semiconductor MOSFETs 7 Fundamental and technological aspects of high-k oxides as a natural choice for III-V MOSFETs and the challenges faced when using high-k oxides From the contents Towards III-V digital MOSFET circuits.- Physics of compound semiconductors: band-engineered heterostructures and strain effects.- Physics and modeling of compound semiconductor MOSFETs.- P-channel MOSFETs.- Compound semiconductor technology: MBE and MOCVD.Properties and trade-offs of compound semiconductor MOSFETs.- Electronic structure and properties of high-k gate oxides.. I. A. Razumovsky, Russian Academy of Science, Moscow, Russia Solid-State Physics Interference-optical Methods of Deformable Solid Body Mechanics Introduction to the Theory Learning Solid State Physics involves a certain degree of maturity, since it involves tying together diverse concepts from many areas of physics. The objective is to understand, in a basic way, how solid materials behave. To do this one needs both a good physical and mathematical background. One definition of Solid State Physics is it is the study of the physical (e.g. the electrical, dielectric, magnetic, elastic, and thermal) properties of solids in terms of basic physical laws. In one sense, Solid State Physics is more like chemistry than some other branches of physics because it focuses on common properties of large classes of materials. It is typical that Solid State Physics emphasizes how physics properties link to electronic structure. We have retained the term Solid Modern solid state physics came of age in the late thirties and forties and is now is part of condensed matter physics which includes liquids, soft materials, and non-crystalline solids. Features 7 2nd edition of a successful textbook 7 Presents the rich teaching experience of two gifted professors 7 Covers the important basic aspects of the entire field of solid state physics 7 Comes with a 200 pages manual of exercises and solutions to support learning and teaching 7 Very valuable graduate textbook From the contents Circuits and Systems; Solid State Physics; Spectroscopy and Microscopy Target groups Fields of interest Engineers engaged in frontier semiconductor materials and electronics, and graduate students in electrical engineering, materials science and engineering, materials physics and chemistry Discount group P Condensed Matter Physics; Solid State Physics; Spectroscopy and Microscopy Target groups Graduate students Translated by: G. A. Yakovlevich, Moscow State Technical University, Moscow, Russia This reference tutorial contains modern experimental approaches to analysis of strain-stress distribution based on interference-optical methods of registration of strain or displacement fields, including coherent-optical techniques (holographic interferometry, speckle photography, electronic digital speckle interferometry techniques) and photoelastic methods as well as the shadow optical method of caustic. The book describes the theory, efficient scope of application in the every-day practice and the problems of further development of these techniques. Much attention is paid to new and promising advanced developments in the field of observation and computational methods for study of residual stress, determination of fracture mechanics parameters and material deformation characteristics. The content corresponds to the course of lectures delivered by the author at the N.E. Bauman Moscow State Technical University. Features 7 Presents the theory ant the scope of applications in the practice 7 Contains modern approached and promising advanced techniques Contents Introduction.- Photoelasticity.- Coherent-optical methods.- Use of interference-optical methods to solve problems in fracture mechanics.- Experimental methods for residual stress determination. Fields of interest Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials; Optics, Optoelectronics, Plasmonics and Optical Devices; Materials Science, general Target groups Scientists and researchers, graduate students Discount group P Discount group P Engineering Due February 2010 Engineering 83 J. D. Patterson, Rapid City, SD, USA; B. C. Bailey, Cape Canaveral, FL, USA Main Book: Crystal Binding and Structure.- Lattice Vibrations and Thermal Properties.- Electrons in Periodic Potentials.- The Interaction of Electrons and Lattice Vibrations.- Metals, Alloys, and the Fermi Surface.- Semiconductors.- Magnetism, Magnons, and Magnetic Resonance.- Superconductivity.- Dielectrics and Ferroelectrics.- Optical Properties of Solids.- Defects in Solids.- Current Topics in Solid Condensed Matter Physics. Fields of interest Materials Science Springer News 1/2010 Physics and Astronomy Original Russian edition published by the Publishing House of the N.E. Bauman Moscow State Technical University, 2007 Due January 2010 Due December 2010 2010. Approx. 500 p. 100 illus. Hardcover 2nd ed. 2011. Approx. 800 p. 200 illus. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 270 p. (Foundations of Engineering Mechanics) Hardcover 7 approx. $169.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-1546-7 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-02588-4 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-11221-8 84 Springer News 1/2010 Materials Science H. Schönherr, University of Stanford, CA, USA; G. J. Vancso, University of Twente, The Netherlands Scanning Force Microscopy of Polymers X. Yi, S. Du, L. Zhang (Eds.) Composite Materials Engineering This book introduces the reader to scanning force microscopy of polymers based on a practice-oriented approach. It begins with a broad introduction to the necessary background of SFM, including intermolecular forces and various SFM imaging modes. “Scanning Force Microscopy of Polymers” is developed in a didactically clear and easily understandable style. The application of SFM to visualize and study polymers is exemplified by numerous case studies, including experimental protocols. In addition, the book helps the reader to develop a conscious and critical understanding of SFM data. This approach enables the reader to acquire the knowledge and experimental skills that are necessary to understand and obtain good and reliable SFM results within the shortest time possible. In recent decades, composite materials have developed very rapidly and the applications continue to be of increasing importance. Composite Materials Engineering, the three-volume reference book, offers an integrated and completely up-to-date coverage on composite materials. Vol. 1 provides an introduction and the fundamentals of composite materials, covering reinforcements of composites, polymer matrix materials, textile composites, interfaces of composites and mechanics and the design of composites. Vol. 2 focuses on several important composite materials and provides detailed descriptions about the properties, the production technologies and the applications of these composite materials, including advanced polymer matrix composites, thermoplastic polymer matrix composites, metal matrix composites, etc. Features Features 7 A practice oriented book. It "teaches" the reader to pick up knowledge and skills necessary to obtain good and reliable results within the shortest possible time 7 Didactically clear and easily understandable and containts many graphical representations and visuals 7 Helps the reader to develop a conscious and critical understanding From the contents 7 Authoritative Authorship: More than 40 best experts in composite materials of China devote themselves to the completion of this book 7 Comprehensive: It is the most comprehensive book on composite materials in the world 7 Advancement: Latest advances in field of optical functional composites and intelligent composites are introduced Q. Yin, B. Zhu, H. Zeng, Shanghai Institute of Ceramics, Chinese Academy of Sciences, Shanghai, China Microstructure, Property and Processing of Functional Ceramics Microstructure, Property and Processing of Functional Ceramics describes the preparation, property and local structure microscopy of functional ceramics. It covers functional ceramic fabrication processing, grain boundary phenomena and micro-, nanoscale structures characterizations including scanning electron acoustic microscopy, scanning probe acoustic microscopy and piezoresponse force microscopy. This book is intended for advanced undergraduates, graduates and researchers in the field of materials science, microelectronics, optoelectronics and microscopy. Qingrui Yin and Binghe Zhu both are professors at the Shanghai Institute of Ceramics, Chinese Academy of Sciences; Dr. Huarong Zeng is an associate professor at the Shanghai Institute of Ceramics, Chinese Academy of Sciences. Features Ceramics, Glass, Composites, Natural Materials; Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials 7 Covers microstructure and mechanical properties of inorganic functional material 7 Discusses grain boundary phenomena in functional ceramics 7 Discusses near-field acoustic microscopy of inorganic functional material (method, theory and applications) 7 Includes quantitative characterization of ferro-piezoelectric material in nanoscale 7 550 photos clearly depict the microstructure of functional ceramics and crystals Target groups Fields of interest Physical Principles of Scanning Probe Microscopy Imaging.- Atomic Force Microscopy in Practice.- Assembling of AFM’s for operation.- Practical issues of AFM operation.- Visualization of Macromolecules and Polymer Morphology.- Structural Hierarchy in Polymers.- Single Component Systems.- Biopolymers.- Multi Component Systems. Fields of interest Fields of interest Discount group Polymer Sciences; Analytical Chemistry; Biochemistry, general springer.com/booksellers Researchers and practitioners in the field of composite materials, materials sciences, materials engineering, materials design and civil engineering P Materials Science, general; Industrial Chemistry/ Chemical Engineering; Metallic Materials Target groups Researchers, institutes in materials science and ceramics Discount group Target groups P Laboratory scientists including industrial researchers and academic personnel (graduate students and postdoctoral researchers) working on lab floor level, also for managers Discount group P Chemistry and Materials Science Due March 2010 Distribution rights in China: Chemical Industry Press. Chemistry and Materials Science Due March 2010 Chemistry and Materials Science Due April 2010 Jointly published with Chemical Industry Press Jointly published with Metallurgical Industry Press 2010. I, 300 p. (Springer Laboratory) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 2900 p. 1850 illus. (In 3 volumes, not available seperately) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 400 p. 212 illus. Hardcover 7 approx. $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-01230-3 7 $809.00 ISBN 978-3-642-05262-0 7 $279.00 ISBN 978-3-642-01693-6 springer.com/librarybooks P. A. Allison, Imperial College, London, UK; D. J. Bottjer, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, CA, USA (Eds.) Taphonomy Process and Bias Through Time Taphonomic bias is a pervasive feature of the fossil record. A pressing concern, however, is the extent to which taphonomic processes have varied through the ages. It is one thing to work with a biased data set and quite another to work with a bias that has changed with time. This book includes work from both new and established researchers who are using laboratory, field and data-base techniques to characterise and quantify the temporal and spatial variation in taphonomic bias. It may not provide all the answers but it will at least shed light on the right questions. Contents 1. Taphonomy. 2. Taphonomic overprints on biodiversity. 3. Taphonomy of shelly taxa through time. 4. Taphonomy of shelly taxa through time. 5. Taphonomy of animal organic skeletons though time. 6. Molecular taphonomy of plant organic skeletons. 7. The relationship between continental landscape evolution and the plant-fossil record. 8. Hierarchical control of terrestrial vertebrate taphonomy over space and time. 9. Taphonomy of carbonate microfacies through time. 10. Taphonomy of reefs through time. 11. Silicification through time. 12. Phosphatization through the Phanerozoic. 13. Three-dimensional morphological (CLSM) and chemical (Raman) imagery of cellularly mineralized fossils. 14. Taphonomy in temporally unique settings. 15. Taphonomy in temporally unique settings: the Ediacaran interval. 16. Mass extinctions and changing taphonomic processes. Fields of interest Paleontology; Biodiversity; Geology Earth Sciences/Geography Springer News 1/2010 H. Furumai, S. Sato, M. Kamata, K. Yamamoto (Eds.) Advanced Monitoring and Numerical Analysis of Coastal Water and Urban Air Environment Assisted by: Y. Kawamoto Undergraduate and graduate students of civil engineering, architecture, environmental engineering, and environmental science will enjoy reading the book without knowledge or experience in computer science. Especially, several case study works were introduced focusing urban environmental problems in Mega cities in Asian countries. For example, Tokyo, Taipei, Bangkok are monitoring field for environmental research. Regeneration of Topics include state-of-the-art of environmental monitoring and simulation in urban area: hazardous substances, atmospheric movement, coastal hydrology, biological tests, and wastewater. Features 7 Contain interesting and intensive field monitoring data on coastal environmental and urban air environment 7 The topics also include state-ofthe-art of environmental monitoring and simulation analysis in urban area: hazardous substances, atmospheric movement, coastal hydrology, biological tests, and wastewater Fields of interest Landscape/Regional and Urban Planning Target groups Graduates, scientists, researchers, academic libraries Discount group P Target groups H. Gökcekus, T. Umut, Near East University, Lefkosa/North Cyprus, Turkey; J. W. LaMoreaux, P.E. LaMoreaux & Assoc., Tuscaloosa, AL, USA (Eds.) Survival and Sustainability Environmental concerns in the 21st Century The International Conference on Environment: Survival and Sustainability, held at the Near East University, Nicosia, Northern Cyprus 19-24 February 2007, dealt with environmental threats and proposed solutions at all scales. The 21 themes addressed by the conference fell into four broad categories; Threats to Survival and Sustainability; Technological Advances towards Survival and Sustainability; Activities and Tools for Social Change; Defining Goals for Sustainable Societies. Activities and tools that move the society towards greater sustainability were emphasized at the conference. These included environmental law and ethics, environmental knowledge, technology and information systems, media, environmental awareness, education and lifelong learning, the use of literature for environmental awareness, the green factor in politics, international relations and environmental organizations. The breadth of the issues made clear the need for greatly increased interdisciplinary and international collaboration. Features 7 Addresses the need for greatly increased interdisciplinary and international collaboration regarding survival and sustainability issue 7 The conference represents an initial step in this direction Fields of interest Sustainable Development; Applied Earth Sciences; Landscape/Regional and Urban Planning Target groups Libraries, researchers, scientists, graduates, tutors, professionals Discount group Researchers and professionals P Discount group P Earth and Environmental Science Due June 2010 Earth and Environmental Science Due February 2010 85 Earth and Environmental Science Due February 2010 2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 450 p. (Topics in Geobiology, Volume 32) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 175 p. 100 illus. (cSUR-UT Series: Library for Sustainable Urban Regeneration, Volume 3) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 1400 p. 110 illus., 60 in color. (Environmental Earth Sciences) Hardcover 7 approx. $169.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8642-6 7 approx. $129.00 ISBN 978-4-431-99719-1 7 $349.00 ISBN 978-3-540-95990-8 86 Springer News 1/2010 Earth Sciences/Geography springer.com/booksellers J. Havskov, L. Ottemoller, University of Bergen, Norway D. Hopley, James Cook University, Townsville, QLD, Australia (Ed.) B. K. Jana, M. Majumder, Jadavpur University, Kolkata, India (Eds.) Routine Data Processing in Earthquake Seismology Encyclopedia of Modern Coral Reefs With Sample Data, Exercises and Software Structure, Form and Process Impact of Climate Change on Natural Resource Management The purpose of this book is to get a practical understanding of the most common processing techniques in earthquake seismology. The book deals with manual methods and computer assisted methods. Each topic will be introduced with the basic theory followed by practical examples and exercises. There are manual exercises entirely based on the printed material of the book, as well as computer exercises based on public domain software. Most exercises are computer based. The software used, as well as all test data are also available on the DVD in the back of the book. This book is intended for everyone processing earthquake data, both in the observatory routine and in connection with research. Using the exercises, the book can also be used a basis for a university course in earthquake processing. Includes: Exercises, test data and public domain software (SEISAN) that is available from http:// extras.springer.com Editorial board: G. Cabioch, P. Davies, T. Done, E. Gischler, I. Macintyre, R. Wood, C. Woodroffe Features 7 Only book of its kind 7 Provides background, data examples, exercises and integrated software Features 7 No equivalent publication available 7 Presented from a geological rather than ecological angle 7 Will be used by wide range of disciplines as well as earth scientists 7 Coral reefs highly topical because of worldwide decline and impact of climate change (sometimes referred to as the "canaries" for climate change) Fields of interest Biogeosciences; Physical Geography; Freshwater & Marine Ecology Target groups Scientists and researchers at geology, oceanography, geography and ecology university and governmental departments, as well as at companies Discount group P This book covers a huge range of strategies that can be applied to various sectors, from forests to flood control. Its aim, as with resource management itself, is to combine economics, policy and science to help rehabilitate and preserve our natural resources. Beginning with papers on carbon sequestration, including the practice of artificial desertification, the topics move on to cover the use of distributed modeling and neural networks in estimating water availability and distribution. Further chapters look at uncertainty analysis applied to the spatial variation of hydrologic resources, and finally the book covers attempts at estimating meteorological parameters in the context of hydrological variables such as evapo-transpiration from stream flow. Within the next decade, the effects of climate change will be severe, and felt by ordinary human beings. This book proposes a raft of measures that can mitigate, if not reverse, the impact of global warming on the resources we have all come to depend on. Features Preface.- 1. Introduction.- 2. Earth structure and seismic phases.- 3. Instruments and waveform data.- 4. Signal processing.- 5. Location.6. Magnitude.- 7. Focal mechanism and seismogram modeling.- 8. Spectral analysis.- 9. Array processing.- 10. Operation.- References.- Software references.- Index. 7 Comprehensive overview of new methodologies and computational methods, and impact of man-made structures on natural resources 7 Detailed examinations of such techniques as Clean Development Mechanism, Environmental Impact Assessment, Remote Sensing, GIS and Watershed Management 7 Discusses implications of climatic variations which can be used in research projects Fields of interest Fields of interest Target groups Target groups Contents Geophysics/Geodesy; Geotechnical Engineering; Signal, Image and Speech Processing Climate Change; Hydrogeology; Remote Sensing/ Photogrammetry Seismologists at observatories or universities; and earthquake seismologists, seismological engineers Scientists, researchers, professionals, students, policymakers, environmental managers and social activists Discount group P Earth and Environmental Science Discount group P Due February 2011 2011. XX, 900 p. 450 illus., 50 in color. (Encyclopedia of Earth Sciences Series) Hardcover 7 approx. $549.00 ISBN 978-90-481-2638-5 2011. eReference. (Encyclopedia of Earth Sciences Series) Earth and Environmental Science Due May 2010 7 approx. $549.00 ISBN 978-90-481-2639-2 Earth and Environmental Science Due February 2010 2010. Approx. 380 p. 200 illus. With DVD. Hardcover 2011. XX, 900 p. 450 illus., 50 in color. Print + eReference. (Encyclopedia of Earth Sciences Series) (2-volume-set) 2010. XII, 415 p. 219 illus., 158 in color. Hardcover 7 $120.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8696-9 7 approx. $689.00 ISBN 978-90-481-2640-8 7 approx. $139.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3580-6 springer.com/librarybooks J. Kämpf, Flinders University, Adelaide, SA, Australia Advanced Ocean Modelling Using Open-Source Software This book introduces the reader to advanced methods used in the computer-based modelling of fluid processes. This includes nonhydrostatic processes such as breaking internal waves and density-driven convection, but the model code is also used to simulate an El-Niño event! The book contains 25 practical exercises, using freely available Open-Source software suites, which are widely used by the scientific community. In this book, the art of hydrodynamic modelling is made available and transparent to a wider readership. An attractive biproduct of the book is that results are animations rather than still images. Model codes and animation scripts for all exercises are supplied on a website. The reader can adopt model codes for own independent studies Features 7 Step-by-step introduction to more complex aspects of hydrodynamic modelling suitable for graduates and professional scientists 7 Also suitable for online teaching and external workshops Fields of interest Oceanography; Computer Applications in Earth Sciences; Meteorology/Climatology Target groups Scientists, researchers, libraries, institutes Discount group P Earth Sciences/Geography Springer News 1/2010 W. Lahoz, Norsk Institut for Luftforskning, Kjeller, Norway; B. Khattatov, Fusion Numerics, Boulder, CO, USA; R. Menard, Atmospheric Science and Technology Directorate Environment, Dorval, Canada (Eds.) A. D. Miall, University of Toronto, ON, Canada Data Assimilation Data assimilation methods were largely developed for operational weather forecasting, but in recent years have been applied to an increasing range of earth science disciplines. This book will set out the theoretical basis of data assimilation with contributions by top international experts in the field. Various aspects of data assimilation are discussed including: theory; observations; models; numerical weather prediction; evaluation of observations and models; assessment of future satellite missions; application to components of the Earth System. References are made to recent developments in data assimilation theory (e.g. Ensemble Kalman filter), and to novel applications of the data assimilation method (e.g. ionosphere, Mars data assimilation). Preface to Second Edition: The main purpose of this book remains the same as it was for the first edition, that is, to situate sequences within the broader context of geological processes so that geoscientists might be better equipped to extract the maximum information from the record of sequences in a given basin or region. The following are the main themes of the book: Central to the concept of the sequence is the deductive model that sequences carry messages about the “pulse of the earth”. In the early modern period of sequence stratigraphy (the late 1970s and 1980s) the model of global eustasy was predominant, and it was to offer a critique of that model that provided the impetus for developing the first edition of this book. Model-building has been central to the science of geology from the beginning—it was certainly a preoccupation of such early masters of the science as Lyell, Chamberlin, Barrell and Ulrich. From the contents Features Fields of interest Fields of interest Making Sense of Observations 1. Theory. 1.2 Data Assimilation for dummies. 1.3 Mathematical concepts of data assimilation. 1.4 Variational data assimilation. 1.5 Kalman filter methods. 1.6 Errors in data assimilation. 1.7 Bias estimation. 1.8 Evaluation of assimilation algorithms. 1.9 Initialization. 1.10 Inverse Modelling.2. Observations. 2.1 Observing the Earth System. 2.2 Assimilation of operational data. 2.3 Research satellites. Mathematical Applications in Earth Sciences; Computer Applications in Earth Sciences; Remote Sensing/Photogrammetry Target groups Researchers, PhD and post-doctoral students working on the theory and applications of data assimilation, researchers in the various fields of earth sciences who want to gain a better knowledge of the theory of data assimilation and how it can be applied to the specific fields of earth sciences The Geology of Stratigraphic Sequences 7 Situates sequences within the broader context of geological processes so that geoscientists are better equipped to extract the maximum information from the record of sequences in a given basin or region 7 Essential reading for professional geologists involved in coal, gas and petroleum geology as well as hydrology 7 Stresses a deductive approach to geology placing the evidence before the model Sedimentology; Geology Target groups Graduate students, scientists, practitioners in hydrocarbon exploration Discount group P Discount group P Earth and Environmental Science 87 Earth and Environmental Science Earth and Environmental Science Due February 2010 Due February 2010 Due February 2010 2010. Approx. 200 p. 105 illus., 15 in color. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 475 p. Hardcover 2nd ed. 2010. XVI, 480 p. 337 illus., 100 in color. Hardcover 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10609-5 7 $169.00 ISBN 978-3-540-74702-4 7 $99.00 ISBN 978-3-642-05026-8 88 Springer News 1/2010 Earth Sciences/Geography C. E. Pearce, F. Pearce, University of Adelaide, Australia Oceanic Migration Oceanography and Global Climate Change as Keys to the Paths, Sequence, Timing and Range of Prehistoric Migration in the Pacific and Indian Oceans Oceanic Migration studies the prehistoric peopling of the Pacific. It uses science and mathematics to expand the research base of Pacific prehistory and casts new light on this final human expansion. It explores the fundamental roles of oceanography and of global climate change in determining the paths, sequence, timing and range of Spice Island-based maritime migrations ranging across a quarter of the globe. The book is of interest to Pacific prehistorians, oceanographers and American anthropologists concerned with the diffusionist debate. For oceanographers it presents the new idea of the role of the West Pacific Warm Pool and of three of its four major currents in determining the evolution of voyaging in two oceans. For diffusionists it provides new chronological and technological contexts in which the issue of diffusionism needs to be reconsidered. Features 7 Presents a revolutionary analysis of prehistoric oceanic migration 7 Provides a coherent oceanographic mechanism for prehistoric voyaging in two oceans 7 Offers the first Spice Island-based Polynesian prehistory From the contents Part 1: Early Exploration Strategies and Migration Paths.- Part 2: Evidence for a Lapita Age First Settlement of New Zealand.- Part 3: Sketching a Chronology for the Exploration and Colonization of the Pacific. Appendix 1: Genealogies. Fields of interest Migration; Oceanography; Climate Change Target groups W. Reimold, Natural History Museum, Berlin, Germany; R. L. Gibson, University of Witwatersrand, Johannesburg, South Africa Meteorite Impact The Danger from Space and South Africa’s Mega-Impact The Vrederfort Dome The impact of large extraterrestrial bolides (asteroids and comets) with Earth is an everpresent danger that humanity has only recently begun to recognise. Of the 175 impact craters found thus far on Earth, three giants stand out – Chicxulub in Mexico, Sudbury in Canada, and the Vredefort Impact Structure in South Africa. Each of these impact events catastrophically altered the global environment and was strong enough to drastically change life on our planet. The Vredefort Structure is the oldest and largest of these three giants at about 300 km diameter it is nearly twice the size of the Chicxulub crater that was formed by an impact that wiped out approximately 75% of all known life on Earth 65 million years ago. In the more than 2000 million years since its formation, water, wind and ice have slowly eroded away the original Vredefort crater, exposing its roots in a series of spectacular rocks. Features 7 A guide to one of the world's oldest and biggest meteorite impact structures J. Reitner, V. Thiel, University of Göttingen, Germany (Eds.) Encyclopedia of Geobiology Editorial board: H. Fritz, University of Göttingen, Germany; A. Kappler, Center for Applied Geoscience (ZAG), Tübingen, Germany; K. Konhauser, University of Alberta, AB, Canada; P. Reid, Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science, University of Miami, FL, USA; X. Zhang, Northwest University, Xian, China Features 7 The only key resource in the rapidly expanding area of geobiology 7 Cross disciplinary conception from the outset and execution 7 Extensive and comprehensible compilation of modern geobiological methods Fields of interest Biogeosciences; Earth Sciences, general; Life Sciences, general Target groups Libraries; graduate students; researchers (natural scientists, e.g. geochemists, (micro)biologists, geologists, paleontologists, mineralogists); school and university teachers Discount group P Contents The Early History of Earth - Impact, Volcanoes, and Early Life.- Chaos and Catastrophe.- The Impact Heritage of Southern Africa.- Vredefort: The Largest and Oldest Impact Structure in the World.- The More Recent History of the Vredefort Dome Area.- Tourism, and Questions Often Asked About Vredefort.- What Does the Future Hold for Mankind.- Outlook on Vredefort. Fields of interest Planetology; Geoecology/Natural Processes Scientists and researchers in oceanography, traditional histories, physiology, genetics, geology and volcanology, ship hydrodynamics, global climate history and paleodemography Target groups Discount group P P springer.com/booksellers Scientists and interested academics in the related fields, as well as libraries and students Discount group Earth and Environmental Science Due February 2011 2011. Approx. 800 p. 482 illus., 32 in color. (Encyclopedia of Earth Sciences Series) Hardcover Earth and Environmental Science Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Due February 2010 7 $549.00 ISBN 978-1-4020-9211-4 2011. eReference. (Encyclopedia of Earth Sciences Series) 7 $549.00 ISBN 978-1-4020-9212-1 Due March 2010 Originally published by Chris van Rensburg Publications (Pty) Ltd and the Council for Geoscience, 2005 2010. XIV, 438 p. 22 illus., 8 in color. Hardcover 3rd ed. 2010. Approx. 320 p. 300 illus. in color. Softcover 2011. Approx. 800 p. 482 illus., 32 in color. Print + eReference. (Encyclopedia of Earth Sciences Series) 7 approx. $179.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3825-8 7 $99.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10463-3 7 $689.00 ISBN 978-1-4020-9213-8 springer.com/librarybooks H. Balzter, University of Leicester, UK (Ed.) Environmental Change in Siberia Earth Observation, Field Studies and Modelling Siberia is undergoing rapid transformations as a result of its climate vulnerability and the exceptionally high rate of warming it has undergone in recent decades. The information presented in this book was not easily accessible to the global change community before. Contributors include a wide range of Russian, European and North American authors from a variety of disciplinary backgrounds including field ecology, satellite remote sensing and modelling. The book investigates disturbance processes in the taiga forest with a focus on fire and logging, provides observational evidence of evergreen conifer invasion into larch dominated zones which could be a sign of climate change, and describes vegetation model predictions of shifting vegetation zones. Satellite observations of snow cover in Siberia are presented, and observed changes in river runoff described. The interactions between the hydrological cycle, the biosphere and the atmosphere are looked at from a variety of disciplinary viewpoints. Features 7 Highlighting a multitude of processes leading to environmental change in Siberia 7 Provides a holistic view of the multiple scales at which environmental change processes operate today by combining an analysis of field observation, model results and satellite imagery 7 Features information previously not accessible to the global change community Fields of interest Climate Change; Remote Sensing/Photogrammetry; Monitoring/Environmental Analysis Environmental Sciences Springer News 1/2010 M. Bell, S. H. Hosseinloo, U. Kanturska, Imperial College London, UK (Eds.) L. Ci, X. Yang, Research Institute of Forestry, Beijing, China Security and Environmental Sustainability of Multimodal Transport Desertification and Its Control in China Proceedings of the NATO Advanced Research Workshop on Security and Environmental Sustainability of Multimodal Transport, London, United Kingdom, 8–9 January 2009 This unique resource offers a deep understanding of hazardous material transportation and concomitant security and environmental problems. The risks involved in the transport of dangerous goods are shown to arise mainly from the location of the sources and destinations as well as the timing of deliveries. Features Desertification and Its Control in China comprehensively discusses desertification from the views of formation, distribution, development and control models. This book truly elucidates basic theory and control models of desertification, especially the numerous results from research carried out for the UN Convention to Combat Desertification. This book will provide a theoretical and practical basis for ecological and environmental planning and design as well as guidelines for prevention/restoration for desertification projects. It will also provide practical examples. Features 7 A collection of papers written by international experts on hazardous material transportation, security and environmental protection 7 Covers topics which are of great concern to the public and academics, such as the security of transport and climate change 7 Summarizes the achievements in desertification control in China over the past 50 years 7 Foreword by Dr. Hama Arba Dialo, Executive Secretary of the UN Convention to Combat Desertification 7 The Chinese version of this book received an award for one of the best publications in China in 2006 Fields of interest From the contents Sustainable Development; Optimization; Climate Change Target groups University academics and researchers in the fields of transportation, sustainable development, individuals interested in hazardous material transportation and its environmental implications, Industries such as transportation and environmental institutions Discount group P Concept and Global Status of Desertification.Natural Background of China’s Drylands.- Natural Resources and their Utilization in the Drylands of China.- Sandy Deserts, Gobi, Sandlands and Sandified Land in Dryland Provinces of China.Water Erosion in the Drylands of China.- Soil Salinization.- Steppe Degradation and Rehabilitation in Northern China. Fields of interest Soil Science & Conservation; Geoecology/Natural Processes; Environmental Management Target groups Institutions and researchers, government professionals, and students in ecology, environmental management, and environmental conservation Target groups Postgraduate students as well as researchers actively investigating global change issues with a special interest in the Siberian region Discount group P Discount group P Earth and Environmental Science Due March 2010 Earth and Environmental Science Due May 2010 2010. Approx. 300 p. (Advances in Global Change Research, Volume 40) Hardcover 7 $169.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8640-2 89 Earth and Environmental Science Due February 2010 2010. X, 270 p. (NATO Science for Peace and Security Series C: Environmental Security) Hardcover Distribution rights in China: Higher Education Press 7 $189.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8561-0 Jointly published with Higher Education Press Also available as Softcover 2010. Approx. 500 p. 95 illus., 15 in color. Hardcover 7 $89.95 ISBN 978-90-481-8562-7 7 $279.00 ISBN 978-3-642-01868-8 90 Springer News 1/2010 Environmental Sciences The Handbook of Environmental Chemistry Editor-in-chief: D. Barceló, A. G. Kostianoy Volume 7 A. G. Kostianoy, P.P. Shirshov Institute of Oceanology, Russian Academy of Sciences, Moscow, Russia; A. N. Kosarev, Lomonosov Moscow State University, Moscow, Russia (Eds.) The Aral Sea Environment With contributions by numerous experts The environmental problems in the Aral Sea region continue to worsen. This volume presents the information gathered to date on various aspects of the Aral Sea environment. Specialists from institutions in Russia, Uzbekistan, France, Germany and the USA cover different topics – from the paleohistory and archaeology of the region, to the present physical, chemical and biological state of the sea, and the analysis of the runoff and deltas of the Amudarya and Syrdarya rivers. Further, the regional climate change is discussed and reasons for the progressing environmental crisis and the socio-economic problems in the region are highlighted. Features 7 Presents in a systematic description the knowledge accumulated on the physical oceanography, marine chemistry and biology, and pollution of the Aral Sea 7 Based on numerous observational data of the authors, on archival data of several Russian oceanographic institutions and on the broad scientific literature mainly published in Russian editions Fields of interest Environmental Chemistry; Marine & Freshwater Sciences; Ecotoxicology Target groups Scientists, engineers, graduate students in environmental sciences, risk assessment and risk controlling, toxicology and ecology, decision-makers in government, industrial and regulatory bodies springer.com/booksellers A. S. Issar, Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Israel (Ed.) K. Kümmerer, University Hospital Freiburg, Germany (Ed.) Progressive Development Green and Sustainable Pharmacy To Mitigate the Negative Impact of Global Warming on the Semi-arid Regions The book is based on the results of the investigations of the authors in the semi-arid and arid regions (ASAR) of the globe. These investigations brought to the conclusion that the warming climate will cause the drying up of the water resources in these regions. In this case the principles of Sustainable Development will not be able to avert forthcoming catastrophes. These conclusions brought to the compilation of the policy of “Progressive Development”, emphasising investment in the development of new water resources and changing the natural environments while advancing the local populations on the dimension of knowledge by education. Features 7 Progressive Development is a new conceptual model recommended to scientists, engineers, economists, executives and project leaders of NGO aid projects who are involved in development projects in arid and semi arid regions all over the world Within recent years pharmaceuticals have come into focus as contaminants of the environment. At the same time the issue of sustainable chemistry gained momentum. Bringing both together would result in sustainable pharmacy. Sustainable pharmacy is a totally new issue and approach. It addresses environmental, economical and social aspects of pharmacy. In the present stage the focus will be on environmental issues along the whole lifecycle of a pharmaceutical entity. That is dealing with resources and energy input but also with waste issues for example during the synthesis and production of an active pharmaceutical ingredient. Furthermore, it would also look on the compounds themselves and will aim to improve the degradability of the compounds after their use in the environment to reduce the environmental risk caused by pharmaceuticals in the environment. Another issue is the people using pharmaceuticals such as pharmacists, medical doctors and patients. From the contents Scientists, researchers; institutes, libraries (climatology, environmental sciences) General Aspects.- Green and sustainable Pharmacy.- Pharmaceuticals in the Water Cycle: Moving from a Problem to a Solution.- What can we learn from Green Chemistry?- Development, Synthesis and Production of Pharmaceuticals.Production of Pharmaceuticals - Some General Aspects.- Green Metrics and practical examples.Examples from Industrial Practice in Lead Development Using in-silico Methods.- Rational Design of Molecules by Life Cycle Engineering.- The Role of Drug Targeting and Drug Delivery.- Use and Disposal of Pharmaceuticals.- Pharmacovigilance and Ecopharmacology.- Perspectives for Changing Prescription and Disposal Routines.- Experiences with Swedish Classification System. Discount group Fields of interest Contents Progressive Development - Human Society Can Mitigate the Negative Impacts of Aridization Due to Global Warming.- Regional Investigations.Progressive Development and Strategic Environmental Assessment.- Appendices. Fields of interest Climate Change; Nature Conservation Target groups P Environmental Management; Pharmacy; Medicinal Chemistry Target groups Libraries, institutes, researchers, scientists, pharmaceutical industry Discount group Discount group P P Earth and Environmental Science Due March 2010 Earth and Environmental Science Due March 2010 Earth and Environmental Science Due March 2010 2010. XIV, 330 p. Hardcover 2010. X, 290 p. (Environmental Science and Engineering) Hardcover 2010. VIII, 220 p. 40 illus. Hardcover 7 approx. $339.00 ISBN 978-3-540-88276-3 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10639-2 7 approx. $139.00 ISBN 978-3-642-05198-2 springer.com/librarybooks L. Mays, Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ, USA (Ed.) Ancient Water Technologies This fascinating book, which sets out many of the ingenious methods by which ancient societies gathered, transported and stored water, is a timely publication as overextraction and profligacy threaten the existence of aquifers and watercourses that have supplied our needs for millennia. It provides an overview of the water technologies developed by a number of ancient civilizations, from those of Mesopotamia and the Indus valley to later societies such as the Mycenaeans, Minoans, Persians, and the ancient Egyptians. Of course, no book on ancient water technologies would be complete without discussing the engineering feats of the Romans and Greeks, yet as well as covering these key civilizations, it also examines how ancient American societies from the Hohokams to the Mayans and Incas husbanded their water supplies. This unusually wide-ranging text could offer today’s parched world some solutions to the impending crisis in our water supply. A. Navarra, Istituto Nazionale di Geofisico e Vulcanologia, e Centro Euromediterraneo per l Cambiamenti Climatici, Bologna, Italy; V. Simoncini, Università di Bologna, Italy Reviews of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology A Guide to Empirical Orthogonal Functions for Climate Data Analysis Continuation of Residue Reviews 7 Presents a universal picture of water technologies of ancient civilizations 7 An unusually wideranging text which could offer today’s world solutions to the impending crisis in our water supply Climatology and meteorology have basically been a descriptive science until it became possible to use numerical models, but it is crucial to the success of the strategy that the model must be a good representation of the real climate system of the Earth. Models are required to reproduce not only the mean properties of climate, but also its variability and the strong spatial relations between climate variability in geographically diverse regions. Quantitative techniques were developed to explore the climate variability and its relations between different geographical locations. Methods were borrowed from descriptive statistics, where they were developed to analyze variance of related observations-variable pairs, or to identify unknown relations between variables. A Guide to Empirical Orthogonal Functions for Climate Data Analysis uses a different approach, trying to introduce the reader to a practical application of the methods, including data sets from climate simulations and MATLAB codes for the algorithms. From the contents Features Features 1. A Brief History of Water Technology during Antiquity: Before the Romans. 2. Water Technology in Ancient Mesopotamia. 3.Water Technology in Ancient Egypt. 4. Ancient Greek Lavatories: Operation with Reused Water. 5. Water Resource Management in Iran’s Ancient Persepolis Complex. 6. A Web Based Information System for the Inspection of the Hydraulic Works in Ancient Greece. Fields of interest Waste Water Technology / Water Pollution Control / Water Management / Aquatic Pollution; Archaeology; History of Science Target groups Hydrologists, civil engineers, scientists and researchers working in water management, environmental water historians Environmental Sciences Springer News 1/2010 7 Availability of source codes for the pictures 7 Step-by-step introduction to the methods and implementation 7 Practical application of methods as encountered in real problems 7 Mathematical base largely self-included Fields of interest Editor-in-chief: D. M. Whitacre, Series editors: L. Albert, O. Hutzinger, J. Knaak, F. Mayer, D. Morgan, D. Park, R. Tjeerdema, P. d. Voogt, R. Yang, C. Gerba, J. Giesy, J. T. Stevens, G. Ware Volume 204 D. M. Whitacre (Ed.) Reviews of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology attempts to provide concise, critical reviews of timely advances, philosophy and significant areas of accomplished or needed endeavor in the total field of xenobiotics, in any segment of the environment, as well as toxicological implications. Contents Forward.- Preface.- Electron Transfer as a Potential Cause of Diacetyl Toxicity in Popcorn Lung Disease by Peter Kovacic and Andrew L. Cooksy.- Bioconcentration, Bioaccumulation and Metabolism of Pesticides in Aquatic Organisms by Toshiyuki Katagi.- Index. Fields of interest Environmental Management; Ecotoxicology; Waste Water Technology / Water Pollution Control / Water Management / Aquatic Pollution Target groups Researchers and industry scientists Discount group P Meteorology/Climatology; Mathematical Applications in Earth Sciences; Computational Science and Engineering Target groups Graduate and advanced undergraduate students, practitioners and post-docs that require an introduction to the informed usage of the techniques, professionals Discount group P Discount group P Earth and Environmental Science Earth and Environmental Science 91 Earth and Environmental Science Due April 2010 Due February 2010 Due January 2010 2010. Approx. 275 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 200 p. With online files/update. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 60 p. 6 illus. Hardcover 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8631-0 7 approx. $139.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3701-5 7 approx. $129.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-1439-2 92 Springer News 1/2010 Environmental Sciences Reviews of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology Continuation of Residue Reviews Editor-in-chief: D. M. Whitacre, Series editors: L. Albert, O. Hutzinger, J. Knaak, F. Mayer, D. Morgan, D. Park, R. Tjeerdema, P. d. Voogt, R. Yang, C. Gerba, J. Giesy, J. T. Stevens, G. Ware Volume 205 D. G. Steyn, University of British Columbia, Canada; S. T. Rao, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, USA (Eds.) Air Pollution Modeling and its Application XX Proceedings of the 30th NATO/SPS International Technical Meeting on Air Pollution Modelling and Its Application, San Francisco, California, U.S.A., 18–22 May 2009 D. M. Whitacre, Summerfield, NC, USA (Ed.) Reviews of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology attempts to provide concise, critical reviews of timely advances, philosophy and significant areas of accomplished or needed endeavor in the total field of xenobiotics, in any segment of the environment, as well as toxicological implications. Contents Foreward.- Preface.- Gammarus spp. in Aquatic Ecotoxicology and Water Quality Assessment: Towards Integrated Multilevel Tests by Petra Y. Kunz, Cornelia Kienle and Almut Gerhardt.- The Svalbard Glaucous Gull as Bioindicator Species in the European Arctic: Insight from 35 Years of Contaminants Research by J. Verreault, G.W. Gabrielsen and J.O. Bustnes.- Fenamiphos and Related Organophosphorus Pesticides: Environmental Fate and Toxicology by Tanya Cáceres, Mallavarapu Megharaj, Kadiyala Venkateswarlu, Nambrattil Sethunathan and Ravi Naidu.- Index. Fields of interest Environmental Management; Ecotoxicology; Waste Management/Waste Technology Target groups Researchers and industry scientists Discount group P Recent developments in air pollution modelling are explored as a series of contributions from researchers at the forefront of their field. This book on air pollution modelling and its application is focused on local, urban, regional and intercontinental modelling; data assimilation and air quality forecasting; model assessment and evaluation; aerosol transformation; the relationship between air quality and human health and the effects of climate change on air quality. It consists of a series of papers that were presented at the 30th NATO/ SPS International Technical Meeting on Air Pollution Modelling and its Application held in San Francisco, USA, May 18-22, 2009. Features 7 Latest research results from top researchers in the field 7 Balance between applied and theoretical results 7 International coverage Fields of interest Atmospheric Protection/Air Quality Control/Air Pollution; Monitoring/Environmental Analysis Target groups Professors and graduate students interested in air pollution modelling as well as researchers and professionals involved in developing and utilizing air pollution models Discount group P springer.com/booksellers H. Stroo, HydroGeoLogic Inc., Ashland, OR, USA; C. Ward, Rice University, Houston, TX, USA (Eds.) In Situ Remediation of Chlorinated Solvent Plumes This volume provides a review of the past 10 to 15 years of intensive research, development and demonstrations on the in situ remediation of dissolved chlorinated solvents. The intended audience includes the decision makers and practicing engineers and hydrogeologists who will select, design and operate these remedial systems, as well as researchers seeking to improve the current state-of-the-art. Our hope is that this volume will serve as a useful resource to assist remediation professionals in applying and developing the technology as effectively as possible. Features 7 The editors and chapter authors have produced a well-written and up-to-date treatise that we hope will prove to be a useful reference for those making decisions on remediation of chlorinated solvents, for remediation practitioners, and for those involved in development of advanced technology for the in situ remediation of dissolved chlorinated solvents in groundwater From the contents Groundwater Contamination by Chlorinated Solvents: History, Remediation Technologies, and Strategies.- Chlorinated Solvent Chemistry: Structures, Nomenclature and Properties.Biodegradation of Chlorinated Ethenes.- Abiotic Processes Affecting the Remediation of Chlorinated Solvents.- Engineering and Implementation Challenges for Chlorinated Solvent Remediation.Modeling Remediation of Chlorinated Solvent Plumes. Fields of interest Environmental Management; Waste Management/ Waste Technology; Waste Water Technology / Water Pollution Control / Water Management / Aquatic Pollution Target groups Engineers and hydrologists in remediation field, decision makers and researchers in remediation Discount group P Earth and Environmental Science Due February 2010 Earth and Environmental Science 2010. Approx. 590 p. (NATO Science for Peace and Security Series C: Environmental Security) Hardcover Earth and Environmental Science Due February 2010 Due February 2010 7 $269.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3810-4 2010. Approx. 160 p. Hardcover Also available as Softcover 2010. Approx. 705 p. 176 illus., 114 in color. (SERDP/ESTCP Environmental Remediation Technology) Hardcover 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-5622-4 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3811-1 7 $89.95 ISBN 978-1-4419-1400-2 springer.com/librarybooks Springer News 1/2010 M. Van Staden, ICLEI - Local Governments for Sustainability, Freiburg, Germany; F. Musco, Università IUAV di Venezia, Italy (Eds.) Local Governments and Climate Change Sustainable Energy Planning and Implementation in Small and Medium Sized Communities The focus of this publication is on how small and medium-sized communities in Europe are effectively responding to climate change, with a particular focus on different approaches used in sustainable energy planning and implementation. A number of cases presented show the result of different (and often combined) motivations and actions. The most effective responses are those with a holistic, integrated and long-term approach, addressing both climate change mitigation and adaptation, based on citizen and other local stakeholder involvement. Local climate action means addressing different sectors, from buildings to waste, but also involving the industry and business sectors. The focus is on engaging communities on a large scale. Features 7 Addressing the climate change challenge effectively needs engaged local governments and communities 7 Local climate action successes presented show the value of an integrated approach 7 Inspiring local climate action success stories show there are multiple benefits for all Fields of interest Climate Change; Renewable Energy Sources; Sustainable Development Target groups Local decision-makers (mayors, deputy mayors for energy and environment, Councillors); local council administrators and municipal staff (heads of energy and environment departments, technical staff); national policy makers (Departments of Energy, Environment, Strategy, Local Governments); academics and students: public administration, political science, engineering (energy), architecture, environment, sustainable energy / renewable energy management Discount group P Earth and Environmental Science Due March 2010 2010. 50 illus. in color. (Advances in Global Change Research, Volume 39) Hardcover 7 approx. $229.00 ISBN 978-1-4020-9530-6 Environmental Sciences 93 94 Springer News 1/2010 Life Sciences N. Anthes, R. Bergmüller, W. Blanckenhorn, H. J. Brockmann, C. Fichtel, L. Fromhage, J. Frommen, W. Goymann, J. Heinze, K. Hirschenhauser, H. Hofer, S. Kaiser, P. Kappeler, B. Kempenaers, G. Kerth, J. I. Korb, K. Kotrschal, C. Kraus, M. Manser, N. Michiels, R. Moritz, M. Pahl, D. Penn, N. Sachser, M. Schaefer, C. P. Schaik, J. M. Schneider, I. Schreiber, M. Taborsky, J. Tautz, F. Trillmich, S. Zhang, P. Kappeler (Eds.) Animal Behaviour: Evolution and Mechanisms The study of animal behaviour is one of the fastest growing sub-disciplines in biology. The resulting diversity of conceptual approaches and methodological innovations makes it increasingly difficult for professionals and students to keep abreast of important new developments. This edited volume provides up-to-date reviews that facilitate orientation in key areas of animal behaviour, including communication, cognition, conflict, cooperation, sexual selection and behavioural variation. The contributions address evolutionary and proximate aspects of behaviour and also cover both invertebrates and vertebrates. Important concepts are dealt with in separate glossaries and key examples highlighted in separate text boxes. Richly illustrated with colour figures, this volume offers a well structured overview of all the main developments in current animal behaviour research. It is ideal for teaching upper-level courses, where it will be essential reading for advanced students familiar with basic concepts and ideas. Features 7 Articulate summaries of main ideas and approaches in the current study of animal behaviour 7 Tests of theories with the most recent empirical examples 7 Comprehensive reviews by leaders in their respective fields 7 Especially for the master courses Fields of interest Behavioural Sciences; Evolutionary Biology; Animal Ecology Target groups Advanced students of biology P. W. Atkinson, University of California, Riverside, CA, USA (Ed.) Vector Biology, Ecology and Control springer.com/booksellers K. Balasubramanian, M. Burghard, Max-Planck-Institut für Festkörperforschung, Stuttgart, Germany (Eds.) Carbon Nanotubes Methods and Protocols The control of mosquitoes and other insect vectors of human pathogens in an area-wide, environmentally and sustainable way is critical to solving global health problems in the developing world but also to industrialized countries that already have in place efficient vector control programs. The rapid spread of West Nile virus through the United States provides one example of how even a highly developed country can be relatively powerless against the spread of mosquito-borne disease. This volume illustrates how the efforts over half a century of a single investigator, Mir S. Mulla, and his students and collaborators have achieved sustainable vector insect control in regions of the world extending from the south-western United States to south-east Asia. These control strategies have been refined over these decades and now are employed in a diversity of ecosystems. Due to their rare combination of high chemical stability, exceptional optical and electrical properties, high surface-to-volume ratio, and high aspect ratio, carbon nanotubes (CNTs) have made an enormous impact on materials science, molecular biology, biomedicine, and bioanalytical chemistry. Carbon Nanotubes: Methods and Protocols provides reliable, consistent protocols on the application of CNTs in molecular biology-related fields. These are of vital importance, as the commercially available CNTs differ in purity, agglomeration state, as well as length and diameter distribution, all of which have a profound influence on the dispersability and surface properties of the tubes. The volume contains detailed sections on functionalization, toxicity, trafficking, scaffolds, and biosensors, provided by expert researchers from various fields. Features Features Fields of interest Fields of interest 7 Brings together papers on vector ecology, molecular biology as applied to mosquito vector control, and mosquito biological control together in one volume 7 Centres around the achievements of one individual (and his students and colleagues) who has worked in this field of research for more than 50 years which is a highly unusual achievement in any discipline Applied Ecology; Infectious Diseases; Public Health/Gesundheitswesen Target groups Entomologists who are vector biologists, mosquito biologists, vector ecologists, employees of mosquito and vector abatement districts in the United States and elsewhere, students (of the above), biological control specialists 7 Presents functionalization protocols essential for implementing carbon nanotubes into molecular biology methods 7 Serves as a comprehensive guide to the use of carbon nanotubes in biochemical sensing, cytotoxicity testing, and gene delivery 7 Provides a comprehensive survey of how to employ functionalized carbon nanotubes in molecular biology studies Biochemistry, general; Biomaterials Target groups Molecular biologists, bioanalytical chemists, nanoscientists, materials scientists Discount group P Discount group P Discount group P Biomedical and Life Sciences Biomedical and Life Sciences Springer Protocols Due February 2010 Due April 2010 Due February 2010 2010. Approx. 620 p. 110 illus. in color. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 400 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 250 p. 119 illus., 6 in color. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 625) Hardcover 7 approx. $59.95 ISBN 978-3-642-02623-2 7 approx. $199.00 ISBN 978-90-481-2457-2 7 $119.00 ISBN 978-1-60761-577-4 springer.com/librarybooks H. Bang, X. K. Zhou, Weill Medical College of Cornell University, New York, NY, USA; H. L. Van Epps, Rockefeller University Press, New York, NY, USA; M. Mazumdar, Weill Medical College of Cornell University, New York, NY, USA (Eds.) M. R. Barnes, GlaxoSmithKline Research & Development Limited, Stevenage, Hertfordshire, UK; G. Breen, King’s College London, UK (Eds.) Statistical Methods in Molecular Biology Methods and Protocols While there is a wide selection of ‘by experts, for experts’ books in statistics and molecular biology, there is a distinct need for a book that presents the basic principles of proper statistical analyses and progresses to more advanced statistical methods in response to rapidly developing technologies and methodologies in the field of molecular biology. Statistical Methods in Molecular Biology strives to fill that gap by covering basic and intermediate statistics that are useful for classical molecular biology settings and advanced statistical techniques that can be used to help solve problems commonly encountered in modern molecular biology studies, such as supervised and unsupervised learning, hidden Markov models, methods for manipulation and analysis of high-throughput microarray and proteomic data, and methods for the synthesis of the available evidences. Features 7 An easily accessible reference for statistical methods in molecular miology, written by leading researchers in the field 7 Presents a comprehensive guide to self-learning analysis tools for data generated in molecular biology studies, from basic methods to advanced, specialized methods in a progressive style Fields of interest Bioinformatics; Statistics, general; Biostatistics Target groups Molecular biologists, statisticians, higher level undergraduate students and graduate students in biomedical sciences, statistics and applied mathematics Discount group P Life Sciences Springer News 1/2010 Genetic Variation With the continuing advances in sequencing technologies and the availability of thousands of distinct human genomes, we are fast approaching the day when “personal genomes” become a standard study measure and a routine component of personal health records. In Genetic Variation: Methods and Protocols, expert researchers address the rising importance of genome variation, both at the level of the individual and in population-based studies of disease, with a collection of detailed protocols reflecting the nature and impact of genetic variation on human phenotypes. I. B. Buchwalow, W. Böcker, University of Münster, Germany Immunohistochemistry: Basics and Methods 7 Provides an easily accessible reference volume on all the major forms of genetic variation as written by leading researchers in the field 7 Contains detailed bioinformatics tutorials and notes 7 Leads the reader step-by-step through the in silico analysis of genetic variants with suggestions for further lab experiments While many excellent texts and monographs exist which cover various aspects of immunohistochemistry, the lack of a concise comprehensive source for using these methods was a major motivation for the authors to write this book. The authors carefully selected the established methods and easy-to-adopt protocols. In addition to standard techniques, special attention was given to modern developments in immunohistochemistry such as antigen retrieval, signal amplification, the use of epitope tags, multiple immunolabeling or diagnostic immunohistochemistry. Each of the procedures described have been proved by the authors. Many of the methods are routinely used in daily practice in their institute. Each chapter starts with a short introduction into the principles of a method and then presents step-by-step protocols and instructions, including precise recipes for all material needed. Thus, the manual is suitable for a broad audience ranging from students and technical assistants to experienced researchers. From the contents Features Features Genetic Variation Analysis for Biomedical Researchers: A Primer.- Exploring the Landscape of the Genome.- Asking Complex Questions of the Genome without Programming.- Laboratory Methods for the Detection of Chromosomal Abnormalities.- Cancer Genome Analysis Informatics.- Copy Number Variations in the Human Genome and Strategies for Analysis.A Short Primer on the Functional Analysis of Copy Number Variation for Biomedical Scientists.- Computational Methods for the Analysis of Primate Mobile Elements. 7 Each protocol described has been proved by the authors; many of the methods are routinely used in daily practice in their institute 7 Well established methods as well as easy-to-adopt protocols reflecting recent developments in immunohistochemistry are provided 7 All practical steps are clearly described, including lists of all necessary material From the contents Human Genetics; Gene Expression Antibodies for immunohistochemistry; Antibody labeling and the choice of the label; Probes processing for immunohistochemistry; Working with antibodies; Background staining, autofluorescence and blocking steps. Target groups Fields of interest Fields of interest Geneticists, molecular biologists, bioinformaticians Discount group P Immunology; Biological Techniques; Cell Biology Target groups Researchers, students and technical assistants in biomedical and life sciences laboratories Discount group P Springer Protocols 95 Springer Protocols Biomedical and Life Sciences Due January 2010 Due March 2010 2010. Approx. 550 p. 117 illus. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 620) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 375 p. 84 illus. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 628) Hardcover 2010. VIII, 130 p. Hardcover 7 $159.00 ISBN 978-1-60761-578-1 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-1-60327-366-4 7 approx. $179.00 ISBN 978-3-642-04608-7 Due February 2010 96 Springer News 1/2010 Life Sciences I. M. Clark, University of East Anglia, Norwich, UK (Ed.) Matrix Metalloproteinase Protocols Consulting editor: D. A. Young, A. D. Rowan, Newcastle University, Newcastle upon Tyne, UK Since the discovery of a collagen-degrading protease in the tadpole tail in 1962, matrix metalloproteinase research has led to the discovery of more than twenty distinct vertebrate MMPs, along with a variety of homologues from diverse organisms such as the sea urchin, plants, insects, and nematode worms. Fully updating and adding to the popular first edition, Matrix Metalloproteinase Protocols, Second Edition includes a series of state-of-the-art techniques provided by eminent experts in the field. Beginning with a brief overview of the MMP arena, from how these enzymes fit into the larger degradome to what occurs when their expression and function in the mouse is modulated, the volume continues with sections on the expression and purification of MMPs and TIMPs, the detection of MMPs and TIMPs at both the protein and mRNA level, and our ability to assay MMP and TIMP activities in a wide variety of circumstances. Features 7 Includes two comprehensive review chapters and twenty-five detailed method chapters 7 Provides state-of-the-art methodologies 7 Covers expression, purification, detection, and assay of MMPs and TIMPs 7 Details many essential techniques in one easily accessible volume 7 Updated and improved second edition 7 Chapters include the 'tricks of the trade' written by leading researchers Fields of interest I. M. Conboy, D. V. Schaffer, University of California, Berkeley, CA, USA; M. H. Barcellos-Hoff, Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, Berkeley, CA, USA; S. Li, University of California, Berkeley, CA, USA (Eds.) Protocols for Adult Stem Cells V. Demidchik, University of Essex, UK; F. Maathuis, University of York, UK (Eds.) Ion Channels and Plant Stress Responses The study of adult stem cells has surged in recent years. Because they are responsible for the body’s natural ability to fight diseases, heal and recover, or fail and succumb to various maladies, it has become increasingly important to adapt or devise new methods to identify and obtain these cells in quantity and purity for further study. In Protocols for Adult Stem Cells, expert researchers present a variety of methods for studying five types of clinically-relevant mammalian stems cells: mammary, nerve, skeletal muscle, endothelial and mesenchymal. Culture techniques have been optimized for managing the growth and differentiation of stem cells in vitro; as some stem cells are pluripotent, often the method is to guide the fate of such cells among the possible differentiation fates. Chapters include information that will assist researchers in obtaining, characterizing and studying these cells or adapting them to the stem cells of choice. This book aims to provide a range of perspectives on an area that is very topical at present in plant biology: the role of ion channels in plant stress responses. Functions of cation and anion channels in the sensing and encoding of major biotic and abiotic stimuli, stress signal transduction and metabolism adjustment are examined at the cellular and molecular levels. Particular emphases of the book are on new insights into plant Ca2+ signaling, salinity tolerance mechanisms, cyclic nucleotide gated channels and the regulation of stress reactions among oxygen-derived species. Features Fields of interest 7 Provides methods for derivation, culture, differentiation and characterization of mammalian organ stem cells 7 Describes unique genetic markers for prospective isolation of adult stem cell subsets 7 Offers examples for in vivo assays of stem cell regenerative potential 7 Includes bioengineering applications using stem cells for tissue engineering and regenerative medicine Features 7 This book reviews the molecular and physiological properties of ion channels in relation to their functional role in plant stress responses and presents novel hypotheses on mechanisms underlying the encoding and transduction of stress stimuli in plants Plant Physiology; Plant Biochemistry; Plant Sciences Target groups Institutes, libraries, scientists Discount group P Fields of interest Cell Biology; Cell Culture; Stem Cells Target groups Biochemistry, general; Enzymology Stem cell biologists, molecular and cellular biologists Target groups Discount group Biochemists, molecular biologists, cell biologists, and histologists involved in MMP research in academia and industry springer.com/booksellers P Discount group P Springer Protocols Springer Protocols Biomedical and Life Sciences Due February 2010 Due January 2010 Due March 2010 2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 410 p. 48 illus., 4 in color. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 622) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 200 p. 20 illus., 1 in color. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 621) Hardcover 2010. X, 240 p. 28 illus., 15 in color. (Signaling and Communication in Plants) Hardcover 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-1-60327-298-8 7 $119.00 ISBN 978-1-60761-062-5 7 $179.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10493-0 springer.com/librarybooks P. Dion, Université Laval, QC, Canada (Ed.) Soil Biology and Agriculture in the Tropics The relationships between soils, microbes and humans are of crucial relevance in the tropics, where plant stress and microbial activity are exacerbated. This volume of Soil Biology presents the living component of tropical soils, showing how it is shaped by environmental conditions and emphasizing its dramatic impact on human survival and well-being. Following an introduction to the specificities of tropical soils and of their microbial communities, the biological aspects of soil management are examined, dealing with land use change, conservation and slash-and-burn agriculture, the restoration of hot deserts, agroforestry and paddy rice cultivation. As they are of particular relevance for tropical agriculture, symbioses of plants and microbes are thoroughly covered, as are the biodegradation of pesticides and health risks associated with wastewater irrigation. Lastly, traditional soil knowledge is discussed as a key to our sustainable presence in this world. Features 7 The volume editor, Patrice Dion, teaches and performs research in agricultural microbiology at Laval University, Quebec City, Canada, since 1980 From the contents Stephen Nortcliff: Soils of the Tropics; Rainer Georg Joergensen: Organic Matter and Microorganisms in Tropical Soils; Louis V. Verchot: Impacts of Forest Conversion to Agriculture on Microbial Communities and Microbial Function; Gustavo Ribeiro Xavier, Maria Elizabeth Fernandes Correia, Adriana Maria de Aquino, Jerri Édson Zilli, and Norma Gouvêa Rumjanek: The Structural and Functional Biodiversity of Soil: An Interdisciplinary Vision for Conservation Agriculture in Brazil. Fields of interest Agriculture; Soil Science & Conservation; Microbiology Target groups Microbiologists, soil scientists and agronomists with an interest in tropical agriculture and biology; researchers and advanced students Discount group P Biomedical and Life Sciences Life Sciences Springer News 1/2010 I. J. Duncan, University of Guelph, Guelph, ON, Canada; P. Hawkins, Royal Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals, Southwater, UK (Eds.) The Welfare of Domestic Fowl and Other Captive Birds This book describes the welfare implications of keeping wild and domesticated birds in captivity. The environmental and social requirements of various avian species are discussed and suggestions made for appropriate housing and management techniques. Particular attention is paid to humanbird interactions and their impact on the behaviour and welfare of the birds involved. Training methods for companion birds are also described. Possible future trends in keeping birds in captivity are discussed in relation to evolving laws and codes for both wild and domesticated birds and in the light of developing ethical attitudes to animals. The book will be invaluable to all those who keep birds including poultry farmers, pet owners, and managers and caretakers of birds kept in laboratories, zoos, wildlife aviaries, and rehabilitation centres. It will also be of great interest to poultry production, zoology, wildlife and veterinary students. Features 7 Describes appropriate living conditions for captive wild and domesticated birds 7 Gives instructions on how to manage captive birds in order to maximise their welfare 7 Describes the effects of human-bird interactions on the birds’ behaviour and welfare From the contents 1 Introduction; Section I Captive birds, 2 Humanbird interactions; 3 The welfare implications of housing captive wild and domesticated birds.4 Training companion birds. Fields of interest Zoology; Animal Genetics and Genomics; Animal Physiology A. Economou, Foundation for Research and Technology - Hellas, Heraklion, Greece (Ed.) Protein Secretion Methods and Protocols Over the past thirty years, many elegant genetic and biochemical approaches have been combined in order to advance the study of protein secretion and the necessary navigation through cell membranes, yet, despite this progress, less than two hundred membrane protein structures are known, nowhere near the complete inventory that the discovered protein export systems suggest. In Protein Secretion: Methods and Protocols, leading experts in the field provide robust, well-established protocols to elucidate the multiplicity of tools that have been developed to study protein sorting, membrane targeting, transmembrane crossing, and secretion across multiple membranes. With examples involving both prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms, the volume covers subjects ranging from bioinformatics and proteomics to fundamental enzymology and genetics to cell biology, structural analyses, and biophysics. Features 7 Comprehensive guide to developing, running, and analyzing assays to monitor protein secretion from single proteins to proteome scale 7 Presents a modular approach to experimental design, covering model biological systems, screening modalities, detection technologies, and bioinformatics tools 7 Covers a wide range of cell-based and in vitro assay formats and systems Fields of interest Biochemistry, general; Proteomics; Enzymology Target groups Biochemists, geneticists, cellular biologists, molecular biologists, and structural biologists Discount group P Target groups Managers/caretakers of birds kept in laboratories, zoos and wildlife parks, poultry managers, animal production, zoology, wildlife and veterinary students, animal welfare scientists, university libraries, public libraries Discount group P Biomedical and Life Sciences Springer Protocols Due February 2010 Due January 2010 2010. XII, 350 p. (Soil Biology, Volume 21) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 290 p. (Animal Welfare, Volume 9) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 395 p. 74 illus., 2 in color. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 619) Hardcover 7 approx. $229.00 ISBN 978-3-642-05075-6 7 $179.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3649-0 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-1-60327-167-7 Due April 2010 97 98 Springer News 1/2010 Life Sciences springer.com/booksellers D. Favareau, University Scholars Programme, National University of Singapore, Singapore S. S. Gorb, Max-Planck-Institut für Metallforschung, Stuttgart, Germany (Ed.) J. R. Harris, University of Mainz, Germany (Ed.) Essential Readings in Biosemiotics Fields of interest Structure and Function in Health and Disease Anthology and Commentary Synthesizing the findings from a wide range of disciplines – from biology and anthropology to philosophy and linguistics – the emerging field of Biosemiotics explores the highly complex phenomenon of sign processing in living systems. Seeking to advance a naturalistic understanding of the nature and evolution of sign processes and meaning, contemporary biosemiotic research and theory holds deep implications for all those interested in the origins and evolution of life and language, as well as those exploring related issues such as evolutionary psychology, artificial intelligence and the rich diversity of non-verbal human and animal communication processes. Donald Favareau’s Essential Readings in Biosemiotics has been designed to provide a singlesource overview of the major works informing this new interdiscipline, including both historical and analytical commentary on each of the texts presented. Cholesterol Binding and Functional Surfaces in Biology Cholesterol Transport Proteins Life Sciences, general; Engineering, general; Physics, general Target groups Researcher Discount group P Features Features 7 This book covers all currently significant aspects of cholesterol-binding and transport proteins 7 This book integrates diverse topics under the theme of the title 7 Chapters in this book are written by active scientists in their field of study 7 This book contains a thorough coverage of both fundamental science and clinical aspects of cholesterol-binding proteins 7 This will be the first anthology in biosemiotics (at least in English) in the world scale 7 An insightful composition of commented papers, made by a central contributor to the field 7 A guide to newcomers to a new scientific paradigm bridging the gap between science and the humanities 7 Essential readings of biosemiotics, proposing that ‘Nature’ is more ‘human’ than traditional science would have it Fields of interest Biochemistry, general; Lipidology; Protein Science Fields of interest Target groups Life Sciences, general; Linguistics (General); Philosophy of Mind Biochemists concerned with cholesterol metabolism, cholesterol transport and cell membrane cholesterol. Microbiologists concerned with the cholesterol-binding toxins. Cell biologists concerned with membrane “raft” domains. Clinicians dealing with cholesterol metabolism disorders Target groups Anyone studying and working in the fields of cognitive science, applied linguistics, theoretical biology, philosophy of mind, semiotics, evolutionary psychology, communication studies, and history of science Discount group Discount group P P Biomedical and Life Sciences Knowledge of cholesterol and its interaction with protein molecules is of fundamental importance in both animal and human biology. This book contains 22 chapters, dealing in depth with structural and functional aspects of the currently known and extremely diverse unrelated families of cholesterol-binding and cholesterol transport proteins. By drawing together this range of topics the Editor has attempted to correlate this broad field of study for the first time. Technical aspects are given considerable emphasis, particularly in relation cholesterol reporter molecules and to the isolation and study of membrane cholesterol- and sphingomyelin-rich “raft” domains. Cell biological, biochemical and clinical topics are included in this book, which serve to emphasize the acknowledged and important benefits to be gained from the study of cholesterol and cholesterol-binding proteins within the biomedical sciences and the involvement of cholesterol in several clinical disorders. Biomedical and Life Sciences Biomedical and Life Sciences Due March 2010 Due February 2010 Due January 2010 2010. Approx. 870 p. (Biosemiotics, Volume 3) Hardcover 2010. XVIII, 660 p. (2-volume-set) 2010. Approx. 400 p. (Subcellular Biochemistry, Volume 51) Hardcover 7 approx. $279.00 ISBN 978-1-4020-9649-5 7 $329.00 ISBN 978-1-4020-9994-6 7 approx. $209.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8621-1 springer.com/librarybooks D. L. Hawksworth (Ed.) D. L. Hawksworth (Ed.) Management and the Conservation of Biodiversity Methods and Practice in Biodiversity Conservation This book brings together a selection of 21 original studies submitted to Biodiversity and Conservation that address aspects of management for the conservation of biodiversity. The topics addressed include: lessons from the Northern spotted owl saga, hidden costs of implementing the EU Habitats Directive, the importance of recently created agricultural wetlands, cutting reeds to create a sustainable habitat, impacts and control of feral cats, selecting areas to complement existing reserve systems, beneficial effects of rabbit warrens, effects of fences on large predator ranges, spatial structure of critical habitats and connectivity, effects of an agro-pasture landscape on biodiversity, community involvement, reserve selection in forests, germ-plasm interventions in agroforestry systems, shade coffee plantations and the protection of tree diversity, reserves and the reduction of deforestation rates in dry tropical forests, reconciling forest conservation actions with usage by and needs of local peoples, weed invasion in understory plant communities in tropical lowland forests, problems of patch area and connectivity in plant conservation, the need not to focus just on hot-spots, and partitioning conservation across elevations. This book brings together a selection of 22 original studies submitted to Biodiversity and Conservation that address aspects of methods and practice in biodiversity conservation. The contributions deal with a wide variety of approaches to site selection and management, especially the use of bioindicators, surrogates, and other approaches to site selection. As no complete inventory of all taxa in any one site has yet been achieved, alternative strategies are essential and bioindicators or surrogates come to the fore. The articles included cover a wide range of organisms used in such approaches to in situ conservation: annelids, anurans, arthropods, birds, bryophytes, butterflies, collembolans, flowering pants, a lobster, molluscs, rodents, and turtles. Features Features 7 Topical case studies 7 Broad range of organisms considered 7 Examples from a wide range of countries 7 Makes primary research papers on the topic available to students and practicioners Fields of interest Biodiversity; Ecosystems; Conservation Biology/ Ecology 7 Topical case studies 7 Broad range of organisms considered 7 Examples from a wide range of countries 7 Makes primary research papers on the topic available to students and practicioners Target groups Fields of interest P Biodiversity; Ecosystems; Conservation Biology/ Ecology Life Sciences Springer News 1/2010 Conservation biologists, biodiversity scientists, ecologists I. Homma, Showa University, School of Medicine, Toyko, Japan; H. Onimaru (Eds.) New Frontiers in Respiratory Control XIth Annual Oxford Conference on Modeling and Control of Breathing The Oxford Conference has been first held at Oxford University in 1948. Since then, it has been held every three years in various countries to exchange ideas and learn the latest findings on the control of respiration. The XIth Oxford Conference will focus on respiratory control, especially on the topics of respiratory rhythm generation and chemoreception. Clinical research on sleep apnea syndrome will also be an important subject at the meeting. Features 7 XIth Oxford Conference Proceedings 7 Modeling and Control of Breathing Fields of interest Neurosciences; Neurobiology; Human Physiology Target groups Researchers and clinicians in neuroscience, respiratory physiology, respiratory medicine, respiratory rehabilitation Discount group P Discount group Target groups Conservation biologists, biodiversity scientists, ecologists Discount group P Biomedical and Life Sciences Biomedical and Life Sciences 99 Biomedical and Life Sciences Due March 2010 Due January 2010 Due January 2010 2010. Approx. 350 p. (Topics in Biodiversity and Conservation, Volume 10) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 315 p. (Topics in Biodiversity and Conservation, Volume 11) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 250 p. 50 illus. in color. (Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology, Volume 669) Hardcover 7 $199.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3844-9 7 $199.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3848-7 7 approx. $159.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-5691-0 100 Springer News 1/2010 Life Sciences springer.com/booksellers S. Jansson, R. P. Bhalerao, A. T. Groover (Eds.) S. Jose (Ed.) C. Kole, C. H. Michler, A. G. Abbott, T. C. Hall (Eds.) Genetics and Genomics of Populus Agroforestry for Ecosystem Services and Environmental Benefits Transgenic Crop Plants Genetics and Genomics of Populus provides an indepth description of the genetic and genomic tools and approaches for Populus, examines the biology that has been elucidated using genomics, and looks to the future of this unique model plant. This volume is designed to serve both experienced Populus researchers and newcomers to the field. Contributors to the volume are a blend of researchers, some who have spent most of their research career on Populus and others that have moved to Populus from other model systems. Research on Populus forms a useful complement to research on Arabidopsis. In fact, many plant species found in nature are – in terms of the life history and genetics – more similar to Populus than to Arabidopsis. Thus, the genetic and genomic strategies and tools developed by the Populus community, and showcased in this volume, will hopefully provide inspiration for researchers working in other, less well developed, systems. From the contents Part I: Overview and an introduction to the biology of Populus. 1: Why and how Populus became a ‘model tree’. 2: Salient Biological Features, Systematics and Genetics Variation of Populus. 3: Growth and Physiology.- Part II: Populus genetics and genomics. -Chapter 4: The Populus Genome and Comparative Genomics. 5: Nucleotide polymorphism, linkage disequilibrium and complex trait dissection in Populus. 6: Transformation as a tool for genetic analysis in Populus. 7: Populus resources and bioinformatics.- Part III: Genetics and genomics of key Populus traits. 8: Reproductive development in Populus. Fields of interest Plant Genetics & Genomics; Tree Biology; Plant Sciences Target groups Agroforestry systems are believed to provide a number of ecosystem services; however, until recently evidence in the agroforestry literature supporting these perceived benefits has been lacking. This volume brings together a series of papers from around the globe to address recent findings on the ecosystem services and environmental benefits provided by agroforestry. Specifically, this volume examines four major ecosystem services and environmental benefits: (1) carbon sequestration, (2) biodiversity conservation, (3) soil enrichment and (4) air and water quality. Past and present evidence clearly indicates that agroforestry, as part of a multifunctional working landscape, can be a viable land-use option that, in addition to alleviating poverty, offers a number of ecosystem services and environmental benefits. This realization should help promote agroforestry and its role as an integral part of a multifunctional working landscape the world over. Development of transgenic crop plants, their utilization for improved agriculture, health, ecology and environment and their socio-political impacts are currently important fields in education, research and industries and also of interest to policy makers, social activists and regulatory and funding agencies. This work prepared with a classroom approach on this multidisciplinary subject will fill an existing gap and meet the requirements of such a broad section of readers. Fields of interest Plant Breeding/Biotechnology; Plant Genetics & Genomics; Agriculture Target groups Researcher Discount group P Features 7 Contains original research articles that address ecosystem services and environmental benefits of agroforestry systems 7 Extensive case studies that cover carbon sequestration, biodiversity conservation, soil enrichment and air and water quality from the world over Fields of interest Ecology; Forestry; Biodiversity Target groups Students, professionals, researchers and policy makers involved in natural resource management, agroforestry, biodiversity conservation, and environmental management Discount group P University libraries, researchers in plant genetics and genomics, plant biology and biotechnology; Industry: biotech companies Discount group P Due January 2010 Only available in print Biomedical and Life Sciences Biomedical and Life Sciences Due February 2010 Reprinted from AGROFORESTRY SYSTEMS, Volume 76, No 1, 2009 2010. Approx. 385 p. 49 illus. (Plant Genetics and Genomics: Crops and Models, Volume 8) Hardcover 2009. VI, 266 p. (Advances in Agroforestry, Volume 7) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 850 p. 7 $199.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-1540-5 7 $179.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3322-2 7 $359.00 ISBN 978-3-642-11229-4 Due January 2010 springer.com/librarybooks H. König, H. Claus, Universität Mainz, Germany; A. Varma, Amity University Uttar Pradesh, Noida UP, India (Eds.) Prokaryotic Cell Wall Compounds Structure and Biochemistry Microbial cell wall structures play a significant role in maintaining cells’ shape, protecting them from harmful agents, cell adhesion and in positive and negative biological activities with host cells. All prokaryotes, whether they are bacteria or archaea, rely on their surface polymers for these multiple functions. Their surfaces serve as the indispensable primary interfaces between the cell and its surroundings, often mediating or catalyzing important interactions. Prokaryotic Cell Wall Compounds summarizes the current state of knowledge on the prokaryotic cell wall. Topics concerning bacterial and archaeal polymeric cell wall structures, biological activities, growth and inhibition, cell wall interactions and the applications of cell wall components, especially in the field of nanobiotechnology, are presented. Contents Part I Cell Wall Polymers and Structures of Bacteria; Part II Cell Wall Polymers and Structures of Archaea; Part III Biological Activities; Part IV Cell Wall Growth and Inhibition; Part V Cell Wall Interactions; Part VI Application of Cell Wall Components. Fields of interest Microbiology; Biochemistry, general; Cell Biology Target groups Scientists and advanced students in microbiology, cell biology, biochemistry and biotechnology Discount group P Life Sciences Springer News 1/2010 I. Kovalchuk, F. J. Zemp, University of Lethbridge, AB, Canada (Eds.) Plant Epigenetics Methods and Protocols The past fifteen years have witnessed major advances in epigenetics, one of the most popular and quickly evolving fields of modern science. In Plant Epigenetics: Methods and Protocols, expert researchers explore the most recent developments, examining in great detail the contribution of epigenetic regulation to cell function in plants. Chapters include a variety of protocols for studying the function of small non-coding RNAs, DNA methylation, and histone modifications in plants, often in different degrees of complexity. This volume describes bioinformatic approaches to the analysis of high-throughput data, such as bisulfite sequencing and Chip-on-chip assays. It features much-desired protocols for plant transgenesis and the analysis of genome stability, with a detailed discussion of their applications to epigenetic studies. Features 7 Invaluable research tool for all levels of investigators, from undergraduates to research scientists, who are interested in exploring one of the newest and most exciting aspects of molecular plant research From the contents Analysis of DNA Methylation in Plants by Bisulfite Sequencing.- Analysis of bisulfite sequencing data from plant DNA with CyMATE.- Analysis of locus-specific changes in methylation patterns using a COBRA (combined bisulfite restriction analysis) assay.- Detection of changes in global genome methylation using the cytosine-extension assay. Fields of interest Plant Sciences; Plant Genetics & Genomics; Gene Expression Target groups Plant scientists, undergraduate and graduate students Discount group A. G. Mainous III, Medical University of South Carolina, Charleston, SC, USA; C. Pomeroy, University of California Davis, CA, USA (Eds.) Management of Antimicrobials in Infectious Diseases Impact of Antibiotic Resistance Recent evidence suggests an increasing rate of antimicrobial resistant pathogens throughout the world. Pathogens like Staphylococcus aureus are showing substantial prevalence of resistance to antibiotics. Thus, we think that given these developments, clinicians would welcome an updated version of this book. A resource indicating appropriate, evidence-based antimicrobial treatment of infectious diseases encountered in both the hospital and outpatient settings would be of significant value to practicing clinicians. The book would focus on the clinical importance of appropriate diagnosis and treatment of infectious diseases particularly in terms of antibiotic-resistance. The resource would be valuable to countless numbers of juniorlevel practitioners (residents, nurse practitioners, physician-assistants). Moreover, the book could be a resource for generalists as well as infectious disease specialists. Contents Overview.- Gram-positive bacteria.- Gramnegative bacteria.- Tuberculosis.- Viruses.Influenza.- Invasive Fungal Infections.- Upper Respiratory Conditions.- Pneumonia.- Urinary Tract Infections.- STDs.- Gastrointestinal conditions.- Endocarditis.- CNS infections.- Skin Infections.- Osteomyelistis.- HIV.- Strategies for Optimal Antimicrobial Use.- Immunocompromised patients.- Future trends. Fields of interest Microbiology; Infectious Diseases; Bacteriology Target groups Family physicians, internists, residents, nurse practitioners, and clinical pharmacists Discount group P P Biomedical and Life Sciences Springer Protocols Springer Protocols Due March 2010 Due January 2010 2010. XVI, 350 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 255 p. 51 illus., 12 in color. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 631) Hardcover 2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 310 p. 3 illus., 2 in color. (Infectious Disease) Hardcover 7 approx. $209.00 ISBN 978-3-642-05061-9 7 $119.00 ISBN 978-1-60761-645-0 7 $179.00 ISBN 978-1-60327-238-4 Due January 2010 101 102 Springer News 1/2010 Life Sciences W. Min, University of Western Ontario, London, ON, Canada; T. Ichim, Medistem Inc., San Diego, CA, USA (Eds.) RNA Interference From Biology to Clinical Applications R. Nagai, S. L. Friedman, M. Kasuga (Eds.) The Biology of Krüppel-like Factors springer.com/booksellers N. J. de Mol, M. J. Fischer, Utrecht University, Utrecht, The Netherlands (Eds.) Surface Plasmon Resonance Methods and Protocols From the early days when RNA interference was a strange artifact in worms to the 2006 Noble Prize received by Fire and Mello and the current clinical trials, the field of RNA interference has grown at a breakneck pace. In RNA Interference: From Biology to Clinical Applications, expert contributors provide an overview of the most current science and protocols that span the biological disciplines from detailed nucleic acid chemistry, to pharmacology, to the manipulation of signal transduction pathways. Divided into three distinct sections, this volume delves into the physiology of RNA interference, RNA interference in the laboratory and siRNA delivery, and preclinical and clinical issues associated with the use of RNAiinducing agents as drugs in order to stimulate new questions and offer the tools necessary to start addressing those questions. Kruppel-like factors (KLFs) are attracting great attention across a wide spectrum of biological sciences and medicine because of their remarkable biological potency and the diversity of roles they play in the physiological and pathological changes of cells and tissues. This book is a comprehensive compendium of the latest research on the molecular mechanisms of KLFs, describing their roles in transcriptional regulation, cellular differentiation and development, the pathogenesis of the liver and cardiovascular systems and cancer, and generation of ES cells and iPS cells. As the only concise treatise written to date by leading experts in the field, it serves as an authoritative review of this family of molecules and is an essential reference for all who are interested in KLFs. The book also explores the potential of KLFs as targets for novel therapeutics and diagnostics, and will be invaluable in those fields. While commercial instruments have expanded the usage and the related literature has increased, the quality of surface plasmon resonance (SPR) research has been hindered by a lack of knowledge of the processes that influence the SPR signal. In Surface Plasmon Resonance: Methods and Protocols, experts in the field present a wide variety of applications involving commercially available SPR instruments. The heart of the SPR technique is to construct a dedicated surface for an assay. Protocols describe such surfaces for many needs, including the study of membrane bound proteins. Beyond the protocols-based chapters, the volume also highlights the backgrounds of vital issues in the use of SPR, including processes occurring within the hydrogel environment of sensors and on lipid membrane surfaces as well as the analysis of kinetic information. Features Fields of interest Features 7 Includes a refreshing mixture of detailed technical protocols combined with the scientific context in which they were developed and what they may be applied to 7 Provides a global overview of the state-of-the-art in RNA interference and practical details used experimentally in the most modern day experiments 7 Deciphers, organizes, and explains the myriad of techniques used in gene silencing research Cell Biology; Animal Genetics and Genomics; Animal Physiology Target groups All interested in KLFs Discount group P 7 Provides detailed protocols for a wide variety of SPR applications 7 Includes comprehensive background information on SPR techniques for better experimental design 7 Examines a variety of coupling techniques on different sensor surfaces 7 Highlights background issues involved in SPR assays to avoid common errors frequently found in SPR literature Fields of interest Fields of interest Biochemistry, general; Membrane Biology Immunology; Laboratory Medicine Target groups Target groups Immunologists, geneticists, molecular and cellular biologists, pharmacologists, and clinicians Biochemists, molecular biologists, medicinal chemists, molecular pharmacologists, and biophysicists Discount group Discount group P Springer Protocols Due February 2010 P Biomedical and Life Sciences Due January 2010 Springer Protocols Due March 2010 2010. Approx. 430 p. 82 illus. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 623) Hardcover 2009. Approx. 270 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 255 p. 77 illus., 6 in color. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 627) Hardcover 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-1-60761-587-3 7 $169.00 ISBN 978-4-431-87774-5 7 $119.00 ISBN 978-1-60761-669-6 springer.com/librarybooks Life Sciences Springer News 1/2010 D. L. Noakes, A. Romero, Y. Zhao, Y. Zhou (Eds.) Chinese Fishes This book documents the current state of research by Chinese scientists on fish biology and fisheries and brings together manuscripts by authors from research institutions, universities and government agencies. There are papers on aquaculture, life history, genetics, marine and freshwater biology, conservation, physiology, new species descriptions, and truly amazing hypogean fishes. The information on these remarkable cave species shows how much we have yet to learn from that incredible fauna. There are papers dealing with some of the largest fishes and some of the smallest cave species. There are papers dealing with some of the most traditional forms of aquaculture and others with the most modern molecular techniques. The volume includes papers on critically threatened native fishes as well as the most common food species, such as grass carp (Ctenopharyngodon idella). The information on rare and threatened species shows how China is dealing with their endangered fishes. Features 7 The first major publication dedicated to scientific papers on fish biology and fisheries science by Chinese scientists 7 A major compilation and assessment of the ecology and evolution of hypogean (cave) fishes of China Fields of interest Marine & Freshwater Sciences; Freshwater & Marine Ecology; Conservation Biology/Ecology Target groups Researchers, Scientists and Fisheries Managers interested in biodiversity, especially of hypogean (cave) fishes, invasive (exotic) species, biogeography of fishes and environmental impact assessment Discount group P P. Nõges, W. van de Bund, A. C. Cardoso, A. G. Solimini, A. Heiskanen (Eds.) Assessment of the ecological status of European surface waters The complex impact that man has on aquatic ecosystems creates a need for assessment systems that are able to adequately appraise and integrate the effects of various pressures. Chemical analysis alone can easily overlook some factors vital for life. With the adoption of the EU Water Framework Directive (WFD) in the year 2000 which defined the ecological status of surface water as ‘‘… an expression of the quality of the structure and functioning of aquatic ecosystems associated with surface waters”, biological indicators were brought to the forefront for the first time and became drivers to the water management practices. Assessment of ecological status and quantification of its relationships with anthropogenic pressures critically depend on knowledge of relevant biotic and abiotic settings and processes. Needs raised by the implementation of WFD have urged scientific research in many fields in order to find more stable and robust biological metrics and to diminish the uncertainty of assessment results. Features 7 Discusses the basic principles of setting up biological assessment methods 7 Covers a large variety of biological indicators from chlorophyll to macroinvertebrates 7 Brings the first results of the intercalibration of national assessment methods 7 Discusses the sources of uncertainty in ecological status assessment 7 Discusses the relationship between lake morphometry, location and water quality Fields of interest Freshwater & Marine Ecology; Applied Ecology; Environmental Management Target groups Hydrobiologists, water managers Discount group P Earth and Environmental Science Due January 2010 103 G. C. Papageorgiou, National Center for Scientific Research Demokritos, Athens, Greece; Govindjee, University of Illinois, Urbana, IL, USA (Eds.) Chlorophyll a Fluorescence A Signature of Photosynthesis Chlorophyll a Fluorescence: A Signature of Photosynthesis highlights chlorophyll (Chl) a fluorescence as a convenient, non-invasive, highly sensitive, rapid and quantitative probe of oxygenic photosynthesis. Thirty-one chapters, authored by 58 international experts, provide a solid foundation of the basic theory, as well as of the application of the rich information contained in the Chl a fluorescence signal as it relates to photosynthesis and plant productivity. Although the primary photochemical reactions of photosynthesis are highly efficient, a small fraction of absorbed photons escapes as Chl fluorescence, and this fraction varies with metabolic state, providing a basis for monitoring quantitatively various processes of photosynthesis. The book explains the mechanisms with which plants defend themselves against environmental stresses (excessive light, extreme temperatures, drought, hyper-osmolarity, heavy metals and UV). Features 7 Deals with successful application of the use of chlorophyll fluorescence 7 Detailed studies in the laboratory have been extended to measurement of total photosynthesis of cell, leaves, plants and plant ecosystems and also explains mechanisms for photoprotection of plants Fields of interest Plant Biochemistry; Biochemistry, general; Plant Physiology Target groups Graduate students, beginning researchers and advanced undergraduates in integrative plant biology, cellular and molecular biology, plant biology, biochemistry, biophysics, plant physiology, global ecology and agriculture Discount group P Due January 2010 Only available in print Biomedical and Life Sciences Reprinted from ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY OF FISHES 86.1, 2009 Reprinted from HYDROBIOLOGIA 633 (2009) Due January 2010 2010. VI, 278 p. (Developments in Environmental Biology of Fishes, Volume 28) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 210 p. (Developments in Hydrobiology, 209) Hardcover 2010. XXXII, 820 p. 8 illus. (Advances in Photosynthesis and Respiration, Volume 19) Softcover 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3457-1 7 $179.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8577-1 7 $119.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3882-1 104 Springer News 1/2010 Life Sciences R. E. Rhoads, Louisiana State University, Shreveport, LA, USA (Ed.) miRNA Regulation of the Translational Machinery The silencing of gene expression by small interfering RNAs has been recognized for only a relatively short time, but this has transformed our understanding of both transcriptional and post-transcriptional gene regulatory mechanisms. Multiple pathways culminate in formation of an RNA-induced silencing complex (RISC) containing a member of the Argonaute protein family bound to a 22-nt RNA strand that interacts with a target mRNA or gene through WatsonCrick base pairing. One consequence is mRNAspecific inhibition of protein synthesis. Evidence has been presented for diverse mechanisms, but there is not universal agreement in the field of how RISCs affect the translational machinery. The chapters collected in this volume represent contribution by leaders in the search to understand how miRNAs affect translation. Features 7 Up-to-day findings on influence of miRNAs on gene translation 7 Gives an overview on different microRNA types and functions in plants and animals 7 Shows novel applications of microRNAs From the contents Understanding how miRNAs post-transcriptionally regulate gene expression.- Translational Control of Endogenous MicroRNA Target Genes in C. elegans.- Translational inhibition by microRNAs in Plants.- Regulation of p27kip1 mRNA expression by microRNAs.- The Inhibitory Effect of apolipoprotein B mRNA-editing Enzyme Catalytic Polypeptide-like 3G (APOBEC3G) and Its Family Members on the Activity of Cellular MicroRNAs. J. Seckbach, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel; D. J. Chapman, University of California, Santa Barbara, CA, USA (Eds.) springer.com/booksellers J. Seckbach, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel; A. Oren, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Jerusalem, Israel (Eds.) Red Algae in the Genomic Age Microbial Mats This volume covers the modern biology and the speciation of the red algae (Rhodophyta) from unicellular Cyanidia up to macrocellular sea weeds. A team of peer reviewers has reviewed all chapters. The chapters describe a range of topics from cave algae from Atacama, Chile, to genomes of red algae. Some chapters deal with the carbohydrates, physiological mechanisms, and realtionship between red algae and neurodegenerative disease. Other chapters deal with organellar - nuclear genes and taxonomic revision. Emphasis is placed upon the rhodophytan chloroplast, its origin, evolution, division machinery and pigmentation. The reader will find in this book lots of new information on the red algae. Features 7 New data presented in the chapters 7 Data had been contributed by experts in the field of Red Algae 7 The information is aimed at a wide circle of biological disciplines 7 No recent publications on the biology of Red Algae Fields of interest Life Sciences, general; Eukaryotic Microbiology; Microbial Genetics and Genomics Target groups Modern and Ancient Microorganisms in Stratified Systems This book provides information about microbial mats, from early fossils to modern mats located in marine and terrestrial environments. Microbial mats – layered biofilms containing different types of cells – are most complex systems in which representatives of various groups of organisms are found together. Among them are cyanobacteria and eukaryotic phototrophs, aerobic heterotrophic and chemoautotrophic bacteria, protozoa, anoxygenic photosynthetic bacteria, and other types of microorganisms. These mats are perfect models for biogeochemical processes, such as the cycles of chemical elements, in which a variety of microorganisms cooperate and interact in complex ways. They are often found under extreme conditions and their study contributes to our understanding of extremophilic life. Moreover, microbial mats are models for Precambrian stromatolites; the study of modern microbial mats may provide information on the processes that may have occurred on Earth when prokaryotic life began to spread. Features From undergraduate students to professional scholars in the fields of biology, phycology, ecology, general biology, plant biology, and for non-specialists looking for an introductory outline to current knowledge and research on red algae 7 This volume presents new information not published as yet 7 Chapters have been contributed by experts of microbial mats 7 The information in this book is aimed to a wide circle of readers 7 There are no other recent publications to compete with this one Discount group Fields of interest P Life Sciences, general; Microbial Ecology; Biogeosciences Target groups Fields of interest From undergraduate to professional scholars in the fields of general biology, microbial ecology, geology, environmental sciences, as well as other non biologists readers Biochemistry, general; Cell Biology; Gene Expression Target groups Discount group Researchers and professionals P Discount group P Biomedical and Life Sciences Biomedical and Life Sciences Biomedical and Life Sciences Due January 2010 Due February 2010 Due March 2010 2010. X, 115 p. 23 illus., 4 in color. (Progress in Molecular and Subcellular Biology, Volume 50) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 410 p. (Cellular Origin, Life in Extreme Habitats and Astrobiology, Volume 13) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 500 p. (Cellular Origin, Life in Extreme Habitats and Astrobiology, Volume 14) Hardcover 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-03102-1 7 approx. $209.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3794-7 7 approx. $209.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3798-5 springer.com/librarybooks J. Seckbach, R. Einav, A. Israel (Eds.) Seaweeds and their Role in Globally Changing Environments Global warming is accelerating faster than the ability for natural repair, and environmental stresses are damaging ecosystems, all affecting physical and biological systems on Earth. A new Nasa-led study shows that human activity has caused climate changes resulting in permafrost thawing, acid rain, and lower productivity in lakes as well as increased emissions of greenhouse gases, including CO2, N20, CH4, CF3, and CFC. Marine plants play a vital role in maintaining the balance of marine environments, while serving as a source of food for humankind and important chemical compounds. Microalgae and seaweed have enormous potential for reducing global warming and climate change. During photosynthesis algae grow, draw CO2 from the atmosphere, release oxygen, and produce solar biofuel. Features 7 First book addressing global change and seaweeds 7 Interdisciplinary approaches of seaweeds and global change 7 In spite of the complexity of the topic, it can easily be read by everyone 7 An updated information of current and future global changes in the marine environment 7 Integration of decades of research and experience of top scientists in the field of marine biology M. Sioud, The Norwegian Radium Hospital, Oslo, Norway (Ed.) RNA Therapeutics Function, Design, and Delivery Central to the synthesis of proteins, the performance of catalysis, and many other physiological processes, the aberrant expression of which can be linked to human diseases including cancers, RNA has proven to be key target for therapeutics as well as a tool for therapy. In RNA Therapeutics: Function, Design, and Delivery, expert contributors from a broad spectrum of scientific backgrounds highlight the roles that messenger RNAs and small RNAs can play in biology and medicine. From the contents Features Fields of interest P Bemisia: Bionomics and Management of a Global Pest 7 Collects in one single volume the most relevant RNA-based technologies, including ribozymes, RNA aptamers, and siRNAs, and mRNA-encoding therapeutic proteins 7 Features the translation of RNA-based therapies into the clinic 7 Includes techniques to isolate, quantify, and clone small RNAs as well as strategies to overcome siRNA unwanted effects Target groups Discount group P. A. Stansly, Southwest Florida Research and Education Center, Immokalee, FL, USA; S. E. Naranjo, USDA-ARS, Arid-Land Agricultural Research Center, Maricopa, AZ, USA (Eds.) Features Life Sciences, general; Climate Change; Pollution, general The target readership consists of scientists of marine phycologists interested in sea weeds and global changing lines, ecologists, geologists, atmospheric scholars, and general readers Animal Genetics and Genomics; Human Genetics; Gene Therapy Target groups Geneticists, immunologists, molecular biologists, molecular engineers, biotechnologists, pharmaceutical scientists, and clinicians Discount group P 7 Will fill a void by providing an up to date detailed summary of many aspects of Bemisia tabaci 7 Provides, for the first time, a detailed set of diagrams and scanning electron microscope images of all developmental stages of Bemisia tabaci which beautifully illustrate the complex anatomy and morphology of this pest insect From the contents Title. Dedication. Introduction. Section I. Taxonomy, Molecular Systematics, and Gene Flow in the Bemisia tabaci complex and Bemisia relatives. Introduction. 1.Systematics of Bemisia and Bemisia relatives: Can Molecular Techniques Solve the Bemisia tabaci Complex Conundrum – a Taxonomist’s Viewpoint. 2.Phylogenetic Biology of the Bemisia tabaci Sibling Species Group. Fields of interest Invertebrates; Agriculture; Plant Pathology Target groups Entomologists, plant pathologists, horticulturists, agronomists, consultants, growers Discount group P Biomedical and Life Sciences 105 Bemisia tabaci (Gennedius) has distinguished itself from the more than 1,000 whitefly species in the world by its adaptability, persistence and potential to damage a wide range of agricultural and horticultural crops in all six of the world’s inhabited continents. B. tabaci inflicts plant damage through direct feeding, inducement of plant disorders, vectoring of plant viruses and excretion of honeydew. This book collates multiple aspects of the pest ranging from basic to applied science and molecular to landscape levels of investigation. Experts in multiple disciplines provide broad, but detailed summaries and discussion of taxomomy, genetics, anatomy, morphology, physiology, behavior, ecology, symbiotic relationships, virus vector associations and various tactics for integrated management of this pest insect. RNA Modifications: A Mechanism that Modulates Gene Expression.- Quantitative Analysis of RNA Modifications.- Advances in RNA Sensing by the Immune System: Separation of siRNA Unwanted Effects from RNA Interference.- Progress in siRNA Delivery: A Multifunctional Approach by Polymeric Nanoparticles.- Optimized Protocols for siRNA Delivery into Monocytes and Dendritic Cells.- Systemic Delivery of Synthetic siRNAs.What Are the Key Targeted Delivery Technologies of siRNA Now? Fields of interest Life Sciences Springer News 1/2010 Springer Protocols Biomedical and Life Sciences Due March 2010 Due March 2010 2010. Approx. 600 p. (Cellular Origin, Life in Extreme Habitats and Astrobiology, Volume 15) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 485 p. 100 illus. (Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 629) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 350 p. Hardcover 7 approx. $239.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8568-9 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-1-60761-656-6 7 approx. $209.00 ISBN 978-90-481-2459-6 Due April 2010 106 Springer News 1/2010 Life Sciences E. I. Troeva, A. Isaev, M. M. Cherosov, N. Karpov (Eds.) Z. Wang, University of Montreal, QC, Canada; B. Yang, Harbin Medical University, China The Far North MicroRNA Expression Detection Methods Plant Biodiversity and Ecology of Yakutia Outside Russia very little is known about the terrestrial ecology, vegetation, biogeographical patterns, and biodiversity of the enormously extensive ecosystems of Yakutia, Siberia. These systems are very special in that they function on top of huge layers of permafrost and are exposed to very severe and extreme weather conditions, the range between winter and summer temperatures being more than 100 degrees C. The soils are generally poor, and human use of the vegetation is usually extensive. Main vegetation zones are taiga and tundra, but Yakutia also supports a special land and vegetation form, caused by permafrost, the alas: more or less extensive grasslands around roundish lakes in taiga. All these vegetation types will be described and their ecology and ecophysiological characteristics will be dealt with. Features 7 Totally unknown area in English speaking/ reading world 7 Ecology of areas with extreme climatic conditions 7 Ecology of areas on huge depth of permafrost 7 Ecology of a huge area that largely is still very natural 7 Ecology of little-known land use practices (e.g. reindeer herding, 'alas' hay cutting) This book provides comprehensive descriptions of the innovative strategies and methodologies for detecting miRNA expression, their application in miRNA research and their potential as tools for clinical diagnosis and prognosis. It begins with the introduction of the overall concept and strategies of miRNA expression detection methods emphasizing the need of a wide variety of these methods to suit specific requirements for research and clinical examination in laboratories. In the following, each single chapter focuses on an independent, unique method of miRNA detection and is divided into five subsections: summary, introduction, protocol (including materials, instrument, reagent, and procedure), application and limitation, and reference. The development of the technique, the ideas behind it and the mechanisms underlying the method are given in the introduction of each chapter. Features 7 Gives comprehensive descriptions of miRNA expression detection methods 7 Shows applications of miRNA profiling in miRNA research 7 Highlights the potential of miRNA profiling in clinical diagnosis and prognosis springer.com/booksellers S. S. Yadav, D. L. McNeil, R. Redden, S. A. Patil (Eds.) Climate Change and Management of Cool Season Grain Legume Crops This book covers all aspect of legume production management technologies, plant ecological response, nutrients management, biological nitrogen fixation, molecular approaches, potential cultivars, biodiversity management under climate change. Also covered are various aspects of legume management under climate change such as, production management technology, ecology & adaptation, diseases, and international trade; physiology and crops response to nutrients, drought, salinity, and water use efficiency; Biodiversity management, molecular approaches and biological Nitrogen fixation; climate change and strategies. This book presents the most comprehensive and up to date review of research on different cool season grain legume crops, nutrients management, biotic and abiotic stresses management, agronomical approaches for drought management, salinity, drought, weed management and water use efficiency, impact on international trade around the world. Features Fields of interest Fields of interest Cell Biology; Biochemistry, general; Gene Expression 7 Presents the most comprehensive and up to date review of research on different cool season crops 7 Covers various aspects of production and management technology 7 Broad coverage of legumes compared to recent specific one crop books Target groups Target groups Fields of interest Discount group Target groups Plant Systematics/Taxonomy/Biogeography; Plant Ecology; Meteorology/Climatology Biologists, ecologists, conservationists, physical geographers, soil scientists, climatologists, Siberiaspecialists, Russia-lovers, environmentalists, planners, policy makers Discount group Scientists and researchers in cell biology, pharmacology, and drug design P P Plant Sciences; Climate Change; Plant Biochemistry Legume breeders, agronomists, scientists, academic researchers, graduates students, traders, and farmers in the developing and the developed world Discount group P Biomedical and Life Sciences Due January 2010 Biomedical and Life Sciences Biomedical and Life Sciences Due February 2010 Due March 2010 2010. Approx. 460 p. (Plant and Vegetation, Volume 3) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 450 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 600 p. Hardcover 7 approx. $199.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3773-2 7 $199.00 ISBN 978-3-642-04927-9 7 approx. $229.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3708-4 springer.com/librarybooks Springer News 1/2010 M. Zahran U. B. Zehr, Mahyco Research Center, Jaina, India (Ed.) Climate – Vegetation Cotton Afro-Asian Mediterranean and Red Sea Coastal Lands Biotechnological Advances Deserts are unique ecosystems with their own biotic and abiotic components, and are often rich in renewable natural resources, the appropriate management of which can contribute significantly to the sustainable management of desert regions for the welfare of the people. Yet while there are many books on the flora of the countries fringing the important desert countries of the Mediterranean and Red Seas, there or few books reporting on their ecophysiology and vegetation ecology. This book presents the vegetation types of the African and Asian countries of the Mediterranean and Red Sea coastal regions, and discusses the ecological threats and economic applications of these critical resources. In particular, it examines the relationships between climate and vegetation, and discusses these within the context of desertification, agro-industrial applications, ecotourism and sustainable development. Features 7 Important overview of the coastal desert vegetation of a wide area 7 Useful for sustainable development of a very difficult environment 7 Applications for nature conservancies, vegetation mapping, planning of vegetation management, monitoring Fields of interest Plant Systematics/Taxonomy/Biogeography; Climate Change; Plant Ecology Target groups This book will provide a valuable reference for researchers and graduate students involved in plant ecology, biogeography and environmental management in the Afro-Asian Mediterranean and Red Sea coastal regions, as well as other desert regions around the world Discount group P Biomedical and Life Sciences The growing global population poses the challenge to the scientific community of doubling or tripling the food, feed and fiber production by the year 2050. Biotechnology can make a significant contribution to this effort. This volume reviews the use of biotechnology in cotton, which is the leading plant fiber crop worldwide and grown commercially in more than 50 countries. Renowned experts highlight the success of Bt cotton, the introduction of second and third generation traits and the impact at all levels of farming. Furthermore, the molecular advances being made in cotton biotechnology and the potential traits that will come to market in the next decade are described in detail. Features 7 Highlights the advances in cotton biotechnology, the benefits and socioeconomic impacts Contents Cotton: An Introduction.- Cotton in India.Cotton Genomics.- Cotton Transformation.- New Tools and Traits for Cotton Improvement.- Insect Tolerant Cotton in India.- Insect Resistance Management for Transgenic Bt Cotton.- Opportunities for Engineering Abiotic Stress Tolerance in Cotton Plants.- Recent Advances in Molecular Biology Research on Cotton Fiber Development.- Global Adoption of Biotech Cotton, 1996 to 2007.- Regulatory Systems and Requirements for Genetically Engineered Cotton from Lab to Land.Socioeconomic Impacts of Bt (Bacillus thuringiensis) Cotton. Field of interest Plant Breeding/Biotechnology Target groups Researchers and professionals Discount group P Biomedical and Life Sciences Due February 2010 Due March 2010 2010. Approx. 500 p. (Plant and Vegetation, Volume 4) Hardcover 2010. X, 230 p. 30 illus., 13 in color. (Biotechnology in Agriculture and Forestry, Volume 65) Hardcover 7 approx. $199.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8594-8 7 $199.00 ISBN 978-3-642-04795-4 Life Sciences 107 108 Springer News 1/2010 Business/Economics springer.com/booksellers J. M. Alston, University of California, Davis, CA, USA; M. A. Andersen, University of Wyoming, Laramie, WY, USA; J. S. James, California Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo, CA, USA; P. G. Pardey, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, MN, USA J. O. Brunner, University of Technology Munich, Germany M. Carlberg, Helmut Schmidt University Hamburg, Germany Flexible Shift Planning in the Service Industry Persistence Pays The Case of Physicians in Hospitals Monetary and Fiscal Strategies in the World Economy U.S. Agricultural Productivity Growth and the Benefits from Public R&D Spending The book presents new ideas to model and solve the flexible shift planning problem of personnel workers in the service industry. First, a new modeling approach is proposed that requires shifts to be generated implicitly rather than employing a predefined set of shift types like three 8-hour or two 12-hour shifts to cover varying forecast demand. The objective is to minimize the total cost of the assignments given the general and individual labor restrictions. Second, to find high quality assignments two solution methodologies are presented. A heuristic decomposition strategy decomposes the problem into weekly subproblems whereas a branchand-price algorithm that uses several branching rules decomposes the model by worker types. The master problem uses a set covering formulation whereas the subproblems are mixed integer programs. The modeling and solution methodologies are developed and tested using the example of physicians from an anesthesia department of a German university hospital. This book documents the evolving path of U.S. agriculture in the 20th Century and the role of public R&D in that evolution. The work begins with a detailed quantitative assessment of the shifting patterns of production among the states and over time and of the public institutions and investments in agricultural R&D. Then, based on newly constructed sets of panel data, some of which span the entire 20th Century and more, the authors present new econometric evidence linking state-specific agricultural productivity measures to federal and state government investments in agricultural research and extension. The results show that the time lags between R&D spending and its effects on productivity are longer than commonly found or assumed in the prior published work. Also, the spillover effects of R&D among states are important, such that the national net benefits from a state’s agricultural research investments are much greater than own-state net benefits. Features 7 Contains an empirical assessment of the longrun investments in and payoffs to agricultural R&D in the United States, which will be of broader international as well as U.S. interest 7 Includes substantial improvements in data, understanding, methods, and new and interesting empirical results Fields of interest Agricultural Economics; Economic Policy; R & D/ Technology Policy Target groups Researchers and graduate students in agricultural economics and food policy; policymakers and research administrators concerned with food and agricultural productivity issues, particularly in the U.S. Contents Introduction.- Literature Review on Personnel Scheduling.- MIP Model for Flexible Shift Scheduling of Physicians.- Solution Methodologies.Experimental Investigations.- Conclusions and Further Remarks. Fields of interest Operations Research/Decision Theory; Public Health/Gesundheitswesen; Operations Research, Management Science Target groups Scientists, professionals in health care management Discount group P This book studies the strategic interactions between monetary and fiscal policies in the world economy. The world economy consists of two regions, say Europe and America. The policy makers are the central banks and the governmentsl The policy targets are low inflation, low unemployment, and low structural deficits. There are demand shocks, supply shocks, and mixed shocks. There are regional shocks and common shocks. This book develops a series of basic, intermediate, and more advanced models. Here the focus is on the Nash equilibrium. The key questions are: Given a shock, can policy interactions reduce the existing loss? And to what extent can they do so? Another topical issue is policy cooperation. To illustrate all of this there are a lot of numerical examples. Features 7 Describes the strategic interactions between monetary and fiscal policies in the world economy 7 A series of basic, intermediate, and more advanced models are developped in this book focused on the Nash equilibrium 7 A lot of numerical examples to illustrate all are given Contents Introduction.- The Closed Economy: Absence of a Deficit Target.- The Closed Economy: Presence of a Deficit Target.- Monetary Policies in Europe and America.- Fiscal Policies in Europe and America: Absence of a Deficit Target.- Fiscal Policies in Europe and America: Presence of a Deficit Target.Monetary and Fiscal Policies in Europe and America: Absence of a Deficit Target.- Monetary and Fiscal Policies in Europe and America: Presence of a Deficit Target. Fields of interest Macroeconomics; International Economics; Economic Policy Target groups Researchers Discount group Discount group P P Business and Economics Business and Economics Business and Economics Due January 2010 Due April 2010 2010. Approx. 535 p. 215 illus. (Natural Resource Management and Policy, Volume 34) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 150 p. (Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems, Volume 640) Softcover 2010. XII, 306 p. Hardcover 7 approx. $219.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-0657-1 7 $89.95 ISBN 978-3-642-10516-6 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10475-6 Due February 2010 springer.com/librarybooks H. Chen, Zhejiang University, Hangzhou, China; Y. Wang, Lilly Singapore Centre for Drug Discovery, Singapore; K. Cheung, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, CT, USA (Eds.) Semantic e-Science The Semantic Web has been a very important development in how knowledge is disseminated and manipulated on the Web, but it has been of particular importance to the flow of scientific knowledge, and will continue to shape how data is stored and accessed in a broad range of disciplines, including life sciences, earth science, materials science, and the social sciences. After first presenting papers on the foundations of semantic e-science, including papers on scientific knowledge acquisition, data integration, and workflow, this volume looks at the state of the art in each of the above-mentioned disciplines, presenting research on semantic web applications in the life, earth, materials, and social sciences. Drawing papers from three semantic web workshops, as well as papers from several invited contributors, this volume illustrates how far semantic web applications have come in helping to manage scientific information flow. Features 7 Presents the latest research on developing semantic web applications for a broad range of scientific disciplines 7 Covers developments in knowledge acquisition, integration, and dissemination 7 Presents research findings from respected leaders in semantic web application development H. A. Eiselt, University of New Brunswick, Fredericton, NB, Canada; C. Sandblom, Dalhousie University, Halifax, NS, Canada Trends in Multiple Criteria Decision Analysis Operations Research Multiple Criteria Decision Making (MCDM) is the study of methods and procedures by which concerns about multiple conflicting criteria can be formally incorporated into the management planning process. A key area of research in OR/MS, MCDM is now being applied in many new areas, including GIS systems, AI, and group decision making. This volume is in effect the third in a series of Springer books by these editors (all in the ISOR series), and it brings all the latest developments in MCDM into focus. Looking at developments in the applications, methodologies and foundations of MCDM, it presents research from leaders in the field on such topics as Problem Structuring Methodologies; Measurement Theory and MCDA; Recent Developments in Evolutionary Multiobjective Optimization; Habitual Domains and Dynamic MCDM in Changeable Spaces; Stochastic Multicriteria Acceptability Analysis; and many more chapters. Features 7 Editors are three of the most prominent researchers in the field 7 Prestigious group of contributors 7 Addresses development in foundation, methodologies, and newest applications Fields of interest Target groups Target groups Discount group Discount group Practitioners and researchers in semantic web application development, information science practitioners in scientific settings P Business and Economics Due April 2010 109 M. Ehrgott, University of Auckland, New Zealand; J. R. Figueira, Instituto Superior Técnico, Porto Salvo, Portugal; S. Greco, University of Catania, Italy (Eds.) Fields of interest Operations Research/Decision Theory; Information Systems; Information Systems Applications (incl.Internet) Business/Economics Springer News 1/2010 Operations Research/Decision Theory; Game Theory/Mathematical Methods; Operations Research, Management Science A Model-Based Approach The book covers the standard models and techniques used in decision making in organizations. The main emphasis of the book is on modeling business-related scenarios and the generation of decision alternatives. Fully solved examples from many areas are used to illustrate the main concepts without getting bogged down in technical details. The book presents an approach to operations research that is heavily based on modeling and makes extensive use of sensitivity analyses. It is a result of many years of combined teaching experience of the authors. Features 7 Covers the standard operations research techniques 7 Presents an approach to operations research that is heavily based on modeling and makes extensive use of sensitivity analyses 7 Emphasis is on getting insight into problems, rather than computing solutions Fields of interest Operations Research/Decision Theory; Operations Research, Management Science; Engineering Economics, Organization, Logistics, Marketing Target groups Students Discount group P OR/MS researchers involved in MCDM theory and applications; graduate-level students in decision theory programs in OR/MS P Business and Economics Due April 2010 Business and Economics 2010. Approx. 480 p. 49 illus. (International Series in Operations Research & Management Science, Volume 142) Hardcover Due March 2010 2010. Approx. 300 p. 127 illus. (Annals of Information Systems, Volume 11) Softcover 7 approx. $139.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-5902-7 7 approx. $179.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-5903-4 7 approx. $69.95 ISBN 978-3-642-10325-4 2010. Approx. 450 p. Softcover 110 Springer News 1/2010 Business/Economics springer.com/booksellers J. E. Floyd, University of Toronto, ON, Canada R. P. Gilles, Queen’s University, Belfast, Ireland Interest Rates, Exchange Rates and World Monetary Policy The Cooperative Game Theory Excel Data Analysis of Networks and Hierarchies A careful basic theoretical and econometric analysis of the factors determining the real exchange rates of Canada, the U.K., Japan, France and Germany with respect to the United States is conducted. The resulting conclusion is that real exchange rates are almost entirely determined by real factors relating to growth and technology such as oil and commodity prices, international allocations of world investment across countries, and underlying terms of trade changes. Unanticipated money supply shocks, calculated in five alternative ways have virtually no effects. A Blanchard-Quah VAR analysis also indicates that the effects of real shocks predominate over monetary shocks by a wide margin. The implications of these facts for the conduct of monetary policy in countries outside the U.S. are then explored leading to the conclusion that all countries, to avoid exchange rate overshooting, have tended to automatically follow the same monetary policy as the United States. Features Modeling and Simulation The book brings together an overview of standard concepts in cooperative game theory with applications to the analysis of social networks and hierarchical authority organizations. The standard concepts covered include the multi-linear extension, the Core, the Shapley value, and the cooperative potential. Also discussed are the Core for a restricted collection of formable coalitions, various Core covers, the Myerson value, valuebased potentials, and share potentials. Within the context of social networks this book discusses the measurement of centrality and power as well as allocation rules such as the Myerson value and hierarchical allocation rules. For hierarchical organizations, two basic approaches to the exercise of authority are explored; for each approach the allocation of the generated output is developed. Each chapter is accompanied by a problem section, allowing this book to be used as a textbook for an advanced graduate course on game theory. Features 7 Real exchange rate determination and the workings of monetary policy of individual countries in a world economy 7 Comprehensive overview of standard concepts in cooperative game theory 7 Presentation of applications to the analysis of social networks and authority structures From the contents Contents Theoretical Framework: Specifications and Assumptions. Underlying Equilibrium Growth Paths . Variations in Employment . Some Important Implications. Exchange Rate Overshooting - Exchange Rate Determination: Issues Regarding Exchange Rate Determination. Time Series Properties of Observed Exchange Rate Movements. Efficient Markets and Exchange Rate Forecasts. The Role of Real Shocks in Determining Real Exchange Rates: The Evidence. Fields of interest Macroeconomics; Econometrics; International Economics Target groups Libraries, scientists, practitioners H. Guerrero, Mason School of Business, Williamsburg, VA, USA This book is written for the students and practitioners who are looking for a single introductory Excel-based resource that covers three essential business and analytical skills – Data Analysis, Business Modeling, and Simulation of Complex Problems. The focus of the book is clearly on analysis of problems for decision making, yet detailed explanations regarding how to use Excel tools are provided. After many years of teaching and consulting, it is abundantly clear to me that for most students, a good example is worth its weight in gold. This book contains many excellent examples in each chapter, some simple and others more complex, and there is an abundance of exhibits to guide the student through the maze of steps necessary for each analysis. The content is quite diverse: data presentation – the Feng Shui of spreadsheets, effective communication and collaboration, data preparation – import, scrub, manipulate data, data analysis – statistical methods: descriptive, inferential, and predictive, and more. Features Cooperative Game Theory.- The Core of a Cooperative Game.- Axiomatic Value Theory.- The Cooperative Potential.- Directed Communication Networks.- Cooperative Theories of Hierarchical Organizations. 7 Targeted at business students or practitioners looking for a single introductory Excel-based resource covering three essential business skills— Data Analysis, Business Modeling, and Simulation 7 The Instructor's Manual offers opportunities for classroom instruction, student participation and assignments or research 7 Problems and Exercises at the end of each chapter Fields of interest Fields of interest Game Theory/Mathematical Methods; Game Theory, Economics, Social and Behav. Sciences; Economic Theory Target groups Operations Research/Decision Theory; Organization/Planning; Information Systems Target groups Researchers in the field of game theory Business School students-UG and MBA, practitioners Discount group Discount group P P Discount group P Business and Economics Due February 2010 Business and Economics Due March 2010 Business and Economics Due March 2010 2010. XII, 404 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 270 p. 20 illus. (Theory and Decision Library C, Volume 44) Hardcover 2010. X, 200 p. Hardcover 7 approx. $179.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10279-0 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-3-642-05281-1 7 approx. $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10834-1 springer.com/librarybooks B. Hirsch, University of Erlangen-Nürnberg, Germany G. Iannotta, Bocconi University, Milan, Italy Monopsonistic Labour Markets and the Gender Pay Gap Investment Banking Theory and Empirical Evidence This book investigates models of spatial and dynamic monopsony and their application to the persistent empirical regularity of the gender pay gap. Theoretically, the main conclusion is that employers possess more monopsony power over their female employees if women are less driven by pecuniary considerations in their choice of employers than men. Employers may exploit this to increase their profits at the detriment of women’s wages. Empirically, it is indeed found that women’s labour supply to the firm is less wage-elastic than men’s and that at least a third of the gender pay gap in the data investigated may result from employers engaging in monopsonistic discrimination. Therefore, a monopsonistic approach to gender discrimination in the labour market clearly contributes to the economic understanding of the gender pay gap. It not only provides an intuitively appealing explanation of the gap from standard economic reasoning, but it is also corroborated by empirical observation. Contents Introduction.- Part I: Spatial Monopsony: Simple Static Monopsony. Short-Run Spatial Monopsony. Long-Run Spatial Monopsony. Spatial Monopsony and the Gender Pay Gap. Spatial Monopsony and Regional Differences in the Gender Pay Gap.Part II: Dynamic Monopsony: Simple Dynamic Monopsony. A General Equilibrium Model of Dynamic Monopsony. Dynamic Monopsony and the Gender Pay Gap. Concluding Remarks. Fields of interest Labor Economics; Sociology; Microeconomics Target groups Scientists Business/Economics Springer News 1/2010 A Guide to Underwriting and Advisory Services The recent financial turmoil has raised suspects on investment banks and will certainly reshape the industry. However, the transactions traditionally managed by investment banks will still require the intervention of financial institutions, as always in the past. This book aims at providing an overview of these traditional investment banking activities. It covers the main areas of investment banking: security underwriting (equity and debt), syndicated loans, market for corporate control (M&As, LBOs, etc.), restructuring. There is an impressive amount of research papers on the different areas of investment banking. While this growing literature provides a conceptual framework, it has little to say on “how to do things”. The aim of the book is to blend the scholars’ and practitioners’ views: every transaction is examined from both perspectives. Even when deeper attention is given to research, it is done with the simple and effective language of business. Features 7 Comprehensive overview of traditional investment banking activities 7 Provides understanding of main technical aspects of the investment banking business 7 Combines the academic and practical perspectives 7 Optimal accompanying book for investment banking or advisory corporate finance courses Fields of interest Finance /Banking Target groups Students and teachers in the field of finance/ banking; researchers Discount group P 111 P. Koslowski, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands (Ed.) Elements of a Philosophy of Management and Organization Managing as a form of human action has an inherent link with philosophy, which is also concerned with choosing the right action and the best way to lead our lives. Management theory and philosophy can join forces in epistemology (the philosophy of knowledge), ethics, and cultural theory. The epistemology of management concerns the question of how management can improve its ability to create knowledge about managing companies and about using management theory in the task of managing. Management ethics investigates the question of what the right management actions are. The cultural theory of management examines how corporate culture can increase the cooperation within the firm and how the cultural surplus value of products and brand management can increase the firm’s value creation in its products. This book introduces the readers to central approaches in this new field, which represents a synthesis of management and philosophical theory. From the contents Part A: Management and Philosophy. 1 The Philosophy of Management: Management as a Challenge to Philosophy - Philosophy as a Challenge to Management. 2 Philosophy of Management: Concepts of Management from the Perspectives of Systems Theory, Phenomenological Hermeneutics, Corporate Religion, and Existentialism.- Part B: Organization Theory, Organizational Practice, and Philosophy. 3 Critical Realism, Organization Theory, Methodology, and the Emerging Science of Reconfiguration. Fields of interest Organization/Planning; Ethics; Philosophy of the Social Sciences Target groups Discount group Scientists P Discount group P Business and Economics Due April 2010 Business and Economics Due February 2010 Business and Economics Due April 2010 2010. Approx. 280 p. (Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems, Volume 639) Softcover 2010. Approx. 200 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 200 p. (Studies in Economic Ethics and Philosophy) Hardcover 7 $99.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10408-4 7 $99.00 ISBN 978-3-540-93764-7 7 $119.00 ISBN 978-3-642-11139-6 112 Springer News 1/2010 Business/Economics H. Landstrom, University of Lund, Sweden Pioneers in Entrepreneurship and Small Business Research Around the world there is an increasing interest in issues of small business and entrepreneurship. In a time with a lot of myths and opinions of the role of entrepreneurs and small business it is vital for a book like this to encapsulate the knowledge that can be gained from the most significant research contributions in the field. Such knowledge is often build upon empirical oriented methods providing policy relevant results for small business owners and entrepreneurs. The aim of Pioneers in Entrepreneurship and Small Business Research is first to provide a historicaldoctrinal review of the development of entrepreneurship and small business research and, second, to present some of the key pioneers that have shaped the research field during the past three decades. The book focuses on the first recipients of the FSF-NUTEK International Award for Small Business Research including David Birch, Arnold Cooper, David Storey, Ian MacMillan, Howard Aldrich, Zoltan Acs, David Audretsch, and Giacomo Becattini. Features 7 In emerging and rapidly growing fields of research it is always important for researchers and advanced MBA students to stop now and then, and reflect on our knowledge and the future development of the field of research 7 Gives a historicaldoctrinal review of entrepreneurship and small business research, but also a summary of the core knowledge within the field Fields of interest Entrepreneurship; Business/Management Science, general Target groups Researchers in entrepreneurship and small business, management science, and economics, as well as MBA candidates Discount group P springer.com/booksellers E. van Leeuwen, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands Science & Technology in China: A Roadmap to 2050 Urban-Rural Interactions Strategic General Report of the Chinese Academy of Sciences Towns as Focus Points in Rural Development Editor-in-chief: Y. Lu Modern Europe has rural roots. Even today, as much as 90 per cent of Europe (EU25) consists of rural areas in which half of the population lives. While different rural areas often face different challenges, the shift from agricultural production towards a multifunctional landscape and the increasing value assigned to environmental values affect all rural areas. The ambition to develop a more diversified rural economy, as well as the bottom-up approach and local focus of many rural policies, require a clear knowledge of the current socio-economic function of towns and town-hinterland linkages. Therefore, the aim of this study is to contribute to the understanding of the current function of towns in Europe in general and in the Netherlands more specifically. By using both micro- and macro-approaches, the multifaceted relationships between town-hinterland and the rural economy are explored at different spatial levels and for different actors, in particular for households, farms and firms. This general report, sponsored by the Chinese Academy of Sciences, presents a panoramic scenario for China’s modernization drive to 2050. It analyzes the evolution and laws governing the development of science and technology, describes the decisive impact of science and technology on the modernization process, predicts that the world is on the eve of an impending S&T revolution, and calls for China to be fully prepared for this new round of S&T advancement. Based on its detailed study of the demands on S&T innovation in China’s modernization, it draws a framework for eight basic and strategic systems of socioeconomic development with the support of science and technology, works out China’s S&T roadmaps for the relevant eight basic and strategic systems in line with China’s reality, further details S&T initiatives of strategic importance to China’s modernization, and provides S&T decision-makers with comprehensive consultations for the development of S&T innovation consistent with China’s reality. Contents Features Introduction.- Town and Hinterland Interactions in Rural Areas.- Multifunctionality of Towns: Exploration of the Spatial Behaviour of Households.- Town-Hinterland Relations: A Social Accounting Matrix Approach.- A Meta-Analytic Comparison of Regional Output Multipliers at Different Spatial Levels: Economic Impacts of Tourism.- Microsimulation of Rural Households.Future Developments in Rural Areas: Combining Micro and Macro.- Conclusion. Fields of interest 7 The first book available on China's long-term S T plan 7 Presents a panoramic scenario for China's modernization drive to 2050 7 Includes eighteen specific S T roadmaps for relevant basic and strategic systems in China 7 Provides comprehensive consultations for the development of S T innovation with Chinese characteristics Fields of interest R & D/Technology Policy; Renewable Energy Sources; Sustainable Development Regional/Spatial Science; Landscape/Regional and Urban Planning; Agricultural Economics Target groups Target groups Discount group Scientists Researchers, government officials and entrepreneurs P Discount group P Business and Economics Business and Economics Business and Economics Due January 2010 Distribution rights in China: Science Press Due January 2010 Due March 2010 2010. XIV, 352 p. (International Studies in Entrepreneurship, Volume 8) Softcover 2010. Approx. 200 p. (Contributions to Economics) Hardcover 2010. XX, 138 p. 12 illus. in color. Softcover 7 $69.95 ISBN 978-1-4419-1678-5 7 $119.00 ISBN 978-3-7908-2406-3 7 $59.95 ISBN 978-3-642-04822-7 Jointly published with Science Press. springer.com/librarybooks C. Mac an Bhaird, Dublin City University, Dublin, Ireland J. R. Miron, University of Toronto, Scarborough, ON, Canada Resourcing Small and Medium The Geography of Sized Enterprises Competition A Financial Growth Life Cycle Approach Firms, Prices, and Localization In a world of increasing financial uncertainty and growing unemployment, the macroeconomic contribution of SMEs is more important than ever. Development of a vibrant, sustainable small firm sector is dependent on sufficient resourcing of SMEs, particularly adequate capitalisation. This book provides a timely examination of SME financing and determinants of capital structure. A special feature of this book is the novel methodological approach adopted, providing an innovative perspective on SME financing. Analysis of stated financing preferences and objectives of SME owners is combined with results of statistical analysis of firm characteristics in exploring holistic explanations for observed capital structures. The uniqueness of this approach is in the contribution of data on financing preferences to supplement and contextualise results of bivariate and multivariate statistical tests. This methodology extends the SME literature, and is of interest to academics, researchers, practitioners and policy makers. This book provides a comprehensive, up-to-date, and expert synthesis of location theory. What are the impacts of a firm’s geographic location on the locations of customers, suppliers, and competitors in a market economy? How, when, and why does this result in the clustering of firms in space? When and how is society made better or worse off as a result? This book uses dozens of locational models to address aspects of these three questions. Classical location problems considered include Greenhut-Manne, Hitchcock-Koopmans, and Weber-Launhardt. The book reinterprets competitive location theory, focusing on the linkages between Walrasian price equilibrium and the localization of firms. It also demonstrates that competitive location theory offers diverse ideas about the nature of market equilibrium in geographic space and its implications for a broad range of public policies, including free trade, industrial policy, regional development, and investment in infrastructure. Fields of interest Features Finance /Banking; Organization/Planning; Entrepreneurship Target groups Scientists and researchers Discount group P Business/Economics Springer News 1/2010 7 First major book on traditional location theory since Beckmann’s Location Theory in 1968 7 Will cover all the major developments in the intervening period 7 Fresh, interdisciplinary approach links ideas on location theory from different areas 7 Provides by far the most comprehensive treatment of firm location theory in the literature, with an extensive bibliography Fields of interest Regional/Spatial Science; Economic Theory; Economic Geography Target groups Academics, students and researchers with an interest in regional science, economic geography, and urban planning, market consultants, planners, policy advisors, and other practitioners H. Niemes, Helmholtz Centre for Environmental Research, Leipzig, Germany; M. Schirmer, Eawag-Swiss Federal Institute of Aquatic Science and Technology, Dübendorf, Switzerland Entropy, Water and Resources An Essay in Natural Sciences-Consistent Economics This book at the intersection of natural sciences, economics, and water engineering aims to reduce the gaps between economic theory, natural sciences, and engineering practice. Based on an extended thermodynamic approach, the authors explain which economic assumptions are acceptable for constructing a dynamic model that is consistent with the natural sciences. In particular, the special role of water in the production and reproduction activities will be considered as an integral component. Water is generated in a separate water treatment process and is used to transport the unavoidable by-products of production and reproduction activities to a wastewater sector. In this respect, not only environmental protection aspects, but also the interrelation between the water requirements and the use of non-renewable resources for producing desired consumption goods will be highlighted. From the contents 1 Introduction.- Part I: The Water Use Model. 2 Conceptual Foundations: Thermodynamics and Capital Theory. 3 General Design of Dynamic Models for Water Use. 4 Specifications for Constructing the Water Use Model. Fields of interest Environmental Economics; Energy Economics; Waste Water Technology / Water Pollution Control / Water Management / Aquatic Pollution Target groups Scientists Discount group P Discount group P Business and Economics Due February 2010 Business and Economics 113 Business and Economics Due March 2010 Due March 2010 2010. Approx. 240 p. 10 illus. (Contributions to Management Science) Hardcover 2010. XIII, 428 p. 74 illus. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover 7 approx. $129.00 ISBN 978-3-7908-2398-1 7 approx. $179.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-5625-5 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-3-7908-2415-5 114 Management/Business for Professionals H. Arnold, M. Erner, P. Möckel, Deutsche Telekom AG, Berlin, Germany; C. Schläffer, Deutsche Telekom AG, Bonn, Germany (Eds.) Applied Technology and Innovation Management Insights and Experiences from an IndustryLeading Innovation Centre Rapid application of new technologies and highly leveraged innovation processes are key for the success of companies and organizations in dynamic markets. Based on the experiences of one of the industry’s most modern innovation centers this book provides an insight into the tools and methods used to align customer requirements, competitive challenges and technological development. Both, scientists and practitioners, will benefit from the lessons learned and presented in this volume. Features 7 Based on the experiences of one of the industry`s most modern innovation centers 7 High-tech innovation management as a critical success factor From the contents The Importance of Innovation Management at Deutsche Telekom –Technological Uncertainty and Open Innovation. -Deutsche Telekom Laboratories as a Testbed for Modern Technology and Innovation Management. - A. Information Acquisition in a World of Knowledge Strategic Foresight. Integration of Academic Research into Innovation Projects: The Case of Collaboration with a University Research Institute. - B. Organizing for Getting the Most out of Openness. - Implementing Open Innovation to Benefi t from External Dynamics of Innovation. - Partnering for Research and Development within an Open Innovation Framework. - Business (Lead) Customer Involvement in the Innovation Process. - C. Early Stage Market Research and Innovation Marketing. Fields of interest Technology Management; Information Systems; Management/Business for Professionals Target groups Researcher and professionals Springer News 1/2010 T. E. Cheng, Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Kowloon, Hong Kong, China; J. Li, Beijing University of Chemical Technology, Beijing, China; C. J. Wan, University of Cambridge, UK; S. Y. Wang, Chinese Academy of Sciences, Beijing, China Postponement Strategies in Supply Chain Management Within supply chain management (SCM), postponement is a deliberate action to delay final manufacturing or distribution of a product until receipt of a customer order. This reduces the incidence of wrong manufacturing or incorrect inventory deployment. Postponement strategies and practices serve to reduce the anticipatory risk in a supply chain. It can be fine-tuned or staged so that only the generic parts shared by a firm’s various end products are warehoused, used only once orders come in for whichever products are selling, and will reduce inventory pressures throughout the firm. Despite much existing research in the area, no one book devoted solely to postponement has been published. At its core, Postponement Strategies in Supply Chain Management analyzes how both pull postponement strategy and form postponement strategy can be leveraged to yield substantial benefits to adopting firms in different competitive environments. Features 7 First book to specifically detail postponement strategies in SCM 7 Includes models developed by authors with a look at their possible effects 7 Takes a critical look at these strategies as applied across a range of products Fields of interest Operations Research/Decision Theory; Production/Logistics; Industrial and Production Engineering Target groups Researchers and practitioners in supply chain management; graduate and doctoral students in the field Discount group P springer.com/booksellers A. Hevner, University of South Florida, Tampa, FL, USA; S. Chatterjee, Claremont Graduate University, CA, USA (Eds.) Design Research in Information Systems Theory and Practice The purpose of Design Research in Information Systems: Theory and Practice is to provide the field, researchers, practitioners and especially graduate students with a comprehensive book that outlines and explains the parameters of design science research, how to conduct such research, and to provide examples of various types of research that has been conducted using design science. There will be 14 chapters in the book, divided into two parts. The first part of 8 chapters will be written by the authors and the second part of the book will be various types of research examples conducted using design science. These research chapters will demonstrate well-developed design science research from an array of perspectives. The book is a textbook survey on information technology that provides students, academics, and practitioners with a reference tool or educational framework to understand, apply and implement design research methods in Information Systems. Features 7 Will address questions such as "how can design science and design theories provide guidance and inform more effective design and adoption for such complex information systems?" "What do these changes in the organizational use of information technology mean for an information systems design theory?" Fields of interest Information Systems; Management of Computing and Information Systems; Information Systems and Communication Service Target groups Students and academic professors in the areas of computer science, information systems and software engineering Discount group P Discount group P Business and Economics Business and Economics Due January 2010 Due May 2010 Business and Economics Due March 2010 2010. VIII, 218 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 220 p. 40 illus. (International Series in Operations Research & Management Science, Vol. 143) Hardcover 2010. XVIII, 393 p. 43 illus. With CD-ROM. (Integrated Series in Information Systems, Volume 22) Hardcover 7 $89.95 ISBN 978-3-540-88826-0 7 approx. $119.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-5836-5 7 $99.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-5652-1 springer.com/librarybooks Springer News 1/2010 Management/Business for Professionals D. Jones, M. Tamiz, Management Mathematics Group, Portsmouth, UK H. Lehmann, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand Practical Goal Programming The Dynamics of International Information Systems Goal programming is an extension of mathematical programming and it has been widely used as an optimization technique that can determine multi-faceted solutions rather than optimizing a single objective. It derives its name by utilizing its multi-objective programming capabilities to satisfy multiple goals within a problem, and it is recognized as the most widely used multi-objective methodology. As basically as an extension of optimization methods, Practical Goal Programming will have a global market. This book and its treatment of Goal Programming is a particularly practical quantitative decision tool because it helps organizations meet targets and objectives. If objectives turn out to be conflicting, as frequently is the case, then the goal programming solution will suggest the means of coming as close as possible to the given set of goals. The book will include many worked-out examples and tutorial exercises throughout—and will be designed to demonstrate and teach the readers good modeling practice. Features 7 Goal programming is an excellent tool that can provide solutions to decision problems arising from a variety of application fields Contents History and Philosophy of Goal Programming.Goal Programming Variants.- Formulating Goal Programmes.- Advanced Topics in Goal Programming Formulation.- Solving and Analysing Goal Programming Models.- Detection and Restoration of Pareto Inefficiency.- Trend of Integration and Combination of Goal Programming.- Case Studies: Application of Goal Programming in HealthCare.Case Study: Application of Goal Programming in Portfolio Selection.- References.- Index. Fields of interest Operations Research/Decision Theory; Optimization; Management/Business for Professionals Target groups Graduate students, academic researchers and practitioners Discount group P Anatomy of a Grounded Theory Investigation With this new monograph, Hans Lehmann demonstrates the efficacy of using the Grounded Theory method to study the factors that lead to success – or failure – in the creation and ongoing management of the international information systems (IIS) within global enterprises. He presents three cases of large transnational companies he worked with in this study and describes in detail the steps in the analysis of findings and the incremental conceptualization that finally result in a substantive theory of IIS. There is also a companion website that contains a full set of analysis notes to add a further level of detail. Grounded Theory was developed in the social sciences as a means of recording, analyzing, understanding and then fully explaining what was happening within a given social situation - so that theories could be developed that were firmly grounded in those circumstantial facts. Features P. Low Kim Cheng Negotiation Success in Asia Successful negotiation requires a close understanding of their partner’s culture, their feelings, habits and values. When planning to do business with suppliers and other partners in Asia, a thorough preparation is essential to avoid misunderstandings, confrontations and disappointments, and to ensure the mutually desired success. This book presents a complete communication and negotiation skills program with special focus on negotiation partners from the different regions of the Asian continent. Readers learn to negotiate the Chinese, the Indian or the Japanese way, and they learn to understand the ways Asians negotiate. Written by a cross-border author, both academician and practitioner, with plenty of experience from Eastern and Western cultures, this book is a valuable resource for anyone relying on business success with Asian partners. Features 7 Book draws on the first hand experience of a pan-Asian business expert From the contents Information Systems; Information Systems and Communication Service; Cognitive Psychology What is Negotiation? - Introduction - Definition of Negotiation - Skilled Negotiators Seek to Build Common Ground - Over-winning Is Bad! - Checkpoint. - Negotiation, the Relationship Way - Pre-Negotiation Stage - Post-Negotiation Stage - Relating and Writing Persuasively to Influence OP - Checkpoint. - Preparation and Planning - Set Your Goals - Know Yourself - Decide Who’s to Negotiate - Prepare for Your Appearance, Dressing and Manners - Preparing for Negotiating with Someone from Another Culture - Special Mention on Indonesia – Capitalising “Flexibility” - Sun Tzu, the Art of War and Negotiation. - Process versus Content - The Process of Negotiation The Content of Negotiation. - Some Sure-fire Negotiating Techniques and Tactics - Negotiation Techniques and Tactics - The Dangers of Verbal Agreements. Target groups Fields of interest 7 First book to demonstrate efficacy of grounded theory in IIS 7 Can be immediately used to help design and implement IS systems 7 Concise monograph explains and demonstrates an effective IS methodology From the contents Introduction.- International Information Systems in the Literature.- Research Problem and Research Question.- Research Methodology.- Research Method: Grounded Theory for Descriptive and Exploratory Cases.- Foundation Case: The Australasian Food Co-op. Fields of interest IS practitioners working in multi-national enterprises, IS researchers, academics teaching IS research methodology Discount group P Management/Business for Professionals; Organization/Planning Target groups Professionals, manager in international business Discount group P Business and Economics Due March 2010 115 Business and Economics Due April 2010 Business and Economics Due February 2010 2010. Approx. 250 p. 41 illus. (International Series in Operations Research & Management Science, Volume 141) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 245 p. 66 illus. (Integrated Series in Information Systems, Volume 23) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 250 p. Hardcover 7 approx. $139.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-5770-2 7 approx. $119.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-5749-8 7 approx. $69.95 ISBN 978-3-642-04675-9 116 Springer News 1/2010 Law D. Closa, A. Gardiner, F. Giemsa, J. Machek, European Patent Office, Munich, Germany Patent Law for Computer Scientists Steps to Protect Computer-Implemented Inventions Patent laws are different in many countries, and inventors are sometimes at a loss to understand which basic requirements should be satisfied if an invention is to be granted a patent. This is particularly true for inventions implemented on a computer. While roughly a third of all applications (and granted patents) relate, in one way or another, to a computer, applications where the innovation mainly resides in software or in a business method are treated differently by the major patent offices in the US (USPTO), Japan (JPO), and Europe (EPO). The authors start with a thorough introduction into patent laws and practices, as well as in related intellectual property rights, which also explains the procedures at the USPTO, JPO and EPO and, in particular, the peculiarities in the treatment of applications centering on software or computers. Features 7 Explains patent laws in Europe, the US, and Japan 7 Gives the reader a guide to a patent examiner’s way of thinking 7 Shows the step-bystep development of a patent application 7 Presents more than 10 detailed case studies from different computer science applications 7 Condenses over 70 years experience of the authors in the patent business From the contents Part I: 1) Introduction.- Part II: Case Studies.2) Business Methods - 3) Administrative Methods - 4) Digital Rights Management - 5) Databases and Database Management Systems. springer.com/booksellers S. C. Grover, Thunder Bay, ON, Canada K. Noussia, University of Hamburg The European Court of Human Rights as a Pathway to Impunity for International Crimes Confidentiality in International Commercial Arbitration This book presents contentious case rulings by the European Court of Human Rights providing extensive case notes and questions. The book elucidates just how the Court came in those cases to contribute to lack of State accountability and to impunity for individual perpetrators of international crimes. Issues addressed include the Court’s: derogation of the jus cogens nature of certain fundamental human rights, grant of State immunity from any liability for systemic torture, unjustified failure to classify certain European Convention on Human Rights violations as international crimes; and improper declining of jurisdiction where States participated in a U.N. peace-building mission that itself involved serious violations of the U.N. Charter human rights principles. The book argues that the moral integrity of the Court’s rulings (rulings that promote and protect international human rights) is an essential aspect of promoting the internationalization of the rule of law. Fields of interest European Law/Public International Law Target groups Libraries, human rights advocates, NGO’s, international courts Discount group P A Comparative Analysis of the Position under English, US, German and French Law Arbitration is an essential component in business. In an age when transparency is a maxim, important issues which the laws governing arbitration currently fail to address are the extent to which disclosure of information can be constrained by private agreement along with the extent to which the duty to preserve confidentiality can be stretched. Absent a coherent legal framework and extensive qualitative and quantitative data, it is equally difficult to suggest and predict future directions. This book offers a tool for attaining centralised access to otherwise fragmentary and dispersed material, as well as a comprehensive analysis and detailed exposition of the position in relation to confidentiality in arbitration in the jurisdictions of England, USA, France and Germany. Contents Introduction.- The History, Importance and Modern Use of Arbitration.- Problems and Questions Encountered in Relation to Confidentiality in Arbitration.- The Present Status of Confidentiality in International Commercial Arbitration in the Various Jurisdictions.- Critical Analysis, Overall Assessment and Discussion.- Transnational Law and Arbitration.- Towards a Uniform Arbitration Law.- Conclusions. Fields of interest International & Foreign Law/Comparative Law; European Law/Public International Law Fields of interest Target groups Legal Aspects of Computing; Commercial Law; Law and Economics Libraries, law firms Discount group Target groups P Companies and software developers interested in patenting their inventions or assets. Attorneys, legal companies, and legal practitioners working on software patenting Discount group P Computer Science Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Due February 2010 Due April 2010 Due April 2010 2010. X, 220 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 350 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover 7 $49.95 ISBN 978-3-642-05077-0 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10797-9 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10223-3 springer.com/librarybooks Law Springer News 1/2010 F. Sparka, Hamburg I. Stemmler, Max-Planck-Institute for Chemistry, Mainz, Germany Jurisdiction and Arbitration Clauses in Maritime Transport The Role of the Ocean in Global Cycling of Persistent Documents Organic Contaminants A Comparative Analysis Jurisdiction and arbitration clauses are two different mechanisms that help to ensure impartiality and predictability in international dispute resolution. Despite their benefits, these clauses can be inconvenient for parties that are forced to litigate before distant fora. Moreover, particular problems arise in the context of maritime transport documents. Based on a broad comparative approach, this study seeks to explain the existing rules within their legal context and to develop a coherent system for such clauses, which takes into account the underlying interests as well as economic theory. While offering detailed answers to most issues surrounding jurisdiction and arbitration clauses in maritime transport documents, the book confronts the fundamental question of the limits of freedom of contract in an international setting. Features 7 Overview of the most common forms of jurisdiction and arbitration clauses in maritime transport documents From the contents Introduction.- The Legal Framework for Choice of Forum Clauses in Maritime Transport Documents.- Bills of Lading and other Maritime Transport Documents.- Common Types of Choice of Forum Clauses in Maritime Transport Documents.- Classification of Choice of Forum Clauses and their Separability from the Main Contract.Formal Requirements and the Incorporation of Choice of Forum Agreements.- Inconvenient and Unfair Choice of Forum Clauses.- The Effect of Mandatory Liability Rules on the Enforcement of Choice of Forum Clauses. Refinement and Application of a Global Multicompartment Chemistry-Transport Persistent organic contaminants, which are bioaccumulative and toxic are a concern for the ecosystems and human health and are regulated under international law (global and regional conventions, besides other). If semivolatile, they cycle in different environmental compartments and follow complex transport pathways. The ocean is believed to play a key role in the cycling by accumulating and storing the contaminant and providing a transport medium. But substance fate in the marine environment is not fully understood yet. Here, the global multicompartment chemistrytransport model MPI-MCTM is used to study the fate of organic pollutants in the marine and total environment. For the first time historical emission data are used in spatially-resolved long-term simulations of an insecticide, DDT, and and an industrial chemical, perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA). Fields of interest Environmental Chemistry; Marine & Freshwater Sciences; Oceanography Target groups Scientists, researchers, libraries Discount group P G. Tiess, Montanuniversität Leoben, Austria General and International Mineral Policy Focus: Europe The demand for mineral resources (iron ore, cement, etc.) has increased substantially in recent years, a development which can be traced back to the economic growth of heavily populated newly industrializing countries. More than fifty percent of the total world population is now interested in the same resources. This change of structure has caused enormous price increases on international commodity markets. In Europe this process can also be noticed in shortages of some mineral resources. National mineral resources policies play a decisive role here, and developing special policies is vital to creating a mineral resources strategy and ensuring a competitive mining industry. This book discusses the mineral resources policies and strategies of important mineral resources importing and exporting countries, examines the status quo of European mineral resources policy and puts forward proposals for the implementation of such a policy for discussion. Fields of interest International & Foreign Law/Comparative Law; International Economics; Mineral Resources Target groups Entrepreneurs, scientists, students, politicians, civil servants and investors Discount group P Field of interest International & Foreign Law/Comparative Law Target groups Shipping companies, law firms, libraries Discount group P Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Earth and Environmental Science 117 Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Due February 2010 Due March 2010 2010. XVIII, 279 p. (Hamburg Studies on Maritime Affairs, Volume 19) Softcover 2010. Approx. 150 p. (Hamburg Studies on Maritime Affairs, Volume 18) Softcover 2010. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover 7 approx. $139.00 ISBN 978-3-642-10221-9 7 approx. $129.00 ISBN 978-3-642-05008-4 7 approx. $139.00 ISBN 978-3-211-89004-2 Due July 2010 118 Springer News 1/2010 General Science springer.com/booksellers J. L. Casti, Vienna, Austria H. Triebel, Universität Jena, Germany H. Triebel, Universität Jena, Germany Mood Matters Theory of Function Spaces Theory of Function Spaces II From Rising Skirt Lengths to the Collapse of World Powers The book deals with the two scales Bspq and Fspq of spaces of distributions, where 8<s<8 and 0<p,q=8, which include many classical and modern spaces, such as Hölder spaces, Zygmund classes, Sobolev spaces, Besov spaces, Besselpotential spaces, Hardy spaces and spaces of BMO-type. It is the main aim of this book to give a unified treatment of the corresponding spaces on the Eucidean n-space Rn in the framework of Fourier analysis, which is based on the technique of maximal functions, Fourier multipliers and interpolation assertions. These topics are treated in Chapter 2, which is the heart of the book. Chapter 3 deals with corresponding spaces on smooth bounded domains in Rn. “Theory of Function Spaces II” deals with the theory of function spaces of type Bspq and Fspq as it stands at the present. These two scales os spaces cover many well-known function spaces such as Hölder-Zygmund spaces, (fractional) Sobolev spaces, Besov spaces, inhomogeneous Hardy spaces, spaces of BMO-type and local approximation spaces which are closely connected with Morrey-Campanato spaces. “Theory of Function Spaces II” is self-contained, although it may be considered an update of the author’s earlier book of the same title. The book’s seven chapters start with a historical survey of the subject, and then analyze the theory of function spaces in Rn and in domains, applications to (exotic) pseudo-differential operators, and function spaces on Riemannian manifolds. “Mood Matters” makes the radical assertion that all social events ranging from fashions in music and art to the rise and fall of civilizations are biased by the attitudes a society holds toward the future. When the “social mood” is positive and people look forward to the future, events of an entirely different character tend to occur than when society is pessimistic. The book presents many examples from every walk of life in support of this argument. In addition, methods are given to actually measure the social mood and to project it into the future in order to forecast what’s likely or not over varying periods of time. Casti’s writing is a pleasure to read and its contents an eye-opener. Features 7 Entertaining and gripping in style, but with a serious and important message 7 Explains how major world events can be traced to, and predicted by "social mood" 7 Makes sense of apparently unpredictable developments 7 Author is: well known for previous popular books; experienced as member of economic think-tanks; frequent contributor to newspapers and magazines on topic of prediction Contents Contents I. Function Spaces and Elliptic Differential Equations.- 1. Spaces of Entire Analytic Functions.- 2. Function Spaces on Rn .- 3. Function Spaces on Domains.- 4. Regular Elliptic Differential Equations.- II. Further Types of Functions Spaces.- 5. Homogeneous Function Spaces.- 6. Ultra-Distributions and Weighted Spaces of Entire Analytic Functions.- 7. Weighted Function Spaces on Rn.- 8. Weighted Function Spaces on Domains and Degenerate Elliptic Differential Equations.- 9. Periodic Function Spaces.- 10. Further Types of Function Spaces.- References.- Index. Introducing Unconventional Wisdom.- Why “Stuff Happens.-Why Hits Happen (short timescale events).-Why Wars, Elections, and Economic Crises Happen(medium timescale events).- Why Great Powers Come and Go (long timescale events).- How to Forecast Coming Events. Fields of interest Fields of interest P Economics/Management Science, general; Popular Science, general Science, general Target groups Researcher Discount group Contents Preface.- Chapter 1 How to Measure Smoothness.Chapter 2 The Spaces Bspq and Fspq: Definitions and Characterizations.- Chapter 3 Atoms, Oscillations, and Distinguished Representations.- Chapter 4 Key Theorems.- Chapter 5 Spaces on Domains.- Chapter 6 Mapping Properties of Pseudodifferential Operators.- Chapter 7 Spaces on Riemannian Manifolds and Lie Groups.- References.- Symbols.- Index. Field of interest Science, general Target groups Researcher Discount group P Target groups General Public, armchair economists, generalists and specialists interested in psychology, economics, and social science, behavioral scientists, decision-makers Discount group P Humanities, Social Sciences & Law Humanities, Social Sciences & Law Due July 2010 Due July 2010 Originally published as volume 78 in the series: Monographs in Mathematics Originally published as volume 84 in the series: Monographs in Mathematics 2010 . Approx . 210 p . 40 illus . Hardcover 1st ed . 1983 . 2nd printing 2010 . Approx . 290 p . (Modern Birkhäuser Classics) Softcover 1st ed . 1992 . 2nd printing 2010 . Approx . 380 p . (Modern Birkhäuser Classics) Softcover 7 $27.50 ISBN 978-3-642-04834-0 7 approx. $39.95 ISBN 978-3-0346-0415-4 7 approx. $39.95 ISBN 978-3-0346-0418-5 Business and Economics Due April 2010 springer.com/librarybooks L. A. Annetta, E. Folta, M. Klesath, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, NC, USA C. K. Chan, N. Rao, The University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong (Eds.) V-Learning Revisiting The Chinese Learner Distance Education in the 21st Century Through 3D Virtual Learning Environments Features 7 Gives practical examples from over six years of work in 3D virtual learning environments for online education 7 Is grounded in research 7 It gives a theoretical framework through a synopsis of work supporting the use of virtual learning environments in education Fields of interest Educational Technology; Learning and Instruction; Computers and Education Target groups Distance learning administrators, university CIO’s, university faculty and students, libraries, virtual high schools, home schools and to researchers in virtual worlds and learning sciences Discount group P Education Springer News 1/2010 119 D. D. Dill, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, CA, USA; M. Beerkens, University of Twente, Enschede, The Netherlands (Eds.) Changing Contexts, Changing Education Public Policy for Academic Quality This book examines teaching and learning in Chinese societies and advances understanding of ‘the Chinese learner’ in changing global contexts. Given the burgeoning research in this area, pedagogical shifts from knowledge transmission to knowledge construction to knowledge creation, wide-ranging social, economic and technological advances, and changes in educational policy, Revisiting the Chinese Learner is a timely endeavor. The book revisits the paradox of the Chinese learner against the background of these educational changes; considers how Chinese cultural beliefs and contemporary change influence learning; and examines how Chinese teachers and learners respond to new educational goals, interweaving new and old beliefs and practices. Contributors focus on both continuity and change in analyzing student learning, pedagogical practice, teacher learning and professional development in Chinese societies. Over the last decade the structure of higher education in most countries has undergone significant change brought about by social demands for expanded access, technological developments, and market forces. In this period of change the traditional concerns with access and cost have been supplemented by a new concern with academic quality. As a consequence, new public policies on academic quality and new forms of academic quality assurance have rapidly emerged and swiftly migrated across continents and around the globe. The growing public debate about academic quality assurance within and across countries however has not always been well informed by analyses of the strengths and weaknesses of these new policy instruments. The Public Policy for Academic Quality Research Program (PPAQ) was designed to provide systematic analyses of innovative external quality assurance policies around the world. Analyses of Innovative Policy Instruments Features Features Fields of interest Fields of interest 7 Debunks stereotypes about Chinese teachers and learners 7 Advances our understanding of the changing Chinese learner 7 Considers traditional and contemporary influences on pedagogies 7 Considers the influence of educational reform on teaching and learning in Chinese societies 7 Synthesizes earlier seminal research on Chinese learners and charts new directions International and Comparative Education; Curriculum Studies; Educational Policy Target groups Scholars, educators and post-graduate students Discount group P 7 Summarizes the results from the multi-year international research program on Public Policy for Academic Quality (PPAQ) 7 Presents analyses of fourteen innovative national academic quality assurance instruments, which provide systematic, fair-minded assessments of the goals, implementation problems, and impacts of these new policies Higher Education; Educational Policy Target groups Professors, researchers and students in the field of higher education, practitioners in the field of academic quality assurance and policy makers in higher education Discount group P Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Due February 2010 Due March 2010 2010. Approx. 160 p. Hardcover 2010. XV, 360 p. (CERC Studies in Comparative Education, Volume 25) Hardcover 2010. X, 271 p. (Higher Education Dynamics, Volume 30) Hardcover 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3620-9 7 $189.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3839-5 7 approx. $139.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3753-4 Due February 2010 120 Springer News 1/2010 Education G. Harman, University of New England, Armidale, NSW, Australia; M. Hayden, Southern Cross University, Lismore, NSW, Australia; P. Thanh Nghi, Vietnamese Academy of Social Sciences, Hanoi, Vietnam (Eds.) Reforming Higher Education in Vietnam Challenges and Priorities Vietnam is a dynamic member of the community of Southeast Asian nations. Consistent with aspirations across the region, it is seeking to develop its higher education system as rapidly as possible. Vietnam’s approach stands out, however, as being extremely ambitious. Indeed, it may be at risk of attempting to do too much too quickly. By 2020, for example, Vietnam expects its higher education system to be advanced by modern standards and highly competitive in international terms. This vision faces many challenges. The economy, though growing rapidly, remains reliant on the availability of unskilled labour and the exploitation of natural resources, and decision making in many areas of public life continues to be hamstrung by a legacy of over-regulation and centralised control. A large number of goals and objectives have been set for reform of the higher education system by 2020. The success of these reforms will have a major bearing on the future quality of the system. Features 7 Sole up-to-date text on recent developments in higher education in Vietnam 7 Book presents a fascinating case-study how one Asian country that 20 years ago moved to a market economy is approaching reform of modernisation of its higher education system Fields of interest Higher Education; International and Comparative Education; Administration, Organization and Leadership Target groups Researchers involved in teaching and research in higher education, educational administration, comparative and international studies, development studies, and educational finance, university and college presidents and administrators, staff of major international aid and development organisations and government ministries D. Ifenthaler, P. Pirnay-Dummer, N. M. Seel, Albert-Ludwigs-University, Freiburg, Germany (Eds.) Computer-Based Diagnostics and Systematic Analysis of Knowledge What is knowledge? How can it be successfully assessed? How can we best use the results? As questions such as these continue to be discussed and the learning sciences continue to deal with expanding amounts of data, the challenge of applying theory to diagnostic methods takes on more complexity. Computer-Based Diagnostics and Systematic Analysis of Knowledge meets this challenge head-on as an international panel of experts reviews current and emerging assessment methodologies in the psychological and educational arenas. Emphasizing utility, effectiveness, and ease of interpretation, contributors critically discuss practical innovations and intriguing possibilities (including mental representations, automated knowledge visualization, modeling, and computer-based feedback) across fields ranging from mathematics education to medicine. Features 7 International collaborations and current perspectives on computer-based assessment 7 Interdisciplinary contributors from a wide variety of educational and psychological disciplines 7 Integrates all the major fields of computer-based diagnostics including: elicitation, aggregation and classification of knowledge; testing strategies; application of results Fields of interest Educational Technology; Computers and Education; Linguistics (General) Target groups Researchers and professionals in educational psychology, instructional technology, computer science and linguistics Discount group P springer.com/booksellers W. B. Jeffries, University of Vermont College of Medicine, Burlington, VT, USA; K. N. Huggett, Creighton University School of Medicine, Omaha, NE, USA (Eds.) An Introduction to Medical Teaching Few faculty members in academic medical centres are formally prepared for their roles as teachers. This work is an introductory text designed to provide medical teachers with the core concepts of effective teaching practice and information about innovations for curriculum design, delivery, and assessment. It offers brief, focused chapters with content that is easily assimilated by the reader. Topics are relevant to basic science and clinical teachers, and the work does not presume readers possess prerequisite knowledge of education theory or instructional design. The authors emphasize application of concepts to teaching practice. Topics include: Helping Students Learn; Teaching Large Groups; Teaching in Small Groups; Problem Based Learning; Team-Based Learning, Teaching Clinical Skills; Teaching with Simulation; Teaching with Practicals and Labs; Teaching with Technological Tools; Designing a Course; Assessing Student Performance; Documenting the Trajectory of your Teaching and Teaching as Scholarship. Features 7 The book is divided into chapters that cover all of the major areas of medical teaching 7 Each chapter is written by an expert in the field 7 The book is an excellent resource for the new medical teacher or an experienced teacher looking to improve 7 The chapters are concise and require no prior knowledge of the topic 7 Each chapter contains references for further reading Fields of interest Medical Education; Learning and Instruction; Assessment, Testing and Evaluation Target groups Medical School Basic Science Faculty, Medical School Clinical Faculty, Faculty Development Divisions, Medical and Health Science Libraries, Medical Teaching Societies (e.g., IAMSE) Discount group P Discount group P Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Due January 2010 Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Due March 2010 Due February 2010 2010. X, 183 p. (Higher Education Dynamics, Volume 29) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 295 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 270 p. Hardcover 7 approx. $139.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3693-3 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-5661-3 7 $179.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3640-7 springer.com/librarybooks Education Springer News 1/2010 M. S. Khine, I. M. Saleh, Emirates College for Advanced Education, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates (Eds.) New Science of Learning Cognition, Computers and Collaboration in Education The earliest educational software simply transferred print material from the page to the monitor. Since then, the Internet and other digital media have brought students an ever-expanding, low-cost knowledge base and the opportunity to interact with minds around the globe—while running the risk of shortening their attention spans, isolating them from interpersonal contact, and subjecting them to information overload. The New Science of Learning: Cognition, Computers and Collaboration in Education deftly explores the multiple relationships found among these critical elements in students’ increasingly complex and multi-paced educational experience. Starting with instructors’ insights into the cognitive effects of digital media—a diverse range of viewpoints with little consensus—this cutting-edge resource acknowledges the double-edged potential inherent in computer-based education and its role in shaping students’ thinking capabilities. R. Leikin, University of Haifa, Israel; R. Zazkis, Simon Fraser University, Vancouver, BC, Canada (Eds.) T. Lovat, R. Toomey, N. Clement, The University of Newcastle, New South Wales, Australia (Eds.) Learning Through Teaching Mathematics International Research Handbook on Values Education and Student Wellbeing Development of Teachers’ Knowledge and Expertise in Practice This volume explores how and when teachers’ knowledge develops through teaching. The book presents international views on teachers’ learning from their practice; the chapters are written by mathematicians or mathematics educators from Brazil, Canada, Israel, Mexico, UK, and USA. They address diverse content – numerical literacy, geometry, algebra, and real analysis – and a variety of levels – elementary school, secondary school, undergraduate mathematics, and teacher education courses. The authors employ different methodological tools and different theoretical perspectives as they consider teaching in different learning environments: lecturing, small group work on problems and tasks, mathematical explorations with the support of technological software, or e-learning. Informed by the most up-to-date research from around the world, as well as examples of good practice, this handbook analyzes values education in the context of a range of school-based measures associated with student wellbeing. These include social, emotional, moral and spiritual growth – elements that seem to be present where intellectual advancement and academic achievement are being maximized. This text comes as ‘values education’ widens in scope from being concerned with morality, ethics, civics and citizenship to a broader definition synonymous with a holistic approach to education in general. This expanded purview is frequently described as pedagogy relating to ‘values’ and ‘wellbeing’. This contemporary understanding of values education, or values and wellbeing pedagogy, fits well with recent neuroscience research. Features Features 7 Reflects computational developments and their impacts on education 7 Offers a qualitatively different approach to meet the demands of twentyfirst century skills 7 Critically examines the scientific understanding of future learning 7 Is innovative in its systematic view on teaching of mathematics as a source for teachers’ own learning 7 Contains interesting and challenging mathematical examples that teachers learned when they taught mathematics 7 Contains a variety of research methodologies and frameworks for the analysis of the developments of mathematics teachers' knowledge From the contents Fields of interest Features Foreword. About the Contributors.- Part I Cognition and New Science of Learning. 1 New Digital Media and their Potential Cognitive Impact on Youth Learning. 2 Group Cognition as a Foundation for the New Science of Learning. 3 An Embodied/Grounded Cognition Perspective on Educational Technology. Fields of interest Learning and Instruction; Educational Technology; Educational Psychology Mathematics Education; Teaching and Teacher Education; Learning and Instruction Target groups Mathematics educators, educational researchers, teacher educators, mathematics teachers Discount group P 7 Shows that values education is essential to effective schooling 7 Links the effects of values education to all the important educational measures 7 Shows that values education is a worldwide, contemporary phenomenon 7 Shows that values education fits well with updated brain and pedagogical research 7 Illustrates that values education is a means to holistic student and teacher wellbeing Fields of interest Educational Philosophy; Curriculum Studies; Religion and Education Target groups Educational researchers, cognition, social and behavioural scientists, educational bureaucrats, school principals and teacher educators Discount group P Target groups Researchers in educational psychology, counseling, instructional design, educational technology and the learning sciences Discount group P Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Due March 2010 121 Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Due February 2010 Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Due June 2010 2010. Approx. 595 p. 50 illus. Hardcover 2010. X, 250 p. (Mathematics Teacher Education, Volume 5) Hardcover 2010. XXX, 870 p. Hardcover 7 $179.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-5715-3 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3989-7 7 approx. $539.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8674-7 122 Springer News 1/2010 Education D. Mattheou, National and Kapodistrian University of Athens, Greece (Ed.) Changing Educational Landscapes Educational Policies, Schooling Systems and Higher Education – a comparative perspective Analyzing educational landscapes – the fundamental values, principles and institutions of the sector – is a highly complex and demanding task for any researcher. Like shifting desert sands, these aspects of education are in a constant state of flux, changing according to the unpredictable economic, social, cultural and geo-political circumstances of late modernity. Key aspects of the intricate, fluid and multifarious contemporary setting can always escape the researcher’s necessarily selective observation. The contributors to this book share the view that it is wise, therefore, to take note of other people’s ideas, perceptions and perspectives, to compare notes and reflect critically on them. Thus the papers presented here are a critical and comparative analysis of today’s changing educational landscapes. They are an exploration of some of the forces and factors that induce these changes, and also examine some of their most significant implications. Features 7 The themes of the book and the methodologies reflect the state-of-the-art in the field of comparative education 7 The selected papers deal with the most debated current issues on the international agenda of education 7 Focusses on several – rather than one – aspects of education, from various perspectives and in different countries Fields of interest International and Comparative Education; Educational Policy; Higher Education Target groups Researchers and policy makers in comparative education, education policy and education studies Discount group E. J. Meyer, Concordia University, Montreal Canada Gender and Sexual Diversity in Schools Issues related to gender and sexual diversity in schools can generate a lot of controversy, with many educators and youth advocates underprepared to address these topics in their school communities. This text offers an easy-to-read introduction to the subject, providing readers with definitions and research evidence, as well as the historical context for understanding the roots of bias in schools related to sex, gender, and sexuality. Additionally, the book offers tangible resources and advice on how to create more equitable learning environments. Topics such as working with same-sex parented families in elementary schools; integrating gender and sexual diversity topics into the curriculum; addressing homophobic bullying and sexual harassment; advising gay-straight alliances; and supporting a transgender or gender non-conforming student are addressed. Features 7 is the first volume to integrate the research, theory, and practical ideas connected to issues of sex, gender, and sexual orientation in the K-12 setting 7 addresses how factors relating to sex, gender, and sexual orientation shape and inform the experiences of students and teachers in schools 7 fills an important gap in most teacher education courses Fields of interest Sociology of Education; Gender Studies; Teaching and Teacher Education Target groups Teacher educators and academic researchers in education, social work, school counseling, school leadership/administration, women’s/gender/sexuality studies Discount group P Due February 2010 F. Rauner, University of Bremen, Germany; E. Smith, University of Ballarat, Australia (Eds.) Rediscovering Apprenticeship Research Findings of the International Network on Innovative Apprenticeship (INAP) The rediscovery of the value of apprenticeships has been one of the most significant trends in vocational education in recent years, and has prompted an array of research and development projects in countries around the world. In this volume, the renewed interest in the apprenticeship tradition and the various steps towards the implementation of innovative apprenticeship programmes are analysed and discussed from different perspectives. Beginning with a number of chapters that describe recent developments in apprenticeship training in different national contexts, the book moves on to analyze the way in which both the quality and profitability of apprenticeship act in concert as the most influential drivers of innovation in this field. In sum, this book makes an important contribution to the international literature on apprenticeship. Features 7 Unique book that presents the tradition of apprenticeships and how it is being rediscovered around the world 7 Presents how a renewed interest in apprentiships is stimulating international development projects in dual vocational education Fields of interest Professional and Vocational Education; Educational Policy; International and Comparative Education Target groups Researchers on VET, audience of Conferences on VET, such as INAP, 17-18.9.09 in Turin, decision makers / stakeholders in VET, students, VET teachers and trainers Discount group P P Humanities, Social Sciences and Law springer.com/booksellers Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Due April 2010 Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Due January 2010 2010. X, 290 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 135 p. (Explorations of Educational Purpose, Volume 10) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 175 p. (Technical and Vocational Education and Training: Issues, Concerns and Prospects, Volume 11) Hardcover 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8533-7 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8558-0 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3115-0 springer.com/librarybooks es New Seri Cultural Studies of Science Education Series editors: K. Tobin, W. Roth The series is unique in focusing on the publication of scholarly works that employ social and cultural perspectives as foundations for research and other scholarly activities in the three fields implied in its title: science education, education, and social studies of science. The aim of the series is to establish bridges to related fields, such as those concerned with the social studies of science, public understanding of science, science/technology and human values, or science and literacy. Cultural Studies of Science Education, the book series explicitly aims at establishing such bridges and at building new communities at the interface of currently distinct discourses. In this way, the current almost exclusive focus on science education on school learning would be expanded becoming instead a focus on science education as a cultural, cross-age, crossclass, and cross-disciplinary phenomenon. The book series is conceived as a parallel to the journal Cultural Studies of Science Education, opening up avenues for publishing works that do not fit into the limited amount of space and topics that can be covered within the same text. Education Springer News 1/2010 123 C. Murphy, Queen’s University, Belfast, UK; K. Scantlebury, University of Delaware, Newark, DE, USA (Eds.) G. J. Sefa Dei, OISE, University of Toronto, Canada Coteaching in International Contexts Towards a Transgressive Pedagogy Research and Practice Coteaching is two or more teachers teaching together, sharing responsibility for meeting the learning needs of students and, at the same time, learning from each other. Working as collaborators on every aspect of instruction, coteachers plan, teach and evaluate lessons together. Over the past decade, because coteaching can be highly beneficial to both students and teachers it has become an increasingly important element of science teacher education and is expanding into other content areas and educational settings. This edited book brings together ten years’ work on the research and the practice of coteaching and its impact on teaching and learning, predominantly in the sciences. It includes contributions from Europe, United States and Australia and presents an doverview of theory and practice common to most studies. Features Teaching Africa Written from the perspective of a knowledge base and educational practice that are both Africancentred, this volume uses a discursive pedagogy that is anti-colonial in origin. It theorizes colonial – and re-colonial – relations and the implications of imperial structures on knowledge production and use; the understanding of indigenousness; and the pursuit of agency, resistance and subjective politics. Using a refined definition of colonial, less as ‘foreign’ or ‘alien’ but more ‘imposed and dominating’, the author shows us how colonialism is domesticated and how those who have been oppressed by dominant/hegemonic discourses may find it difficult to step out of them, let alone challenge or resist them. The book is a call for a critical interrogation of dominant knowledge about Africa in order to help the contemporary learner come to grips with the challenges and possibilities of knowing about the African world and the African human condition. Features 7 Uses several different theoretical lenses to explore coteaching and its impact in science classrooms and on learners 7 Illustrates that there is not 'one theory' or 'one model' of coteaching, any more than there is a single theory of teaching, however there are commonalities that can be drawn from across the diverse coteaching contexts 7 Uses an Anti-colonial discursive platform to address distorted Eurocentric views of Africa 7 Raises ontological and epistemological questions about teaching methods and methodologies relating to Africa, by addressing the pedagogic, instructional and communicative need and urgency of what it means to critically teach about Africa Fields of interest Fields of interest Target groups Target groups Science Education; Teaching and Teacher Education Academics and policy makers in science education Discount group P Non-Western Philosophy; Philosophy of Education Students, educators, researchers, policy workers, curriculum specialists, and community and social practitioners; high schools/colleges and universities in North America, Africa and Europe; international organizations such as UNESCO Discount group P Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Due February 2010 Due February 2010 2010. Approx. 320 p. (Cultural Studies of Science Education, Volume 1) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 135 p. (Explorations of Educational Purpose, Volume 9) Hardcover 7 $189.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3706-0 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-1-4020-5770-0 124 Springer News 1/2010 Education J. C. Smart, University of Memphis, TN, USA (Ed.) J. C. Smart, University of Memphis, TN, USA (Ed.) Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research Volume 24 Volume 25 Published annually since 1985, the Handbook series provides a compendium of thorough and integrative literature reviews on a diverse array of topics of interest to the higher education scholarly and policy communities. Each chapter provides a comprehensive review of research findings on a selected topic, critiques the research literature in terms of its conceptual and methodological rigor, and sets forth an agenda for future research intended to advance knowledge on the chosen topic. The Handbook focuses on twelve general areas that encompass the salient dimensions of scholarly and policy inquiries undertaken in the international higher education community. The series is fortunate to have attracted annual contributions from distinguished scholars throughout the world. Published annually since 1985, the Handbook series provides a compendium of thorough and integrative literature reviews on a diverse array of topics of interest to the higher education scholarly and policy communities. Each chapter provides a comprehensive review of research findings on a selected topic, critiques the research literature in terms of its conceptual and methodological rigor, and sets forth an agenda for future research intended to advance knowledge on the chosen topic. The Handbook focuses on twelve general areas that encompass the salient dimensions of scholarly and policy inquiries undertaken in the international higher education community. The series is fortunate to have attracted annual contributions from distinguished scholars throughout the world. Features Features 7 Authoritative in the field of higher education 7 Provides state-of-the-art reviews on a wide range of topics in the study of higher education 7 Attracts annual contributions from distinguished scholars around the world 7 Chapters are frequently cited in major higher education journals From the contents Contributors.- Why Financial Aid Matters (or Doesn’t) for College Success: Toward a New Interdisciplinary Perspective.- The Use of Matching Methods in Higher Education Research: Answering Whether Attendance at a Two-Year Institution Results in Differences in Educational Attainment.Othering Research, Researching the Other: De/ colonizing Approaches to Qualitative Inquiry. Fields of interest Higher Education; Curriculum Studies; Administration, Organization and Leadership Target groups Researchers, students, administrators, and policy makers in higher education Discount group P 7 Authoritative in the field of higher education 7 Provides state-of-the-art reviews on a wide range of topics in the study of higher education 7 Attracts annual contributions from distinguished scholars around the world 7 Chapters are frequently cited in major higher education journals From the contents Contributors.- The Role of Information in the Policy Process; E.C. Ness.- From Theory to Action: Exploring the Institutional Conditions for Student Retention; V. Tinto.- Reform Efforts in STEM Doctoral Education; A.E. Austin.- Toward a More Complete Understanding of the Role of Financial Aid in Promoting College Enrollment; L.W. Perna.- The Pursuit of Student Success: the Directions and Challenges Facing Community Colleges; L.S. Hagedorn. Fields of interest Higher Education; Curriculum Studies; Administration, Organization and Leadership springer.com/booksellers J. Zajda, Australian Catholic University, Fitzroy, VIC, Australia (Ed.) Globalisation, Ideology and Education Policy Reforms The eleventh in the 12-volume book series Globalisation, Comparative Education and Policy Research, this work sets out to explore the interrelationship between ideology and education reforms, setting it in a global context. With this as its focus, the chapters represent hand-picked scholarly research on major discourses in the field of comparative education. A compendium of the very latest thinking on the subject, this volume is, like the others in the series, a state-of-the-art sourcebook for researchers, practitioners and policymakers alike. Not only do the chapters offer a timely overview of current issues affecting comparative education and education policy research in what is now a global educational culture, but the work also contains ideas about future directions that policy reforms could take. The book draws upon recent studies in the areas of globalisation, equity, and the role of the State. Features 7 Explores conceptual frameworks and methodological approaches applicable in the research of globalisation, ideology and education policy reforms 7 Demonstrates ideological imperatives of globalisation and its impact on democracy and equality 7 Evaluates the ambivalent and problematic relationship between the State, education reforms and outcomes in education globally Fields of interest International and Comparative Education; Curriculum Studies; Educational Policy Target groups Academics and researchers in comparative education and policy research Discount group P Target groups Researchers, students, administrators, and policy makers in higher education Discount group P Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Due January 2010 Due April 2010 Due February 2010 2010. XII, 492 p. (Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research, Volume 24) Softcover 2010. X, 490 p. (Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research, Volume 25) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 200 p. (Globalisation, Comparative Education and Policy Research, Volume 11) Hardcover 7 $69.95 ISBN 978-90-481-3752-7 7 approx. $239.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8597-9 7 approx. $139.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3523-3 springer.com/librarybooks N. Alperson-Afil, N. Goren-Inbar, Hebrew University, Jerusalem, Israel G. Andreopoulos, R. Barberet, J. P. Levine, John Jay College of Criminal Justice, New York, NY, USA (Eds.) The Acheulian Site of Gesher Benot Ya’agov Volume II International Criminal Justice Ancient Flames and Controlled Use of Fire Theoretical and Legal Perspectives The manipulation of fire by early hominins was a turning point in our evolutionary history. Once “domesticated”, fire provided warmth, light and protection from predators, as well as enabling the exploitation of a new range of foods. This book presents the spatial analyses of burned and unburned flint items which provide evidence for the controlled use of fire at the 790,000-year-old Acheulian site of Gesher Benot Ya‘aqov (GBY). Clusters of burned flint, interpreted as the remnants of hearths, occur throughout the entire occupational sequence of the site. The fact that fire is repetitively used suggests that the knowledge of fire-making and the technological skills of the Acheulian hominins of Gesher Benot Ya‘aqov enabled them to set fire at will in diverse environmental settings. “Control of fire marks a significant landmark in human evolution, providing warmth, protection, and many new foods. Justice-related and human rights issues have figured more and more prominently on the international political agenda. This expansion of the justice space is a product of a growing demand for accountability in world politics. Whether the issue is addressing heinous crimes such as genocide, war crimes and crimes against humanity in situations of armed conflict, confronting the inability or reluctance of governments to protect their own populations, or responding to the challenges posed by transnational terrorism; the international community has witnessed the proliferation of institutions and mechanisms, as well as the dynamic interplay between domestic and international processes, in the pursuit of justice-sensitive outcomes. International and hybrid tribunals, UN-led and domestic counter-terrorist initiatives, and the use of force for human protection purposes have demarcated the space within which ethical, political, and legal debates have unfolded in the quest for a more humane world order. Features Features 7 The manipulation of fire by early hominins was a turning point in our evolutionary history 7 This volume features the first time record of controlled use of fire in Eurasia in the Acheulian culture as early as 780.000 years ago Contents 1. Introduction; 2. framework of research; 3. results; 4. discussion and conclusions. Fields of interest Archaeology; Anthropology; Ecology Target groups Archaeologists, anthropologists and scientists and researchers with an interest in evolutionary sciences Discount group P 7 Strong interdisciplinary focus: international law, human rights and restorative justice 7 Connects both international (Europe, Central America, Africa) and United States concerns 7 Both theoretical and pragmatic From the contents Can Domestically Seated War Crimes Tribunals Generate Positive Externalities?: A Case Study of the Special Court for Sierra Leone. Divided We Stand?: American and European Perspectives in the Fight Against Transnational Terrorism. It Counts, but Only When it Does Not Matter?: Evolving Standards of Decency and the Law of Other Countries. Fields of interest Due March 2010 Archaeology and Preservation of Gendered Landscapes Historical archaeology of landscapes initially followed the pattern of Classical Archaeology by studying elite men’s gardens. Over time, particularly in North America, the field has expanded to cover larger settlement areas, but still often with ungendered and elite focus. The editors of this volume seek to fill this important gap in the literature by presenting studies of gendered power dynamics and their effect on minority groups in North America. Case studies presented include communities of Native Americans, African Americans, multi-ethnic groups, religious communities, and industrial communities. Just as the research focus has previously neglected the groups presented here, so too has funding to preserve important archaeological sites. Features 7 Examines gender relations on landscapes and their complex intersection with race, class, ethnicity, and/or religion 7 Focuses on minority groups not previously usually addresses in Landscapes Studies 7 Explores modern issues of preservation and interpretation of gendered landscapes From the contents Gendered Cultural Landscapes of the Iriquois.Gender Dynamics, Routine Activities, and Place in Iroquoian Territory.- The Cultural and Spiritual Dimensions of Enslaved Landscapes.- African American Women, Power and Freedom in the Contested Landscapes of Camp Nelson, Kentucky.Racial and Gender Dynamics in Pennsylvania.Indo-Hispano Gendered Landscapes on the Rito Colorado Frontier of Spanish Colonial New Mexico.- Gender and Power as Reflected in the Cultural Landscape of Sailors’ Snug Harbor, Staten Island, New York. Fields of interest Target groups Target groups Discount group Discount group P Humanities, Social Sciences and Law 125 S. Baugher, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY, USA; S. M. Spencer-Wood, Oakland University, Rochester, MI, USA (Eds.) Criminology & Criminal Justice; Law Theory/Law Philosophy; Law, general Scholars and students of international law, human rights, and international relations; UN staff; members of Tribunals Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Social Sciences Springer News 1/2010 Archaeology; Anthropology Researchers in Archaeology and Anthropology, particularly studying Historical Archaeology or Gender Issues P Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Due June 2010 Due January 2010 2010. 82 illus. (Vertebrate Paleobiology and Paleoanthropology) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 275 p. 50 illus. Hardcover 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3764-0 7 approx. $129.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-1101-8 7 approx. $129.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-1500-9 126 Springer News 1/2010 Social Sciences M. Bille, F. Hastrup, University of Copenhagen, Denmark; T. F. Sørensen, University of Aarhus, Højbjerg, Denmark (Eds.) R. A. Francisco, University of Kansas, Lawrence, KS, USA Collective Action Theory and The Anthropology of Absence Empirical Evidence Materializations of Transcendence and Loss In studying material culture, anthropologists and archaeologists use meaningful physical objects from a culture to help understand the less tangible aspects of that culture, such as societal structure, rituals, and values. What happens when these objects are destroyed, by war, natural disaster, or other historical events? Through detailed explanations of eleven international case studies, the contributions reveal that the absence of objects can be just as telling as their presence, while the objects created to memorialize a loss also have important cultural implications. Covering everything from organ donation, to funerary rituals, to prisoners of war, The Archaeology of Absence is written at an important intersection of archaeological and anthropological study. Divided into three sections, this volume uses the “presence” of absence to compare cultural perceptions of: material qualities and created memory, the mind/body connection, temporality, and death. Features 7 New approach to studying material culture 7 Brings together both recent and historical cases 7 In-depth, international case studies with broad theoretical applications From the contents Introduction.- Presenting the Immaterial.- Negative Archaeology and the Limits of Materialism.Seeking Providence through Things.- Anticipating Presence at a Contemporary Danish Cemetary.Voluntary Death and Suicide among Siberian Chukchi.- Perceptions of Immortality in Meaningful Deaths. Fields of interest Anthropology; Cultural Heritage Target groups Researchers in anthropology and archaeology, particularly those studying material culture and cultural heritage, as well as disaster research Discount group P The volume is divided into six chapters. The introduction covers the theory of collective action in its many manifestations as well as the process of drawing out theoretical implications. The second chapter goes to the core of the mobilization issues, especially with regard to the role of leadership, which is inextricably linked to mobilization. The third chapter applies the concept of adaptation to the development of more productive tactics that promote mobilization in support of a public good and minimize the possibility of repression. In chapter four, five spatial hypotheses based on rationality and formal theories are developed and the role of time in protests is addressed. The fifth chapter focuses on the fundamental problems of terror with evidence from the Basque region of Spain and France from Ireland against the Provisional Irish Revolutionary Army in Northern Ireland. The final chapter surveys the empirical evidence and summarizes the support of collective action theory. Features 7 Provides the first major test of collective action theory implications with empirical evidence on mobilization 7 Carries out the testing using data from an ASPA award-winning data set 7 Uses theory from three sources to form a triangle for the rebel’s dilemma: action, protest strategy, and the state’s responses to repress or deter protest Contents R. E. Hall, Michigan State University, East Lansing, MI, USA An Historical Analysis of Skin Color Discrimination in America Victimism Among Victim Group Populations Racism in America is most-commonly studied as white racism against minority groups (racial, gender, cultural). Often overlooked in this area of study is the discrimination that exists within minority groups. Through a detailed historical and sociological analysis, the author breaks down these pernicious, complex, and often misunderstood forms of skin color discrimination: their origins and their manifestations in modern world. Shedding new light on these sensitive issues, this volume will allow them to come to the forefront of academic research and open dialogue. This comprehensive work will include coverage of skin color discrimination within racial, ethnic, sexual, and gender minority groups, and their particular forms and consequences. An Historical Analysis of Skin Color will be an important work for researchers studying the Sociology of Race and Racism, Gender Studies, LGBT Studies, Immigration, or Social Work. Features 7 Explores the historical basis of skin color discrimination in America and its modern forms 7 Provides a rare discussion of discrimination within minority groups 7 Covers religious, social, political, cutural, and institutional forms of discrimination Introduction.- Leadership and Mobilization.Tactical Adaptation and Symbolism in Protest and Repression.- Dimensions of Space and Time in Protest and Repression.- Terror.- Evidence of the Theory of Collective Action. From the contents Fields of interest Fields of interest Political Science; Sociology; Game Theory, Economics, Social and Behav. Sciences Target groups Researchers in political science, sociology, and economics; policymakers concerned with protest and mobilization Discount group P Humanities, Social Sciences and Law springer.com/booksellers Humanities, Social Sciences and Law I Introduction. II Colonization as Origin of Western Discrimination. III Racism: The Original “ism” of American Discrimination. IV AfricanAmericans. V Asian-Americans. Sociology; Social Work Target groups Researchers in the areas of sociology of race and racism, gender studies, LGBT studies, immigration, or social work Discount group P Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Due February 2010 Due March 2010 Due February 2010 2010. Approx. 210 p. 10 illus. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 175 p. 1 illus. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 210 p. Hardcover 7 $129.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-5528-9 7 approx. $119.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-1475-0 7 approx. $129.00 ISBN 978-1-4419-5504-3 springer.com/librarybooks Social Sciences Springer News 1/2010 127 B. Jiang, University of Gävle, Sweden; X. Yao, University of Georgia, Athens, GA, USA (Eds.) A. M. Liberman, National Institute of Justice, Washington, DC, USA (Ed.) P. v. Lindert, O. Verkoren, Utrecht University, Utrecht, The Netherlands (Eds.) Geospatial Analysis and Modelling of Urban Structure and Dynamics The Long View of Crime: A Synthesis of Longitudinal Research Decentralized Development in Latin America The increasingly urbanized world has created various problems of environment, climate, consumption of resources, and public health, which are closely linked to the side-effects of urbanization such as sprawl, congestion, housing affordability and loss of open space. Fundamental to the urban problems are two separate yet related issues: urban structure and urban dynamics. The chapters collected in this book present an excellent profile of the current state of geospatial analysis and modelling, and demonstrate how these approaches can contribute to the study of various urban issues. The book addresses key themes including new ways of capturing data digitally at the individual level, the development of systems based around networks, the notion of linking hierarchy to networks to morphology as in complexity theory, and the development of new ways of integrating diverse urban processes through simulation paying careful attention to the basic econometric and statistical principles of spatial analysis. Criminology is concerned with many questions which are inherently longitudinal. For example, what is the life-course of criminal behavior? Is there one general offending pattern or multiple offending patterns over time? Which early risk factors, if any, are strongly predictive of criminal behavior? Can early intervention prevent the development of a criminal career? Longitudinal research allows examination of within-person relationships over time, and allows the examination of developmental sequences and timing. This volume examines longitudinal research in relation to crime and delinquency. 7 Answers a Key Question in Criminology: What have we learned from recent longitudinal studies of crime and delinquency? 7 Includes a synthesis of longitudinal studies in criminology over the last 25 years 7 Brings together prominent scholars in criminology to discuss theory, methodology, and impact of longitudinal studies in criminology The Latin American subcontinent appears to have reinvented itself in the 21st century. Its economy has been transformed under liberalization and globalisation. Decentralization and the democratic transition have modified the political environment, while local development approaches are replacing the (grand) national-regional development schemes. The current local governance and local development debates refer to very different levels of scale: from small, rural communities to fairly extensive (even international) spaces. It is clear that the development process shows substantial differences between large and small cities, and between core regions and remote rural areas. Indeed, the heterogeneity of the process is strongly influenced by national, regional and local contexts. The empirical studies in this volume show the diversity and complexity of local governance and local development in Latin America, while avoiding stereotypes about the impact of public sector reform and administrative decentralization. Features From the contents Features 7 This book covers a wide range of urban issues using advanced geospatial analysis and modelling, including visual analysis 7 Foreword by Michael Batty 7 Epilog by Michael F. Goodchild Fields of interest Geographical Information Systems/Cartography; Cities, Countries, Regions; Human Geography Target groups GIS professionals and researchers, professionals in urban planning and design, policy makers in city development Discount group P Features Foreword. Preface. Introduction and Executive Summary. 1. Synthesizing Recent Longitudinal Findings. Crime and the Life Course. 2. Taking Stock of Developmental Trajectories on Criminal Activity Over the Life Course. 3. What Have We Learned About Early Childhood and the Development of Delinquency. 4. A Longitudinal Perspective on Adolescent Street Gangs. 5. A Review of Research on the Impact on Crime of Transitions into Adult Roles Intervening in the Life-Course of Crime. 6. What Have We Learned from Longitudinal Studies of Work and Crime? Fields of interest Criminology & Criminal Justice; Personality and Social Psychology; Methodology of the Social Sciences Experiences in Local Governance and Local Development 7 Examines cases of local governance and local development 7 Focuses on the local instead of the national level 7 Is based on empirical evidence 7 Offers geographical perspectives Fields of interest Human Geography; Cities, Countries, Regions; Political Science Target groups Geographers, (political) decision makers, and all those interested in political sciences, Latin American studies, and development studies Discount group P Target groups Criminologists and social researchers studying in the fields of crime and delinquency Discount group P Earth and Environmental Science Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Due March 2010 Due January 2010 Due January 2010 2010. Approx. 440 p. (GeoJournal Library, Volume 99) Hardcover 1st ed. 2008. 2nd printing 2010. Approx. 335 p. 16 illus. Softcover 2010. Approx. 170 p. (GeoJournal Library, Volume 97) Hardcover 7 approx. $189.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8571-9 7 approx. $49.95 ISBN 978-1-4419-5752-8 7 approx. $139.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3738-1 128 Springer News 1/2010 Social Sciences N. Passas, Northeastern University, Boston, MA, USA Controlling Terrorist Financing S. Pickering, Monash University, Clayton, VIC, Australia Women at the Border Towards Evidence-Based Mechanisms of Control Gender, Unauthorised Migration and the Feminisation of Survival Controlling Terrorist Financing critically assesses a key component of counter-terrorism: mechanisms of financial control. Drawing on several studies conducted over the last seven years, including research funded by the US National Institute of Justice, the United Nations Security Council and the World Bank, as well as on his work as a policy advisor to several government agencies and as expert witness in terrorism cases, Nikos Passas argues that current approaches are not only of limited effectiveness but that they even produce counter-productive side effects by undermining security and international cooperation. While the US and the international community preach a ‘risk-based’ approach, resources and emphasis focus on some areas, while leaving much more vulnerable sectors (eg trade and commerce) unattended. Women at the Border analyzes border policing practices currently informed by paradigms of securitization against unauthorized mobility and explores the potential for a paradigm shift to a more ethical regulation of borders. By focusing on the ways women have sought to cross borders in ‘extra’-legal fashion, the book shows how border enforcement differentially impacts on some populations and makes the case that unauthorized migration requires management rather than repulsion and criminalization. When facing the emerging and future challenges of unauthorized mobility, border policing must be recast as a function of human rights that results in greater human security at the border. Examining gender and border policing across Europe, North America and Australia, this book enhances our understanding of the gendered determinants of ‘extra’-legal border crossing, border policing and the changing dynamics of unauthorized mobility. Features 7 The definitive book on terrorism finance that will be essential reading for everyone wanting to get a grasp of all sides of the arguments 7 The author has worked with prosecution and defense teams in terrorism court cases, as well as with government agencies in the US, Europe and in the Middle East From the contents Introduction. 1. Understandings and Definitions of Terrorist Finance. 2. Methods of Fundraising by Terror Groups (a. Legitimate Sources / b. Illegitimate Sources / c. Terror-Crime for Profit Typology). 3. Methods of Transfer of Funds (a. Informal/Unregulated Channels / b. Formal/Regulated Means). Fields of interest Criminology & Criminal Justice; Criminal Law; Finance /Banking Features 7 International comparative study of the three most fraught international border crossings: the US/Mexico border, Italy's maritime borders, and the maritime borders around Australia, with important lessons for students, practitioners and academics in Europe, North America and Australia 7 First international study of extra-legal border crossing specifically focusing on women Contents Introduction. 1. Cultural, Political and Geographical Context. 2. Women Seeking Asylum. 3. Human Trafficking. 4. Women and Global Labour Mobility. 5. Cultures of Border Policing Agencies. 6. States, the Law and Social Control. Conclusion. Fields of interest springer.com/booksellers H. D. Vinod, Fordham University, Bronx, NY, USA (Ed.) Advances in Social Science Research Using R This book covers recent advances for quantitative researchers with practical examples from social sciences. Following twelve chapters written by distinguished authors cover a wide range of issues in all providing practical tools using the free R software. McCullough: R can be used for reliable statistical computing, whereas most statistical and econometric software cannot. This is illustrated by the effect of abortion on crime. Koenker: Additive models provide a clever compromise between parametric and non-parametric components illustrated by risk factors for Indian malnutrition. Gelman: R graphics in the context of voter participation in US elections. Vinod: New solutions to the old problem of efficient estimation despite autocorrelation and heteroscedasticity among regression errors are proposed and illustrated by the Phillips curve tradeoff between inflation and unemployment. From the contents Econometric Computing with “R”.- Additive Models for Quantile Regression: An Analysis of Risk Factors for Malnutrition in India.- Toward better R defaults for graphics: Example of voter turnouts in US elections.- Superior Estimation and Inference Avoiding Heteroscedasticity and Flawed Pivots: R-example of Inflation Unemployment Trade-Off.- Bubble Plots as a Model-Free Graphical Tool for Continuous Variables.- Combinatorial Fusion for Improving Portfolio Performance.- Reference growth charts for Saudi Arabian children and Adolescents.- Causal Mediation Analysis Using R.- Statistical validation of functional form in multiple regression using R.- Fitting Multinomial Models in R: A program based on Bock’s multinomial response relation model. Fields of interest Criminology & Criminal Justice; Political Science; Gender Studies Statistics for Business/Economics/Mathematical Finance/Insurance; Econometrics; Monitoring/ Environmental Analysis Criminologists, political scientists, sociologists, security analysts, law policy, enforcement and intelligence communities Target groups Target groups Discount group Discount group Target groups P Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Criminologists, sociologists, researchers in the fields of gender studies, migration studies and law P Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Researchers Discount group P Mathematics Due January 2010 Due June 2010 Due June 2010 2010. Approx. 250 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 250 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 225 p. (Lecture Notes in Statistics / Lecture Notes in Statistics - Proceedings, Volume 196) Softcover 7 approx. $109.95 ISBN 978-1-4419-0274-0 7 approx. $109.95 ISBN 978-1-4419-0270-2 7 $79.95 ISBN 978-1-4419-1763-8 springer.com/librarybooks Springer News 1/2010 P. Wikström, University of Cambridge Institute of Criminology, UK; G. Bruinsma, Netherlands Institute for the Study of Crime and Law Enforcement, Leiden, The Netherlands; K. H. Treiber, University of Cambridge Institute of Criminology, UK Assessing Key Criminological Ideas Criminology’s Explanation of Crime in Seven Key Theories Assessing Key Criminological Ideas presents a uniquely comprehensive, critical look at seven major theories which lie at the core of criminology’s explanation of crime and serve as popular platforms for criminological research. The seven theories in the book include: Routine activity theory, Social disorganization theory, Selfcontrol theory, Social bonds theory, Strain theory, Differential association theory, Labelling Theory. The book’s aim is to encourage critical thinking about these approaches to the explanation of crime by highlighting strengths and weaknesses which affect their applicability in research and our understanding of what causes, and may prevent, offending. The book also highlights central problems in criminological theorizing as a whole, with each chapter discussing how one prominent theory does or does not address these problems, presenting a synthesis of knowledge concerning key issues concerning in the explanation of crime. Features 7 The first contemporary consolidated source that assesses the key approaches to understanding the problem of crime in the field of criminology 7 Will give the reader a clear and complete insight into the state of current criminological theory and future directions Contents Introduction. 1. Routine activity theory. 2. Social disorganization theory. 3. Self-control theory. 4. Social bonds theory. 5. Strain. 6. Differential association theory. 7. Labelling Theory. Conclusion. Fields of interest Criminology & Criminal Justice; Methodology of the Social Sciences; Psychology Research Target groups Criminologists and criminal justice researchers, psychologists, sociologists Discount group P Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Due June 2010 2010. Approx. 300 p. Hardcover 7 approx. $119.95 ISBN 978-1-4419-0329-7 Social Sciences 129 130 Springer News 1/2010 Philosophy W. Carnielli, State University of Campinas, Brazil; C. Pizzi, Università Siena, Italy R. DiSilvestro, California State University, Sacramento, CA, USA Modalities and Multimodalities Human Capacities and Moral Status Assisted by: J. Bueno-Soler Many debates about the moral status of things– for example, debates about the natural rights of human fetuses or nonhuman animals–eventually migrate towards a discussion of the capacities of the things in question–for example, their capacities to feel pain, think, or love. Yet the move towards capacities is often controversial: if a human’s capacities are the basis of its moral status, how could a human having lesser capacities than you and I have the same “serious” moral status as you and I? This book answers this question by arguing that if something is human, it has a set of typical human capacities; that if something has a set of typical human capacities, it has serious moral status; and thus all human beings have the same sort of serious moral status as you and I. This book is intended to provide a philosophically- and historically-based introduction to modal logic, offering to every reader, even those with little specific background, a conceptually clear path through the labyrinth of contemporary modal logic. This is done by emphasizing the notion of multimodality while delineating the formal side of the semantics and proof theory behind the topics in a smooth and gentle pace. The conceptual thread which ties the book together passes through topics like the development of modal logic from standard logic; the syntax and semantics of normal modal systems; the seminal ideas behind completeness, incompleteness, canonicity and finite models; the temporal logics, the logics of knowledge and belief; the generalized syntactical and semantical treatment of multimodalities and finally the pleasures and difficulties of quantified modal logic. Features 7 Unique in providing a philosophically and historically based introduction to modal logic accessible to every reader, emphasizing the notion of multimodality as a background while carefully delineating the mathematics behind the topics in a soft pace Contents Modal logic and standard logic.- The syntax of normal modal systems.- The semantics of normal modal systems.- Completeness and canonicity.Incompleteness and finite models.- Temporal logics.- Epistemic logic: knowledge and belief.Multimodal logics.- Towards quantified modal logic. Features 7 Argues that all of a thing’s capacities–‘active’ and ‘passive’, ‘lower-order’ and ‘higher-order’–are relevant to its moral status 7 Begins from the moral intuitions most people have about our moral status when we become temporarily "incapacitated" as a result of, say, repairable brain damage 7 Draws from ideas found in the moral frameworks of John Rawls and Martha Nussbaum Fields of interest Ethics; Theory of Medicine/Bioethics; Philosophy of Medicine Target groups Professionals and students in philosophy, bioethics, law, medicine and public policy Discount group P springer.com/booksellers R. Frigg, London School of Economics, London, England; M. Hunter, University of Chicago, Chicago, IL, USA (Eds.) Beyond Mimesis and Convention Representation in Art and Science Representation is a concern crucial to the sciences and the arts alike. Scientists devote substantial time to devising and exploring representations of all kinds. From photographs and computer-generated images to diagrams, charts, and graphs; from scale models to abstract theories, representations are ubiquitous in, and central to, science. Likewise, after spending much of the twentieth century in proverbial exile as abstraction and Formalist aesthetics reigned supreme, representation has returned with a vengeance to contemporary visual art. Representational photography, video and ever-evolving forms of new media now figure prominently in the globalized art world, while this “return of the real” has re-energized problems of representation in the traditional media of painting and sculpture. If it ever really left, representation in the arts is certainly back. Features 7 First collection of essays on the topic of art and science in the analytic tradition of philosophy 7 Volume features contributions from leading, international experts in various fields in philosophy and art history 7 While including students of the arts, the volume offers very different approach to study of 7 Representation in art and science than those presently available in the humanities Fields of interest Philosophy of Science; Aesthetics; History of Science Target groups Logic; Philosophy; History of Philosophy Philosophers interested in aesthetics, philosophy of science and epostemology, art historians interested in representation and visual studies, historians of science Target groups Discount group Fields of interest Logicians, philosophers, linguists, mathematicians, computer scientists P Discount group P Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Due January 2010 Due July 2010 Due January 2010 2010. XIV, 306 p. (Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science, Volume 12) Softcover 2010. X, 190 p. (Philosophy and Medicine, Volume 108) Hardcover 2010. V, 300 p. (Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science, Volume 262) Hardcover 7 $49.95 ISBN 978-90-481-3762-6 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8536-8 7 $189.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3850-0 springer.com/librarybooks Philosophy Springer News 1/2010 K. Horton, University of Wollongong, NSW, Australia; C. Roche, Oxfam Australia, Carlton, VIC, Australia (Eds.) es New Seri Ethical Questions and International NGO’s An exchange between Philosophers and NGO’s In recent decades there has been a great expansion in the number, size and influence of International Non-Governmental Organisations (INGOs) involved in international relief and development. These changes have led to increased scrutiny of such organisations, and this scrutiny, together with increasing reflection by INGOs themselves and their staff on their own practice, has helped to highlight a number of pressing ethical questions such organisations face, such as: should INGOs attempt to provide emergency assistance even when doing so risks helping to fuel further conflict? How should INGOs manage any differences between their values and those of the people they seek to benefit? How open and honest should INGOs be about their own uncertainties and failures? Features 7 Sustained discussion of ethical questions International NGOs face 7 Contributions from both practitioners and moral and political philosophers 7 Derives from a dialogue between practitioners and moral and political philosophers 7 Framed by an Introduction and Afterword co-written by a development practitioner (Chris Roche) and a philosopher (Keith Horton) Fields of interest Ethics; Social Sciences, general; Development Economics 131 W. Houkes, Eindhoven University of Technology, The Netherlands; P. Vermaas, Delft University of Technology, The Netherlands Technical Functions On the Use and Design of Artefacts Philosophy of Engineering and Technology Series editors: D. Goldberg, E. Selinger, I. van de Poel, P. Vermaas The scope of the Book Series includes the whole domain of philosophy of engineering and technology. It provides this domain with a central overarching as well as an integrative platform. To realize this aim the Book Series actively seeks to: disseminate top quality contributions produced in the different separate traditions and approaches in philosophy of engineering and technology; invite contributions that are innovative to the field by combining and integrating research from the separate traditions; commissions contributions that define new topics in philosophy, technology and engineering. With these publications the Philosophy of Engineering and Technology Book Series provides the multifaceted and rapidly growing fields of philosophy, engineering and technology with a central overarching and integrative platform. This first book-length study in the philosophy of technical artefacts and their technical functions presents a new action-theoretical account of using and designing called the ICE theory. This theory connects the material side of technical artefacts with the aims of everyday users and the tasks of engineers when designing for those everyday users. Wybo Houkes and Pieter Vermaas have developed ICE theory in close contact with the engineering literature on designing and the literature on functions in the philosophy of biology and philosophy of mind. As such the book is a telling example of the successful new school of philosophy of technology that is aimed at understanding engineering and technology on their own merits. The book presents the reader with a broad and detailed understanding of technical artefacts and their functions, which is sensitive to the dynamic and socially structured practices of using and designing. Features 7 First book-length study of technical artefacts and their functions 7 State-of-the-art resources in analytical philosophy, such as the planning theory of action and analyses of testimony 7 Provides a framework for describing and evaluating artefact use and design 7 First and only theory of artefact functions that is faithful to the phenomenology of artefact use From the contents Moral and political philosophers, managers of international non-governmental organisations and development practitioners Use, plans and designing.- Artefacts and actions.Use plans.- Planning in use.- Designing plans.Standards for use plans.- Evaluating artefact use and design.- Function theories.- Function theories for technical artefacts.- The intentional function theory.- Cummins.causal-role theory of functions. Discount group Fields of interest Target groups P Philosophy of Technology; Engineering Design Target groups Philosophers of technology Discount group P Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Due July 2010 Due March 2010 2010. Approx. 215 p. (Library of Ethics and Applied Philosophy, Volume 23) Hardcover 2010. Approx. 180 p. (Philosophy of Engineering and Technology, Volume 1) Hardcover 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-90-481-8591-7 7 approx. $139.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3899-9 132 Springer News 1/2010 Philosophy F. Huber, University of Konstanz, Germany; C. Schmidt-Petri, University of Leipzig, Germany (Eds.) Degrees of Belief The idea that belief comes in degrees is based on the observation that we are more certain of some things than of others. Various theories try to give accounts of how measures of this confidence do or ought to behave, both as far as the internal mental consistency of the agent as well as his betting, or other, behaviour is concerned. This anthology is the first book to give a balanced overview of these theories. It also explicitly relates these debates to more traditional concerns of the philosophy of language and mind, and epistemic logic, namely how belief simpliciter does or ought to behave. The paradigmatic theory, probabilism (which holds that degrees of belief ought to satisfy the axioms of probability theory) is given most attention, but competing theories, such as Dempster-Shafer theory, possibility theory, and AGM belief revision theory are also considered. Features 7 This is the only anthology also targetting non-researchers in the fast-growing field of formal epistemology, making it suitable as teaching tool 7 Distinguished authors introduce the major theories of degrees of belief, so the book is also suitable as authoritative reference work 7 Provides a balanced overview of competing theories and so challenges the paradigm of probabilism From the contents Plain Belief and Degrees of Belief. Beliefs, Degrees of Belief, and the Lockean Thesis; The Lockean Thesis and the Logic of Belief; Partial Belief and Flat-Out Belief; - What Laws Should Degrees of Belief Obey? Epistemic Probability and Coherent Degrees of Belief; Non-Additive Degrees of Belief; Accepted Beliefs, Revision and Bipolarity in the Possibilistic Framework; A Survey of Ranking Theory; - Probabilism. Accuracy and Coherence. Fields of interest J. Manninen, University of Helsinki, Finland; F. Stadler, University of Vienna, Austria (Eds.) J. R. Noland, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, VA, USA The Vienna Circle in the Nordic Countries Imagination and Critique Networks and Transformations of Logical Empiricism The rise of scientific (analytic) philosophy since the turn of the twentieth century is linked to the philosophical interaction between, on the one hand, Ernst Mach, the Vienna Circle around Moritz Schlick and Otto Neurath, the Berlin Group (Hans Reichenbach, Carl G. Hempel), and the Prague Group (Rudolf Carnap, Philipp Frank), and, on the other, philosophers and scientists in Denmark (Niels Bohr, Joergen Joergensen), Finland (Eino Kaila, Georg Henrik von Wright and their disciples), Norway (Arne Næss and his students), and Sweden (Åke Petzäll, the journal Theoria and a younger generation of philosophers in Uppsala). In addition, the pure theory of law of Hans Kelsen achieved wide dissemination in the Nordic countries (through, for example, Alf Ross). One of the key events in the relations between the Central European philosophers and those of the Nordic countries was the Second International Congress for the Unity of Science which was arranged in Copenhagen in 1936. Features 7 A detailed and in-depth investigation of the hitherto neglected interaction between Central European Logical Empiricism on the one hand and important philosophers and scientists in the Nordic countries on the other hand 7 Involving contemporary witnesses (Arne Næss, Jaakko Hintikka) 7 An account of the continuity and further development of this interaction in the Cold War period after World War II This project is the result of a philosopher’s extended engagement with the literature and practice of political science and public policy formation. One finds in these fields, and in social science generally, two fundamentally opposed approaches to inquiry into the nature and cause of historical political events. These two approaches, which are sometimes employed simultaneously, are both powerful and persuasive. Yet, the two accounts are incompatible and comprehensive. Making a choice between the two is not simply about choosing a view of history; the choice affects how one anticipates policy developments in the future, and, more importantly, how one seeks to influence and shape public policy now and in the years to come. Features 7 Applies rigorous philosophical analysis to the basic assumptions of historical inquiry/social science as actually practiced 7 Includes a case study and specific implications of philosophy for study of policy developments 7 Illustrates how/ why assumptions about past influence ability to anticipate future 7 Offers a new, powerful argument against the basic foundations of Marxist thought Contents Philosophy; History of Philosophy; Modern Philosophy Target groups Fields of interest Fields of interest Epistemology; Philosophy of Science; Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes Target groups Discount group P Philosophy; Political Philosophy; Philosophy of the Social Sciences Target groups Political philosophers/scientists, public policy analysts Discount group Discount group P P Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Two Rival Versions of Historical Inquiry An Historical Case Study: The 16th Amendment or Setting Up the Problem.- Giambattista Vico’s New Science.- Karl Marx’s Pure Empiricism.- Marx’s Conception of Reason.- A MacIntyrean Analysis.(provisional title) Disscussion of Thomas Frank’s What’s the Matter With Kansas: How Conservatives Won the Heart of America.- (provisional title) Discussion of Philip Carl Salzman’s Culture and Conflict in the Middle East.- Conclusion.Works Cited. Philosophy, history of philosophy, philosophy of science, logic, logical empiricism, history of logical empiricism and analytic philosophy Academic philosophers and computer scientists, graduate students in these disciplines springer.com/booksellers Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Humanities, Social Sciences and Law Due January 2010 Due March 2010 2010. X, 344 p. (Synthese Library, Volume 342) Softcover 2010. Approx. 330 p. (Vienna Circle Institute Yearbook, Volume 14) Hardcover 2010. X, 200 p. (Philosophical Studies in Contemporary Culture, Volume 19) Hardcover 7 $27.95 ISBN 978-90-481-3718-3 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3682-7 7 $139.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3803-6 Due January 2010 springer.com/librarybooks Springer News 1/2010 R. Pielke, R. A. Klein, University of Colorado, Boulder, CO, USA. (Eds.) S. Sonvilla-Weiss, University of Art and Design, Helsinki, Finland (Ed.) Presidential Science Advisors Mashup Cultures Perspectives and Reflections on Science, Policy and Politics For the past 50 years a select group of scientists has provided advice to the US President, mostly out of the public eye, on issues ranging from the deployment of weapons to the launching of rockets to the moon to the use of stem cells to cure disease. The role of the presidential science adviser came under increasing scrutiny during the administration of George W. Bush, which was highly criticized by many for its use (and some say, misuse) of science. This edited volume includes, for the first time, the reflections of the presidential science advisers from Donald Hornig who served under Lyndon B. Johnson, to John Marburger, the current science adviser, on their roles within both government and the scientific community. It provides an intimate glimpse into the inner workings of the White House, as well as the political realities of providing advice on scientific matters to the presidential of the United States. Features 7 This book will offer unique first-hand perspectives of the science advisors to the president, from Lyndon Johnson to George W. Bush 7 It includes some very unique history (e.g., Edward David’s chapter provides perspective on how President Nixon used the science advisor for political purposes that have been reported nowhere else to our knowledge) Fields of interest History of Science; Political Philosophy; History Target groups Science policy scholars and practitioners, members of the general public who are interested in learning more about the role of science advice in the White House and the day-to-day realities of providing that advice Discount group P This volume brings together cutting-edge thinkers and scholars together with young researchers and students, proposing a colourful spectrum of media-theoretical, -practical and -educational approaches to current creative practices and techniques of production and consumption on and off the web. Along with the exploration of some of the emerging social media concepts, the book unveils some of the key drivers leading to participatory engagement of the User. Mashup Cultures presents a broader view of the effects and consequences of current remix practices and the recombination of existing digital cultural content. The complexity of this book, which appears on the occasion of the fifth anniversary of the international MA study program ePedagogy Design – Visual Knowledge Building, also by necessity seeks to familiarize the reader with a profound glossary and vocabulary of Web 2.0 cultural techniques. Features 7 Media Theory Reader 7 5 years of ePedagogy Design, Univ. of Helsinki 7 Including contributions by Henry Jenkins, Mimi Ito, David Gauntlett, and many others From the contents Gerard Brady: Learning Ecology Potential of Google Earth; Antje Breitkopf: Contextualising the XO laptop in a local environment: A study approach; Eva Dural: Towards another view: A virtual community about visual impairment; Brenda Castro: The Virtual Art Garden: A Case Study of User-centered Design for improving interaction in Distant Learning communities of Art Students; Doris Gassert. Fields of interest Design, general Target groups Students, lecturer, media designer, media artists and web designer in visual culture, media and communication studies Discount group Architecture Professional Humanities, Social Sciences & Law Architecture, Design and Arts Due March 2010 Due February 2010 2010. Approx. 280 p. Hardcover 2010. Approx. 250 p. 150 illus. Softcover 7 approx. $159.00 ISBN 978-90-481-3897-5 7 approx. $49.95 ISBN 978-3-7091-0095-0 Arts/Design 133 134 Springer News 1/2010 Architecture B. Bielefeld (Ed .) B. Bielefeld (Ed .) Basics First Year Architecture Set Basics Career Start From classroom to lecture theatre: The book set “Basics First Years of Architecture” covers key subject fields of architectural studies and contains the bestselling issues Design and Living, Design Ideas, Modelbuilding, Technical Drawing and Timber Construction. Features 7 Just in time for the beginning of teaching: The basics of Basics 7 Buy the set and save 20% Field of interest Architecture, general Target groups Students Discount group Architecture Professional Basics Career Start is the package for Young Professionals. The 5 selected titles that constitute the set - Tendering, Project Planning, Construction Scheduling, Site Management, and Architectural Photography - provide essential information for advanced students and young architects, from the first bid to presentation of the final result. The special set price represents a saving of more than 20% off the combined individual volume prices. Features 7 Just in time for the start of studies: The basics of Basics 7 Buy the set and save 20% Contents This book package contains the following titles: Tendering, Project Planning, Construction Scheduling, Site Management, and Architectural Photography. Field of interest Architecture, general Target groups Young Professionals Discount group Architecture Professional Architecture, Design and Arts Architecture, Design and Arts Due January 2010 Due January 2010 2010 . Approx . 420 p . (Basics) (5-volume-set) 2009 . Approx . 420 p . (Basics) (5-volume-set) 7 $69.95 ISBN 978-3-0346-0312-6 7 $69.95 ISBN 978-3-0346-0178-8 springer.com/booksellers springer.com/librarybooks Medicine Lopez-Poveda (Eds), The Neurophysiological Bases of Auditory Perception ISBN 978-1-4419-5685-9 7 approx. $269.00 Statistics Lecture Notes in Statistics Springer News 1/2010 Kim (Eds), Advances in Software Engineering ASEA 2008 (Communications in Computer and Information Science 30) ISBN 978-3-642-10241-7 7 $84.00 Papasratorn (Eds), Advances in Information Technology - IAIT 2009 (Communications in Computer and Information Science 55) ISBN 978-3-642-10391-9 7 $84.00 Proceedings Tavangarian (Eds), Intelligent Interactive Assistance and Mobile Multimedia Computing IMC 2009 (Communications in Computer and Information Science 53) ISBN 978-3-642-10262-2 7 $95.00 IFIP Advances in Information and Communication Technology González Velasco (Eds), Workshop on Branching Processes and Their Applications (Lecture Notes Statistics 197) ISBN 978-3-642-11154-9 7 $89.95 Ranchordas (Eds), Computer Vision and Computer Graphics - Theory and Applications VISIGRAPP 2008 (Communications in Computer and Information Science 24) ISBN 978-3-642-10225-7 7 $84.00 Camenisch (Eds), iNetSec 2009 - Open Research Problems in Network Security - IFIP Wg 11.4 (IFIP Advs Information 309) ISBN 978-3-642-05436-5 7 $127.00 Computer Science Slezak (Eds), Advances in Software Engineering ASEA 2009 (Communications in Computer and Information Science 59) ISBN 978-3-642-10618-7 7 $95.00 Lecture Notes in Business Information Processing Dale (Eds), Safety-Critical Systems: Making Systems Safer - SSS10 ISBN 978-1-84996-085-4 7 $149.00 Huebner (Eds), Open Source Software for Digital Forensics ISBN 978-1-4419-5802-0 7 $149.00 Communications in Computer and Information Science Filipe (Eds), e-Business and Telecommunications - ICETE 2008 (Communications in Computer and Information Science 48) ISBN 978-3-642-05196-8 7 $119.00 Gerhäuser (Eds), Constructing Ambient Intelligence - AmI 2008 (Communications in Computer and Information Science 32) ISBN 978-3-642-10606-4 7 approx. $69.95 Kim (Eds), Advances in Communication and Networking - FGCN 2008 (Communications in Computer and Information Science 27) ISBN 978-3-642-10235-6 7 $84.00 Kim (Eds), Advances in Computational Science and Engineering - FGCN 2008 (Communications in Computer and Information Science 28) ISBN 978-3-642-10237-0 7 $84.00 Kim (Eds), Advances in Security Technology SecTech 2008 (Communications in Computer and Information Science 29) ISBN 978-3-642-10239-4 7 $84.00 Slezak (Eds), Bio-Science and Bio-Technology BSBT 2009 (Communications in Computer and Information Science 57) ISBN 978-3-642-10615-6 7 $84.00 Slezak (Eds), Control and Automation - CA 2009 (Communications in Computer and Information Science 65) ISBN 978-3-642-10742-9 7 $84.00 Slezak (Eds), Database Theory and Application - DTA 2009 (Communications in Computer and Information Science 64) ISBN 978-3-642-10582-1 7 $84.00 Slezak (Eds), Grid and Distributed Computing GDC 2009 (Communications in Computer and Information Science 63) ISBN 978-3-642-10548-7 7 $84.00 Slezak (Eds), Multimedia, Computer Graphics and Broadcasting (Communications in Computer and Information Science 60) ISBN 978-3-642-10511-1 7 $84.00 Slezak (Eds), Signal Processing, Image Processing and Pattern Recognition - SIP 2009 (Communications in Computer and Information Science 61) ISBN 978-3-642-10545-6 7 $95.00 Slezak (Eds), U- and E-Service, Science and Technology - UNESST 2009 (Communications in Computer and Information Science 62) ISBN 978-3-642-10579-1 7 $84.00 135 Persson (Eds), The Practice of Enterprise Modeling - PoEM 2009 (Lecture Notes in Business Information Processing 39) ISBN 978-3-642-05351-1 7 $94.00 Lecture Notes in Computer Science Abdelzaher (Eds), Principles of Distributed Systems - OPODIS 2009 (LNCS 5923) ISBN 978-3-642-10876-1 7 $83.00 Abran (Eds), Software Process and Product Measurement - IWSM 2009 (LNCS 5891) ISBN 978-3-642-05414-3 7 $83.00 Aldewereld (Eds), Engineering Societies in the Agents World X - ESAW 2009 (LNAI 5881) ISBN 978-3-642-10202-8 7 $72.00 Bacon (Eds), Middleware 2009 ACM/IFIP/USENIX 2009 (LNCS 5896) ISBN 978-3-642-10444-2 7 $95.00 Baresi (Eds), Services-Oriented Computing ICSOC-ServiceWave 2009 (LNCS 5900) ISBN 978-3-642-10382-7 7 $119.00 Bayro-Corrochano (Eds), Progress in Pattern Recognition, Image Analysis, Computer Vision, and Applications - CIARP 2009 (LNCS 5856) ISBN 978-3-642-10267-7 7 $167.00 Bebis (Eds), Advances in Visual Computing ISVC 2009 Part I (LNCS 5875) ISBN 978-3-642-10330-8 7 $179.00 136 Proceedings Springer News 1/2010 Bebis (Eds), Advances in Visual Computing ISVC 2009 Part II (LNCS 5876) ISBN 978-3-642-10519-7 7 $191.00 Fiala (Eds), Combinatorial Algorithms IWOCA 2009 (LNCS 5874) ISBN 978-3-642-10216-5 7 $95.00 Breitman (Eds), Formal Methods and Software Engineering - ICFEM 2009 (LNCS 5885) ISBN 978-3-642-10372-8 7 $131.00 Gal (Eds), Protecting Persons While Protecting the People - ISIPS 2008 (LNCS 5661) ISBN 978-3-642-10232-5 7 $72.00 Carswell (Eds), Web and Wireless Geographical Information Systems - W2GIS 2009 (LNCS 5886) ISBN 978-3-642-10600-2 7 $72.00 Garay (Eds), Cryptology and Network Security CANS 2009 (LNCS 5888) ISBN 978-3-642-10432-9 7 $107.00 Childs (Eds), Theory of Quantum Computation, Communication and Cryptography - TQC 2009 (LNCS 5906) ISBN 978-3-642-10697-2 7 $72.00 Garcia-Alfaro (Eds), Data Privacy Management and Autonomous Spontaneous Security DPM 2009 and SETOP 2009 (LNCS 5939) ISBN 978-3-642-11206-5 7 $72.00 Chua (Eds), Semantic Multimedia - SAMT 2009 (LNCS 5887) ISBN 978-3-642-10542-5 7 $72.00 Gómez-Pérez (Eds), The Semantic Web ASWC 2009 (LNCS 5926) ISBN 978-3-642-10870-9 7 $83.00 Datta (Ed), Advances in Computer Science, Information Security and Privacy - ASIAN 2009 (LNCS 5913) ISBN 978-3-642-10621-7 7 $72.00 Hernández Aguirre (Eds), MICAI 2009: Advances in Artificial Intelligence (LNAI 5845) ISBN 978-3-642-05257-6 7 $131.00 Deaton (Eds), DNA Computing - DNA 15 2009 (LNCS 5877) ISBN 978-3-642-10603-3 7 $72.00 Deng (Eds), Artificial Intelligence and Computational Intelligence - AICI 2009 (LNAI 5855) ISBN 978-3-642-05252-1 7 $131.00 Desmedt (Ed), Information Theoretic Security ICITS 2007 (LNCS 4883) ISBN 978-3-642-10229-5 7 $72.00 Dolev (Ed), Algorithmic Aspects of Wireless Sensor Networks - ALGOSENSORS 2009 (LNCS 5804) ISBN 978-3-642-05433-4 7 $72.00 Dolev (Eds), Optical SuperComputing OSC 2009 (LNCS 5882) ISBN 978-3-642-10441-1 7 $72.00 Dong (Eds), Algorithms and Computation ISAAC 2009 (LNCS 5878) ISBN 978-3-642-10630-9 7 $191.00 Egges (Eds), Motion in Games - MIG 2009 (LNCS 5884) ISBN 978-3-642-10346-9 7 $72.00 Holzinger (Eds), HCI and Usability for E-Inclusion - USAB 2009 (LNCS 5889) ISBN 978-3-642-10307-0 7 $107.00 Hu (Ed), Programming Languages and Systems APLAS 2009 (LNCS 5904) ISBN 978-3-642-10671-2 7 $83.00 Iurgel (Eds), Interactive Storytelling - ICIDS 2009 (LNCS 5915) ISBN 978-3-642-10642-2 7 $83.00 Jaatun (Eds), Cloud Computing - CloudCom 2009 (LNCS 5931) ISBN 978-3-642-10664-4 7 $131.00 Jacobson (Eds), Selected Areas in Cryptography SAC 2009 (LNCS 5867) ISBN 978-3-642-05443-3 7 $95.00 Janowicz (Eds), GeoSpatial Semantics - GeoS 2009 (LNCS 5892) ISBN 978-3-642-10435-0 7 $72.00 Karagiannis (Eds), Knowledge Science, Engineering and Management - KSEM 2009 (LNAI 5914) ISBN 978-3-642-10487-9 7 $95.00 Korb (Eds), Artificial Life: Borrowing from Biology - ACAL 2009 (LNAI 5865) ISBN 978-3-642-10426-8 7 $72.00 springer.com/booksellers Kowalczyk (Eds), Service-Oriented Computing: Agents, Semantics, and Engineering AAMAS 2009 International Workshop, SOCASE 2009 (LNCS 5907) ISBN 978-3-642-10738-2 7 $72.00 Kuflik (Eds), Advances in Ubiquitous User Modelling (LNCS 5830) ISBN 978-3-642-05038-1 7 $72.00 Lee (Eds), Future Generation Information Technology - FGIT 2009 (LNCS 5899) ISBN 978-3-642-10508-1 7 $83.00 Lee (Eds), Software Technologies for Embedded and Ubiquitous Systems - SEUS 2009 (LNCS 5860) ISBN 978-3-642-10264-6 7 $108.00 Leonardi (Ed), Internet and Network Economics WINE 2009 (LNCS 5929) ISBN 978-3-642-10840-2 7 $119.00 Leung (Eds), Neural Information Processing ICONIP 2009 Part I (LNCS 5863) ISBN 978-3-642-10676-7 7 $155.00 Leung (Eds), Neural Information Processing ICONIP 2009 Part II (LNCS 5864) ISBN 978-3-642-10682-8 7 $155.00 Matsui (Ed), Advances in Crytology ASIACRYPT 2009 (LNCS 5912) ISBN 978-3-642-10365-0 7 $131.00 Meersman (Eds), On the Move to Meaningful Internet Systems: OTM 2009 - CoopIS, DOA, IS, and ODBASE 2009 Part I (LNCS 5870) ISBN 978-3-642-05147-0 7 $143.00 Meersman (Eds), On the Move to Meaningful Internet Systems: OTM 2009 - CoopIS, DOA, IS, and ODBASE 2009 Part II (LNCS 5871) ISBN 978-3-642-05150-0 7 $107.00 Meersman (Eds), On the Move to Meaningful Internet Systems: OTM 2009 Workshops ADI, CAMS, EI2N, ISDE, IWSSA, MONET, OnToContent, ODIS, ORM, OTM Academy, SWWS, SEMELS, Beyond SAWSDL, and Combek 2009 (LNCS 5872) ISBN 978-3-642-05289-7 7 $155.00 Meyer (Eds), Knowledge Representation for Agents and Multi-Agent Systems - KRAMAS 2008 (LNAI 5605) ISBN 978-3-642-05300-9 7 $72.00 springer.com/librarybooks Muneesawang (Eds), Advances in Multimedia Informatioin Processing - PCM 2009 (LNCS 5879) ISBN 978-3-642-10466-4 7 $203.00 Nambiar (Eds), Performance Evaluation and Benchmarking - TPCTC 2009 (LNCS 5895) ISBN 978-3-642-10423-7 7 $72.00 Nicholson (Eds), AI 2009: Advances in Artificial Intelligence (LNAI 5866) ISBN 978-3-642-10438-1 7 $131.00 Núñez-Queija (Eds), Network Control and Optimization - NET-COOP 2009 (LNCS 5894) ISBN 978-3-642-10405-3 7 $72.00 Oliveira (Eds), Formal Methods: Foundations and Applications - SBMF 2009 (LNCS 5902) ISBN 978-3-642-10451-0 7 $83.00 Parker (Ed), Cryptography and Coding IMACC 2009 (LNCS 5921) ISBN 978-3-642-10867-9 7 $107.00 Polleres (Eds), Web Reasoning and Rule Systems RR 2009 (LNCS 5837) ISBN 978-3-642-05081-7 7 $72.00 Prakash (Eds), Information Systems Security ICISS 2009 (LNCS 5905) ISBN 978-3-642-10771-9 7 $83.00 Qing (Eds), Information and Communications Security - ICICS 2009 (LNCS 5927) ISBN 978-3-642-11144-0 7 $107.00 Reed (Eds), SDL 2009: Design for Motes and Mobiles (LNCS 5719) ISBN 978-3-642-04553-0 7 $72.00 Roy (Eds), Progress in Cryptology INDOCRYPT 2009 (LNCS 5922) ISBN 978-3-642-10627-9 7 $95.00 Proceedings Springer News 1/2010 Stützle (Ed), Learning and Intelligent Optimization: Designing, Implementing and Analyzing Effective Heuristics - LION 2009 (LNCS 5851) ISBN 978-3-642-11168-6 7 $72.00 Tscheligi (Eds), Ambient Intelligence - AmI 2009 (LNCS 5859) ISBN 978-3-642-05407-5 7 $72.00 Wenyin (Eds), Web Information Systems and Mining - WISM 2009 (LNCS 5854) ISBN 978-3-642-05249-1 7 $119.00 Wiederhold (Eds), Combinatorial Image Analysis - IWCIA 2009 (LNCS 5852) ISBN 978-3-642-10208-0 7 $95.00 Xie (Eds), Intelligent Robotics and Applications ICIRA 2009 (LNAI 5928) ISBN 978-3-642-10816-7 7 $203.00 Yang (Eds), Principles of Practice in Multi-Agent Systems (LNAI 5925) ISBN 978-3-642-11160-0 7 $119.00 Zhou (Eds), Advances in Machine Learning ACML 2009 (LNAI 5828) ISBN 978-3-642-05223-1 7 $95.00 Lecture Notes of the Institute for Computer Sciences, Social Informatics and Telecommunications Engineering Mueller (Eds), Scalable Information Systems (Lecture Notes of the Institute for Computer Sciences, Social-Informatics and Telecommunications Engineering 18) ISBN 978-3-642-10484-8 7 $83.00 Engineering Davcev (Eds), ICT Innovations 2009 ISBN 978-3-642-10780-1 7 $339.00 Davoli (Eds), Remote Instrumentation and Virtual Laboratories ISBN 978-1-4419-5595-1 7 approx. $169.00 Luo (Ed), Dynamical Systems ISBN 978-1-4419-5753-5 7 approx. $189.00 Miller (Eds), Computational Biomechanics for Medicine ISBN 978-1-4419-5873-0 7 approx. $189.00 Wellnitz et al., Sustainable Automotive Technologies 2010 ISBN 978-3-642-10796-2 7 $189.00 Advances in Intelligent and Soft Computing Huang (Eds), Proceedings of the 6th CIRPSponsored International Conference on Digital Enterprise Technology - DET 2009 (Adv. Intel Soft Comp. 66) ISBN 978-3-642-10429-9 7 $399.00 Snášel (Eds), Advances in Intelligent Web Mastering - 2 (AISC 67) ISBN 978-3-642-10686-6 7 $189.00 Wu (Ed), Advanced Technology in Teaching WTCS 2009 (Adv. Intel. Soft Comp. 68) ISBN 978-3-642-11275-1 7 approx. $399.00 Wu (Ed), Software Engineering and Knowledge Engineering: Theory and Practice - KESE 2009 (Adv. Intel. Soft Computing 69) ISBN 978-3-642-03717-7 7 $399.00 Special Publications AIP Conference Proceedings Sakai (Eds), Rough Sets, Fuzzy Sets, Data Mining and Granular Computing - RSFDGrC 2009 (LNAI 5908) ISBN 978-3-642-10645-3 7 $107.00 Morrison (Eds), Environmental Forensics (Special Publications 322) ISBN 978-1-84755-258-7 7 approx. $209.00 Ao (Eds), IAENG Transactions on Engineering Technologies Volume 3 (AIP Conf. Proc. 1174) ISBN 978-0-7354-0713-8 7 $174.00 Serra (Eds), AI*IA 2009: Emergent Perspectives in Artificial Intelligence (LNAI 5883) ISBN 978-3-642-10290-5 7 $107.00 Waldron (Eds), Total Food (Special Publications 323) ISBN 978-1-84755-750-6 7 approx. $169.00 Spyropoulos (Eds), Self-Organizing Systems IWSOS 2009 (LNCS 5918) ISBN 978-3-642-10864-8 7 $94.00 137 IUTAM Bookservices Dattaguru (Eds), IUTAM Symposium on MultiFunctional Material Structures and Systems (IUTAM Bookseries 19) ISBN 978-90-481-3770-1 7 $159.00 138 Proceedings Physics American Institute of Physics (Ed), 2010 Graduate Programs in Physics, Astronomy, and Related Fields ISBN 978-0-7354-0717-6 7 $76.00 Brandl (Eds), 400 Years of Astronomical Telescopes <with CD> ISBN 978-90-481-2232-5 7 $149.00 AIP Conference Proceedings Abdel Harith (Ed), The 7th International Conference on Laser Applications (AIP Conf. Proc. 1172) ISBN 978-0-7354-0711-4 7 $99.00 Balazs (Eds), 5th International Workshop on the Dark Side of the Universe (AIP Conf. Proc. 1178) ISBN 978-0-7354-0719-0 7 $89.00 Chatillon (Eds), 4th International Workshop on Nuclear Fission and Fission-Product Spectroscopy (AIP Conf. Proc. 1175) ISBN 978-0-7354-0714-5 7 $224.00 Chigrin (Ed), Theoretical and Computational Nanophotonics (TaCoNa-Photonics 2009) (AIP Conf. Proc. 1176) ISBN 978-0-7354-0715-2 7 $129.00 Guzik (Eds), Stellar Pulsation (AIP Conf. Proc. 1170) ISBN 978-0-7354-0707-7 7 $319.00 Handoko (Eds), International Workshop on Advanced Material for New and Renewable Energy (AIP Conf. Proc. 1169) ISBN 978-0-7354-0706-0 7 $169.00 Hubeny (Eds), Recent Directions in Astrophysical Quantitative Spectroscopy and Radiation Hydrodynamics (AIP Conf. Proc. 1171) ISBN 978-0-7354-0710-7 7 $159.00 Secula (Eds), Frontiers of Characterization and Metrology for Nanoelectronics (AIP Conf. Proc. 1173) ISBN 978-0-7354-0712-1 7 $219.00 Weiland (Ed), From Leonardo to ITER, Nonlinear and Coherence Aspects (AIP Conf. Proc. 1177) ISBN 978-0-7354-0716-9 7 $99.00 Springer News 1/2010 Astrophysics and Space Science Proceedings Chaudhuri (Eds), Recent Advances in Spectroscopy (Astrophysics and Space Science Proceedings) ISBN 978-3-642-10321-6 7 $189.00 Goswami (Eds), Principles and Perspectives in Cosmochemistry - Kodai School on Synthesis of Elements in Stars (Astrophysics and Space Science Proceedings) ISBN 978-3-642-10351-3 7 $249.00 Rodriguez (Eds), Highlights of Spanish Astrophysics V (Astrophysics and Space Science Proceedings) <with onlines files/updates> ISBN 978-3-642-11249-2 7 approx. $249.00 Springer Proceedings in Physics Bellucci (Ed), The Attractor Mechanism INFN-Laboratori Nazionali di Frascati School 2007 (Springer Proceedings in Physics 134) ISBN 978-3-642-10735-1 7 $249.00 Earth Science/Geography International Association of Geodesy Symposia Mertikas (Ed), Gravity, Geoid and Earth Observation - IAG Commission 2 2008 (IAG Symp. 135) ISBN 978-3-642-10633-0 7 $209.00 Pageoph Topical Volumes Becker (Eds), Recent Advances in Nuclear Explosion Monitoring (Pageoph Topical Volumes) ISBN 978-3-0346-0370-6 7 approx. $69.95 Environmental Sciences Xu (Eds), Molecular Environmental Soil Science at the Interfaces in the Earth’s Critical Zone ISBN 978-3-642-05296-5 7 $409.00 springer.com/booksellers Business/Economics Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems Jones (Eds), New Developments in Multiple Objective and Goal Programming (Lecture Notes Economics 638) ISBN 978-3-642-10353-7 7 $89.95 Philosophy Balzan Foundation International Balzan Foundation (Ed), Truth in Science, the Humanities and Religion ISBN 978-1-4020-9895-6 7 approx. $129.00 Springer News 1/2010 Discount Key P MC MR T C L S = = = = = = = Professional Medicine/Clinical Medicine/Reference Trade Computer Trade Landolt-Bornstein Handbook Special Software Sales and Service General Information Returns: Returns must be in resaleable condition. Please include a copy of the original invoice or packing slip along with your shipment. For your protection, we recommend all returns be sent via a traceable method. Damaged books must be reported within two months of billing date. Springer reserves the right to reject any return that does not follow the procedures detailed above. Returns in the Americas (excluding Canada): Springer c/o Mercedes/ABC Distribution Center Brooklyn Navy Yard; Bldg. 3 Brooklyn, NY 11205 Matt Conmy, Vice President, Trade Sales tel: 800-777-4643 ext. 578 e-mail: [email protected] Returns in Canada: Springer c/o Georgetown Terminal Warehouse 34 Armstrong Avenue Georgetown, Ontario L7G 4R9 Trade Marketing Support: Prices: Casey Spear, Product Manager Trade Channel Marketing tel: 800-777-4643 ext.622 e-mail: [email protected] Please note that all prices are in US $, and are subject to change without notice. Agency Account Information Library Approval Plan: 7 7 7 7 All books are automatically supplied directly to your library on the date of publication. A minimum of one major discipline on all publications must be selected to receive the Library Approval Plan discount of 15%. Bookstore and Library Sales: Library Approval Plan Bookseller Agency Plan Annual Prepayment Plan Standing Orders Continuation Orders Bookseller Agency Plan: Attn: Joe Kozakiewicz P.O. Box 2485 Secaucus, NJ 07096-2485 tel: 800-777-4643 ext. 303 fax: 201-348-4505 e-mail: [email protected] To Order: Springer P.O. Box 2485 Secaucus, NJ 07096-2485 or call 800-SPRINGER, 8:30 AM to 5:30 PM ET The bookseller automatically receives all new titles upon publication. To receive the special agency discount, a minimum of one major discipline must be selected. Modifications in the plan may be made at any time. Annual Prepayment Plan: Prepayments will be accepted only for subscriptions to LandoltBörnstein. To enroll in this plan, the library must agree to make one prepayment based on our estimate of the number of volumes and the subscription cost. A prepaid invoice will reflect a 5% discount on the major handbooks. Standing Orders: Approval, and standing order customers receive a 15% discount on orders for all series except Landolt-Börnstein. Prepayment is not required for standing orders. or fax 201-348-4505 Change of Address for Continuation Orders: or e-mail Publisher must be notified at least eight weeks in advance. Please indicate: 7 journal or standing order title 7 date on which the change is to take effect 7 old address 7 new address [email protected] World Wide Web: Springer: Apress: Birkhäuser: Copernicus: Key College: Key Curriculum: springer.com www.apress.com www.birkhauser.com www.copernicusbooks.com www.keycollege.com www.keypress.com For more information, contact: Joe Kozakiewicz (above). ABCD 233 Spring Street New York, NY 10013 New York Heidelberg Dordrecht London Tokyo Boston Basel Berlin Hong Kong Milan New Delhi Paris V7001